AS FILED WITH THE U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON NOVEMBER 28, 2018

 

File No. 333-192858

File No. 811-22920

 

U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM N-1A

 

  REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE  
  SECURITIES ACT OF 1933  
  POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 160 /X/
  AND  
  REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE  
  INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940  
  AMENDMENT NO. 164 /X/

 

THE ADVISORS’ INNER CIRCLE FUND III

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

 

One Freedom Valley Drive

Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456

(Address of Principal Executive Offices, Zip Code)

 

(800) 932-7781

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)

 

Michael Beattie

c/o SEI Investments

One Freedom Valley Drive

Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

 

Copies to:

 

Sean Graber, Esquire Dianne M. Descoteaux, Esquire
Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP c/o SEI Investments
1701 Market Street One Freedom Valley Drive
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103 Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456

 

It is proposed that this filing become effective (check appropriate box)

  /X/ Immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)  
  /  / On [date] pursuant to paragraph (b)  
  /  / 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)  
  /  / 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)  
  / / On [date] pursuant to paragraph (a) of Rule 485  

 

 

 

 

  THE ADVISORS’ INNER CIRCLE FUND III

 

PROSPECTUS

 

November 28, 2018

 

GQG PARTNERS EMERGING

MARKETS EQUITY FUND

 

Investor Shares: GQGPX

Institutional Shares: GQGIX

R6 Shares: GQGRX

 

GQG PARTNERS US SELECT

QUALITY EQUITY FUND

 

Investor Shares: GQEPX

Institutional Shares: GQEIX

R6 Shares: GQERX

 

INVESTMENT ADVISER:

GQG PARTNERS LLC

 

The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus.
Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

About This Prospectus

 

This prospectus has been arranged into different sections so that you can easily review this important information. For detailed information about each Fund, please see:

 

  Page
GQG PARTNERS EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND 1
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE 1
FUND FEES AND EXPENSES 1
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES 2
PRINCIPAL RISKS 3
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION 6
INVESTMENT ADVISER 7
PORTFOLIO MANAGER 7
GQG PARTNERS US SELECT QUALITY EQUITY FUND 8
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE 8
FUND FEES AND EXPENSES 8
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES 9
PRINCIPAL RISKS 10
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION 12
INVESTMENT ADVISER 13
PORTFOLIO MANAGER 13
SUMMARY INFORMATION ABOUT THE PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES, TAXES AND FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARY COMPENSATION 14
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUNDS' INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGIES 14
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT RISK 15
INFORMATION ABOUT PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS 20
INVESTMENT ADVISER 20
PORTFOLIO MANAGER 21
RELATED PERFORMANCE DATA OF THE ADVISER - GQG PARTNERS US SELECT QUALITY EQUITY FUND 21
PURCHASING, SELLING AND EXCHANGING FUND SHARES 23
PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES 31
OTHER POLICIES 32
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS 35
TAXES 35
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 37
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS 38
HOW TO OBTAIN MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUND Back Cover

 

 

GQG PARTNERS EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND

Investment Objective

 

The GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund (the “Fund”) seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

Fund Fees and Expenses

 

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Investor Shares, Institutional Shares and R6 Shares of the Fund.

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

  Investor Shares Institutional Shares R6 Shares
Management Fees   0.95%   0.95%   0.95%
Other Expenses   0.38%   0.20%   0.20%
Shareholder Servicing Fee 0.18%   None   None  
Other Operating Expenses 0.20%   0.20%   0.20%  
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses   1.33%   1.15%   1.15%
Less Fee Reductions and/or Expense Reimbursements 1   (0.07)%   (0.07)%   (0.07)%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Reductions and/or Expense Reimbursements   1.26%   1.08%   1.08%

 

1 GQG Partners LLC (the “Adviser”) has contractually agreed to waive fees and reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to keep Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, Shareholder Servicing Fees, acquired fund fees and expenses and non-routine expenses (collectively, “excluded expenses”)) from exceeding 1.08% of the average daily net assets of each of the Fund’s share classes until November 30, 2019 (the “contractual expense limit”). In addition, the Adviser may recoup all or a portion of its fee waivers or expense reimbursements made during the rolling three-year period preceding the date of the recoupment to the extent that Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (not including excluded expenses) at the time of the recoupment are below the lower of (i) the contractual expense limit in effect at the time of the fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement and (ii) the contractual expense limit in effect at the time of the recoupment. This agreement may be terminated: (i) by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) of The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III (the “Trust”), for any reason at any time; or (ii) by the Adviser, upon ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to the Trust, effective as of the close of business on November 30, 2019.

 

Example

 

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

 

The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses (including one year of capped expenses in each period) remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1

 

  1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
Investor Shares $128 $415 $772 $1,595
Institutional Shares $110 $358 $626 $1,391
R6 Shares $110 $358 $626 $1,391

 

Portfolio Turnover

 

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in total annual Fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. During its most recent fiscal year, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 94% of the average value of its portfolio.

 

Principal Investment Strategies

 

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets, plus any borrowings for investment purposes, in equity securities of emerging market companies. This investment policy may be changed by the Fund upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders.

 

The equity securities in which the Fund invests are primarily publicly traded common stocks. For purposes of the Fund’s 80% investment policy, however, equity securities also include depositary receipts (including American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”)), which are certificates typically issued by a bank or trust company that represent ownership interests in securities of non-U.S. companies, and participation notes (“P-Notes”), which are derivative instruments designed to replicate equity exposure in certain foreign markets where direct investment is either impossible or difficult due to local investment restrictions. The Fund may invest in initial public offerings (“IPOs”) and securities of companies with any market capitalization. The Fund may also invest in A Shares of companies based in the People’s Republic of China (“China”) that trade on the Shanghai Stock Exchange and the Shenzhen Stock Exchange through the Shanghai – Hong Kong and Shenzhen – Hong Kong Stock Connect programs (“Stock Connect”). Stock Connect is a mutual stock market access program designed to, among other things, enable foreign investments in China.

 

The Fund considers a company to be an emerging market company if: (i) at least 50% of the company’s assets are located in emerging market countries; (ii) at least 50% of the company’s revenue is generated in emerging market countries; (iii) the company is organized, conducts its principal operations, or maintains its principal place of business or principal manufacturing facilities in an emerging market country; (iv) the company’s securities are traded principally in an emerging market country; or (v) the Adviser otherwise believes that the company’s assets are exposed to the economic fortunes and risks of emerging market countries (because, for example, the Adviser believes that the company’s growth is dependent on emerging market countries). The Fund considers classifications by the World Bank, the International Finance Corporation, the International Monetary Fund and the Fund’s benchmark index provider in determining whether a country is an emerging market country. Emerging market countries generally include every country in the world except the U.S., Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand, and most of the countries in Western Europe. From time to time, the Fund may focus its investments in a particular country or geographic region.

 

2

 

In managing the Fund’s investments, the Adviser pursues a “growth style” of investing through which it seeks to capture market upside while limiting downside risk through full market cycles by combining a rigorous screening process with fundamental analyses to seek to identify and invest in companies that the Adviser believes have favorable long-term economic prospects. Specifically, the Adviser seeks to buy companies that it believes are reasonably priced, and have strong fundamental business characteristics, sustainable relative earnings growth and the ability to outperform peers over a full market cycle and sustain the value of their securities in a market downturn, while the Adviser seeks to avoid investments in companies that it believes have low profit margins or unwarranted leverage. The Adviser may sell a company if the Adviser believes that the company’s long-term competitive advantage or relative earnings growth prospects have deteriorated, or the Adviser has otherwise lost conviction in the company. The Adviser may also sell a company if the company has met its price target or is involved in a business combination, if the Adviser identifies a more attractive investment opportunity, or the Adviser wishes to reduce the Fund’s exposure to the company or a particular country or geographic region.

 

The Fund is classified as “non-diversified,” which means that it may invest a larger percentage of its assets in a smaller number of issuers than a diversified fund.

 

Principal Risks

 

As with all mutual funds, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. You could lose money by investing in the Fund. A Fund share is not a bank deposit and it is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any government agency. The principal risk factors affecting shareholders’ investments in the Fund are set forth below in alphabetical order.

 

Active Management Risk – The Fund is subject to the risk that the Adviser’s judgments about the attractiveness, value, or potential appreciation of the Fund’s investments may prove to be incorrect. If the investments selected and strategies employed by the Fund fail to produce the intended results, the Fund could underperform in comparison to other funds with similar objectives and investment strategies.

 

Depositary Receipts Risk - Investments in depositary receipts may be less liquid and more volatile than the underlying securities in their primary trading market. If a depositary receipt is denominated in a different currency than its underlying securities, the Fund will be subject to the currency risk of both the investment in the depositary receipt and the underlying security. Holders of depositary receipts may have limited or no rights to take action with respect to the underlying securities or to compel the issuer of the receipts to take action. The prices of depositary receipts may differ from the prices of securities upon which they are based. Certain of the depositary receipts in which the Fund invests may be unsponsored depositary receipts. Unsponsored depositary receipts may not provide as much information about the underlying issuer and may not carry the same voting privileges as sponsored depositary receipts. Unsponsored depositary receipts are issued by one or more depositaries in response to market demand, but without a formal agreement with the company that issues the underlying securities.

 

Emerging Markets Securities Risk – The Fund’s investments in emerging markets securities, including A Shares of Chinese companies purchased through Stock Connect, are considered speculative and subject to heightened risks in addition to the general risks of investing in foreign securities. Unlike more established markets, emerging markets may have governments that are less stable, markets that are more concentrated and less liquid and economies that are less developed. In addition, the securities markets of emerging market countries may consist of companies with smaller market capitalizations and may suffer periods of relative illiquidity; significant price volatility; restrictions on foreign investment; and possible restrictions on repatriation of investment income and capital. In certain emerging markets, governments have historically exercised substantial control over the economy through administrative regulation and/or state ownership. Furthermore, foreign investors may be required to register the proceeds of sales, and future economic or political crises could lead to price controls, forced mergers, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, seizure, nationalization or creation of government monopolies.

 

3

 

Equity Risk – Since it purchases equity securities, the Fund is subject to the risk that stock prices may fall over short or extended periods of time. Historically, the equity market has moved in cycles, and the value of the Fund’s securities may fluctuate from day to day. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. These factors contribute to price volatility, which is the principal risk of investing in the Fund.

 

Foreign Company Risk – Investing in foreign companies, including direct investments and investments through depositary receipts and P-Notes, poses additional risks since political and economic events unique to a country or region will affect those markets and their issuers. These risks will not necessarily affect the U.S. economy or similar issuers located in the U.S. Securities of foreign companies may not be registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and foreign companies are generally not subject to the regulatory controls imposed on U.S. issuers and, as a consequence, there is generally less publicly available information about foreign securities than is available about domestic securities. Income from foreign securities owned by the Fund may be reduced by a withholding tax at the source, which tax would reduce income received from the securities comprising the Fund's portfolio. Foreign securities may also be more difficult to value than securities of U.S. issuers. While depositary receipts provide an alternative to directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their respective national markets and currencies, investments in depositary receipts continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities.

 

Foreign Currency Risk – As a result of the Fund’s investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies, the Fund will be subject to currency risk. Currency risk is the risk that foreign currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar, in which case the dollar value of an investment in the Fund would be adversely affected.

 

Geographic Focus Risk – To the extent that it focuses its investments in a particular country or geographic region, the Fund may be more susceptible to economic, political, regulatory or other events or conditions affecting issuers and countries within that country or geographic region. As a result, the Fund may be subject to greater price volatility and risk of loss than a fund holding more geographically diverse investments.

 

Investment Style Risk – The Fund pursues a “growth style” of investing, meaning that the Fund invests in equity securities of companies that the Adviser believes will have above-average rates of relative earnings growth and which, therefore, may experience above-average increases in stock prices. Over time, a relative growth investing style may go in and out of favor, causing the Fund to sometimes underperform other equity funds that use differing investing styles.

 

IPO Risk – The market value of shares issued in an IPO may fluctuate considerably due to factors such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading, the small number of shares available for trading and limited information about a company’s business model, quality of management, earnings growth potential, and other criteria used to evaluate its investment prospects. Accordingly, investments in IPO shares involve greater risks than investments in shares of companies that have traded publicly on an exchange for extended periods of time. Investments in IPO shares may also involve high transaction costs, and are subject to market risk and liquidity risk, which are described below.

 

4

 

Large Capitalization Company Risk - The large capitalization companies in which the Fund may invest may lag the performance of smaller capitalization companies because large capitalization companies may experience slower rates of growth than smaller capitalization companies and may not respond as quickly to market changes and opportunities.

 

Large Purchase and Redemption Risk – Large purchases or redemptions of the Fund’s shares may force the Fund to purchase or sell securities at times when it would not otherwise do so, and may cause the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs to rise, which may negatively affect the Fund’s performance and have adverse tax consequences for Fund shareholders.

 

Liquidity Risk – Certain securities may be difficult or impossible to sell at the time and the price that the Fund would like. The Fund may have to accept a lower price to sell a security, sell other securities to raise cash, or give up an investment opportunity, any of which could have a negative effect on Fund management or performance.

 

Market Risk – The market value of the securities in which the Fund invests may go up or down in response to the prospects of individual companies, particular sectors or governments and/or general economic conditions throughout the world due to increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets.

 

Non-Diversification Risk – The Fund is classified as “non-diversified,” which means it may invest a larger percentage of its assets in a smaller number of issuers than a diversified fund. To the extent that the Fund invests its assets in a smaller number of issuers, the Fund will be more susceptible to negative events affecting those issuers than a diversified fund.

 

Participation Notes Risk – The return on a P-Note is linked to the performance of the issuers of the underlying securities. The performance of P-Notes will not replicate exactly the performance of the issuers that they seek to replicate due to transaction costs and other expenses. P-Notes are subject to counterparty risk since the notes constitute general unsecured contractual obligations of the financial institutions issuing the notes, and the Fund is relying on the creditworthiness of such institutions and has no rights under the notes against the issuers of the underlying securities. In addition, P-Notes are subject to liquidity risk, which is described above.

 

Small- and Mid-Capitalization Company Risk – The small- and mid-capitalization companies in which the Fund may invest may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. In particular, investments in these small- and mid-sized companies may pose additional risks, including liquidity risk, because these companies tend to have limited product lines, markets and financial resources, and may depend upon a relatively small management group. Therefore, small- and mid-cap stocks may be more volatile than those of larger companies. These securities may be traded over-the-counter or listed on an exchange.

 

Stock Connect Investing Risk – Trading through Stock Connect is subject to a number of restrictions that may affect the Fund’s investments and returns, including a daily quota that limits the maximum net purchases under Stock Connect each day. In addition, investments made through Stock Connect are subject to relatively untested trading, clearance and settlement procedures. Moreover, A Shares purchased through Stock Connect generally may only be sold or otherwise transferred through Stock Connect. The Fund’s investments in A Shares purchased through Stock Connect are generally subject to Chinese securities regulations and listing rules. While overseas investors currently are exempt from paying capital gains or value added taxes on income and gains from investments in A Shares purchased through Stock Connect, these tax rules could be changed, which could result in unexpected tax liabilities for the Fund. Stock Connect operates only on days when both the China and Hong Kong markets are open for trading and when banks in both markets are open on the corresponding settlement days. Therefore, the Fund may be subject to the risk of price fluctuations of A Shares when Stock Connect is not trading.

 

5

 

Performance Information

 

The bar chart and the performance table below illustrate the risks of an investment in the Fund by showing the Fund’s Institutional Shares performance for the 2017 calendar year and by showing how the Fund’s average annual total returns for 1 year and since inception compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. Of course, the Fund’s past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how the Fund will perform in the future.

 

Updated performance information is available on the Fund’s website at www.gqgpartners.com or by calling toll-free to 866-362-8333.

 

 

  

BEST QUARTER WORST QUARTER
9.75% 5.12%
(09/30/2017) (06/30/2017)

 

The performance information shown above is based on a calendar year. The Fund’s performance for Institutional Shares from 1/1/18 to 9/30/18 was (11.84)%.

 

Average Annual Total Returns for Periods Ended December 31, 2017

 

This table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns for the periods ended December 31, 2017 to those of an appropriate broad based index.

 

After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns will depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”). After tax returns are shown for Institutional Shares only. After tax returns for Investor Shares and R6 Shares will vary.

 

6

 

Emerging Markets Equity Fund 1 Year Since Inception (12/28/16)
Fund Return Before Taxes    
Institutional Shares 32.01% 32.63%
Investor Shares 31.61% 32.23%
R6 Shares 32.01% 32.63%
Fund Return After Taxes on Distributions    
Institutional Shares 31.95% 32.58%
Fund Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares    
Institutional Shares 18.21% 24.90%
MSCI Emerging Markets Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) 37.28% 38.70%

 

Investment Adviser

 

GQG Partners LLC

 

Portfolio Manager

 

Rajiv Jain, Chairman and Chief Investment Officer, has managed the Fund since its inception in 2016.

 

For important information about the purchase and sale of Fund shares, taxes and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to “Summary Information about the Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares, Taxes and Financial Intermediary Compensation” on page 14 of the prospectus.

 

7

 

GQG PARTNERS US SELECT QUALITY EQUITY FUND

 

Investment Objective

 

The GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund (the “Fund”) seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

Fund Fees and Expenses

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Investor Shares, Institutional Shares and R6 Shares of the Fund.

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

  Investor Shares Institutional Shares R6 Shares
Management Fees   0.50%   0.50%   0.50%
Other Expenses   1.12%   0.87%   0.87%
Shareholder Servicing Fee 0.25%   None   None  
Other Operating Expenses 1 0.87%   0.87%   0.87%  
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses   1.62%   1.37%   1.37%
Less Fee Reductions and/or Expense Reimbursements 2   (0.78)%   (0.78)%   (0.78)%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Reductions and/or Expense Reimbursements   0.84%   0.59%   0.59%

 

1 Other Operating Expenses are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.
2 GQG Partners LLC (the “Adviser”) has contractually agreed to waive fees and reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to keep Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, Shareholder Servicing Fees, acquired fund fees and expenses and non-routine expenses (collectively, “excluded expenses”)) from exceeding 0.59% of the average daily net assets of each of the Fund’s share classes until November 30, 2019 (the “contractual expense limit”). In addition, the Adviser may recoup all or a portion of its fee waivers or expense reimbursements made during the rolling three-year period preceding the date of the recoupment to the extent that Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (not including excluded expenses) at the time of the recoupment are below the lower of (i) the contractual expense limit in effect at the time of the fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement and (ii) the contractual expense limit in effect at the time of the recoupment. This agreement may be terminated: (i) by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) of The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III (the “Trust”), for any reason at any time; or (ii) by the Adviser, upon ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to the Trust, effective as of the close of business on November 30, 2019.

 

Example

 

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

 

The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses (including one year of capped expenses in each period) remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

8

 

  1 Year 3 Years
Investor Shares $86 $435
Institutional Shares $60 $357
R6 Shares $60 $357

 

Portfolio Turnover

 

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in total annual Fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. Because the Fund was not in operation as of the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, it does not have portfolio turnover information to report.

 

Principal Investment Strategies

 

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets, plus any borrowings for investment purposes, in equity securities of U.S. companies. This investment policy may be changed by the Fund upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders. The Fund also may invest in equity securities of foreign companies in both developed and emerging markets.

 

The equity securities in which the Fund invests are primarily publicly traded common stocks. The Fund may invest in initial public offerings (“IPOs”) and securities of companies with any market capitalization. The Fund considers a company to be a U.S. company if: (i) at least 50% of the company’s assets are located in the U.S.; (ii) at least 50% of the company’s revenue is generated in the U.S.; (iii) the company is organized, conducts its principal operations, or maintains its principal place of business or principal manufacturing facilities in the U.S.; or (iv) the company’s securities are traded principally in the U.S.

 

The Fund’s equity investments also may include depositary receipts (including American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”)), which are certificates typically issued by a bank or trust company that represent ownership interests in securities of non-U.S. companies, and participation notes (“P-Notes”), which are derivative instruments designed to replicate equity exposure in certain foreign markets where direct investment is either impossible or difficult due to local investment restrictions. The Fund may also invest in U.S. Treasury securities.

 

In managing the Fund’s investments, the Adviser typically pursues a “growth style” of investing through which it seeks to capture market upside while limiting downside risk through a full market cycle, which can be measured from a point in the market cycle ( e.g., a peak or trough) to the corresponding point in the next market cycle. The Adviser generates investment ideas from a variety of sources, with a meaningful number of ideas coming from a proprietary screening process that seeks to identify companies based on factors such as rates of return on equity and total capital, use of leverage, and return on invested capital. Those ideas are then subject to rigorous fundamental analysis as the Adviser seeks to identify and invest in companies that it believes reflect higher quality opportunities on a forward looking basis. Specifically, the Adviser seeks to buy companies that it believes are reasonably priced, and have strong fundamental business characteristics, sustainable and durable earnings growth and the ability to outperform peers over a full market cycle and sustain the value of their securities in a market downturn, while the Adviser seeks to avoid investments in companies that it believes have low profit margins or unwarranted leverage.

 

9

 

The Adviser may sell a company if the Adviser believes that the company’s long-term competitive advantage or relative earnings growth prospects have deteriorated, or the Adviser has otherwise lost conviction that the company reflects a higher quality opportunity than other available investments on a forward looking basis. The Adviser also may sell a company if the company has met its price target or is involved in a business combination, if the Adviser identifies a more attractive investment opportunity, or the Adviser wishes to reduce the Fund’s exposure to the company or a particular country or geographic region.

 

The Fund is classified as “non-diversified,” which means that it may invest a larger percentage of its assets in a smaller number of issuers than a diversified fund.

 

Principal Risks

 

As with all mutual funds, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. You could lose money by investing in the Fund. A Fund share is not a bank deposit and it is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any government agency. The principal risk factors affecting shareholders’ investments in the Fund are set forth below in alphabetical order.

 

Active Management Risk – The Fund is subject to the risk that the Adviser’s judgments about the attractiveness, value, or potential appreciation of the Fund’s investments may prove to be incorrect. If the investments selected and strategies employed by the Fund fail to produce the intended results, the Fund could underperform in comparison to other funds with similar objectives and investment strategies.

 

Depositary Receipts Risk - Investments in depositary receipts may be less liquid and more volatile than the underlying securities in their primary trading market. If a depositary receipt is denominated in a different currency than its underlying securities, the Fund will be subject to the currency risk of both the investment in the depositary receipt and the underlying security. Holders of depositary receipts may have limited or no rights to take action with respect to the underlying securities or to compel the issuer of the receipts to take action. The prices of depositary receipts may differ from the prices of securities upon which they are based. Certain of the depositary receipts in which the Fund invests may be unsponsored depositary receipts. Unsponsored depositary receipts may not provide as much information about the underlying issuer and may not carry the same voting privileges as sponsored depositary receipts. Unsponsored depositary receipts are issued by one or more depositaries in response to market demand, but without a formal agreement with the company that issues the underlying securities.

 

Emerging Markets Securities Risk – The Fund’s investments in emerging markets securities are considered speculative and subject to heightened risks in addition to the general risks of investing in foreign securities. Unlike more established markets, emerging markets may have governments that are less stable, markets that are less liquid and economies that are less developed. In addition, the securities markets of emerging market countries may consist of companies with smaller market capitalizations and may suffer periods of relative illiquidity; significant price volatility; restrictions on foreign investment; and possible restrictions on repatriation of investment income and capital. Furthermore, foreign investors may be required to register the proceeds of sales, and future economic or political crises could lead to price controls, forced mergers, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, seizure, nationalization or creation of government monopolies.

 

Equity Risk – Since it purchases equity securities, the Fund is subject to the risk that stock prices may fall over short or extended periods of time. Historically, the equity market has moved in cycles, and the value of the Fund’s securities may fluctuate from day to day. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. These factors contribute to price volatility, which is the principal risk of investing in the Fund.

 

10

 

Foreign Company Risk – Investing in foreign companies, including direct investments and investments through depositary receipts and P-Notes, poses additional risks since political and economic events unique to a country or region will affect those markets and their issuers. These risks will not necessarily affect the U.S. economy or similar issuers located in the U.S. Securities of foreign companies may not be registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and foreign companies are generally not subject to the regulatory controls imposed on U.S. issuers and, as a consequence, there is generally less publicly available information about foreign securities than is available about domestic securities. Income from foreign securities owned by the Fund may be reduced by a withholding tax at the source, which tax would reduce income received from the securities comprising the Fund's portfolio. Foreign securities may also be more difficult to value than securities of U.S. issuers. While depositary receipts provide an alternative to directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their respective national markets and currencies, investments in depositary receipts continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities.

 

Foreign Currency Risk – As a result of the Fund’s investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies, the Fund will be subject to currency risk. Currency risk is the risk that foreign currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar, in which case the dollar value of an investment in the Fund would be adversely affected.

 

Investing in the United States Risk – The Fund focuses its investments in the United States. As a result, the Fund may be more susceptible to economic, political, regulatory or other events or conditions affecting issuers within the United States, and may be subject to greater price volatility and risk of loss, than a fund holding more geographically diverse investments.

 

Investment Style Risk – The Fund pursues a “growth style” of investing, meaning that the Fund invests in equity securities of companies that the Adviser believes will have above-average rates of relative earnings growth and which, therefore, may experience above-average increases in stock prices. Over time, a relative growth investing style may go in and out of favor, causing the Fund to sometimes underperform other equity funds that use differing investing styles.

 

IPO Risk – The market value of shares issued in an IPO may fluctuate considerably due to factors such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading, the small number of shares available for trading and limited information about a company’s business model, quality of management, earnings growth potential, and other criteria used to evaluate its investment prospects. Accordingly, investments in IPO shares involve greater risks than investments in shares of companies that have traded publicly on an exchange for extended periods of time. Investments in IPO shares may also involve high transaction costs, and are subject to market risk and liquidity risk, which are described below.

 

Large Capitalization Company Risk - The large capitalization companies in which the Fund may invest may lag the performance of smaller capitalization companies because large capitalization companies may experience slower rates of growth than smaller capitalization companies and may not respond as quickly to market changes and opportunities.

 

Large Purchase and Redemption Risk – Large purchases or redemptions of the Fund’s shares may force the Fund to purchase or sell securities at times when it would not otherwise do so, and may cause the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs to rise, which may negatively affect the Fund’s performance and have adverse tax consequences for Fund shareholders.

 

11

 

Liquidity Risk – Certain securities may be difficult or impossible to sell at the time and the price that the Fund would like. The Fund may have to accept a lower price to sell a security, sell other securities to raise cash, or give up an investment opportunity, any of which could have a negative effect on Fund management or performance.

 

Market Risk – The market value of the securities in which the Fund invests may go up or down in response to the prospects of individual companies, particular sectors or governments and/or general economic conditions throughout the world due to increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets.

 

New Fund Risk - Because the Fund is new, investors in the Fund bear the risk that the Fund may not be successful in implementing its investment strategy, may not employ a successful investment strategy, or may fail to attract sufficient assets under management to realize economies of scale, any of which could result in the Fund being liquidated at any time without shareholder approval and at a time that may not be favorable for all shareholders. Such liquidation could have negative tax consequences for shareholders and will cause shareholders to incur expenses of liquidation.

 

Non-Diversification Risk – The Fund is classified as “non-diversified,” which means it may invest a larger percentage of its assets in a smaller number of issuers than a diversified fund. To the extent that the Fund invests its assets in a smaller number of issuers, the Fund will be more susceptible to negative events affecting those issuers than a diversified fund.

 

Participation Notes Risk – The return on a P-Note is linked to the performance of the issuers of the underlying securities. The performance of P-Notes will not replicate exactly the performance of the issuers that they seek to replicate due to transaction costs and other expenses. P-Notes are subject to counterparty risk since the notes constitute general unsecured contractual obligations of the financial institutions issuing the notes, and the Fund is relying on the creditworthiness of such institutions and has no rights under the notes against the issuers of the underlying securities. In addition, P-Notes are subject to liquidity risk, which is described above.

 

Small- and Mid-Capitalization Company Risk – The small- and mid-capitalization companies in which the Fund may invest may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. In particular, investments in these small- and mid-sized companies may pose additional risks, including liquidity risk, because these companies tend to have limited product lines, markets and financial resources, and may depend upon a relatively small management group. Therefore, small- and mid-cap stocks may be more volatile than those of larger companies. These securities may be traded over-the-counter or listed on an exchange.

 

U.S. Treasury Securities Risk - A security backed by the U.S. Treasury or the full faith and credit of the United States is guaranteed only as to the timely payment of interest and principal when held to maturity, but the market prices for such securities are not guaranteed and will fluctuate.

 

Performance Information

 

The Fund commenced operations on September 28, 2018 and therefore does not have performance history for a full calendar year. Once the Fund has completed a full calendar year of operations, a bar chart and table will be included that will provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing the variability of the Fund’s returns and comparing the Fund’s performance to a broad measure of market performance. Of course, the Fund’s past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how the Fund will perform in the future.

 

12

 

Current performance information is available on the Fund’s website at www.gqgpartners.com or by calling toll-free to 866-362-8333.

 

Investment Adviser

 

GQG Partners LLC

 

Portfolio Manager

 

Rajiv Jain, Chairman and Chief Investment Officer, has managed the Fund since its inception in 2018.

 

For important information about the purchase and sale of Fund shares, taxes and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to “Summary Information about the Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares, Taxes and Financial Intermediary Compensation” on page 14 of the prospectus.

 

13

 

Summary Information about the Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares, Taxes and Financial Intermediary Compensation

 

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

 

You may generally purchase or redeem shares on any day that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business.

 

The minimum investment amount for Investor Shares of a Fund is generally $2,500 for initial investments and $100 for subsequent investments. The minimum initial and subsequent investment amounts for individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”) are generally $100.

 

To purchase Institutional Shares of a Fund for the first time, you must invest at least $500,000. There is no minimum subsequent investment amount for Institutional Shares. The minimum initial investment amount for Institutional Shares of a Fund is waived for clients of financial intermediaries that have accounts holding Institutional Shares with an aggregate value of at least $500,000 (or that are expected to reach this level).

 

There is no minimum initial or subsequent investment amount for R6 Shares of a Fund.

 

The Funds may accept investments of smaller amounts in their sole discretion.

 

If you own your shares directly, you may redeem your shares by contacting the Funds directly by mail at: GQG Funds, P.O. Box 219009, Kansas City, MO 64121-9009 (Express Mail Address: GQG Funds, c/o DST Systems, Inc., 430 West 7th Street, Kansas City, MO 64105) or telephone at 866-362-8333.

 

If you own your shares through an account with a broker or other financial intermediary, contact that broker or financial intermediary to redeem your shares. Your broker or financial intermediary may charge a fee for its services in addition to the fees charged by the Funds.

 

Tax Information

 

Each Fund intends to make distributions that may be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or IRA, in which case your distribution will be taxed when withdrawn from the tax-deferred account.

 

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

 

If you purchase shares of a Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend a Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s web site for more information.

 

More Information about the Funds' Investment Objectives and Strategies

 

The investment objective of each Fund is to seek long-term capital appreciation. The investment objective of each Fund is not a fundamental policy and may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval.

 

14

 

The investments and strategies described in this prospectus are those that the Funds use under normal conditions. During unusual economic or market conditions, or for temporary defensive or liquidity purposes, each Fund may, but is not obligated to, invest up to 100% of its assets in money market instruments and other cash equivalents that would not ordinarily be consistent with its investment objective. If a Fund invests in this manner, it may cause the Fund to forgo greater investment returns for the safety of principal and the Fund may therefore not achieve its investment objective. A Fund will only do so if the Adviser believes that the risk of loss outweighs the opportunity to pursue the Fund’s investment objective.

 

This prospectus describes the Funds' principal investment strategies, and the Funds will normally invest in the types of securities and other investments described in this prospectus. In addition to the securities and other investments and strategies described in this prospectus, each Fund also may invest to a lesser extent in other securities, use other strategies and engage in other investment practices that are not part of its principal investment strategies. These investments and strategies, as well as those described in this prospectus, are described in detail in the Funds' Statement of Additional Information (the "SAI") (for information on how to obtain a copy of the SAI see the back cover of this prospectus). Of course, there is no guarantee that a Fund will achieve its investment goals.

 

More Information about Risk

 

Investing in each Fund involves risk and there is no guarantee that each Fund will achieve its goals. The Adviser’s judgments about the markets, the economy, or companies may not anticipate actual market movements, economic conditions or company performance, and these judgments may affect the return on your investment. In fact, no matter how good of a job the Adviser does, you could lose money on your investment in a Fund, just as you could with similar investments.

 

The value of your investment in a Fund is based on the value of the securities the Fund holds. These prices change daily due to economic and other events that affect particular companies and other issuers. These price movements, sometimes called volatility, may be greater or lesser depending on the types of securities a Fund owns and the markets in which they trade. The effect on a Fund of a change in the value of a single security will depend on how widely the Fund diversifies its holdings. Each Fund is non-diversified, meaning that it may invest a large percentage of its assets in a single issuer or a relatively small number of issuers.

 

The following provides general information on the risks associated with each Fund’s principal investment strategies. Any additional risks associated with each Fund’s non-principal investment strategies are described in the SAI. The SAI also provides additional information about the risks associated with each Fund’s principal investment strategies.

 

Active Management Risk (GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund and GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund) – The Funds are subject to the risk that the Adviser’s judgments about the attractiveness, value, or potential appreciation of the Funds' investments may prove to be incorrect. If the investments selected and strategies employed by a Fund fail to produce the intended results, the Fund could underperform in comparison to other funds with similar objectives and investment strategies.

 

Depositary Receipts Risk (GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund and GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund) – ADRs are typically trust receipts issued by a U.S. bank or trust company that evidence an indirect interest in underlying securities issued by a foreign entity. GDRs, EDRs, and other types of depositary receipts are typically issued by non-U.S. banks or financial institutions to evidence an interest in underlying securities issued by either a U.S. or a non-U.S. entity. Investments in non-U.S. issuers through ADRs, GDRs, EDRs, and other types of depositary receipts generally involve risks applicable to other types of investments in non-U.S. issuers. Investments in depositary receipts may be less liquid and more volatile than the underlying securities in their primary trading market. If a depositary receipt is denominated in a different currency than its underlying securities, a Fund will be subject to the currency risk of both the investment in the depositary receipt and the underlying security. The values of depositary receipts may decline for a number of reasons relating to the issuers or sponsors of the depositary receipts, including, but not limited to, insolvency of the issuer or sponsor. Holders of depositary receipts may have limited or no rights to take action with respect to the underlying securities or to compel the issuer of the receipts to take action. The prices of depositary receipts may differ from the prices of securities upon which they are based.

 

15

 

The Funds may invest in unsponsored depositary receipts, which are issued by one or more depositaries without a formal agreement with the company that issues the underlying securities. Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all the costs thereof, and the depositaries of unsponsored depositary receipts frequently are under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the issuers of the underlying securities or to pass through voting rights with respect to the underlying securities. In addition, the issuers of the securities underlying unsponsored depositary receipts are not obligated to disclose material information to the market and, therefore, there may be less information available regarding such issuers and there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the depositary receipts.

 

Equity Risk (GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund and GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund) – Equity securities include common stocks, depositary receipts, and P-Notes. Common stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer. Depositary receipts are described above and P-Notes are described below. Investments in equity securities in general are subject to market risks that may cause their prices to fluctuate over time. Fluctuations in the value of equity securities in which a mutual fund invests will cause the fund’s net asset value (“NAV”) to fluctuate. An investment in a portfolio of equity securities may be more suitable for long-term investors who can bear the risk of these share price fluctuations.

 

Foreign Currency Risk (GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund and GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund) – Because non-U.S. securities are usually denominated in currencies other than the dollar, the value of a Fund’s portfolio may be influenced by currency exchange rates and exchange control regulations. The currencies of emerging market countries may experience significant declines against the U.S. dollar, and devaluation may occur subsequent to investments in these currencies by a Fund. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had, and may continue to have, negative effects on the economies and securities markets of certain emerging market countries.

 

Foreign Securities/Emerging Markets Risk (GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund and GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund) – Investments in securities of foreign companies (including direct investments as well as investments through depositary receipts or P-Notes) can be more volatile than investments in U.S. companies. Diplomatic, political, or economic developments, including nationalization or appropriation, could affect investments in foreign companies. Foreign securities markets generally have less trading volume and less liquidity than U.S. markets. In addition, the value of securities denominated in foreign currencies, and of dividends from such securities, can change significantly when foreign currencies strengthen or weaken relative to the U.S. dollar. Financial statements of foreign issuers are governed by different accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards than the financial statements of U.S. issuers and may be less transparent and uniform than in the United States. Thus, there may be less information publicly available about foreign issuers than about most U.S. issuers. Transaction costs are generally higher than those in the United States and expenses for custodial arrangements of foreign securities may be somewhat greater than typical expenses for custodial arrangements of similar U.S. securities. Some foreign governments levy withholding taxes against dividend and interest income. Although in some countries a portion of these taxes are recoverable, the non-recovered portion will reduce the income received from the securities comprising a Fund's portfolio. These risks may be heightened with respect to emerging market countries since political turmoil and rapid changes in economic conditions are more likely to occur in these countries.

 

16

 

Geographic Focus Risk (GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund) – To the extent that it focuses its investments in a particular country or geographic region, the Fund may be more susceptible to economic, political, regulatory or other events or conditions affecting issuers and countries within that country or geographic region. As a result, the Fund may be subject to greater price volatility and risk of loss than a fund holding more geographically diverse investments.

 

Investing in the United States Risk (GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund) – A decrease in imports or exports, changes in trade regulations and/or an economic recession in the U.S. may have a material adverse effect on the U.S. economy and the securities listed on U.S. exchanges. Proposed and adopted policy and legislative changes in the U.S. are changing many aspects of financial and other regulation and may have a significant effect on the U.S. markets generally, as well as on the value of certain securities. In addition, a continued rise in the U.S. public debt level or U.S. austerity measures may adversely affect U.S. economic growth and the securities in which the Fund invests.

 

The U.S. has developed increasingly strained relations with a number of foreign countries, including traditional allies, such as major European Union countries, the U.K., Canada and Mexico, and historical adversaries, such as North Korea, Iran, China and Russia. If these relations were to worsen, it could adversely affect U.S. issuers as well as non-U.S. issuers that rely on the U.S. for trade. The U.S. has also experienced increased internal unrest and discord. If this trend were to continue, it may have an adverse impact on the U.S. economy and the issuers in which the Fund invests.

 

Investment Style Risk (GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund and GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund) – Each Fund pursues a “growth style” of investing, meaning that the Fund invests in equity securities of companies that the Adviser believes will have above-average rates of relative earnings growth and which, therefore, may experience above-average increases in stock prices. Over time, a relative growth investing style may go in and out of favor, causing a Fund to sometimes underperform other equity funds that use differing investing styles.

 

IPO Risk (GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund and GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund) – The Funds may invest in IPOs. An IPO is a company’s first offering of stock to the public. IPO risk is the risk that the market value of IPO shares will fluctuate considerably due to factors such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading, the small number of shares available for trading and limited information about a company’s business model, quality of management, earnings growth potential and other criteria used to evaluate its investment prospects. Accordingly, investments in IPO shares involve greater risks than investments in shares of companies that have traded publicly on an exchange for extended periods of time. Investments in IPO shares may also involve high transaction costs, and are subject to market risk and liquidity risk, which are described below.

 

When a Fund’s asset base is small, a significant portion of the Fund’s performance could be attributable to investments in IPOs, because such investments would have a magnified impact on the Fund. As the Fund’s assets grow, the effect of the Fund’s investments in IPOs on the Fund’s performance probably will decline, which could reduce the Fund’s performance. Because of the price volatility of IPO shares, a Fund may choose to hold IPO shares for a very short period of time. This may increase the turnover of the Fund’s portfolio and may lead to increased expenses to the Fund, such as commissions and transaction costs. By selling IPO shares, a Fund may realize taxable gains it will subsequently distribute to shareholders. In addition, the market for IPO shares can be speculative and/or inactive for extended periods of time. There is no assurance that a Fund will be able to obtain allocable portions of IPO shares. The limited number of shares available for trading in some IPOs may make it more difficult for a Fund to buy or sell significant amounts of shares without an unfavorable impact on prevailing prices. Investors in IPO shares can be affected by substantial dilution in the value of their shares, by sales of additional shares and by concentration of control in existing management and principal shareholders.

 

17

 

Large Capitalization Company Risk (GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund and GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund) – The large capitalization companies in which a Fund may invest may lag the performance of smaller capitalization companies because large capitalization companies may experience slower rates of growth than smaller capitalization companies and may not respond as quickly to market changes and opportunities.

 

Large Purchase and Redemption Risk (GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund and GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund) – Large purchases or redemptions of a Fund’s shares may affect the Fund, since the Fund may be required to sell portfolio securities if it experiences redemptions, and the Fund will need to invest additional cash that it receives. While it is impossible to predict the overall impact of these transactions over time, there could be adverse effects on portfolio management to the extent that a Fund may be required to sell securities or invest cash at times when it would not otherwise do so. These transactions could also have tax consequences if sales of securities result in gains, and could also increase transaction costs or portfolio turnover. In addition, a large redemption could result in a Fund’s expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base, leading to an increase in the Fund’s expense ratio.

 

Liquidity Risk (GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund and GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund) – Certain securities may be difficult or impossible to sell at the time and the price that a Fund would like. A Fund may have to accept a lower price to sell a security, sell other securities to raise cash, or give up an investment opportunity, any of which could have a negative effect on Fund management or performance.

 

Market Risk (GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund and GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund) – The value of the securities in which the Funds invest may go up or down in response to the prospects of individual companies, particular sectors or governments and/or general economic conditions throughout the world. Price changes may be temporary or last for extended periods. Global economies and financial markets are becoming increasingly interconnected, and conditions and events in one country, region or financial market may adversely impact issuers in a different country, region or financial market. In addition, governmental and quasi-governmental organizations have taken a number of unprecedented actions designed to support the markets. Such conditions, events and actions may result in greater market risk.

 

New Fund Risk (GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund) – Because the Fund is new, investors in the Fund bear the risk that the Fund may not be successful in implementing its investment strategy, may not employ a successful investment strategy, or may fail to attract sufficient assets under management to realize economies of scale, any of which could result in the Fund being liquidated at any time without shareholder approval and at a time that may not be favorable for all shareholders. Such liquidation could have negative tax consequences for shareholders and will cause shareholders to incur expenses of liquidation.

 

Non-Diversification Risk (GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund and GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund) – Each Fund is classified as “non-diversified,” which means it may invest a larger percentage of its assets in a smaller number of issuers than a diversified fund. To the extent that a Fund invests its assets in a smaller number of issuers, the Fund will be more susceptible to negative events affecting those issuers than a diversified fund.

 

18

 

Participation Notes Risk (GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund and GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund) – P-Notes are derivatives that are generally traded over-the-counter and constitute general unsecured contractual obligations of the banks and broker-dealers that issue them. Generally, these banks and broker-dealers buy securities listed on certain foreign exchanges and then issue P-Notes which are designed to replicate the performance of certain issuers and markets. The performance results of P-Notes will not correlate exactly to the performance of the issuers or markets that they seek to replicate due to transaction costs and other expenses. The holder of a P-Note typically does not receive voting or other rights as it would if it directly owned the underlying security, but is subject to the same risks of investing directly in the underlying security.

 

Small- and Mid-Capitalization Company Risk (GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund and GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund) – The small- and mid-capitalization companies in which a Fund may invest may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. In particular, investments in these small- and mid-sized companies may pose additional risks, including liquidity risk, because these companies tend to have limited product lines, markets and financial resources, and may depend upon a relatively small management group. Therefore, small- and mid-cap stocks may be more volatile than those of larger companies. These securities may be traded over-the-counter or listed on an exchange.

 

Stock Connect Investing Risk (GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund) – Trading through Stock Connect is subject to a number of restrictions that may affect the Fund’s investments and returns, including a daily quota that limits the maximum net purchases under Stock Connect each day. In addition, investments made through Stock Connect are subject to relatively untested trading, clearance and settlement procedures. Moreover, A Shares purchased through Stock Connect generally may only be sold or otherwise transferred through Stock Connect. The Fund’s investments in A Shares purchased through Stock Connect are generally subject to Chinese securities regulations and listing rules. While overseas investors currently are exempt from paying capital gains or value added taxes on income and gains from investments in A Shares purchased through Stock Connect, these tax rules could be changed, which could result in unexpected tax liabilities for the Fund. Stock Connect operates only on days when both the China and Hong Kong markets are open for trading and when banks in both markets are open on the corresponding settlement days. Therefore, the Fund may be subject to the risk of price fluctuations of A Shares during the time when Stock Connect is not trading. Because of the way in which A shares are held in Stock Connect, the Fund may not be able to exercise the rights of a shareholder and may be limited in its ability to pursue claims against the issuer of a security, and may suffer losses in the event the depository of the Shanghai Stock Exchange or Shenzhen Stock Exchange becomes insolvent. Stock Connect is a relatively new program. Further developments are likely and there can be no assurance as to the program’s continued existence or whether future developments regarding the program may restrict or adversely affect the Fund’s investments or returns. In addition, the application and interpretation of the laws and regulations of Hong Kong and China, and the rules, policies or guidelines published or applied by relevant regulators and exchanges in respect of Stock Connect are uncertain, and they may have a detrimental effect on the Fund’s investments and returns.

 

U.S. Treasury Securities Risk (GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund) – A security backed by the U.S. Treasury or the full faith and credit of the United States is guaranteed only as to the timely payment of interest and principal when held to maturity, but the market prices for such securities are not guaranteed and will fluctuate.

 

19

 

Information about Portfolio Holdings

 

A description of the Funds' policies and procedures with respect to the circumstances under which the Funds disclose their portfolio holdings is available in the SAI.

 

Investment Adviser

 

GQG Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company founded in 2016, is an SEC registered investment adviser that serves as the investment adviser to the Funds. The Adviser’s principal place of business is located at 450 East Las Olas Boulevard, Suite 750, Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33301. As of September 30, 2018, the Adviser had approximately $16.5 billion in regulatory assets under management.

 

The Adviser makes investment decisions for each Fund and continuously reviews, supervises and administers each Fund's investment program. The Board supervises the Adviser and establishes policies that the Adviser must follow in its management activities.

 

For its services to the Funds, the Adviser is entitled to a fee, which is calculated daily and paid monthly, at the following annual rates based on the average daily net assets of each Fund:

 

Fund Advisory Fee
GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund 0.95%
GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund 0.50%

 

The Adviser has contractually agreed to reduce its fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to keep total annual Fund operating expenses (excluding interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, shareholder servicing fees, acquired fund fees and expenses and non-routine expenses (collectively, “excluded expenses”)) for Investor Shares, Institutional Shares and R6 Shares from exceeding certain levels as set forth below until November 30, 2019 (each, a “contractual expense limit”):

 

Fund Contractual Expense Limit
GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund 1.08%
GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund 0.59%

 

This agreement may be terminated: (i) by the Board, for any reason at any time; or (ii) by the Adviser, upon ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to the Trust, effective as of the close of business on November 30, 2019.

 

In addition, the Adviser may recoup all or a portion of its fee waivers or expense reimbursements made during the rolling three-year period preceding the date of the recoupment to the extent that total annual Fund operating expenses (not including excluded expenses) at the time of the recoupment are below the lower of (i) the contractual expense limit in effect at the time of the fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement and (ii) the contractual expense limit in effect at the time of the recoupment.

 

20

 

For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, the Adviser received advisory fees (after fee reductions), stated as a percentage of the average daily net assets of each Fund, as follows:

 

Fund

Advisory Fees Paid

GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund 0.88%
GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund N/A 1

 

1 Not in operation during the period.

 

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the Funds' investment advisory agreement will be available in the Funds' Semi-Annual Report to Shareholders dated January 31, 2019.

 

Portfolio Manager

 

Rajiv Jain, Chairman and Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser, serves as the sole Portfolio Manager of the Funds. Prior to joining the Adviser in 2016, Mr. Jain served as a Co-Chief Executive Officer, Chief Investment Officer and Head of Equities at Vontobel Asset Management (“Vontobel”). He joined Vontobel in 1994 as an equity analyst and associate manager of its international equity portfolios. Mr. Jain earned an MBA in Finance and International Business from the University of Miami in 1993. He also has a Master’s degree from the University of Ajmer and an undergraduate degree in Accounting.

 

The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed, and ownership of Fund shares.

 

Related Performance Data of the Adviser - GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund

 

The following tables give the related performance of all separate accounts (each, an “Account”), referred to as a “Composite,” managed by the Adviser that have investment objectives, policies and strategies substantially similar to those of the GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund. The data does not represent the performance of the GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund. Performance is historical and does not represent the future performance of the GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund or of the Adviser.

 

Rajiv Jain is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund and the Composite. For periods beginning on June 1, 2016, the Composite consists of the performance of Accounts managed by Mr. Jain while employed by GQG (the “GQG Comparable Accounts”). For periods prior to June 1, 2016, the Composite consists of the performance of a personal account managed by Mr. Jain while employed by a firm unaffiliated with the Adviser (the “Prior Comparable Account”). Mr. Jain exercised final decision-making authority over all material aspects concerning the investment objective, policies, strategies, and security selection decisions of the Prior Comparable Account, and exercises the same level of authority and discretion in managing the GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund and the GQG Comparable Accounts. While at the prior firm, Mr. Jain managed no other accounts with investment objectives, policies and strategies substantially similar to those of the GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund and the Composite.

 

The manner in which the performance was calculated for the Composite differs from that of registered mutual funds such as the GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund. If the performance was calculated in accordance with SEC standardized performance methodology, the performance results may have been different. The Adviser has calculated the Composite performance consistent with Global Investment Performance Standards (“GIPS®”) policies for composite construction.

 

21

 

The Composite returns presented were calculated on a total return basis and include all dividends and interest, accrued income, and realized and unrealized gains and losses. Investment transactions are accounted for on a trade date basis. “Net of fees” returns reflect the deduction of foreign withholding taxes and all fees and expenses, including investment management fees, brokerage commissions, execution costs, sales loads and account fees, if any, paid by the Accounts included in the Composite, without taking into account federal or state income taxes, while “gross of fees” returns do not reflect the deduction of investment management fees. The Composite contains only non-fee-paying Accounts. Accordingly, “net of fees” returns are calculated using an investment management fee of 0.50% annually, which is the same as the current investment management fee for the GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund. Accounts are included in the Composite from the first full month of management and removed after the last full month of management. The Composite performance information is calculated in and expressed in United States dollars.

 

Because of variation in fee levels, the Composite returns may not be reflective of performance in any one particular Account. Therefore, the performance information shown below is not necessarily representative of the performance information that typically would be shown for a registered mutual fund.

 

The GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund’s fees and expenses are generally expected to be higher than those of the Composite. If the GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund’s fees and expenses had been imposed on the Composite, the performance shown below would have been lower. The Accounts are also not subject to the diversification requirements, specific tax restrictions, and investment limitations imposed on the GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund by the federal securities and tax laws. Consequently, the performance results for the Composite could have been adversely affected if the Accounts were subject to the same federal securities and tax laws as the GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund.

 

The investment results for the Composite presented below are not intended to predict or suggest the future returns of the GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund. The performance data shown below should not be considered a substitute for the GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund’s own performance information. Investors should be aware that the use of a methodology different than that used below to calculate performance could result in different performance data.

 

THE FOLLOWING DATA DOES NOT REPRESENT THE PERFORMANCE OF THE GQG PARTNERS US SELECT QUALITY EQUITY FUND.

 

Performance Information for the Adviser’s Substantially Similar Strategy Composite

 

Calendar Year Total Pre-Tax Returns
Year

Total Pre-Tax Return

(Net of Fees)

Total Pre-Tax Return

(Gross of Fees)

S&P 500 Index 1 Number of Portfolios

Total Assets at

End of Period

($ millions)

2017 24.20% 24.82% 21.83% 1 $6.73
2016 14.87% 15.44% 11.96% 2 $9.31
2015 3.53% 4.05% 1.38% 1 $3.40

 

22

 

Average Annual Total Pre-Tax Returns (as of 12/31/2017)
Time Period

Composite Returns

(Net of Fees)

Composite Returns

(Gross of Fees)

S&P 500 Index 1
1 Year 24.20% 24.82% 21.83%
3 Years 13.88% 14.45% 11.41%
Since Inception 2 13.75% 14.31% 11.58%

 

1 The S&P 500 Index includes 500 companies in leading industries of the U.S. economy and captures 80% of the U.S. equity market capitalization.
2 The inception date of the Composite is July 1, 2014, the beginning of the first full month in which Mr. Jain managed the first Account included in the Composite.

 

Purchasing, Selling and Exchanging Fund Shares

 

This section tells you how to purchase, sell (sometimes called “redeem”) and exchange Investor Shares, Institutional Shares and R6 Shares of the Funds.

 

For information regarding the federal income tax consequences of transactions in shares of the Funds, including information about cost basis reporting, see “Taxes.”

 

How to Choose a Share Class

 

Each Fund offers three classes of shares to investors, Investor Shares, Institutional Shares and R6 Shares. Each share class has its own shareholder eligibility criteria, investment minimums, cost structure and other features. The following summarizes the primary features of Investor Shares, Institutional Shares and R6 Shares. Contact your financial intermediary or the Funds for more information about the Funds' share classes and how to choose between them.

 

23

 

Class Name

Eligible Investors

Investment Minimums

Fees

Investor Shares Primarily individual investors

Initial - $2,500 ($100 for IRAs)

 

Subsequent – $100

0.25% Shareholder Servicing Fee
Institutional Shares Primarily institutional investors

Initial - $500,000

 

Subsequent – None

 

The minimum initial investment amount for Institutional Shares of the Fund is waived for clients of financial intermediaries that have accounts holding Institutional Shares with an aggregate value of at least $500,000 (or that are expected to reach this level).

No Shareholder Servicing Fee
R6 Shares

Section 401(k), 403(b), 457, profit-sharing, money purchase pension, defined benefit pension,

non-qualified deferred compensation plans or other employee benefit plans that are sponsored by one or more employers or employee organizations (“Employee Benefit Plans”). Such an Employee Benefit Plan must purchase R6 Shares through a plan level or omnibus account.

Initial - None

 

Subsequent – None

No Shareholder Servicing Fee

 

 

Investor Shares, Institutional Shares and R6 Shares are offered to investors who purchase shares directly from the Funds or through certain financial intermediaries such as financial planners, investment advisors, broker-dealers or other financial institutions. An investor may be eligible to purchase more than one share class. However, if you purchase shares through a financial intermediary, you may only purchase that class of shares which your financial intermediary sells or services on the platform or program of the intermediary through which you own shares. Your financial intermediary can tell you which class of shares is available through your platform or program.

 

Each Fund reserves the right to change the criteria for eligible investors and accept investments of smaller amounts in its sole discretion.

 

How to Purchase Fund Shares

 

To purchase shares directly from the Funds through their transfer agent, complete and send in the application. If you need an application or have questions, please call 866-362-8333.

 

All investments must be made by check, wire or Automated Clearing House (“ACH”). All checks must be made payable in U.S. dollars and drawn on U.S. financial institutions. The Funds do not accept purchases made by third-party checks, credit cards, credit card checks, cash, traveler’s checks, money orders or cashier’s checks.

 

24

 

The Funds reserve the right to reject any specific purchase order, including exchange purchases, for any reason. The Funds are not intended for short-term trading by shareholders in response to short-term market fluctuations. For more information about the Funds' policy on short-term trading, see “Excessive Trading Policies and Procedures.”

 

The Funds do not generally accept investments by non-U.S. persons. Non-U.S. persons may be permitted to invest in the Funds subject to the satisfaction of enhanced due diligence. Please contact the Funds for more information.

 

By Mail

 

You can open an account with the Funds by sending a check and your account application to the address below. You can add to an existing account by sending the Funds a check and, if possible, the “Invest by Mail” stub that accompanies your confirmation statement. Be sure your check identifies clearly your name, your account number, the Fund name and the share class.

 

Regular Mail Address

 

GQG Funds

P.O. Box 219009

Kansas City, MO 64121-9009

 

Express Mail Address

 

GQG Funds

c/o DST Systems, Inc.

430 West 7th Street

Kansas City, MO 64105

 

The Funds do not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be their agents. Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services of purchase orders does not constitute receipt by the Funds' transfer agent. The share price used to fill the purchase order is the next price calculated by a Fund after the Funds' transfer agent receives the order in proper form at the P.O. Box provided for regular mail delivery or the office address provided for express mail delivery.

 

By Wire

 

To open an account by wire, call 866-362-8333 for details. To add to an existing account by wire, wire your money using the wiring instructions set forth below (be sure to include the Fund name, the share class, and your account number).

 

Wiring Instructions

 

UMB Bank, N.A.

ABA # 101000695

GQG Funds

DDA # 9872013085

 

25

 

Ref: Fund name/share class/account number/account name

 

Purchases In-Kind

 

Subject to the approval of the Funds, an investor may purchase shares of a Fund with liquid securities and other assets that are eligible for purchase by the Fund (consistent with the Fund’s investment policies and restrictions) and that have a value that is readily ascertainable in accordance with the Fund’s valuation policies. These transactions will be effected only if the Adviser deems the security to be an appropriate investment for the Fund. Assets purchased by the Fund in such transactions will be valued in accordance with procedures adopted by the Funds. The Funds reserve the right to amend or terminate this practice at any time.

 

Minimum Purchases

 

The minimum investment amount for Investor Shares of a Fund is generally $2,500 for initial investments and $100 for subsequent investments. The minimum initial and subsequent investment amounts for IRAs are generally $100.

 

To purchase Institutional Shares of a Fund for the first time, you must invest at least $500,000. There is no minimum subsequent investment amount for Institutional Shares. The minimum initial investment amount for Institutional Shares of a Fund is waived for clients of financial intermediaries that have accounts holding Institutional Shares with an aggregate value of at least $500,000 (or that are expected to reach this level).

 

There is no minimum initial or subsequent investment amount for R6 Shares of the Funds.

 

The Funds may accept investments of smaller amounts in their sole discretion.

 

Fund Codes

 

The Funds' reference information, which is listed below, will be helpful to you when you contact the Funds to purchase or exchange shares, check daily NAV, or obtain additional information.

 

Fund Name Share Class Ticker Symbol CUSIP Fund Code
GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund Investor Shares GQGPX 00771X 427 1330
  Institutional Shares GQGIX 00771X 419 1331
  R6 Shares GQGRX 00771X 393 1332
GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund Investor Shares GQEPX 00774Q874 1333
  Institutional Shares GQEIX 00774Q866 1334
  R6 Shares GQERX 00774Q858 1335

 

General Information

 

You may purchase shares on any day that the NYSE is open for business (a “Business Day”). Shares cannot be purchased by Federal Reserve wire on days that either the NYSE or the Federal Reserve is closed.

 

26

 

A Fund’s price per share will be the NAV per share next determined after the Fund or an authorized institution (defined below) receives your purchase order in proper form. “Proper form” means that the Fund was provided with a complete and signed account application, including the investor’s social security number or tax identification number, and other identification required by law or regulation, as well as sufficient purchase proceeds.

 

Each Fund calculates its NAV once each Business Day as of the close of normal trading on the NYSE (normally, 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time). To receive the current Business Day’s NAV, a Fund or an authorized institution must receive your purchase order in proper form before the close of normal trading on the NYSE. If the NYSE closes early, as in the case of scheduled half-day trading or unscheduled suspensions of trading, each Fund reserves the right to calculate NAV as of the earlier closing time. A Fund will not accept orders that request a particular day or price for the transaction or any other special conditions. Shares will only be priced on Business Days. Since securities that are traded on foreign exchanges may trade on days that are not Business Days, the value of a Fund’s assets may change on days when you are unable to purchase or redeem shares.

 

Buying or Selling Shares through a Financial Intermediary

 

In addition to being able to buy and sell Fund shares directly from the Funds through their transfer agent, you may also buy or sell shares of the Funds through accounts with financial intermediaries, such as brokers and other institutions that are authorized to place trades in Fund shares for their customers. When you purchase or sell Fund shares through a financial intermediary (rather than directly from the Funds), you may have to transmit your purchase and sale requests to the financial intermediary at an earlier time for your transaction to become effective that day. This allows the financial intermediary time to process your requests and transmit them to the Funds prior to the time the Funds calculate their NAV that day. Your financial intermediary is responsible for transmitting all purchase and redemption requests, investment information, documentation and money to the Funds on time. If your financial intermediary fails to do so, it may be responsible for any resulting fees or losses. Unless your financial intermediary is an authorized institution, orders transmitted by the financial intermediary and received by the Funds after the time NAV is calculated for a particular day will receive the following day’s NAV.

 

Certain financial intermediaries, including certain broker-dealers and shareholder organizations, are authorized to act as agent on behalf of the Funds with respect to the receipt of purchase and redemption orders for Fund shares (“authorized institutions”). Authorized institutions are also authorized to designate other intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders on a Fund’s behalf. A Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when an authorized institution or, if applicable, an authorized institution’s designee, receives the order. Orders will be priced at a Fund’s NAV next computed after they are received by an authorized institution or an authorized institution’s designee. To determine whether your financial intermediary is an authorized institution or an authorized institution’s designee such that it may act as agent on behalf of a Fund with respect to purchase and redemption orders for Fund shares, you should contact your financial intermediary directly.

 

If you deal directly with a financial intermediary, you will have to follow its procedures for transacting with the Funds. Your financial intermediary may charge a fee for your purchase and/or redemption transactions. For more information about how to purchase or sell Fund shares through a financial intermediary, you should contact your financial intermediary directly.

 

27

 

How the Funds Calculate NAV

 

The NAV of a class of a Fund’s shares is determined by dividing the total value of the Fund’s portfolio investments and other assets attributable to the class, less any liabilities attributable to the class, by the total number of shares outstanding of the class.

 

In calculating NAV, each Fund generally values its investment portfolio at market price. If market prices are not readily available or a Fund reasonably believes that they are unreliable, such as in the case of a security value that has been materially affected by events occurring after the relevant market closes, the Fund is required to price those securities at fair value as determined in good faith using methods approved by the Board. Pursuant to the policies adopted by, and under the ultimate supervision of, the Board, these methods are implemented through the Trust’s Fair Value Pricing Committee, members of which are appointed by the Board. A Fund’s determination of a security’s fair value price often involves the consideration of a number of subjective factors, and is therefore subject to the unavoidable risk that the value that the Fund assigns to a security may be higher or lower than the security’s value would be if a reliable market quotation for the security was readily available.

 

With respect to non-U.S. securities held by a Fund, the Fund may take factors influencing specific markets or issuers into consideration in determining the fair value of a non-U.S. security. Foreign securities markets may be open on days when the U.S. markets are closed. In such cases, the value of any foreign securities owned by a Fund may be significantly affected on days when investors cannot buy or sell shares. In addition, due to the difference in times between the close of the foreign markets and the time as of which a Fund prices its shares, the value the Fund assigns to securities may not be the same as the quoted or published prices of those securities on their primary markets or exchanges. In determining fair value prices, a Fund may consider the performance of securities on their primary exchanges, foreign currency appreciation/depreciation, securities market movements in the United States, or other relevant information related to the securities.

Other assets for which market quotations are not readily available will be valued at their fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Board.

 

How to Sell Your Fund Shares

 

If you own your shares directly, you may sell your shares on any Business Day by contacting the Funds directly by mail or telephone at 866-362-8333.

 

If you own your shares through an account with a broker or other institution, contact that broker or institution to sell your shares. Your broker or institution may charge a fee for its services in addition to the fees charged by the Funds.

 

If you would like to have your redemption proceeds, including proceeds generated as a result of closing your account, sent to a third party or an address other than your own, please notify the Funds in writing.

 

Certain redemption requests will require a signature guarantee by an eligible guarantor institution. Eligible guarantors include commercial banks, savings and loans, savings banks, trust companies, credit unions, member firms of a national stock exchange, or any other member or participant of an approved signature guarantor program. For example, signature guarantees may be required if your address of record has changed in the last 30 days, if you want the proceeds sent to a bank other than the bank of record on your account, or if you ask that the proceeds be sent to a different person or address. Please note that a notary public is not an acceptable provider of a signature guarantee and that the Funds must be provided with the original guarantee. Signature guarantees are for the protection of Fund shareholders. Before granting a redemption request, the Funds may require a shareholder to furnish additional legal documents to ensure proper authorization.

 

28

 

Accounts held by a corporation, trust, fiduciary or partnership, may require additional documentation along with a signature guaranteed letter of instruction. The Funds participate in the Paperless Legal Program (the “Program”), which eliminates the need for accompanying paper documentation on legal securities transfers. Requests received with a Medallion Signature Guarantee will be reviewed for the proper criteria to meet the guidelines of the Program and may not require additional documentation. Please contact Shareholder Services at 866-362-8333 for more information.

 

The sale price of each share will be the NAV next determined after a Fund (or an authorized institution) receives your request in proper form.

 

By Mail

 

To redeem shares by mail, please send a letter to the Funds signed by all registered parties on the account specifying:

 

The Fund name;

 

The share class;

 

The account number;

 

The dollar amount or number of shares you wish to redeem;

 

The account name(s); and

 

The address to which redemption (sale) proceeds should be sent.

 

All registered shareholders must sign the letter in the exact name(s) and must designate any special capacity in which they are registered.

 

Regular Mail Address

 

GQG Funds

P.O. Box 219009

Kansas City, MO 64121-9009

 

Express Mail Address

 

GQG Funds

c/o DST Systems, Inc.

430 West 7th Street

Kansas City, MO 64105

 

The Funds do not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be their agents. Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services of sell orders does not constitute receipt by the Funds' transfer agent. The share price used to fill the sell order is the next price calculated by a Fund after the Funds' transfer agent receives the order in proper form at the P.O. Box provided for regular mail delivery or the office address provided for express mail delivery.

 

29

 

By Telephone

 

To redeem shares by telephone, you must first establish the telephone redemption privilege (and, if desired, the wire and/or ACH redemption privilege) by completing the appropriate sections of the account application. Call 866-362-8333 to redeem your shares. Based on your instructions, the Funds will mail your proceeds to you, or send them to your bank via wire or ACH.

 

Receiving Your Money

 

Normally, a Fund will send your sale proceeds within one Business Day after it receives your redemption request. A Fund, however, may take up to seven days to pay redemption proceeds. Your proceeds can be wired to your bank account (may be subject to a $10 fee), sent to you by check or sent via ACH to your bank account if you have established banking instructions with a Fund. If you are selling shares that were recently purchased by check or through ACH, redemption proceeds may not be available until your check has cleared or the ACH transaction has been completed (which may take up to 15 days from your date of purchase) .

 

A Fund typically expects to sell portfolio assets and/or hold cash or cash equivalents to meet redemption requests. On a less regular basis, a Fund may also meet redemption requests by using short-term borrowings from its custodian and/or redeeming shares in-kind (as described below). These methods may be used during both normal and stressed market conditions.

 

Redemptions In-Kind

 

The Funds generally pay sale (redemption) proceeds in cash. However, under unusual conditions that make the payment of cash unwise and for the protection of the Funds' remaining shareholders, the Funds might pay all or part of your redemption proceeds in securities with a market value equal to the redemption price (redemption in-kind). It is highly unlikely that your shares would ever be redeemed in-kind, but if they were, you would have to pay transaction costs to sell the securities distributed to you, as well as taxes on any capital gains from the sale as with any redemption. In addition, you would continue to be subject to the risks of any market fluctuation in the value of the securities you receive in-kind until they are sold.

 

Involuntary Redemptions of Your Shares

 

If your account balance drops below $1,000 for Investor Shares ($500 for IRAs) or $100,000 for Institutional Shares, because of redemptions, you may be required to sell your shares. The Funds generally will provide you at least 30 days’ written notice to give you time to add to your account and avoid the involuntary redemption of your shares. Each Fund reserves the right to waive the minimum account value requirement in its sole discretion.

 

Suspension of Your Right to Sell Your Shares

 

The Funds may suspend your right to sell your shares or delay payment of redemption proceeds for more than seven days during times when the NYSE is closed, other than during customary weekends or holidays, or as otherwise permitted by the SEC. More information about this is in the SAI.

 

30

 

Telephone Transactions

 

Purchasing, selling and exchanging Fund shares over the telephone is extremely convenient, but not without risk. Although the Funds have certain safeguards and procedures to confirm the identity of callers and the authenticity of instructions, the Funds are not responsible for any losses or costs incurred by following telephone instructions they reasonably believe to be genuine. If you or your financial institution transact with the Funds over the telephone, you will generally bear the risk of any loss.

 

How to Exchange Fund Shares

 

At no charge, you may exchange Investor Shares, Institutional Shares, or R6 Shares of one Fund for Investor Shares, Institutional Shares, or R6 Shares, respectively, of another Fund by writing to or calling the Funds. Exchanges are subject to the eligibility requirements and the fees and expenses of the Fund you exchange into.

 

The exchange privilege is not intended as a vehicle for short-term or excessive trading. A Fund may suspend or terminate your exchange privilege if you engage in a pattern of exchanges that is excessive, as determined in the sole discretion of the Fund. For more information about the Funds' policy on excessive trading, see “Excessive Trading Policies and Procedures.”

 

At no charge, you may also convert one class of shares of one Fund directly to another class of shares of another Fund, by writing to or calling the Funds, subject to the eligibility requirements and the fees and expenses of the share class of the Fund you convert into. A conversion between share classes of a Fund is not a taxable event.

 

You may only exchange or convert shares between accounts with identical registrations (i.e., the same names and addresses). If you purchase shares through a financial intermediary, you may only exchange or convert into a Fund or share class which your financial intermediary sells or services on the platform or program of the intermediary through which you own shares. Your financial intermediary can tell you which Funds and share classes are available through your platform or program.

 

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

 

The Funds and/or the Adviser may compensate financial intermediaries for providing a variety of services to the Funds and/or their shareholders. Financial intermediaries include affiliated or unaffiliated brokers, dealers, banks (including bank trust departments), trust companies, registered investment advisers, financial planners, retirement plan administrators, insurance companies, and any other institution having a service, administration, or any similar arrangement with the Funds, their service providers or their respective affiliates. This section briefly describes how financial intermediaries may be paid for providing these services. For more information, please see “Payments to Financial Intermediaries” in the SAI.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

 

Each Fund has adopted a shareholder servicing plan that provides that the Fund may pay financial intermediaries for shareholder services in an annual amount not to exceed 0.25% based on the average daily net assets of the Fund’s Investor Shares. The services for which financial intermediaries are compensated may include record-keeping, transaction processing for shareholders’ accounts and other shareholder services.

 

31

 

Payments by the Adviser

 

From time to time, the Adviser and/or its affiliates, in their discretion, may make payments to certain affiliated or unaffiliated financial intermediaries to compensate them for the costs associated with distribution, marketing, administration and shareholder servicing support for the Funds. These payments are sometimes characterized as “revenue sharing” payments and are made out of the Adviser’s and/or its affiliates’ own legitimate profits or other resources, and may be in addition to any payments made to financial intermediaries by the Funds. A financial intermediary may provide these services with respect to Fund shares sold or held through programs such as retirement plans, qualified tuition programs, fund supermarkets, fee-based advisory or wrap fee programs, bank trust programs, and insurance (e.g., individual or group annuity) programs. In addition, financial intermediaries may receive payments for making shares of the Funds available to their customers or registered representatives, including providing the Funds with “shelf space,” placing them on a preferred or recommended fund list, or promoting the Funds in certain sales programs that are sponsored by financial intermediaries. To the extent permitted by SEC and Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) rules and other applicable laws and regulations, the Adviser and/or its affiliates may pay or allow other promotional incentives or payments to financial intermediaries.

 

The level of payments made by the Adviser and/or its affiliates to individual financial intermediaries varies in any given year and may be negotiated on the basis of sales of Fund shares, the amount of Fund assets serviced by the financial intermediary or the quality of the financial intermediary’s relationship with the Adviser and/or its affiliates. These payments may be more or less than the payments received by the financial intermediaries from other mutual funds and may influence a financial intermediary to favor the sales of certain funds or share classes over others. In certain instances, the payments could be significant and may cause a conflict of interest for your financial intermediary. Any such payments will not change the NAV or price of a Fund's shares. Please contact your financial intermediary for information about any payments it may receive in connection with the sale of Fund shares or the provision of services to Fund shareholders.

 

In addition to these payments, your financial intermediary may charge you account fees, commissions or transaction fees for buying or redeeming shares of the Funds, or other fees for servicing your account. Your financial intermediary should provide a schedule of its fees and services to you upon request.

 

Other Policies

 

Excessive Trading Policies and Procedures

 

The Funds are intended for long-term investment purposes only and discourage shareholders from engaging in “market timing” or other types of excessive short-term trading. This frequent trading into and out of a Fund may present risks to the Fund’s long-term shareholders and could adversely affect shareholder returns. The risks posed by frequent trading include interfering with the efficient implementation of a Fund’s investment strategies, triggering the recognition of taxable gains and losses on the sale of Fund investments, requiring the Fund to maintain higher cash balances to meet redemption requests, and experiencing increased transaction costs.

 

In addition, because the Funds may invest in foreign securities traded primarily on markets that close prior to the time the Funds determine their NAV, the risks posed by frequent trading may have a greater potential to dilute the value of Fund shares held by long-term shareholders than funds investing exclusively in U.S. securities. In instances where a significant event that affects the value of one or more foreign securities held by a Fund takes place after the close of the primary foreign market, but before the time that the Fund determines its NAV, certain investors may seek to take advantage of the fact that there will be a delay in the adjustment of the market price for a security caused by this event until the foreign market reopens (sometimes referred to as “price” or “time zone” arbitrage). Shareholders who attempt this type of arbitrage may dilute the value of a Fund’s shares if the prices of the Fund’s foreign securities do not reflect their fair value. Although the Funds have procedures designed to determine the fair value of foreign securities for purposes of calculating their NAV when such an event has occurred, fair value pricing, because it involves judgments which are inherently subjective, may not always eliminate the risk of price arbitrage.

 

32

 

Because the Funds may invest in small- and mid-cap securities, which often trade in lower volumes and may be less liquid, the Funds may be more susceptible to the risks posed by frequent trading because frequent transactions in the Funds' shares may have a greater impact on the market prices of these types of securities.

 

The Funds' service providers will take steps reasonably designed to detect and deter frequent trading by shareholders pursuant to the Funds' policies and procedures described in this prospectus and approved by the Board. For purposes of applying these policies, the Funds' service providers may consider the trading history of accounts under common ownership or control. The Funds' policies and procedures include:

 

Shareholders are restricted from making more than four “round trips,” including exchanges, into or out of a Fund within any one-year period. The Funds define a “round trip” as a purchase or exchange into a Fund by a shareholder, followed by a subsequent redemption out of the Fund, within any ninety-day period, of an amount the Adviser reasonably believes would be harmful or disruptive to the Fund.

 

Each Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase or exchange request by any investor or group of investors for any reason without prior notice, including, in particular, if the Fund or the Adviser reasonably believe that the trading activity would be harmful or disruptive to the Fund.

 

The Funds and/or their service providers seek to apply these policies to the best of their abilities uniformly and in a manner they believe is consistent with the interests of the Funds' long-term shareholders. The Funds do not knowingly accommodate frequent purchases and redemptions by Fund shareholders. Although these policies are designed to deter frequent trading, none of these measures alone nor all of them taken together eliminate the possibility that frequent trading in a Fund will occur.

 

Financial intermediaries (such as investment advisers and broker-dealers) often establish omnibus accounts in the Funds for their customers through which transactions are placed. The Funds have entered into “information sharing agreements” with these financial intermediaries, which permit the Funds to obtain, upon request, information about the trading activity of the intermediary’s customers that invest in the Funds. If the Funds or their service providers identify omnibus account level trading patterns that have the potential to be detrimental to the Funds, the Funds or their service providers may, in their sole discretion, request from the financial intermediary information concerning the trading activity of its customers. Based upon a review of that information, if the Funds or their service providers determine that the trading activity of any customer may be detrimental to the Funds, they may, in their sole discretion, request the financial intermediary to restrict or limit further trading in the Funds by that customer. If the Funds are not satisfied that the intermediary has taken appropriate action, the Funds may terminate the intermediary’s ability to transact in Fund shares. When information regarding transactions in the Funds’ shares is requested by the Funds and such information is in the possession of a person that is itself a financial intermediary to a financial intermediary (an “indirect intermediary”), any financial intermediary with whom the Funds have an information sharing agreement is obligated to obtain transaction information from the indirect intermediary or, if directed by the Funds, to restrict or prohibit the indirect intermediary from purchasing shares of the Funds on behalf of other persons.

 

33

 

The Funds and their service providers will use reasonable efforts to work with financial intermediaries to identify excessive short-term trading in omnibus accounts that may be detrimental to the Funds. However, there can be no assurance that the monitoring of omnibus account level trading will enable the Funds to identify or prevent all such trading by a financial intermediary’s customers. Please contact your financial intermediary for more information.

 

Customer Identification and Verification

 

To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person who opens an account.

 

What this means to you: when you open an account, a Fund will ask your name, address, date of birth, and other information that will allow the Fund to identify you. This information is subject to verification to ensure the identity of all persons opening a mutual fund account.

 

The Funds are required by law to reject your new account application if the required identifying information is not provided.

 

In certain instances, the Funds are required to collect documents to fulfill their legal obligation. Documents provided in connection with your application will be used solely to establish and verify your identity.

 

Attempts to collect the missing information required on the application will be performed by either contacting you or, if applicable, your broker or financial intermediary. If this information cannot be obtained within a reasonable timeframe established in the sole discretion of the Funds, your application will be rejected.

 

Subject to the Funds' right to reject purchases as described in this prospectus, upon receipt of your application in proper form (or upon receipt of all identifying information required on the application), your investment will be accepted and your order will be processed at the next-determined NAV per share.

 

The Funds reserve the right to close or liquidate your account at the NAV next-determined and remit proceeds to you via check if they are unable to verify your identity. Attempts to verify your identity will be performed within a reasonable timeframe established in the sole discretion of the Funds. Further, the Funds reserve the right to hold your proceeds until your original check clears the bank, which may take up to 15 days from the date of purchase. In such an instance, you may be subject to a gain or loss on Fund shares and will be subject to corresponding tax implications.

 

Anti-Money Laundering Program

 

Customer identification and verification is part of the Funds' overall obligation to deter money laundering under federal law. The Funds have adopted an anti-money laundering compliance program designed to prevent the Funds from being used for money laundering or the financing of illegal activities. In this regard, the Funds reserve the right to: (i) refuse, cancel or rescind any purchase or exchange order; (ii) freeze any account and/or suspend account services; or (iii) involuntarily close your account in cases of threatening conduct or suspected fraudulent or illegal activity. These actions will be taken when, in the sole discretion of Fund management, they are deemed to be in the best interest of a Fund or in cases when a Fund is requested or compelled to do so by governmental or law enforcement authority. If your account is closed at the request of governmental or law enforcement authority, you may not receive proceeds of the redemption if the Fund is required to withhold such proceeds.

 

34

 

Unclaimed Property

 

Each state has unclaimed property rules that generally provide for escheatment (or transfer) to the state of unclaimed property under various circumstances. Such circumstances include inactivity (e.g., no owner-initiated contact for a certain period), returned mail (e.g., when mail sent to a shareholder is returned by the post office, or “RPO,” as undeliverable), or a combination of both inactivity and returned mail. Once it flags property as unclaimed, the applicable Fund will attempt to contact the shareholder, but if that attempt is unsuccessful, the account may be considered abandoned and escheated to the state.

 

Shareholders that reside in the state of Texas may designate a representative to receive escheatment notifications by completing and submitting a designation form that can be found on the website of the Texas Comptroller. While the designated representative does not have any rights to claim or access the shareholder’s account or assets, the escheatment period will cease if the representative communicates knowledge of the shareholder’s location and confirms that the shareholder has not abandoned his or her property. A completed designation form may be mailed to the Funds (if shares are held directly with the Funds) or to the shareholder's financial intermediary (if shares are not held directly with the Funds).

 

More information on unclaimed property and how to maintain an active account is available through your state or by calling 866-362-8333.

 

Dividends and Distributions

 

The Funds distribute their net investment income, and make distributions of their net realized capital gains, if any, at least annually. If you own Fund shares on a Fund’s record date, you will be entitled to receive the distribution.

 

You will receive dividends and distributions in the form of additional Fund shares unless you elect to receive payment in cash. To elect cash payment, you must notify a Fund in writing prior to the date of the distribution. Your election will be effective for dividends and distributions paid after the Fund receives your written notice. To cancel your election, simply send the Fund written notice.

 

Taxes

 

Please consult your tax advisor regarding your specific questions about U.S. federal, state and local income taxes. Below is a summary of some important U.S. federal income tax issues that affect the Funds and their shareholders. This summary is based on current tax laws, which may change. This summary does not apply to shares held in an IRA or other tax-qualified plans, which are not subject to current tax. Transactions relating to shares held in such accounts may, however, be taxable at some time in the future.

 

The recently enacted tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) makes significant changes to the U.S. federal income tax rules for taxation of individuals and corporations, generally effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017. Many of the changes applicable to individuals are temporary and would apply only to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2026. There are only minor changes with respect to the specific rules only applicable to regulated investment companies, such as the Funds. The Tax Act, however, makes numerous other changes to the tax rules that may affect shareholders and the Funds. You are urged to consult with your own tax advisor regarding how the Tax Act affects your investment in the Funds.

 

35

 

Each Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income and net realized capital gains, if any. The dividends and distributions you receive may be subject to federal, state, and local taxation, depending upon your tax situation. Distributions you receive from each Fund may be taxable whether you receive them in cash or you reinvest them in additional shares of a Fund. Income distributions, including distributions of net short term capital gains but excluding distributions of qualified dividend income, are generally taxable at ordinary income tax rates. Distributions reported by the Funds as long term capital gains and as qualified dividend income are generally taxable at the rates applicable to long-term capital gains and currently set at a maximum tax rate for individuals of 20% (lower rates apply to individuals in lower tax brackets). Once a year the Funds (or their administrative agent) will send you a statement showing the types and total amount of distributions you received during the previous year.

 

You should note that if you purchase shares just before a distribution, the purchase price would reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution. In this case, you would be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply constitutes a return of your investment. This is known as “buying a dividend” and should be avoided by taxable investors.

 

Each sale of Fund shares may be a taxable event. For tax purposes, an exchange of your Fund shares for shares of a different fund is the same as a sale. The gain or loss on the sale of Fund shares generally will be treated as a short-term capital gain or loss if you held the shares for 12 months or less or as long-term capital gain or loss if you held the shares for longer. Any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Fund shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributions received (or deemed received) by you with respect to the Fund shares. All or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Fund shares will be disallowed if you purchase other substantially identical shares within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

 

U.S. individuals with income exceeding $200,000 ($250,000 if married and filing jointly) are subject to a 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on their “net investment income,” including interest, dividends, and capital gains (including capital gains realized on the sale or exchange of shares of a Fund).

 

The Funds (or their administrative agent) must report to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and furnish to Fund shareholders cost basis information for Fund shares. In addition to reporting the gross proceeds from the sale of Fund shares, the Funds are also required to report the cost basis information for such shares and indicate whether these shares have a short-term or long-term holding period. For each sale of Fund shares, the Funds will permit shareholders to elect from among several IRS-accepted cost basis methods, including the average cost basis method. In the absence of an election, the Funds will use the average basis method as the default cost basis method. The cost basis method elected by the Fund shareholder (or the cost basis method applied by default) for each sale of Fund shares may not be changed after the settlement date of each such sale of Fund shares. Fund shareholders should consult with their tax advisors to determine the best IRS-accepted cost basis method for their tax situation and to obtain more information about how cost basis reporting applies to them. Shareholders also should carefully review the cost basis information provided to them by the Funds and make any additional basis, holding period or other adjustments that are required when reporting these amounts on their federal income tax returns.

 

36

 

The Funds may be subject to foreign withholding taxes with respect to dividends or interest the Funds received from sources in foreign countries. Only if more than 50% of the total assets of a Fund consists of foreign securities, the Fund will be eligible to elect to treat some of those taxes as a distribution to shareholders, which would allow shareholders to offset some of their U.S. federal income tax. The Funds (or their administrative agent) will notify you if they make such an election and provide you with the information necessary to reflect foreign taxes paid on your income tax return.

 

Because each shareholder’s tax situation is different, you should consult your tax advisor about the tax implications of an investment in the Funds.

 

More information about taxes is in the SAI.

 

Additional Information

 

The Trust enters into contractual arrangements with various parties, including, among others, the Funds' investment adviser, custodian, transfer agent, accountants, administrator and distributor, who provide services to the Funds. Shareholders are not parties to, or intended (or “third-party”) beneficiaries of, any of those contractual arrangements, and those contractual arrangements are not intended to create in any individual shareholder or group of shareholders any right to enforce the terms of the contractual arrangements against the service providers or to seek any remedy under the contractual arrangements against the service providers, either directly or on behalf of the Trust.

 

This prospectus and the SAI provide information concerning the Trust and the Funds that you should consider in determining whether to purchase shares of the Funds. The Funds may make changes to this information from time to time. Neither this prospectus, the SAI or any document filed as an exhibit to the Trust’s registration statement, is intended to, nor does it, give rise to an agreement or contract between the Trust or the Funds and any shareholder, or give rise to any contract or other rights in any individual shareholder, group of shareholders or other person other than any rights conferred explicitly by federal or state securities laws that may not be waived.

 

37

 

Financial Highlights

 

The tables that follow present performance information about each class of the GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund. This information is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the period of the Fund’s operations. Some of this information reflects financial information for a single Fund share. The total returns in the tables represent the rate that an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions). The information provided below has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund. The financial statements and the unqualified opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP are included in the 2018 Annual Report of the Fund, which is available upon request by calling the Fund at 866-362-8333.

 

Because the GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund was not in operation as of the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, financial highlights are not available.

 

 

38

 

Selected Per Share Data & Ratios For a Share
Outstanding Throughout the Year or Period
 
    Investor Shares
   

Year Ended

July 31, 2018

   

Period Ended

July 31, 2017 (1)

 
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Year/Period   $ 12.14     $ 10.00  
Income from Investment Operations:                
Net Investment Income*     0.07       0.12  
Net Realized and Unrealized Gain     0.24 ^     2.02  
Total from Investment Operations     0.31       2.14  
Dividends and Distributions:                
Net Investment Income     (0.02 )      
Total Dividends and Distributions     (0.02 )      
Net Asset Value, End of Year/Period   $ 12.43     $ 12.14  
Total Return†     2.57 %     21.40 %
Ratios and Supplemental Data                
Net Assets, End of Year/Period (Thousands)   $ 9,932     $ 2,123  
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets     1.26 %     1.33 %††
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers)     1.33 %     1.95 %††
Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets     0.55 %     1.83 %††
Portfolio Turnover Rate     94 %     45 %‡

 

* Per share calculations were performed using average shares for the period.
Total return is for the period indicated and has not been annualized. Total return would have been lower had the Adviser not waived a portion of its fee during the period. Returns shown do not reflect the deductions of taxes that a shareholder would pay on Fund distributions or the redemption of Fund shares.
†† Annualized.
Portfolio turnover is for the period indicated and has not been annualized.
^ The amount show for a share outstanding throughout the period does not accord with the aggregate net loss on investments for that period because of the sales and repurchases of Fund shares in relation to fluctuating market value of the investments of the Fund.
(1) The Fund commenced operations on December 28, 2016.

Amounts designated as "-" are either not applicable, $0 or have been rounded to $0

 

 

39

 

Selected Per Share Data & Ratios For a Share
Outstanding Throughout the Year or Period
 
    Institutional Shares
   

Year Ended

July 31, 2018

   

Period Ended

July 31, 2017 (1)

 
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Year/Period   $ 12.17     $ 10.00  
Income from Investment Operations:                
Net Investment Income*     0.10       0.14  
Net Realized and Unrealized Gain     0.23 ^     2.03  
Total from Investment Operations     0.33       2.17  
Dividends and Distributions:                
Net Investment Income     (0.03 )      
Total Dividends and Distributions     (0.03 )      
Net Asset Value, End of Year/Period   $ 12.47     $ 12.17  
Total Return†     2.72 %     21.70 %
Ratios and Supplemental Data                
Net Assets, End of Year/Period (Thousands)   $ 928,267     $ 201,233  
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets     1.08 %     1.08 %††
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers)     1.15 %     1.69 %††
Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets     0.79 %     2.08 %††
Portfolio Turnover Rate     94 %     45 %‡

 

* Per share calculations were performed using average shares for the period.
Total return is for the period indicated and has not been annualized. Total return would have been lower had the Adviser not waived a portion of its fee during the period. Returns shown do not reflect the deductions of taxes that a shareholder would pay on Fund distributions or the redemption of Fund shares.
†† Annualized.
Portfolio turnover is for the period indicated and has not been annualized.
^ The amount show for a share outstanding throughout the period does not accord with the aggregate net loss on investments for that period because of the sales and repurchases of Fund shares in relation to fluctuating market value of the investments of the Fund.
(1) The Fund commenced operations on December 28, 2016.

Amounts designated as "-" are either not applicable, $0 or have been rounded to $0

 

 

40

 

Selected Per Share Data & Ratios For a Share
Outstanding Throughout the Year or Period
 
    R6 Shares
   

Year Ended

July 31, 2018

   

Period Ended

July 31, 2017 (1)

 
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Year/Period   $ 12.17     $ 10.00  
Income (Loss) from Investment Operations:                
Net Investment Income*     0.14       0.10  
Net Realized and Unrealized Gain     0.19 ^     2.07  
Total from Investment Operations     0.33       2.17  
Dividends and Distributions:                
Net Investment Income     (0.03 )      
Total Dividends and Distributions     (0.03 )      
Net Asset Value, End of Year/Period   $ 12.47     $ 12.17  
Total Return†     2.72 %     21.70 %
Ratios and Supplemental Data                
Net Assets, End of Year/Period (Thousands)   $ 5,575     $ 315  
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets     1.08 %     1.08 %††
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers)     1.15 %     1.85 %††
Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets     1.06 %     1.53 %††
Portfolio Turnover Rate     94 %     45 %‡

 

* Per share calculations were performed using average shares for the period.
Total return is for the period indicated and has not been annualized. Total return would have been lower had the Adviser not waived a portion of its fee during the period. Returns shown do not reflect the deductions of taxes that a shareholder would pay on Fund distributions or the redemption of Fund shares.
†† Annualized.
Portfolio turnover is for the period indicated and has not been annualized.
^ The amount show for a share outstanding throughout the period does not accord with the aggregate net loss on investments for that period because of the sales and repurchases of Fund shares in relation to fluctuating market value of the investments of the Fund.
(1) The Fund commenced operations on December 28, 2016.

Amounts designated as "-" are either not applicable, $0 or have been rounded to $0

 

41

 

THE ADVISORS’ INNER CIRCLE FUND III

 

GQG FUNDS

 

Investment Adviser

 

GQG Partners LLC

450 East Las Olas Blvd, Suite 750

Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33301

 

Distributor

 

SEI Investments Distribution Co.

One Freedom Valley Drive

Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456

 

Legal Counsel

 

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

1701 Market Street

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103

 

More information about the Funds is available, without charge, through the following:

 

Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”): The SAI, dated November 28, 2018, as it may be amended from time to time, includes detailed information about the Funds and The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III. The SAI is on file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. This means that the SAI, for legal purposes, is a part of this prospectus.

 

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports: These reports list the Funds' holdings and contain information from the Adviser about investment strategies, and recent market conditions and trends and their impact on Fund performance. The reports also contain detailed financial information about the Funds.

 

To Obtain an SAI, Annual or Semi-Annual Report, or More Information:

 

By Telephone: 866-362-8333

 

By Mail: GQG Funds

P.O. Box 219009

Kansas City, MO 64121-9009

 

By Internet: www.gqgpartners.com

 

From the SEC: You can also obtain the SAI or the Annual and Semi-Annual Reports, as well as other information about The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III, from the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website at: http://www.sec.gov. You may also obtain this information, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by e-mailing the SEC at the following address: publicinfo@sec.gov.

 

The Trust’s Investment Company Act registration number is 811-22920.

GQG-PS-002-0200

 

 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

GQG PARTNERS EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND

 

Investor Shares: GQGPX

Institutional Shares: GQGIX

R6 Shares: GQGRX

 

GQG PARTNERS US SELECT QUALITY EQUITY FUND

 

Investor Shares: GQEPX

Institutional Shares: GQEIX

R6 Shares: GQERX

 

each, a series of

THE ADVISORS’ INNER CIRCLE FUND III

 

November 28, 2018

 

Investment Adviser:

GQG PARTNERS LLC

 

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus. This SAI is intended to provide additional information regarding the activities and operations of The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III (the “Trust”) and the GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund and GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund (each, a "Fund" and together, the “Funds”). This SAI is incorporated by reference into and should be read in conjunction with the Funds' prospectus dated November 28, 2018, as it may be amended from time to time (the “Prospectus”). Capitalized terms not defined herein are defined in the Prospectus. The most recent Annual Report for the GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund, which includes the Fund’s audited financial statements dated July 31, 2018, is incorporated by reference into this SAI. Shareholders may obtain copies of the Prospectus or the Funds' annual or semi-annual report free of charge by writing to the Funds at GQG Funds, P.O. Box 219009, Kansas City, MO 64121-9009 (Express Mail Address: GQG Funds, c/o DST Systems, Inc., 430 West 7th Street, Kansas City, MO 64105) or calling the Funds at 866-362-8333.

 

i

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

THE TRUST S-1
DESCRIPTION OF PERMITTED INVESTMENTS S-2
INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS S-38
THE ADVISER S-39
THE PORTFOLIO MANAGER S-41
THE ADMINISTRATOR S-42
THE DISTRIBUTOR S-43
PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES S-43
THE TRANSFER AGENT S-44
THE CUSTODIAN S-44
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM S-44
LEGAL COUNSEL S-45
SECURITIES LENDING S-45
TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS OF THE TRUST S-45
PURCHASING AND REDEEMING SHARES S-53
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE S-53
TAXES S-55
FUND TRANSACTIONS S-64
PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS S-66
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES S-67
LIMITATION OF TRUSTEES’ LIABILITY S-67
PROXY VOTING S-68
CODES OF ETHICS S-68
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS AND CONTROL PERSONS S-68
APPENDIX A – DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS A-1
APPENDIX B – PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES B-1

 

November 28, 2018 GQG-SX-003-0200

 

ii

 

THE TRUST

 

General. Each Fund is a separate series of the Trust. The Trust is an open-end investment management company established under Delaware law as a Delaware statutory trust under a Declaration of Trust dated December 4, 2013 (the “Declaration of Trust”). The Declaration of Trust permits the Trust to offer separate series (“funds”) of shares of beneficial interest (“shares”). The Trust reserves the right to create and issue shares of additional funds. Each fund is a separate mutual fund, and each share of each fund represents an equal proportionate interest in that fund. All consideration received by the Trust for shares of any fund, and all assets of such fund, belong solely to that fund and would be subject to any liabilities related thereto. Each fund of the Trust pays its (i) operating expenses, including fees of its service providers, expenses of preparing prospectuses, proxy solicitation material and reports to shareholders, costs of custodial services and registering its shares under federal and state securities laws, pricing and insurance expenses, brokerage costs, interest charges, taxes and organization expenses and (ii) pro rata share of the fund’s other expenses, including audit and legal expenses. Expenses attributable to a specific fund shall be payable solely out of the assets of that fund. Expenses not attributable to a specific fund are allocated across all of the funds on the basis of relative net assets. The other funds of the Trust are described in one or more separate statements of additional information.

 

Description of Multiple Classes of Shares. The Trust is authorized to offer shares of the Funds in Investor Shares, Institutional Shares and R6 Shares. The different classes provide for variations in shareholder servicing fees and minimum investment requirements. Minimum investment requirements and investor eligibility are described in the Prospectus. For more information on shareholder servicing expenses, see “Payments to Financial Intermediaries” in this SAI. The Trust reserves the right to create and issue additional classes of shares.

 

Voting Rights. Each shareholder of record is entitled to one vote for each share held on the record date for the meeting. Each Fund will vote separately on matters relating solely to it. As a Delaware statutory trust, the Trust is not required, and does not intend, to hold annual meetings of shareholders. Approval of shareholders will be sought, however, for certain changes in the operation of the Trust and for the election of members of the Board of Trustees of the Trust (each, a “Trustee” and collectively, the “Trustees” or the “Board”) under certain circumstances. Under the Declaration of Trust, the Trustees have the power to liquidate each Fund without shareholder approval. While the Trustees have no present intention of exercising this power, they may do so if a Fund fails to reach a viable size within a reasonable amount of time or for such other reasons as may be determined by the Board.

 

In addition, a Trustee may be removed by the remaining Trustees or by shareholders at a special meeting called upon written request of shareholders owning at least 10% of the outstanding shares of the Trust. In the event that such a meeting is requested, the Trust will provide appropriate assistance and information to the shareholders requesting the meeting.

 

Any series of the Trust may reorganize or merge with one or more other series of the Trust or of another investment company. Any such reorganization or merger shall be pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in an agreement and plan of reorganization authorized and approved by the Trustees and entered into by the relevant series in connection therewith. In addition, such reorganization or merger may be authorized by vote of a majority of the Trustees then in office and, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the Declaration of Trust, without the approval of shareholders of any series.

 

Non-Diversification. Each Fund is non-diversified, as that term is defined under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), which means that it may invest a greater percentage of its total assets in the securities of fewer issuers than a “diversified” fund, which increases the risk that a change in the value of any one investment held by a Fund could affect the overall value of the Fund more than it would affect that of a “diversified” fund holding a greater number of investments. Accordingly, the value of the shares of the Fund may be more susceptible to any single economic, political or regulatory occurrence than the shares of a “diversified” fund would be. Each Fund, however, intends to satisfy the diversification requirements necessary to qualify as a regulated investment company ("RIC") under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). For more information, see “Taxes” below.

 

S- 1

 

DESCRIPTION OF PERMITTED INVESTMENTS

 

Each Fund's investment objective and principal investment strategies are described in the Prospectus. The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the Prospectus. The following are descriptions of the permitted investments and investment practices of the Funds and the associated risk factors. Each Fund may invest in any of the following instruments or engage in any of the following investment practices unless such investment or activity is inconsistent with or is not permitted by a Fund’s stated investment policies, including those stated below.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

 

ADRs, as well as other “hybrid” forms of ADRs, including European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”), are certificates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign issuer. Depositary receipts are securities that evidence ownership interests in a security or a pool of securities that have been deposited with a “depository” and may be sponsored or unsponsored. These certificates are issued by depository banks and generally trade on an established market in the United States or elsewhere. The underlying shares are held in trust by a custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer’s home country. The depository bank may not have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities.

 

For ADRs, the depository is typically a U.S. financial institution and the underlying securities are issued by a foreign issuer. For other depositary receipts, the depository may be a foreign or a U.S. entity, and the underlying securities may have a foreign or a U.S. issuer. Depositary receipts will not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as their underlying securities. Generally, ADRs are issued in registered form, denominated in U.S. dollars, and designed for use in the U.S. securities markets. Other depositary receipts, such as GDRs and EDRs, may be issued in bearer form and denominated in other currencies, and are generally designed for use in securities markets outside the U.S. While the two types of depositary receipt facilities (unsponsored or sponsored) are similar, there are differences regarding a holder’s rights and obligations and the practices of market participants. A depository may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by (or acquiescence of) the underlying issuer; typically, however, the depository requests a letter of non-objection from the underlying issuer prior to establishing the facility. Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all the costs of the facility. The depository usually charges fees upon deposit and withdrawal of the underlying securities, the conversion of dividends into U.S. dollars or other currency, the disposition of non-cash distributions, and the performance of other services.

 

Sponsored depositary receipt facilities are created in generally the same manner as unsponsored facilities, except that sponsored depositary receipts are established jointly by a depository and the underlying issuer through a deposit agreement. The deposit agreement sets out the rights and responsibilities of the underlying issuer, the depository, and the depositary receipt holders. With sponsored facilities, the underlying issuer typically bears some of the costs of the depositary receipts (such as dividend payment fees of the depository), although most sponsored depositary receipts agree to distribute notices of shareholders meetings, voting instructions, and other shareholder communications and information to the depositary receipt holders at the underlying issuer’s request. The depositary of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security or to pass through, to the holders of the receipts, voting rights with respect to the deposited securities.

 

S- 2

 

For purposes of a Fund’s investment policies, investments in depositary receipts will be deemed to be investments in the underlying securities. Thus, a depositary receipt representing ownership of common stock will be treated as common stock. Depositary receipts do not eliminate all of the risks associated with directly investing in the securities of foreign issuers.

 

Investments in the securities of foreign issuers may subject a Fund to investment risks that differ in some respects from those related to investments in securities of U.S. issuers. Such risks include future adverse political and economic developments, possible imposition of withholding taxes on income, possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of foreign deposits, possible establishment of exchange controls or taxation at the source or greater fluctuation in value due to changes in exchange rates. Foreign issuers of securities often engage in business practices different from those of domestic issuers of similar securities, and there may be less information publicly available about foreign issuers. In addition, foreign issuers are, generally speaking, subject to less government supervision and regulation and different accounting treatment than are those in the United States.

 

Convertible Securities

 

Convertible securities are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted or exchanged (by the holder or by the issuer) into shares of the underlying common stock (or cash or securities of equivalent value) at a stated exchange ratio. A convertible security may also be called for redemption or conversion by the issuer after a particular date and under certain circumstances (including a specified price) established upon issue. If a convertible security held by a Fund is called for redemption or conversion, that Fund could be required to tender it for redemption, convert it into the underlying common stock, or sell it to a third party.

 

Convertible securities generally have less potential for gain or loss than common stocks. Convertible securities generally provide yields higher than the underlying common stocks, but generally lower than comparable non-convertible securities. Because of this higher yield, convertible securities generally sell at a price above their “conversion value,” which is the current market value of the stock to be received upon conversion. The difference between this conversion value and the price of convertible securities will vary over time depending on changes in the value of the underlying common stocks and interest rates. When the underlying common stocks decline in value, convertible securities will tend not to decline to the same extent because of the interest or dividend payments and the repayment of principal at maturity for certain types of convertible securities. However, securities that are convertible other than at the option of the holder generally do not limit the potential for loss to the same extent as securities convertible at the option of the holder. When the underlying common stocks rise in value, the value of convertible securities may also be expected to increase. At the same time, however, the difference between the market value of convertible securities and their conversion value will narrow, which means that the value of convertible securities will generally not increase to the same extent as the value of the underlying common stocks. Because convertible securities may also be interest-rate sensitive, their value may increase as interest rates fall and decrease as interest rates rise. Convertible securities are also subject to credit risk, and are often lower-quality securities.

 

Equity Securities

 

Equity securities represent ownership interests in a company or partnership and consist of common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants and rights to acquire common stock, securities convertible into common stock, and investments in master limited partnerships (“MLPs”). Investments in equity securities in general are subject to market risks that may cause their prices to fluctuate over time. Fluctuations in the value of equity securities in which a Fund invests will cause the net asset value of the Fund to fluctuate. The Funds may purchase equity securities traded on global securities exchanges or the over-the-counter market. Equity securities are described in more detail below:

 

S- 3

 

Types of Equity Securities:

 

Common Stock. Common stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds and preferred stock take precedence over the claims of those who own common stock.

 

Preferred Stock. Preferred stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer that pays dividends at a specified rate and that has precedence over common stock in the payment of dividends. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds take precedence over the claims of those who own preferred and common stock.

 

Alternative Entity Securities . Alternative entity securities are the securities of entities that are formed as limited partnerships, limited liability companies, business trusts or other non-corporate entities that are similar to common or preferred stock of corporations.

 

Exchange-Traded Funds (“ETFs”). An ETF is a fund whose shares are bought and sold on a securities exchange as if it were a single security. An ETF holds a portfolio of securities designed to track a particular market segment or index. Some examples of ETFs are SPDRs ® , DIAMONDS SM , NASDAQ 100 Index Tracking Stock SM (“QQQs SM ”), and iShares ® . A Fund could purchase an ETF to temporarily gain exposure to a portion of the U.S. or foreign market while awaiting an opportunity to purchase securities directly. Similarly, a Fund may establish a short position in an ETF to gain inverse exposure to a portion of the U.S. or foreign markets. The risks of owning an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the securities comprising the index which an index ETF is designed to track or the other holdings of an active or index ETF, although lack of liquidity in an ETF could result in it being more volatile than the tracked index or underlying holdings, and ETFs have management fees that increase their costs versus the costs of owning the underlying holdings directly. See also “Securities of Other Investment Companies” below.

 

Rights and Warrants. A right is a privilege granted to existing shareholders of a corporation to subscribe to shares of a new issue of common stock before it is issued. Rights normally have a short life, usually two to four weeks, are freely transferable and entitle the holder to buy the new common stock at a lower price than the public offering price. Warrants are securities that are usually issued together with a debt security or preferred stock and that give the holder the right to buy proportionate amount of common stock at a specified price. Warrants are freely transferable and are traded on major exchanges. Unlike rights, warrants normally have a life that is measured in years and entitles the holder to buy common stock of a company at a price that is usually higher than the market price at the time the warrant is issued. Corporations often issue warrants to make the accompanying debt security more attractive.

 

An investment in warrants and rights may entail greater risks than certain other types of investments. Generally, rights and warrants do not carry the right to receive dividends or exercise voting rights with respect to the underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuer. In addition, their value does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities, and they cease to have value if they are not exercised on or before their expiration date. Investing in rights and warrants increases the potential profit or loss to be realized from the investment as compared with investing the same amount in the underlying securities.

 

Micro, Small and Medium Capitalization Issuers. Investing in equity securities of micro, small and medium capitalization companies often involves greater risk than is customarily associated with investments in larger capitalization companies. This increased risk may be due to the greater business risks of smaller size, limited markets and financial resources, narrow product lines and frequent lack of depth of management. The securities of micro and smaller companies are often traded in the over-the-counter market and even if listed on a national securities exchange may not be traded in volumes typical for that exchange. Consequently, the securities of micro and smaller companies are less likely to be liquid, may have limited market stability, and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than securities of larger, more established growth companies or the market averages in general.

 

S- 4

 

Initial Public Offerings (“IPOs”). A Fund may invest a portion of its assets in securities of companies offering shares in IPOs. IPOs may have a magnified performance impact on a fund with a small asset base. A Fund may hold IPO shares for a very short period of time, which may increase the turnover of a Fund’s portfolio and may lead to increased expenses for the Fund, such as commissions and transaction costs. By selling IPO shares, a Fund may realize taxable gains it will subsequently distribute to shareholders. In addition, the market for IPO shares can be speculative and/or inactive for extended periods of time. The limited number of shares available for trading in some IPOs may make it more difficult for a Fund to buy or sell significant amounts of shares without an unfavorable impact on prevailing prices. Holders of IPO shares can be affected by substantial dilution in the value of their shares, by sales of additional shares and by concentration of control in existing management and principal shareholders.

 

A Fund’s investment in IPO shares may include the securities of unseasoned companies (companies with less than three years of continuous operations), which presents risks considerably greater than common stocks of more established companies. These companies may have limited operating histories and their prospects for profitability may be uncertain. These companies may be involved in new and evolving businesses and may be vulnerable to competition and changes in technology, markets and economic conditions. They may be more dependent on key managers and third parties and may have limited product lines.

 

General Risks of Investing in Stocks:

 

While investing in stocks allows investors to participate in the benefits of owning a company, such investors must accept the risks of ownership. Unlike bondholders, who have preference to a company’s earnings and cash flow, preferred stockholders, followed by common stockholders in order of priority, are entitled only to the residual amount after a company meets its other obligations. For this reason, the value of a company’s stock will usually react more strongly to actual or perceived changes in the company’s financial condition or prospects than its debt obligations. Stockholders of a company that fares poorly can lose money.

 

Stock markets tend to move in cycles with short or extended periods of rising and falling stock prices. The value of a company’s stock may fall because of:

 

Factors that directly relate to that company, such as decisions made by its management or lower demand for the company’s products or services;

 

Factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases in production costs; and

 

Changes in general financial market conditions that are relatively unrelated to the company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates, currency exchange rates or inflation rates.

 

Because preferred stock is generally junior to debt securities and other obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in a more senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics.

 

S- 5

 

Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”)

 

A REIT is a corporation or business trust (that would otherwise be taxed as a corporation) which meets the definitional requirements of the Code. The Code permits a qualifying REIT to deduct from taxable income the dividends paid, thereby effectively eliminating corporate level federal income tax and making the REIT a pass-through vehicle for federal income tax purposes. To meet the definitional requirements of the Code, a REIT must, among other things: invest substantially all of its assets in interests in real estate (including mortgages and other REITs), cash and government securities; derive most of its income from rents from real property or interest on loans secured by mortgages on real property; and distribute annually 90% or more of its otherwise taxable income to shareholders.

 

REITs are sometimes informally characterized as Equity REITs and Mortgage REITs. An Equity REIT invests primarily in the fee ownership or leasehold ownership of land and buildings; a Mortgage REIT invests primarily in mortgages on real property, which may secure construction, development or long-term loans.

 

REITs may be affected by changes in underlying real estate values, which may have an exaggerated effect to the extent that REITs in which a Fund invests may concentrate investments in particular geographic regions or property types. Certain REITs have relatively small market capitalization, which may tend to increase the volatility of the market price of securities issued by such REITs. Additionally, rising interest rates may cause investors in REITs to demand a higher annual yield from future distributions, which may in turn decrease market prices for equity securities issued by REITs. Rising interest rates also generally increase the costs of obtaining financing, which could cause the value of a Fund’s investments to decline. During periods of declining interest rates, certain Mortgage REITs may hold mortgages that the mortgagors elect to prepay, which prepayment may diminish the yield on securities issued by such Mortgage REITs. Equity and Mortgage REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers and self-liquidation. In addition, Mortgage REITs may be affected by the ability of borrowers to repay when due the debt extended by the REIT and Equity REITs may be affected by the ability of tenants to pay rent. The above factors may adversely affect a borrower’s or a lessee’s ability to meet its obligations to the REIT. In the event of default by a borrower or lessee, the REIT may experience delays in enforcing its rights as a mortgagee or lessor and may incur substantial costs associated with protecting its investments.

 

Furthermore, REITs are dependent upon specialized management skills, have limited diversification and are, therefore, subject to risks inherent in operating and financing a limited number of projects. By investing in REITs indirectly through a Fund, a shareholder will bear not only his proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund, but also, indirectly, similar expenses of the REITs. REITs depend generally on their ability to generate cash flow to make distributions to shareholders. In addition, REITs could possibly fail to qualify for tax free pass-through of income under the Code or to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act.

 

Master Limited Partnerships

 

MLPs are limited partnerships or limited liability companies, whose partnership units or limited liability interests are listed and traded on a U.S. securities exchange, and are treated as publicly traded partnerships for federal income tax purposes. To qualify to be treated as a partnership for tax purposes, an MLP must receive at least 90% of its income from qualifying sources as set forth in Section 7704(d) of the Code. These qualifying sources include activities such as the exploration, development, mining, production, processing, refining, transportation, storage and marketing of mineral or natural resources. To the extent that an MLP’s interests are concentrated in a particular industry or sector, such as the energy sector, the MLP will be negatively impacted by economic events adversely impacting that industry or sector.

 

MLPs that are formed as limited partnerships generally have two classes of owners, the general partner and limited partners, while MLPs that are formed as limited liability companies generally have two analogous classes of owners, the managing member and the members. For purposes of this section, references to general partners also apply to managing members and references to limited partners also apply to members.

 

S- 6

 

The general partner is typically owned by a major energy company, an investment fund, the direct management of the MLP or is an entity owned by one or more of such parties. The general partner may be structured as a private or publicly traded corporation or other entity. The general partner typically controls the operations and management of the MLP through an equity interest of as much as 2% in the MLP plus, in many cases, ownership of common units and subordinated units. A holder of general partner interests can be liable under certain circumstances for amounts greater than the amount of the holder’s investment in the general partner interest. General partner interests are not publicly traded and generally cannot be converted into common units. The general partner interest can be redeemed by the MLP if the MLP unitholders choose to remove the general partner, typically with a supermajority vote by limited partner unitholders.

 

Limited partners own the remainder of the MLP through ownership of common units and have a limited role in the MLP’s operations and management. Common units are listed and traded on U.S. securities exchanges, with their value fluctuating predominantly based on prevailing market conditions and the success of the MLP. Unlike owners of common stock of a corporation, owners of common units have limited voting rights and have no ability annually to elect directors. In the event of liquidation, common units have preference over subordinated units, but not over debt or preferred units, to the remaining assets of the MLP.

 

MLPs are typically structured such that common units and general partner interests have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to an established minimum amount (“minimum quarterly distributions” or “MQD”). Common and general partner interests also accrue arrearages in distributions to the extent the MQD is not paid. Once common and general partner interests have been paid, subordinated units receive distributions of up to the MQD; however, subordinated units do not accrue arrearages. Distributable cash in excess of the MQD paid to both common and subordinated units is distributed to both common and subordinated units generally on a pro rata basis. The general partner is also eligible to receive incentive distributions if the general partner operates the business in a manner which results in distributions paid per common unit surpassing specified target levels. As the general partner increases cash distributions to the limited partners, the general partner receives an increasingly higher percentage of the incremental cash distributions. A common arrangement provides that the general partner can reach a tier where it receives 50% of every incremental dollar paid to common and subordinated unit holders. These incentive distributions encourage the general partner to streamline costs, increase capital expenditures and acquire assets in order to increase the partnership’s cash flow and raise the quarterly cash distribution in order to reach higher tiers. Such results benefit all security holders of the MLP.

 

Exchange-Traded Notes (“ETNs”)

 

ETNs are generally notes representing debt of the issuer, usually a financial institution. ETNs combine both aspects of bonds and ETFs. An ETN’s returns are based on the performance of one or more underlying assets, reference rates or indexes, minus fees and expenses. Similar to ETFs, ETNs are listed on an exchange and traded in the secondary market. However, unlike an ETF, an ETN can be held until the ETN’s maturity, at which time the issuer will pay a return linked to the performance of the specific asset, index or rate (“reference instrument”) to which the ETN is linked minus certain fees. Unlike regular bonds, ETNs do not make periodic interest payments, and principal is not protected. ETNs are not registered or regulated as investment companies under the 1940 Act.

 

The value of an ETN may be influenced by, among other things, time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying markets, changes in the applicable interest rates, the performance of the reference instrument, changes in the issuer’s credit rating and economic, legal, political or geographic events that affect the reference instrument. An ETN that is tied to a reference instrument may not replicate the performance of the reference instrument. ETNs also incur certain expenses not incurred by their applicable reference instrument. Some ETNs that use leverage can, at times, be relatively illiquid and, thus, they may be difficult to purchase or sell at a fair price. Levered ETNs are subject to the same risk as other instruments that use leverage in any form. While leverage allows for greater potential return, the potential for loss is also greater. Finally, additional losses may be incurred if the investment loses value because, in addition to the money lost on the investment, the loan still needs to be repaid.

 

S- 7

 

Because the return on the ETN is dependent on the issuer’s ability or willingness to meet its obligations, the value of the ETN may change due to a change in the issuer’s credit rating, despite no change in the underlying reference instrument. The market value of ETN shares may differ from the value of the reference instrument. This difference in price may be due to the fact that the supply and demand in the market for ETN shares at any point in time is not always identical to the supply and demand in the market for the assets underlying the reference instrument that the ETN seeks to track.

 

There may be restrictions on a Fund’s right to redeem its investment in an ETN, which are generally meant to be held until maturity. A Fund’s decision to sell its ETN holdings may be limited by the availability of a secondary market. The Fund could lose some or all of the amount invested in an ETN.

 

Foreign Securities

 

Foreign securities include equity securities of foreign entities, obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks and of foreign banks, including, without limitation, European Certificates of Deposit, European Time Deposits, European Bankers’ Acceptances, Canadian Time Deposits, Europaper and Yankee Certificates of Deposit, and investments in Canadian Commercial Paper and foreign securities. These instruments have investment risks that differ in some respects from those related to investments in obligations of U.S. domestic issuers. Such risks include future adverse political and economic developments, the possible imposition of withholding taxes on interest or other income, possible seizure, nationalization, or expropriation of foreign deposits, the possible establishment of exchange controls or taxation at the source, greater fluctuations in value due to changes in exchange rates, or the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on such obligations. Such investments may also entail higher custodial fees and sales commissions than domestic investments. Foreign issuers of securities or obligations are often subject to accounting treatment and engage in business practices different from those respecting domestic issuers of similar securities or obligations. Foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.

 

Investments in Emerging Markets. Investing in emerging markets involves additional risks and special considerations not typically associated with investing in other more established economies or markets. Such risks may include (i) increased risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets or confiscatory taxation; (ii) greater social, economic and political uncertainty, including war; (iii) higher dependence on exports and the corresponding importance of international trade; (iv) greater volatility, less liquidity and smaller capitalization of markets; (v) greater volatility in currency exchange rates; (vi) greater risk of inflation; (vii) greater controls on foreign investment and limitations on realization of investments, repatriation of invested capital and on the ability to exchange local currencies for U.S. dollars; (viii) increased likelihood of governmental involvement in and control over the economy; (ix) governmental decisions to cease support of economic reform programs or to impose centrally planned economies; (x) differences in auditing and financial reporting standards which may result in the unavailability of material information about issuers; (xi) less extensive regulation of the markets; (xii) longer settlement periods for transactions and less reliable clearance and custody arrangements; (xiii) less developed corporate laws regarding fiduciary duties of officers and directors and the protection of investors; (xiv) certain considerations regarding the maintenance of a Fund’s securities with local brokers and securities depositories and (xv) the imposition of withholding or other taxes on dividends, interest, capital gains, other income or gross sale or disposition proceeds.

 

S- 8

 

Repatriation of investment income, assets and the proceeds of sales by foreign investors may require governmental registration and/or approval in some emerging market countries. A Fund could be adversely affected by delays in or a refusal to grant any required governmental registration or approval for such repatriation or by withholding taxes imposed by emerging market countries on interest or dividends paid on securities held by the Fund or gains from the disposition of such securities.

 

In emerging markets, there is often less government supervision and regulation of business and industry practices, stock exchanges, over-the-counter markets, brokers, dealers, counterparties and issuers than in other more established markets. Any regulatory supervision that is in place may be subject to manipulation or control. Some emerging market countries do not have mature legal systems comparable to those of more developed countries. Moreover, the process of legal and regulatory reform may not be proceeding at the same pace as market developments, which could result in investment risk. Legislation to safeguard the rights of private ownership may not yet be in place in certain areas, and there may be the risk of conflict among local, regional and national requirements. In certain cases, the laws and regulations governing investments in securities may not exist or may be subject to inconsistent or arbitrary appreciation or interpretation. Both the independence of judicial systems and their immunity from economic, political or nationalistic influences remain largely untested in many countries. A Fund may also encounter difficulties in pursuing legal remedies or in obtaining and enforcing judgments in local courts.

 

Sovereign Debt Obligations. Sovereign debt obligations are issued or guaranteed by foreign governments or their agencies. Sovereign debt may be in the form of conventional securities or other types of debt instruments such as loans or loan participations. Governmental entities responsible for repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal and pay interest when due, and may require renegotiation or reschedule of debt payments. In addition, prospects for repayment of principal and payment of interest may depend on political as well as economic factors. Although some sovereign debt, such as Brady Bonds, is collateralized by U.S. government securities, repayment of principal and payment of interest is not guaranteed by the U.S. government.

 

Foreign Agency Debt Obligations. A Fund may invest in uncollateralized bonds issued by agencies, subdivisions or instrumentalities of foreign governments. Bonds issued by these foreign government agencies, subdivisions or instrumentalities are generally backed only by the creditworthiness and reputation of the entities issuing the bonds and may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the foreign government. Moreover, a foreign government that explicitly provides its full faith and credit to a particular entity may be, due to changed circumstances, unable or unwilling to provide that support. A foreign agency’s operations and financial condition are influenced by the foreign government’s economic and other policies. Changes to the financial condition or credit rating of a foreign government may cause the value of debt issued by that particular foreign government’s agencies, subdivisions or instrumentalities to decline. During periods of economic uncertainty, the trading of foreign agency bonds may be less liquid while market prices may be more volatile than prices of other bonds. Additional risks associated with foreign agency investing include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards; adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations; political instability; and potential restrictions on the flow of international capital.

 

Obligations of Supranational Entities. Supranational entities are entities established through the joint participation of several governments, and include the Asian Development Bank, World Bank, African Development Bank, European Economic Community, European Investment Bank and the Nordic Investment Bank. The governmental members, or “stockholders,” usually make initial capital contributions to the supranational entity and, in many cases, are committed to make additional capital contributions if the supranational entity is unable to repay its borrowings. There is no guarantee that one or more stockholders of a supranational entity will continue to make any necessary additional capital contributions. If such contributions are not made, the entity may be unable to pay interest or repay principal on its debt securities, and a Fund may lose money on such investments.

 

S- 9

 

Investment Funds. Some emerging countries currently prohibit direct foreign investment in the securities of their companies. Certain emerging countries, however, permit indirect foreign investment in the securities of companies listed and traded on their stock exchanges through investment funds that they have specifically authorized. Investments in these investment funds are subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act. If a Fund invests in such investment funds, shareholders will bear not only their proportionate share of the expenses (including operating expenses and the fees of the Adviser), but also will indirectly bear similar expenses of the underlying investment funds. In addition, these investment funds may trade at a premium over their net asset value.

 

Risks of Foreign Securities:

 

Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S. entities with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

 

Political and Economic Factors. Local political, economic, regulatory, or social instability, military action or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the value of foreign investments. Listed below are some of the more important political and economic factors that could negatively affect an investment in foreign securities:

 

The economies of foreign countries may differ from the economy of the United States in such areas as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, budget deficits and national debt;

 

Foreign governments sometimes participate to a significant degree, through ownership interests or regulation, in their respective economies. Actions by these governments could significantly influence the market prices of securities and payment of dividends;

 

The economies of many foreign countries are dependent on international trade and their trading partners and they could be severely affected if their trading partners were to enact protective trade barriers and economic conditions;

 

The internal policies of a particular foreign country may be less stable than in the United States. Other countries face significant external political risks, such as possible claims of sovereignty by other countries or tense and sometimes hostile border clashes; and

 

A foreign government may act adversely to the interests of U.S. investors, including expropriation or nationalization of assets, confiscatory taxation and other restrictions on U.S. investment. A country may restrict or control foreign investments in its securities markets. These restrictions could limit a Fund’s ability to invest in a particular country or make it very expensive for the Fund to invest in that country. Some countries require prior governmental approval or limit the types or amount of securities or companies in which a foreigner can invest. Other countries may restrict the ability of foreign investors to repatriate their investment income and capital gains.

 

In June 2016, the United Kingdom (the “UK”) voted in a referendum to leave the European Union (“EU”). Although the precise timeframe for “Brexit” is uncertain, the UK formally notified the European Council of its intention to withdraw from the EU by invoking article 50 of the Lisbon Treaty in March 2017, and this formal notification began a two-year period of negotiations regarding the terms of the UK’s exit from the EU. It is unclear how withdrawal negotiations will be conducted and what the potential consequences may be. In addition, it is possible that measures could be taken to revote on the issue of Brexit, or that portions of the UK could seek to separate and remain a part of the EU. As a result of the political divisions within the UK and between the UK and the EU that the referendum vote has highlighted and the uncertain consequences of a Brexit, the UK and European economies and the broader global economy could be significantly impacted, which may result in increased volatility and illiquidity, and potentially lower economic growth in markets in the UK, Europe and globally that could potentially have an adverse effect on the value of the Funds' investments.

 

S- 10

 

I nformation and Supervision. There is generally less publicly available information about foreign companies than companies based in the United States. For example, there are often no reports and ratings published about foreign companies comparable to the ones written about U.S. companies. Foreign companies are typically not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. companies. The lack of comparable information makes investment decisions concerning foreign companies more difficult and less reliable than those concerning domestic companies.

 

Stock Exchange and Market Risk. The Adviser anticipates that in most cases an exchange or over-the-counter market located outside of the United States will be the best available market for foreign securities. Foreign stock markets, while growing in volume and sophistication, are generally not as developed as the markets in the United States. Foreign stock markets tend to differ from those in the United States in a number of ways.

 

Foreign stock markets:

 

Are generally more volatile than, and not as developed or efficient as, those in the United States;

 

Have substantially less volume;

 

Trade securities that tend to be less liquid and experience rapid and erratic price movements;

 

Have generally higher commissions and are subject to set minimum rates, as opposed to negotiated rates;

 

Employ trading, settlement and custodial practices less developed than those in U.S. markets; and

 

May have different settlement practices, which may cause delays and increase the potential for failed settlements.

 

Foreign markets may offer less protection to shareholders than U.S. markets because:

 

Foreign accounting, auditing, and financial reporting requirements may render a foreign corporate balance sheet more difficult to understand and interpret than one subject to U.S. law and standards;

 

Adequate public information on foreign issuers may not be available, and it may be difficult to secure dividends and information regarding corporate actions on a timely basis;

 

In general, there is less overall governmental supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, brokers, and listed companies than in the United States;

 

S- 11

 

Over-the-counter markets tend to be less regulated than stock exchange markets and, in certain countries, may be totally unregulated;

 

Economic or political concerns may influence regulatory enforcement and may make it difficult for shareholders to enforce their legal rights; and

 

Restrictions on transferring securities within the United States or to U.S. persons may make a particular security less liquid than foreign securities of the same class that are not subject to such restrictions.

 

Foreign Currency Risk. While the Funds denominate their net asset value in U.S. dollars, the securities of foreign companies are frequently denominated in foreign currencies. Thus, a change in the value of a foreign currency against the U.S. dollar will result in a corresponding change in value of securities denominated in that currency. Some of the factors that may impair the investments denominated in a foreign currency are:

 

It may be expensive to convert foreign currencies into U.S. dollars and vice versa;

 

Complex political and economic factors may significantly affect the values of various currencies, including the U.S. dollar, and their exchange rates;

 

Government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or selling foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts, since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in response to other market forces;

 

There may be no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign currencies or regulatory requirement that quotations available through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis;

 

Available quotation information is generally representative of very large round-lot transactions in the inter-bank market and thus may not reflect exchange rates for smaller odd-lot transactions (less than $1 million) where rates may be less favorable; and

 

The inter-bank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock market. To the extent that a market is closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open, certain markets may not always reflect significant price and rate movements.

 

Taxes. Certain foreign governments levy withholding taxes on dividend and interest income. Although in some countries it is possible for the Funds to recover a portion of these taxes, the portion that cannot be recovered will reduce the income the Funds receive from their investments.

 

Investment in the People’s Republic of China (“China”)

 

Investing in China is subject to the risks of investing in emerging markets and additional risks which are specific to the Chinese market.

 

S- 12

 

The economy of China is in a state of transition from a planned economy to a more market oriented economy and investments may be sensitive to changes in law and regulation together with political, social or economic policy which includes possible government intervention.

 

A Fund may incur losses due to limited investment capabilities, or may not be able to fully implement or pursue its investment objective or strategy, due to local investment restrictions, illiquidity of the Chinese domestic securities market, and/or delay or disruption in execution and settlement of trades.

 

Investments in China A Shares. A Fund may invest in A Shares of companies based in China through the Shanghai-Hong Kong Stock Connect program or Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect program (collectively, “Stock Connect”) subject to any applicable regulatory limits. Stock Connect is a securities trading and clearing linked program developed by Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited (“HKEx”), the Hong Kong Securities Clearing Company Limited (“HKSCC”), Shanghai Stock Exchange (“SSE”), Shenzhen Stock Exchange (“SZSE”) and China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited (“ChinaClear”) with the aim of achieving mutual stock market access between China and Hong Kong. This program allows foreign investors to trade certain SSE-listed or SZSE-listed China A Shares through their Hong Kong based brokers. All Hong Kong and overseas investors in Stock Connect will trade and settle SSE or SZSE securities in the offshore Renminbi (“CNH”) only. A Fund will be exposed to any fluctuation in the exchange rate between the U.S. Dollar and CNH in respect of such investments.

 

By seeking to invest in the domestic securities markets of China via Stock Connect a Fund is subject to the following additional risks:

 

General Risks. The relevant regulations are relatively untested and subject to change. There is no certainty as to how they will be applied, which could adversely affect the Fund. The program requires use of new information technology systems which may be subject to operational risk due to the program’s cross-border nature. If the relevant systems fail to function properly, trading in both Hong Kong and Chinese markets through the program could be disrupted.

 

Stock Connect will only operate on days when both the Chinese and Hong Kong markets are open for trading and when banks in both markets are open on the corresponding settlement days. There may be occasions when it is a normal trading day for the Chinese market but Stock Connect is not trading. As a result, the Fund may be subject to the risk of price fluctuations in China A Shares when the Fund cannot carry out any China A Shares trading.

 

Foreign Shareholding Restrictions. The trading, acquisition, disposal and holding of securities under Stock Connect are subject at all times to applicable law, which imposes purchasing and holding limits. These limitations and restrictions may have the effect of restricting an investor’s ability to purchase, subscribe for or hold any China A Shares or to take up any entitlements in respect of such shares, or requiring an investor to reduce its holding in any securities, whether generally or at a particular point of time, and whether by way of forced sale or otherwise. As such, investors may incur loss arising from such limitations, restrictions and/or forced sale.

 

Clearing and Settlement Risk. HKSCC and ChinaClear have established the clearing links and each will become a participant of each other to facilitate clearing and settlement of cross-boundary trades. For cross-boundary trades initiated in a market, the clearing house of that market will on one hand clear and settle with its own clearing participants and on the other hand undertake to fulfill the clearing and settlement obligations of its clearing participants with the counterparty clearing house.

 

S- 13

 

In the event ChinaClear defaults, HKSCC’s liabilities under its market contracts with clearing participants may be limited to assisting clearing participants with claims. It is anticipated that HKSCC will act in good faith to seek recovery of the outstanding stocks and monies from ChinaClear through available legal channels or the liquidation of ChinaClear. Regardless, the process of recovery could be delayed and a Fund may not fully recover its losses or its Stock Connect securities.

 

Legal/Beneficial Ownership. Where securities are held in custody on a cross-border basis there are specific legal and beneficial ownership risks linked to the compulsory requirements of the local central securities depositaries, HKSCC and ChinaClear.

 

As in other emerging markets, the legislative framework is only beginning to develop the concept of legal/formal ownership and of beneficial ownership or interest in securities. In addition, HKSCC, as nominee holder, does not guarantee the title to Stock Connect securities held through it and is under no obligation to enforce title or other rights associated with ownership on behalf of beneficial owners. Consequently, the courts may consider that any nominee or custodian as registered holder of Stock Connect securities would have full ownership thereof, and that those Stock Connect securities would form part of the pool of assets of such entity available for distribution to creditors of such entities and/or that a beneficial owner may have no rights whatsoever in respect thereof. Consequently, neither a Fund nor its custodian can ensure that the Fund’s ownership of these securities or title thereto is assured.

 

To the extent that HKSCC is deemed to be performing safekeeping functions with respect to assets held through it, it should be noted that a Fund and its custodian will have no legal relationship with HKSCC and no direct legal recourse against HKSCC in the event that the Fund suffers losses resulting from the performance or insolvency of HKSCC.

 

Operational Risk. The HKSCC provides clearing, settlement, nominee functions and other related services in respect of trades executed by Hong Kong market participants. Chinese regulations which include certain restrictions on selling and buying will apply to all market participants. In the case of a sale, pre-delivery of shares to the broker is required, increasing counterparty risk. As a result, a Fund may not be able to purchase and/or dispose of holdings of China A Shares in a timely manner.

 

Day Trading Restrictions. Day (turnaround) trading is not permitted through Stock Connect. Investors buying A Shares on day T can only sell the shares on and after day T+1 subject to any Stock Connect rules.

 

Quota Limitations. The Stock Connect program is subject to daily quota limitations which may restrict a Fund's ability to invest in China A Shares through the program on a timely basis.

 

Investor Compensation. A Fund will not benefit from Chinese local investor compensation schemes.

 

Tax within China. Uncertainties in Chinese tax rules governing taxation of income and gains from investments in A Shares via Stock Connect could result in unexpected tax liabilities for the Funds. A Fund’s investments in securities, including A Shares, issued by Chinese companies may cause the Fund to become subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by China.

 

If a Fund were considered to be a tax resident of China, it would be subject to Chinese corporate income tax at the rate of 25% on its worldwide taxable income. If a Fund were considered to be a non-resident enterprise with a “permanent establishment” in China, it would be subject to Chinese corporate income tax of 25% on the profits attributable to the permanent establishment. The Adviser intends to operate the Funds in a manner that will prevent them from being treated as a tax resident of China and from having a permanent establishment in China. It is possible, however, that China could disagree with that conclusion, or that changes in Chinese tax law could affect the Chinese corporate income tax status of the Funds.

 

S- 14

 

China generally imposes withholding income tax at a rate of 10% on dividends, premiums, interest and capital gains originating in China and paid to a company that is not a resident of China for tax purposes and that has no permanent establishment in China. The withholding is in general made by the relevant Chinese tax resident company making such payments. In the event the relevant Chinese tax resident company fails to withhold the relevant Chinese withholding income tax or otherwise fails to pay the relevant withholding income tax to Chinese tax authorities, the competent tax authorities may, at their sole discretion, impose tax obligations on a Fund.

 

The Ministry of Finance of China, the State Administration of Taxation of China and the China Securities Regulatory Commission issued Caishui No. 81 on October 31, 2014 (“Notice 81”), which states that the capital gain from disposal of China A Shares by foreign investors enterprises via Stock Connect will be temporarily exempt from withholding income tax. Notice 81 also states that the dividends derived from A Shares by foreign investors enterprises is subject to a 10% withholding income tax.

 

There is no indication of how long the temporary exemption will remain in effect and the Funds may be subject to such withholding income tax in the future. If, in the future, China begins applying tax rules regarding the taxation of income from investments through Stock Connect and/or begins collecting capital gains taxes on such investments, a Fund could be subject to withholding income tax liability if the Fund determines that such liability cannot be reduced or eliminated by applicable tax treaties. The Chinese tax authorities may in the future issue further guidance in this regard and with potential retrospective effect. The negative impact of any such tax liability on a Fund’s return could be substantial.

 

In light of the uncertainty as to how gains or income that may be derived from a Fund’s investments in China will be taxed, the Fund reserves the right to provide for withholding tax on such gains or income and withhold tax for the account of the Fund. Withholding tax may already be withheld at a broker/custodian level.

 

Any tax provision, if made, will be reflected in the net asset value of a Fund at the time the provision is used to satisfy tax liabilities. If the actual applicable tax levied by the Chinese tax authorities is greater than that provided for by a Fund so that there is a shortfall in the tax provision amount, the net asset value of the Fund may suffer as the Fund will have to bear additional tax liabilities. In this case, then existing and new shareholders in the Fund will be disadvantaged. If the actual applicable tax levied by Chinese tax authorities is less than that provided for by a Fund so that there is an excess in the tax provision amount, shareholders who redeemed Fund shares before the Chinese tax authorities’ ruling, decision or guidance may have been disadvantaged as they would have borne any loss from the Fund’s overprovision. In this case, the then existing and new shareholders in the Fund may benefit if the difference between the tax provision and the actual taxation liability can be returned to the account of the Fund as assets thereof. Any excess in the tax provision amount shall be treated as property of the Fund, and shareholders who previously transferred or redeemed their Fund shares will not be entitled or have any right to claim any part of the amount representing the excess.

 

Stamp duty under the Chinese laws generally applies to the execution and receipt of taxable documents, which include contracts for the sale of A Shares traded on Chinese stock exchanges. In the case of such contracts, the stamp duty is currently imposed on the seller but not on the purchaser, at the rate of 0.1%. The sale or other transfer by the Adviser of A Shares will accordingly be subject to Chinese stamp duty, but a Fund will not be subject to Chinese stamp duty when it acquires A Shares.

 

The Funds may also potentially be subject to Chinese value added tax at the rate of 6% on capital gains derived from trading of A Shares and interest income (if any). Existing guidance provides a temporary value added tax exemption for Hong Kong and overseas investors in respect of their gains derived from the trading of Chinese securities through Stock Connect. Because there is no indication how long the temporary exemption will remain in effect, the Funds may be subject to such value added tax in the future. In addition, urban maintenance and construction tax (currently at rates ranging from 1% to 7%), educational surcharge (currently at the rate of 3%) and local educational surcharge (currently at the rate of 2%) (collectively, the “surtaxes”) are imposed based on value added tax liabilities, so if a Fund were liable for value added tax it would also be required to pay the applicable surtaxes.

 

S- 15

 

The Chinese rules for taxation of Stock Connect are evolving, and certain of the tax regulations to be issued by the State Administration of Taxation of China and/or Ministry of Finance of China to clarify the subject matter may apply retrospectively, even if such rules are adverse to the Funds and their shareholders. The imposition of taxes, particularly on a retrospective basis, could have a material adverse effect on a Fund’s returns. Before further guidance is issued and is well established in the administrative practice of the Chinese tax authorities, the practices of the Chinese tax authorities that collect Chinese taxes relevant to a Fund may differ from, or be applied in a manner inconsistent with, the practices with respect to the analogous investments described herein or any further guidance that may be issued. The value of a Fund’s investment in China and the amount of its income and gains could be adversely affected by an increase in tax rates or change in the taxation basis.

 

The above information is only a general summary of the potential Chinese tax consequences that may be imposed on the Funds and their shareholders either directly or indirectly and should not be taken as a definitive, authoritative or comprehensive statement of the relevant matter. Shareholders should seek their own tax advice on their tax position with regard to their investment in the Funds.

 

The Chinese government has implemented a number of tax reform policies in recent years. The current tax laws and regulations may be revised or amended in the future. Any revision or amendment in tax laws and regulations may affect the after-taxation profit of Chinese companies and foreign investors in such companies, such as the Funds.

 

Money Market Securities

 

Money market securities include short-term U.S. government securities; custodial receipts evidencing separately traded interest and principal components of securities issued by the U.S. Treasury; commercial paper rated in the highest short-term rating category by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization (“NRSRO”), such as Standard & Poor’s Rating Services (“S&P”) or Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”), or determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality at the time of purchase; short-term bank obligations (certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances) of U.S. commercial banks with assets of at least $1 billion as of the end of their most recent fiscal year; and repurchase agreements involving such securities. Each of these money market securities are described below. For a description of ratings, see “Appendix A – Description of Ratings” to this SAI.

 

U.S. Government Securities

 

The Funds may invest in U.S. government securities. Securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities include U.S. Treasury securities, which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury and which differ only in their interest rates, maturities, and times of issuance. U.S. Treasury bills have initial maturities of one-year or less; U.S. Treasury notes have initial maturities of one to ten years; and U.S. Treasury bonds generally have initial maturities of greater than ten years. U.S. Treasury notes and bonds typically pay coupon interest semi-annually and repay the principal at maturity. Certain U.S. government securities are issued or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government including, but not limited to, obligations of U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), the Small Business Administration, the Federal Farm Credit Administration, the Federal Home Loan Banks, Banks for Cooperatives (including the Central Bank for Cooperatives), the Federal Land Banks, the Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, the Tennessee Valley Authority, the Export-Import Bank of the United States, the Commodity Credit Corporation, the Federal Financing Bank, the Student Loan Marketing Association, the National Credit Union Administration and the Federal Agricultural Mortgage Corporation (“Farmer Mac”).

 

S- 16

 

Some obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities, including, for example, Ginnie Mae pass-through certificates, are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury. Other obligations issued by or guaranteed by federal agencies, such as those securities issued by Fannie Mae, are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the federal agency. Additionally, some obligations are issued by or guaranteed by federal agencies, such as those of the Federal Home Loan Banks, which are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury. While the U.S. government provides financial support to such U.S. government-sponsored federal agencies, no assurance can be given that the U.S. government will always do so, since the U.S. government is not so obligated by law. Guarantees of principal by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities may be a guarantee of payment at the maturity of the obligation so that in the event of a default prior to maturity there might not be a market and thus no means of realizing on the obligation prior to maturity. Guarantees as to the timely payment of principal and interest do not extend to the value or yield of these securities nor to the value of the Funds' shares.

 

On September 7, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced a federal takeover of Fannie Mae and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), placing the two federal instrumentalities in conservatorship. Under the takeover, the U.S. Treasury agreed to acquire $1 billion of senior preferred stock of each instrumentality and obtained warrants for the purchase of common stock of each instrumentality (the “Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement” or “Agreement”). Under the Agreement, the U.S. Treasury pledged to provide up to $200 billion per instrumentality as needed, including the contribution of cash capital to the instrumentalities in the event their liabilities exceed their assets. This was intended to ensure that the instrumentalities maintain a positive net worth and meet their financial obligations, preventing mandatory triggering of receivership. On December 24, 2009, the U.S. Treasury announced that it was amending the Agreement to allow the $200 billion cap on the U.S. Treasury’s funding commitment to increase as necessary to accommodate any cumulative reduction in net worth through the end of 2012. The unlimited support the U.S. Treasury extended to the two companies expired at the beginning of 2013 – Fannie Mae’s support is now capped at $125 billion and Freddie Mac has a limit of $149 billion.

 

On August 17, 2012, the U.S. Treasury announced that it was again amending the Agreement to terminate the requirement that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac each pay a 10% annual dividend. Instead, the companies will transfer to the U.S. Treasury on a quarterly basis all profits earned during a quarter that exceed a capital reserve amount. The capital reserve amount was $3 billion in 2013, and decreased by $600 million in each subsequent year through 2017. It is believed that the new amendment puts Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac in a better position to service their debt because the companies no longer have to borrow from the U.S. Treasury to make fixed dividend payments. As part of the new terms, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac also will be required to reduce their investment portfolios over time. On December 21, 2017, the U.S. Treasury announced that it was again amending the Agreement to reinstate the $3 billion capital reserve amount.

 

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are the subject of several continuing class action lawsuits and investigations by federal regulators over certain accounting, disclosure or corporate governance matters, which (along with any resulting financial restatements) may adversely affect the guaranteeing entities. Importantly, the future of the entities is in serious question as the U.S. government reportedly is considering multiple options, ranging from nationalization, privatization, consolidation, or abolishment of the entities.

 

U.S. Treasury Obligations. U.S. Treasury obligations consist of direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury, including Treasury bills, notes and bonds, and separately traded interest and principal component parts of such obligations, including those transferable through the Federal book-entry system known as Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities (“STRIPS”). The STRIPS program lets investors hold and trade the individual interest and principal components of eligible Treasury notes and bonds as separate securities. Under the STRIPS program, the principal and interest components are separately issued by the U.S. Treasury at the request of depository financial institutions, which then trade the component parts separately.

 

S- 17

 

Municipal Securities

 

Municipal securities, including municipal bonds and municipal notes, consist of: (i) debt obligations issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to be used for various public facilities, for refunding outstanding obligations, for general operating expenses and for lending such funds to other public institutions and facilities, and (ii) certain private activity and industrial development bonds issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide for the construction, equipment, repair or improvement of privately operated facilities.

 

Municipal bonds are debt obligations issued to obtain funds for various public purposes. Municipal bonds include general obligation bonds, revenue or special obligation bonds, private activity and industrial development bonds, moral obligation bonds and participation interests in municipal bonds. General obligation bonds are backed by the taxing power of the issuing municipality. Revenue or special obligation bonds are backed by the revenues of a project or facility, such as tolls from a toll bridge. Private activity or industrial development bonds are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to raise money to finance various privately-owned or -operated facilities for business and manufacturing, housing, sports and pollution control. These bonds are also used to finance public facilities such as airports, mass transit systems, ports, parking or sewage or solid waste disposal facilities and certain other facilities. The payment of the principal and interest on such bonds is dependent solely on the ability of the facility’s user to meet its financial obligations and the pledge, if any, of real and personal property financed as security for such payment. Moral obligation bonds are normally issued by special purpose authorities. Moral obligation bonds are not backed by the full faith and credit of the issuing municipality, but are generally backed by the agreement of the issuing authority to request appropriations from the municipality’s legislative body. Certificates of participation represent an interest in an underlying obligation or commitment, such as an obligation issued in connection with a leasing arrangement.

 

Municipal notes consist of general obligation notes, tax anticipation notes (notes sold to finance working capital needs of the issuer in anticipation of receiving taxes on a future date), revenue anticipation notes (notes sold to provide needed cash prior to receipt of expected non-tax revenues from a specific source), bond anticipation notes, tax and revenue anticipation notes, certificates of indebtedness, demand notes and construction loan notes. The maturities of the instruments at the time of issue will generally range from three months to one year.

 

Commercial Paper

 

Commercial paper is the term used to designate unsecured short-term promissory notes issued by corporations and other entities. Maturities on these issues vary from a few to 270 days.

 

Obligations of Domestic Banks, Foreign Banks and Foreign Branches of U.S. Banks

 

The Funds may invest in obligations issued by banks and other savings institutions. Investments in bank obligations include obligations of domestic branches of foreign banks and foreign branches of domestic banks. Such investments in domestic branches of foreign banks and foreign branches of domestic banks may involve risks that are different from investments in securities of domestic branches of U.S. banks. These risks may include future unfavorable political and economic developments, possible withholding taxes on interest income, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits, currency controls, interest limitations, or other governmental restrictions which might affect the payment of principal or interest on the securities held by the Funds. Additionally, these institutions may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements and to different accounting, auditing, reporting and recordkeeping requirements than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks. Bank obligations include the following:

 

S- 18

 

Time Deposits. Time deposits are non-negotiable receipts issued by a bank in exchange for the deposit of funds. Like a certificate of deposit, it earns a specified rate of interest over a definite period of time; however, it cannot be traded in the secondary market. Time deposits with a withdrawal penalty or that mature in more than seven days are considered to be illiquid securities.

 

Unsecured Bank Promissory Notes. Promissory notes are generally debt obligations of the issuing entity and are subject to the risks of investing in the banking industry.

 

Investment Grade Fixed Income Securities

 

Fixed income securities are considered investment grade if they are rated in one of the four highest rating categories by an NRSRO, or, if not rated, are determined to be of comparable quality by the Adviser. See “Appendix A - Description of Ratings” for a description of the bond rating categories of several NRSROs. Ratings of each NRSRO represent its opinion of the safety of principal and interest payments (and not the market risk) of bonds and other fixed income securities it undertakes to rate at the time of issuance. Ratings are not absolute standards of quality and may not reflect changes in an issuer’s creditworthiness. Fixed income securities rated BBB- or Baa3 lack outstanding investment characteristics, and have speculative characteristics as well. Securities rated Baa3 by Moody’s or BBB- by S&P or higher are considered by those rating agencies to be “investment grade” securities, although Moody’s considers securities rated in the Baa category to have speculative characteristics. While issuers of bonds rated BBB by S&P are considered to have adequate capacity to meet their financial commitments, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and principal for debt in this category than debt in higher rated categories. In the event a security owned by a Fund is downgraded below investment grade, the Adviser will review the situation and take appropriate action with regard to the security, including the actions discussed below.

 

Debt Securities

 

Corporations and governments use debt securities to borrow money from investors. Most debt securities promise a variable or fixed rate of return and repayment of the amount borrowed at maturity. Some debt securities, such as zero coupon bonds, do not pay current interest and are purchased at a discount from their face value.

 

Corporate Bonds. Corporations issue bonds and notes to raise money for working capital or for capital expenditures such as plant construction, equipment purchases and expansion. In return for the money loaned to the corporation by investors, the corporation promises to pay investors interest, and repay the principal amount of the bond or note.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans that various governmental, government-related and private organizations assemble as securities for sale to investors. Unlike most debt securities, which pay interest periodically and repay principal at maturity or on specified call dates, mortgage-backed securities make monthly payments that consist of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a “pass-through” of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Since homeowners usually have the option of paying either part or all of the loan balance before maturity, the effective maturity of a mortgage-backed security is often shorter than is stated.

 

Governmental entities, private insurers and mortgage poolers may insure or guarantee the timely payment of interest and principal of these pools through various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit. The Adviser will consider such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets its investment quality standards. It is possible that the private insurers or guarantors will not meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee arrangements.

 

S- 19

 

Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid, securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily marketable.

 

Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities. Yield characteristics of mortgage-backed securities differ from those of traditional debt securities in a variety of ways. The most significant differences of mortgage-backed securities are: 1) payments of interest and principal are more frequent (usually monthly) and 2) falling interest rates generally cause individual borrowers to pay off their mortgage earlier than expected, which results in prepayments of principal on the securities, thus forcing a Fund to reinvest the money at a lower interest rate. In addition to risks associated with changes in interest rates, a variety of economic, geographic, social and other factors, such as the sale of the underlying property, refinancing or foreclosure, can cause investors to repay the loans underlying a mortgage-backed security sooner than expected. When prepayment occurs, a Fund may have to reinvest its principal at a rate of interest that is lower than the rate on existing mortgage-backed securities.

 

Commercial Banks, Savings and Loan Institutions, Private Mortgage Insurance Companies, Mortgage Bankers and other Secondary Market Issuers. Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create pass-through pools of conventional mortgage loans. In addition to guaranteeing the mortgage-related security, such issuers may service and/or have originated the underlying mortgage loans. Pools created by these issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than pools created by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac because they are not guaranteed by a government agency.

 

Other Asset-Backed Securities. These securities are interests in pools of a broad range of assets other than mortgages, such as automobile loans, computer leases and credit card receivables. Like mortgage-backed securities, these securities are pass-through. In general, the collateral supporting these securities is of shorter maturity than mortgage loans and is less likely to experience substantial prepayments with interest rate fluctuations, but may still be subject to prepayment risk.

 

Asset-backed securities present certain risks that are not presented by mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities may not have the benefit of any security interest in the related assets, which raises the possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available to support payments on these securities. For example, credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which allow debtors to reduce their balances by offsetting certain amounts owed on the credit cards. Most issuers of asset-backed securities backed by automobile receivables permit the servicers of such receivables to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related asset-backed securities. Due to the quantity of vehicles involved and requirements under state laws, asset-backed securities backed by automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables.

 

To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make payments, the entity administering the pool of assets may agree to ensure the receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion (“liquidity protection”). In addition, asset-backed securities may obtain insurance, such as guarantees, policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties, for some or all of the assets in the pool (“credit support”). Delinquency or loss more than that anticipated or failure of the credit support could adversely affect the return on an investment in such a security.

 

S- 20

 

The Funds may also invest in residual interests in asset-backed securities, which consist of the excess cash flow remaining after making required payments on the securities and paying related administrative expenses. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of asset-backed securities depends in part on the characteristics of the underlying assets, the coupon rates on the securities, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the actual prepayment experience on the underlying assets.

 

Bank Loans. Bank loans typically are arranged through private negotiations between a borrower and several financial institutions or a group of lenders which are represented by one or more lenders acting as agent. The agent is often a commercial bank that originates the loan and invites other parties to join the lending syndicate. The agent will be primarily responsible for negotiating the loan agreement and will have responsibility for the documentation and ongoing administration of the loan on behalf of the lenders after completion of the loan transaction. A Fund can invest in a bank loan either as a direct lender or through an assignment or participation.

 

When a Fund acts as a direct lender, it will have a direct contractual relationship with the borrower and may participate in structuring the loan, may enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement and may have voting, consent and set-off rights under the loan agreement.

 

Loan assignments are investments in all or a portion of certain bank loans purchased from the lenders or from other third parties. The purchaser of an assignment typically will acquire direct rights against the borrower under the loan. While the purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the assigning lender under the loan agreement, because assignments are arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and assignors, or other third parties whose interests are being assigned, the rights and obligations acquired by a Fund may differ from and be more limited than those held by the assigning lender.

 

A holder of a loan participation typically has only a contractual right with the seller of the participation and not with the borrower or any other entities interpositioned between the seller of the participation and the borrower. As such, the purchaser of a loan participation assumes the credit risk of the seller of the participation, and any intermediary entities between the seller and the borrower, in addition to the credit risk of the borrower. When a Fund holds a loan participation, it will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and fees to which it may be entitled only from the seller of the participation and only upon receipt of the seller of such payments from the borrower or from any intermediary parties between the seller and the borrower. Additionally, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement, will have no voting, consent or set-off rights under the loan agreement and may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the loan although lenders that sell participations generally are required to distribute liquidation proceeds received by them pro rata among the holders of such participations. In the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the borrower, a loan participation may be subject to certain defenses that can be asserted by the borrower as a result of improper conduct by the seller or intermediary. If the borrower fails to pay principal and interest when due, the Fund may be subject to greater delays, expenses and risks than those that would have been involved if the Fund had purchased a direct obligation of such borrower.

 

Direct loans, assignments and loan participations may be considered liquid, as determined by the Adviser based on criteria approved by the Board.

 

The Funds may have difficulty disposing of bank loans because, in certain cases, the market for such instruments is not highly liquid. The lack of a highly liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such instruments and on a Fund’s ability to dispose of the bank loan in response to a specific economic event, such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower. Furthermore, transactions in many loans settle on a delayed basis, and a Fund may not receive the proceeds from the sale of a loan for a substantial period of time after the sale. As a result, those proceeds will not be available to make additional investments or to meet the Fund’s redemption obligations. To the extent that extended settlement creates short-term liquidity needs, a Fund may satisfy these needs by holding additional cash or selling other investments (potentially at an inopportune time, which could result in losses to the Fund).

 

S- 21

 

Bank loans may not be considered “securities,” and purchasers, such as the Funds, therefore may not be entitled to rely on the anti-fraud protections of the federal securities laws.

 

The Adviser may from time to time have the opportunity to receive material, non-public information (“Confidential Information”) about the borrower, including financial information and related documentation regarding the borrower that is not publicly available. Pursuant to applicable policies and procedures, the Adviser may (but is not required to) seek to avoid receipt of Confidential Information from the borrower so as to avoid possible restrictions on its ability to purchase and sell investments on behalf of a Fund and other clients to which such Confidential Information relates (e.g., publicly traded securities issued by the borrower). In such circumstances, the Fund (and other clients of the Adviser) may be disadvantaged in comparison to other investors, including with respect to the price the Fund pays or receives when it buys or sells a bank loan. Further, the Adviser’s ability to assess the desirability of proposed consents, waivers or amendments with respect to certain bank loans may be compromised if it is not privy to available Confidential Information. The Adviser may also determine to receive such Confidential Information in certain circumstances under its applicable policies and procedures. If the Adviser intentionally or unintentionally comes into possession of Confidential Information, it may be unable, potentially for a substantial period of time, to purchase or sell publicly traded securities to which such Confidential Information relates.

 

Repurchase Agreements

 

The Funds may enter into repurchase agreements with financial institutions. A repurchase agreement is an agreement under which a Fund acquires a fixed income security (generally a security issued by the U.S. government or an agency thereof, a banker’s acceptance, or a certificate of deposit) from a commercial bank, broker, or dealer, and simultaneously agrees to resell such security to the seller at an agreed upon price and date (normally, the next business day). Because the security purchased constitutes collateral for the repurchase obligation, a repurchase agreement may be considered a loan that is collateralized by the security purchased. The acquisition of a repurchase agreement may be deemed to be an acquisition of the underlying securities as long as the obligation of the seller to repurchase the securities is collateralized fully. The Funds follow certain procedures designed to minimize the risks inherent in such agreements. These procedures include effecting repurchase transactions only with creditworthy financial institutions whose condition will be continually monitored by the Adviser. The repurchase agreements entered into by the Funds will provide that the underlying collateral at all times shall have a value at least equal to 102% of the resale price stated in the agreement and consist only of securities permissible under Section 101(47)(A)(i) of the Bankruptcy Code (the Adviser monitors compliance with this requirement). Under all repurchase agreements entered into by the Funds, the custodian or its agent must take possession of the underlying collateral. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling financial institution, a Fund will seek to liquidate such collateral. However, the exercising of a Fund’s right to liquidate such collateral could involve certain costs or delays and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, the Fund could suffer a loss. The Funds may also enter into “tri-party” repurchase agreements. In “tri-party” repurchase agreements, an unaffiliated third party custodian maintains accounts to hold collateral for a Fund and its counterparties and, therefore, the Fund may be subject to the credit risk of those custodians. It is the current policy of each Fund not to invest in repurchase agreements that do not mature within seven days if any such investment, together with any other illiquid assets held by that Fund, amounts to more than 15% of the Fund’s total assets. The investments of the Funds in repurchase agreements, at times, may be substantial when, in the view of the Adviser, liquidity or other considerations so warrant.

 

S- 22

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

 

Reverse repurchase agreements are transactions in which the Funds sell portfolio securities to financial institutions, such as banks and broker-dealers, and agree to repurchase them at a mutually agreed-upon date and price that is higher than the original sale price. Reverse repurchase agreements are similar to a fully collateralized borrowing by the Funds. At the time a Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it will earmark on the books of the Fund or place in a segregated account cash or liquid securities having a value equal to the repurchase price (including accrued interest) and will subsequently monitor the account to ensure that such equivalent value is maintained.

 

Reverse repurchase agreements involve risks. Reverse repurchase agreements are a form of leverage, and the use of reverse repurchase agreements by a Fund may increase the Fund’s volatility. Reverse repurchase agreements are also subject to the risk that the other party to the reverse repurchase agreement will be unable or unwilling to complete the transaction as scheduled, which may result in losses to a Fund. Reverse repurchase agreements also involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by a Fund may decline below the price at which it is obligated to repurchase the securities. In addition, when a Fund invests the proceeds it receives in a reverse repurchase transaction, there is a risk that those investments may decline in value. In this circumstance, the Fund could be required to sell other investments in order to meet its obligations to repurchase the securities.

 

Securities of Other Investment Companies

 

The Funds may invest in shares of other investment companies, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to certain restrictions. These investment companies typically incur fees that are separate from those fees incurred directly by a Fund. A Fund’s purchase of such investment company securities results in the layering of expenses, such that shareholders would indirectly bear a proportionate share of the operating expenses of such investment companies, including advisory fees, in addition to paying the Fund’s expenses. Unless an exception is available, Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act prohibits a fund from (i) acquiring more than 3% of the voting shares of any one investment company, (ii) investing more than 5% of its total assets in any one investment company, and (iii) investing more than 10% of its total assets in all investment companies combined, including its ETF investments.

 

For hedging or other purposes, a Fund may invest in investment companies that seek to track the composition and/or performance of specific indexes or portions of specific indexes. Certain of these investment companies, known as ETFs, are traded on a securities exchange. (See “Exchange-Traded Funds” above). The market prices of index-based investments will fluctuate in accordance with changes in the underlying portfolio securities of the investment company and also due to supply and demand of the investment company’s shares on the exchange upon which the shares are traded. Index-based investments may not replicate or otherwise match the composition or performance of their specified index due to transaction costs, among other things.

 

Pursuant to orders issued by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) to certain ETFs and procedures approved by the Board, a Fund may invest in such ETFs in excess of the 3% limitation prescribed by Section 12(d)(1)(A) described above, provided that the Fund otherwise complies with the conditions of the applicable SEC order, as it may be amended, and any other applicable investment limitations. Neither such ETFs nor their investment advisers make any representations regarding the advisability of investing in the ETFs.

 

The Funds may invest in investment companies that are not registered with the SEC or in privately placed securities of investment companies (which may or may not be registered), such as hedge funds and offshore funds. Unregistered funds are largely exempt from the regulatory requirements that apply to registered investment companies. As a result, unregistered funds may have a greater ability to make investments, or use investment techniques, that offer a higher potential investment return (for example, leveraging), but which may carry high risk. Unregistered funds, while not regulated by the SEC like registered funds, may be indirectly supervised by the financial institutions (e.g., commercial and investment banks) that may provide them with loans or other sources of capital. Investments in unregistered funds may be difficult to sell, which could cause a Fund to lose money when selling an interest in an unregistered fund. For example, many hedge funds require their investors to hold their investments for at least one year.

 

S- 23

 

Derivatives

 

Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is based on an underlying asset (such as a stock or a bond), an underlying economic factor (such as an interest rate) or a market benchmark. Unless otherwise stated in the Prospectus, the Funds may use derivatives for a number of purposes including managing risk, gaining exposure to various markets in a cost-efficient manner, reducing transaction costs, remaining fully invested and speculating. The Funds may also invest in derivatives with the goal of protecting themselves from broad fluctuations in market prices, interest rates or foreign currency exchange rates (a practice known as “hedging”). When hedging is successful, a Fund will have offset any depreciation in the value of its portfolio securities by the appreciation in the value of the derivative position. Although techniques other than the sale and purchase of derivatives could be used to control the exposure of the Funds to market fluctuations, the use of derivatives may be a more effective means of hedging this exposure. In the future, to the extent such use is consistent with a Fund's investment objective and is legally permissible, the Fund may use instruments and techniques that are not presently contemplated, but that may be subsequently developed.

 

There can be no assurance that a derivative strategy, if employed, will be successful. Because many derivatives have a leverage or borrowing component, adverse changes in the value or level of the underlying asset, reference rate or index can result in a loss substantially greater than the amount invested in the derivative itself. Certain derivatives have the potential for unlimited loss, regardless of the size of the initial investment. Accordingly, certain derivative transactions may be considered to constitute borrowing transactions for purposes of the 1940 Act. Such a derivative transaction will not be considered to constitute the issuance of a “senior security” by a Fund, and therefore such transaction will not be subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement otherwise applicable to borrowings by the Fund, if the Fund covers the transaction or segregates sufficient liquid assets (or such assets are “earmarked” on the Fund’s books) in accordance with the requirements and interpretations of the SEC and its staff. A Fund may enter into agreements with broker-dealers that require the broker-dealers to accept physical settlement for certain types of derivative instruments. If this occurs, the Fund would treat such derivative instruments as being cash settled for purposes of determining the Fund’s coverage requirements.

 

Pursuant to rules adopted under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”), a Fund must either operate within certain guidelines and restrictions with respect to the Fund’s use of futures, options on such futures, commodity options and certain swaps, or the Adviser will be subject to registration with the CFTC as a “commodity pool operator” (“CPO”).

 

Consistent with the CFTC’s regulations, the Trust, on behalf of the Funds, has filed a notice of exclusion from the definition of the term CPO under the CEA pursuant to CFTC Rule 4.5 and, therefore, the Funds are not subject to registration or regulation as CPOs under the CEA. As a result, the Funds will be limited in their ability to use futures, options on such futures, commodity options and certain swaps. Complying with the limitations may restrict the Adviser’s ability to implement the Funds’ investment strategies and may adversely affect the Funds’ performance.

 

Types of Derivatives:

 

Futures. A futures contract is an agreement between two parties whereby one party agrees to sell and the other party agrees to buy a specified amount of a financial instrument at an agreed upon price and time. The financial instrument underlying the contract may be a stock, stock index, bond, bond index, interest rate, foreign exchange rate or other similar instrument. Agreeing to buy the underlying financial instrument is called buying a futures contract or taking a long position in the contract. Likewise, agreeing to sell the underlying financial instrument is called selling a futures contract or taking a short position in the contract.

 

S- 24

 

Futures contracts are traded in the United States on commodity exchanges or boards of trade (known as “contract markets”) approved for such trading and regulated by the CFTC. These contract markets standardize the terms, including the maturity date and underlying financial instrument, of all futures contracts.

 

Unlike other securities, the parties to a futures contract do not have to pay for or deliver the underlying financial instrument until some future date (the “delivery date”). Contract markets require both the purchaser and seller to deposit “initial margin” with a futures broker, known as a futures commission merchant or custodian bank, when they enter into the contract. Initial margin deposits are typically equal to a percentage of the contract’s value. Initial margin is similar to a performance bond or good faith deposit on a contract and is returned to the depositing party upon termination of the futures contract if all contractual obligations have been satisfied. After they open a futures contract, the parties to the transaction must compare the purchase price of the contract to its daily market value. If the value of the futures contract changes in such a way that a party’s position declines, that party must make additional “variation margin” payments so that the margin payment is adequate. On the other hand, the value of the contract may change in such a way that there is excess margin on deposit, possibly entitling the party that has a gain to receive all or a portion of this amount. This process is known as “marking to the market.” Variation margin does not represent a borrowing or loan by a party but is instead a settlement between the party and the futures broker of the amount one party would owe the other if the futures contract terminated. In computing daily net asset value, each party marks to market its open futures positions.

 

Although the terms of a futures contract call for the actual delivery of and payment for the underlying security, in many cases the parties may close the contract early by taking an opposite position in an identical contract. If the sale price upon closing out the contract is less than the original purchase price, the party closing out the contract will realize a loss. If the sale price upon closing out the contract is more than the original purchase price, the party closing out the contract will realize a gain. Conversely, if the purchase price upon closing out the contract is more than the original sale price, the party closing out the contract will realize a loss. If the purchase price upon closing out the contract is less than the original sale price, the party closing out the contract will realize a gain.

 

A Fund may incur commission expenses when it opens or closes a futures position.

 

Options. An option is a contract between two parties for the purchase and sale of a financial instrument for a specified price (known as the “strike price” or “exercise price”) at any time during the option period. Unlike a futures contract, an option grants a right (not an obligation) to buy or sell a financial instrument. Generally, a seller of an option can grant a buyer two kinds of rights: a “call” (the right to buy the security) or a “put” (the right to sell the security). Options have various types of underlying instruments, including specific securities, indices of securities prices, foreign currencies, interest rates and futures contracts. Options may be traded on an exchange (exchange-traded options) or may be customized agreements between the parties (over-the-counter or “OTC” options). Like futures, a financial intermediary, known as a clearing corporation, financially backs exchange-traded options. However, OTC options have no such intermediary and are subject to the risk that the counterparty will not fulfill its obligations under the contract. The principal factors affecting the market value of an option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market value of the underlying instrument relative to the exercise price of the option, the volatility of the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until the option expires.

 

Purchasing Put and Call Options

 

When a Fund purchases a put option, it buys the right to sell the instrument underlying the option at a fixed strike price. In return for this right, the Fund pays the current market price for the option (known as the “option premium”). A Fund may purchase put options to offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of its securities (“protective puts”) or to benefit from a decline in the price of securities that it does not own. A Fund would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of the underlying securities decreased below the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction costs. However, if the price of the underlying instrument does not fall enough to offset the cost of purchasing the option, a put buyer would lose the premium and related transaction costs.

 

S- 25

 

Call options are similar to put options, except that a Fund obtains the right to purchase, rather than sell, the underlying instrument at the option’s strike price. A Fund would normally purchase call options in anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities it owns or wants to buy. A Fund would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of the underlying instrument exceeded the exercise price plus the premium paid and related transaction costs. Otherwise, the Fund would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the call option.

 

The purchaser of an option may terminate its position by:

 

Allowing it to expire and losing its entire premium;

 

Exercising the option and either selling (in the case of a put option) or buying (in the case of a call option) the underlying instrument at the strike price; or

 

Closing it out in the secondary market at its current price.

 

Selling (Writing) Put and Call Options

 

When a Fund writes a call option it assumes an obligation to sell specified securities to the holder of the option at a fixed strike price if the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. Similarly, when a Fund writes a put option it assumes an obligation to purchase specified securities from the option holder at a fixed strike price if the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. The Fund may terminate its position in an exchange-traded put option before exercise by buying an option identical to the one it has written. Similarly, the Fund may cancel an OTC option by entering into an offsetting transaction with the counterparty to the option.

 

A Fund could try to hedge against an increase in the value of securities it would like to acquire by writing a put option on those securities. If security prices rise, the Fund would expect the put option to expire and the premium it received to offset the increase in the security’s value. If security prices remain the same over time, the Fund would hope to profit by closing out the put option at a lower price. If security prices fall, the Fund may lose an amount of money equal to the difference between the value of the security and the premium it received. Writing covered put options may deprive a Fund of the opportunity to profit from a decrease in the market price of the securities it would like to acquire.

 

The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of writing put options, except that call writers expect to profit if prices remain the same or fall. A Fund could try to hedge against a decline in the value of securities it already owns by writing a call option. If the price of that security falls as expected, the Fund would expect the option to expire and the premium it received to offset the decline of the security’s value. However, the Fund must be prepared to deliver the underlying instrument in return for the strike price, which may deprive it of the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the securities it holds.

 

The Funds are permitted to write only “covered” options. At the time of selling a call option, a Fund may cover the option by owning, among other things:

 

The underlying security (or securities convertible into the underlying security without additional consideration), index, interest rate, foreign currency or futures contract;

 

S- 26

 

A call option on the same security or index with the same or lesser exercise price;

 

A call option on the same security or index with a greater exercise price, provided that the Fund also segregates cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the difference between the exercise prices;

 

Cash or liquid securities equal to at least the market value of the optioned securities, interest rate, foreign currency or futures contract; or

 

In the case of an index, the portfolio of securities that corresponds to the index.

 

At the time of selling a put option, a Fund may cover the option by, among other things:

 

Entering into a short position in the underlying security;

 

Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign currency or futures contract with the same or greater exercise price;

 

Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign currency or futures contract with a lesser exercise price and segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the difference between the exercise prices; or

 

Maintaining the entire exercise price in liquid securities.

 

Options on Securities Indices

 

Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except that the exercise of securities index options requires cash settlement payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. In addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations in a group of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single security.

 

Options on Credit Default Swaps

 

An option on a credit default swap (“CDS”) gives the holder the right to enter into a CDS at a specified future date and under specified terms in exchange for a purchase price or premium. The writer of the option bears the risk of any unfavorable move in the value of the CDS relative to the market value on the exercise date, while the purchaser may allow the option to expire unexercised.

 

Options on Futures

 

An option on a futures contract provides the holder with the right to buy a futures contract (in the case of a call option) or sell a futures contract (in the case of a put option) at a fixed time and price. Upon exercise of the option by the holder, the contract market clearing house establishes a corresponding short position for the writer of the option (in the case of a call option) or a corresponding long position (in the case of a put option). If the option is exercised, the parties will be subject to the futures contracts. In addition, the writer of an option on a futures contract is subject to initial and variation margin requirements on the option position. Options on futures contracts are traded on the same contract market as the underlying futures contract.

 

The buyer or seller of an option on a futures contract may terminate the option early by purchasing or selling an option of the same series (i.e., the same exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously purchased or sold. The difference between the premiums paid and received represents the trader’s profit or loss on the transaction.

 

S- 27

 

A Fund may purchase put and call options on futures contracts instead of selling or buying futures contracts. The Fund may buy a put option on a futures contract for the same reasons it would sell a futures contract. It also may purchase such a put option in order to hedge a long position in the underlying futures contract. A Fund may buy a call option on a futures contract for the same purpose as the actual purchase of a futures contract, such as in anticipation of favorable market conditions.

A Fund may write a call option on a futures contract to hedge against a decline in the prices of the instrument underlying the futures contracts. If the price of the futures contract at expiration were below the exercise price, the Fund would retain the option premium, which would offset, in part, any decline in the value of its portfolio securities.

 

The writing of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the purchase of the futures contracts, except that, if the market price declines, a Fund would pay more than the market price for the underlying instrument. The premium received on the sale of the put option, less any transaction costs, would reduce the net cost to the Fund.

 

Options on Foreign Currencies

 

A put option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell a foreign currency at the exercise price until the option expires. A call option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to purchase the currency at the exercise price until the option expires. The Funds may purchase or write put and call options on foreign currencies for the purpose of hedging against changes in future currency exchange rates.

 

The Funds may use foreign currency options given the same circumstances under which they could use forward foreign currency exchange contracts. For example, a decline in the U.S. dollar value of a foreign currency in which a Fund’s securities are denominated would reduce the U.S. dollar value of the securities, even if their value in the foreign currency remained constant. In order to hedge against such a risk, the Fund may purchase a put option on the foreign currency. If the value of the currency then declined, the Fund could sell the currency for a fixed amount in U.S. dollars and thereby offset, at least partially, the negative effect on its securities that otherwise would have resulted. Conversely, if a Fund anticipates a rise in the U.S. dollar value of a currency in which securities to be acquired are denominated, the Fund may purchase call options on the currency in order to offset, at least partially, the effects of negative movements in exchange rates. If currency exchange rates do not move in the direction or to the extent anticipated, the Funds could sustain losses on transactions in foreign currency options.

 

Combined Positions

 

The Funds may purchase and write options in combination with each other, or in combination with futures or forward contracts or swap agreements, to adjust the risk and return characteristics of the overall position. For example, a Fund could construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract by purchasing a put option and writing a call option on the same underlying instrument. Alternatively, a Fund could write a call option at one strike price and buy a call option at a lower price to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

 

Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts. A forward foreign currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific amount of currency at a future date or date range at a specific price. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder has the unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a specified fee. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from foreign currency futures contracts in certain respects. Unlike futures contracts, forward contracts:

 

Do not have standard maturity dates or amounts (i.e., the parties to the contract may fix the maturity date and the amount);

 

S- 28

 

Are typically traded directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers in the inter-bank markets, as opposed to on exchanges regulated by the CFTC (note, however, that under new definitions adopted by the CFTC and SEC, many non-deliverable foreign currency forwards will be considered swaps for certain purposes, including determination of whether such instruments must be traded on exchanges and centrally cleared);

 

Do not require an initial margin deposit; and

 

May be closed by entering into a closing transaction with the currency trader who is a party to the original forward contract, as opposed to with a commodities exchange.

 

Foreign Currency Hedging Strategies

 

A “settlement hedge” or “transaction hedge” is designed to protect a Fund against an adverse change in foreign currency values between the date a security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or received. Entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale of the amount of foreign currency involved in an underlying security transaction for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars “locks in” the U.S. dollar price of the security. A Fund may also use forward contracts to purchase or sell a foreign currency when it anticipates purchasing or selling securities denominated in foreign currency, even if it has not yet selected the specific investments.

 

A Fund may use forward contracts to hedge against a decline in the value of existing investments denominated in foreign currency. Such a hedge, sometimes referred to as a “position hedge,” would tend to offset both positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in security values caused by other factors. The Fund could also hedge the position by selling another currency expected to perform similarly to the currency in which the Fund’s investment is denominated. This type of hedge, sometimes referred to as a “proxy hedge,” could offer advantages in terms of cost, yield, or efficiency, but generally would not hedge currency exposure as effectively as a direct hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may result in losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to the currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

 

Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities that a Fund owns or intends to purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange that one can achieve at some future point in time. Additionally, these techniques tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency and to limit any potential gain that might result from the increase in value of such currency.

 

A Fund may enter into forward contracts to shift its investment exposure from one currency into another. Such transactions may call for the delivery of one foreign currency in exchange for another foreign currency, including currencies in which its securities are not then denominated. This may include shifting exposure from U.S. dollars to a foreign currency, or from one foreign currency to another foreign currency. This type of strategy, sometimes known as a “cross-hedge,” will tend to reduce or eliminate exposure to the currency that is sold, and increase exposure to the currency that is purchased. Cross-hedges may protect against losses resulting from a decline in the hedged currency but will cause the Fund to assume the risk of fluctuations in the value of the currency it purchases. Cross-hedging transactions also involve the risk of imperfect correlation between changes in the values of the currencies involved.

 

It is difficult to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract. Accordingly, a Fund may have to purchase additional foreign currency on the spot (cash) market if the market value of a security it is hedging is less than the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver. Conversely, the Fund may have to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency it received upon the sale of a security if the market value of such security exceeds the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver.

 

S- 29

 

Participation Notes (“P-Notes”). P-Notes are participation interest notes that are issued by banks or broker-dealers and are designed to offer a return linked to a particular underlying equity, debt, currency or market. When purchasing a P-Note, the posting of margin is not required because the full cost of the P-Note (plus commission) is paid at the time of purchase. When the P-Note matures, the issuer will pay to, or receive from, the purchaser the difference between the nominal value of the underlying instrument at the time of purchase and that instrument’s value at maturity. Investments in P-Notes involve the same risks associated with a direct investment in the underlying foreign companies or foreign securities markets that they seek to replicate.

 

In addition, there can be no assurance that the trading price of P-Notes will equal the underlying value of the foreign companies or foreign securities markets that they seek to replicate. The holder of a P-Note that is linked to a particular underlying security is entitled to receive any dividends paid in connection with an underlying security or instrument. However, the holder of a P-Note does not receive voting rights as it would if it directly owned the underlying security or instrument. P-Notes are generally traded over-the-counter. P-Notes constitute general unsecured contractual obligations of the banks or broker-dealers that issue them. There is also counterparty risk associated with these investments because the Funds are relying on the creditworthiness of such counterparty and have no rights under a P-Note against the issuer of the underlying security. In addition, the Funds will incur transaction costs as a result of investments in P-Notes.

 

Swap Agreements. A swap agreement is a financial instrument that typically involves the exchange of cash flows between two parties on specified dates (settlement dates), where the cash flows are based on agreed-upon prices, rates, indices, etc. The nominal amount on which the cash flows are calculated is called the notional amount. Swap agreements are individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors, such as interest rates, foreign currency rates, mortgage securities, corporate borrowing rates, security prices or inflation rates.

 

Swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the investments of a Fund and its share price. The performance of swap agreements may be affected by a change in the specific interest rate, currency, or other factors that determine the amounts of payments due to and from the Fund. If a swap agreement calls for payments by the Fund, the Fund must be prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, if the counterparty’s creditworthiness declined, the value of a swap agreement would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses.

 

Generally, swap agreements have a fixed maturity date that will be agreed upon by the parties. The agreement can be terminated before the maturity date under certain circumstances, such as default by one of the parties or insolvency, among others, and can be transferred by a party only with the prior written consent of the other party. A Fund may be able to eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement either by assignment or by other disposition, or by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same party or a similarly creditworthy party. If the counterparty is unable to meet its obligations under the contract, declares bankruptcy, defaults or becomes insolvent, a Fund may not be able to recover the money it expected to receive under the swap agreement. The Funds will not enter into any swap agreement unless the Adviser believes that the counterparty to the transaction is creditworthy.

 

A swap agreement can be a form of leverage, which can magnify the Funds’ gains or losses. In order to reduce the risk associated with leveraging, the Funds may cover their current obligations under swap agreements according to guidelines established by the SEC. If a Fund enters into a swap agreement on a net basis, it will segregate assets with a daily value at least equal to the excess, if any, of the Fund’s accrued obligations under the swap agreement over the accrued amount the Fund is entitled to receive under the agreement. If a Fund enters into a swap agreement on other than a net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal to the full amount of the Fund’s accrued obligations under the swap agreement.

 

S- 30

 

Equity Swaps

 

In a typical equity swap, one party agrees to pay another party the return on a stock, stock index or basket of stocks in return for a specified interest rate. By entering into an equity index swap, for example, the index receiver can gain exposure to stocks making up the index of securities without actually purchasing those stocks. Equity index swaps involve not only the risk associated with investment in the securities represented in the index, but also the risk that the performance of such securities, including dividends, will not exceed the return on the interest rate that a Fund will be committed to pay.

 

Total Return Swaps

 

Total return swaps are contracts in which one party agrees to make payments of the total return from a reference instrument—which may be a single asset, a pool of assets or an index of assets—during a specified period, in return for payments equal to a fixed or floating rate of interest or the total return from another underlying reference instrument. The total return includes appreciation or depreciation on the underlying asset, plus any interest or dividend payments. Payments under the swap are based upon an agreed upon principal amount but, since the principal amount is not exchanged, it represents neither an asset nor a liability to either counterparty, and is referred to as notional. Total return swaps are marked to market daily using different sources, including quotations from counterparties, pricing services, brokers or market makers. The unrealized appreciation or depreciation related to the change in the valuation of the notional amount of the swap is combined with the amount due to a Fund at termination or settlement. The primary risks associated with total return swaps are credit risks (if the counterparty fails to meet its obligations) and market risk (if there is no liquid market for the swap or unfavorable changes occur to the underlying reference instrument).

 

Interest Rate Swaps

 

Interest rate swaps are financial instruments that involve the exchange of one type of interest rate for another type of interest rate cash flow on specified dates in the future. Some of the different types of interest rate swaps are “fixed-for-floating rate swaps,” “termed basis swaps” and “index amortizing swaps.” Fixed-for-floating rate swaps involve the exchange of fixed interest rate cash flows for floating rate cash flows. Termed basis swaps entail cash flows to both parties based on floating interest rates, where the interest rate indices are different. Index amortizing swaps are typically fixed-for-floating rate swaps where the notional amount changes if certain conditions are met.

 

As with a traditional investment in a debt security, a Fund could lose money by investing in an interest rate swap if interest rates change adversely. For example, if a Fund enters into a swap where it agrees to exchange a floating rate of interest for a fixed rate of interest, the Fund may have to pay more money than it receives. Similarly, if a Fund enters into a swap where it agrees to exchange a fixed rate of interest for a floating rate of interest, the Fund may receive less money than it has agreed to pay.

 

Currency Swaps

 

A currency swap is an agreement between two parties in which one party agrees to make interest rate payments in one currency and the other promises to make interest rate payments in another currency. A Fund may enter into a currency swap when it has one currency and desires a different currency. Typically, the interest rates that determine the currency swap payments are fixed, although occasionally one or both parties may pay a floating rate of interest. Unlike an interest rate swap, however, the principal amounts are exchanged at the beginning of the agreement and returned at the end of the agreement. Changes in foreign exchange rates and changes in interest rates, as described above, may negatively affect currency swaps.

 

S- 31

 

Inflation Swaps

 

Inflation swaps are fixed-maturity, over-the-counter derivatives where one party pays a fixed rate in exchange for payments tied to an inflation index, such as the Consumer Price Index. The fixed rate, which is set by the parties at the initiation of the swap, is often referred to as the “breakeven inflation” rate and generally represents the current difference between treasury yields and Treasury Inflation Protected Securities yields of similar maturities at the initiation of the swap agreement. Inflation swaps are typically designated as “zero coupon,” where all cash flows are exchanged at maturity. The value of an inflation swap is expected to fluctuate in response to changes in the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. An inflation swap can lose value if the realized rate of inflation over the life of the swap is less than the fixed market implied inflation rate (the breakeven inflation rate) the investor agreed to pay at the initiation of the swap.

 

Credit Default Swaps

 

A credit default swap is an agreement between a “buyer” and a “seller” for credit protection. The credit default swap agreement may have as reference obligations one or more securities that are not then held by a Fund. The protection buyer is generally obligated to pay the protection seller an upfront payment and/or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the agreement until a credit event on a reference obligation has occurred. If no default occurs, the seller would keep the stream of payments and would have no payment obligations. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the full notional amount (the “par value”) of the swap.

 

Caps, Collars and Floors

 

Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. In a typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an agreed-upon level. The seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-upon level. An interest rate collar combines elements of buying a cap and selling a floor.

 

Risks of Derivatives:

 

While transactions in derivatives may reduce certain risks, these transactions themselves entail certain other risks. For example, unanticipated changes in interest rates, securities prices or currency exchange rates may result in a poorer overall performance of the Funds than if they had not entered into any derivatives transactions. Derivatives may magnify the Funds’ gains or losses, causing them to make or lose substantially more than they invested.

 

When used for hedging purposes, increases in the value of the securities a Fund holds or intends to acquire should offset any losses incurred with a derivative. Purchasing derivatives for purposes other than hedging could expose the Fund to greater risks.

 

Use of derivatives involves transaction costs, which may be significant, and may also increase the amount of taxable income to shareholders.

 

Correlation of Prices. The Funds’ ability to hedge their securities through derivatives depends on the degree to which price movements in the underlying index or instrument correlate with price movements in the relevant securities. In the case of poor correlation, the price of the securities a Fund is hedging may not move in the same amount, or even in the same direction as the hedging instrument. The Adviser will try to minimize this risk by investing in only those contracts whose behavior it expects to correlate with the behavior of the portfolio securities it is trying to hedge. However, if the Adviser’s prediction of interest and currency rates, market value, volatility or other economic factors is incorrect, a Fund may lose money, or may not make as much money as it expected.

 

S- 32

 

Derivative prices can diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments, even if the characteristics of the underlying instruments are very similar to the derivative. Listed below are some of the factors that may cause such a divergence:

 

Current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until expiration of the contract;

 

A difference between the derivatives and securities markets, including different levels of demand, how the instruments are traded, the imposition of daily price fluctuation limits or discontinued trading of an instrument; and

 

Differences between the derivatives, such as different margin requirements, different liquidity of such markets and the participation of speculators in such markets.

 

Derivatives based upon a narrower index of securities, such as those of a particular industry group, may present greater risk than derivatives based on a broad market index. Since narrower indices are made up of a smaller number of securities, they are more susceptible to rapid and extreme price fluctuations because of changes in the value of those securities.

 

While currency futures and options values are expected to correlate with exchange rates, they may not reflect other factors that affect the value of the investments of the Funds. A currency hedge, for example, should protect a yen-denominated security from a decline in the yen, but will not protect the Funds against a price decline resulting from deterioration in the issuer’s creditworthiness. Because the value of the Funds’ foreign-denominated investments changes in response to many factors other than exchange rates, it may not be possible to match the amount of currency options and futures to the value of the Funds’ investments precisely over time.

 

Lack of Liquidity. Before a futures contract or option is exercised or expires, a Fund can terminate it only by entering into a closing purchase or sale transaction. Moreover, a Fund may close out a futures contract only on the exchange the contract was initially traded. Although the Funds intend to purchase options and futures only where there appears to be an active market, there is no guarantee that such a liquid market will exist. If there is no secondary market for the contract, or the market is illiquid, a Fund may not be able to close out its position. In an illiquid market, a Fund may:

 

Have to sell securities to meet its daily margin requirements at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so;

 

Have to purchase or sell the instrument underlying the contract;

 

Not be able to hedge its investments; and/or

 

Not be able to realize profits or limit its losses.

 

Derivatives may become illiquid (i.e., difficult to sell at a desired time and price) under a variety of market conditions. For example:

 

An exchange may suspend or limit trading in a particular derivative instrument, an entire category of derivatives or all derivatives, which sometimes occurs because of increased market volatility;

 

Unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations of an exchange;

 

The facilities of the exchange may not be adequate to handle current trading volume;

 

S- 33

 

Equipment failures, government intervention, insolvency of a brokerage firm or clearing house or other occurrences may disrupt normal trading activity; or

 

Investors may lose interest in a particular derivative or category of derivatives.

 

Management Risk. Successful use of derivatives by the Funds is subject to the ability of the Adviser to forecast stock market and interest rate trends. If the Adviser incorrectly predicts stock market and interest rate trends, the Funds may lose money by investing in derivatives. For example, if a Fund were to write a call option based on the Adviser’s expectation that the price of the underlying security would fall, but the price were to rise instead, the Fund could be required to sell the security upon exercise at a price below the current market price. Similarly, if a Fund were to write a put option based on the Adviser’s expectation that the price of the underlying security would rise, but the price were to fall instead, the Fund could be required to purchase the security upon exercise at a price higher than the current market price.

 

Pricing Risk. At times, market conditions might make it hard to value some investments. For example, if a Fund has valued its securities too high, shareholders may end up paying too much for Fund shares when they buy into the Fund. If the Fund underestimates its price, shareholders may not receive the full market value for their Fund shares when they sell.

 

Margin. Because of the low margin deposits required upon the opening of a derivative position, such transactions involve an extremely high degree of leverage. Consequently, a relatively small price movement in a derivative may result in an immediate and substantial loss (as well as gain) to a Fund and it may lose more than it originally invested in the derivative.

 

If the price of a futures contract changes adversely, a Fund may have to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so to meet its minimum daily margin requirement. A Fund may lose its margin deposits if a broker-dealer with whom it has an open futures contract or related option becomes insolvent or declares bankruptcy.

 

Volatility and Leverage. The Funds’ use of derivatives may have a leveraging effect. Leverage generally magnifies the effect of any increase or decrease in value of an underlying asset and results in increased volatility, which means the Funds will have the potential for greater gains, as well as the potential for greater losses, than if the Funds do not use derivative instruments that have a leveraging effect. The prices of derivatives are volatile (i.e., they may change rapidly, substantially and unpredictably) and are influenced by a variety of factors, including:

 

Actual and anticipated changes in interest rates;

 

Fiscal and monetary policies; and

 

National and international political events.

 

Most exchanges limit the amount by which the price of a derivative can change during a single trading day. Daily trading limits establish the maximum amount that the price of a derivative may vary from the settlement price of that derivative at the end of trading on the previous day. Once the price of a derivative reaches that value, the Funds may not trade that derivative at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movements during a given day and does not limit potential gains or losses. Derivative prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days, preventing prompt liquidation of the derivative.

 

Government Regulation. The regulation of derivatives markets in the U.S. is a rapidly changing area of law and is subject to modification by government and judicial action. In particular, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, signed into law in 2010, grants significant new authority to the SEC and the CFTC to impose comprehensive regulations on the over-the-counter and cleared derivatives markets. These regulations include, but are not limited to, mandatory clearing of certain derivatives and requirements relating to disclosure, margin and trade reporting. The new law and regulations may negatively impact the Funds by increasing transaction and/or regulatory compliance costs, limiting the availability of certain derivatives or otherwise adversely affecting the value or performance of the derivatives the Funds trade. In addition, the SEC proposed new derivatives rules in December 2015 that could limit the Funds’ use of derivatives, and adversely impact the Funds’ ability to achieve their investment objectives. Other potentially adverse regulatory obligations can develop suddenly and without notice.

 

S- 34

 

Illiquid Securities

 

Illiquid securities are securities that cannot be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business (i.e. within seven days) at approximately the prices at which they are valued. Because of their illiquid nature, illiquid securities must be priced at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to procedures approved by the Board. Despite such good faith efforts to determine fair value prices, a Fund’s illiquid securities are subject to the risk that the security’s fair value price may differ from the actual price which the Fund may ultimately realize upon its sale or disposition. Difficulty in selling illiquid securities may result in a loss or may be costly to a Fund. Under the supervision of the Board, the Adviser determines the liquidity of a Fund’s investments. In determining the liquidity of a Fund’s investments, the Adviser may consider various factors, including (1) the frequency and volume of trades and quotations, (2) the number of dealers and prospective purchasers in the marketplace, (3) dealer undertakings to make a market, and (4) the nature of the security and the market in which it trades (including any demand, put or tender features, the mechanics and other requirements for transfer, any letters of credit or other credit enhancement features, any ratings, the number of holders, the method of soliciting offers, the time required to dispose of the security, and the ability to assign or offset the rights and obligations of the security). A Fund will not hold more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

 

Securities Lending

 

A Fund may lend portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial organizations that meet capital and other credit requirements or other criteria established by the Board. These loans, if and when made, may not exceed 33 1/3% of the total asset value of the Fund (including the loan collateral). A Fund will not lend portfolio securities to the Adviser or its affiliates unless permissible under the 1940 Act and the rules and promulgations thereunder. Loans of portfolio securities will be fully collateralized by cash, letters of credit or U.S. government securities, and the collateral will be maintained in an amount equal to at least 100% of the current market value of the loaned securities by marking to market daily. Any gain or loss in the market price of the securities loaned that might occur during the term of the loan would be for the account of a Fund.

 

A Fund may pay a part of the interest earned from the investment of collateral, or other fee, to an unaffiliated third party for acting as the Fund’s securities lending agent, but will bear all of any losses from the investment of collateral.

 

By lending its securities, a Fund may increase its income by receiving payments from the borrower that reflect the amount of any interest or any dividends payable on the loaned securities as well as by either investing cash collateral received from the borrower in short-term instruments or obtaining a fee from the borrower when U.S. government securities or letters of credit are used as collateral. Investing cash collateral subjects the Fund to market risk. A Fund remains obligated to return all collateral to the borrower under the terms of its securities lending arrangements, even if the value of investments made with the collateral decline. Accordingly, if the value of a security in which the cash collateral has been invested declines, the loss would be borne by a Fund, and the Fund may be required to liquidate other investments in order to return collateral to the borrower at the end of the loan. A Fund will adhere to the following conditions whenever its portfolio securities are loaned: (i) the Fund must receive at least 100% cash collateral or equivalent securities of the type discussed above from the borrower; (ii) the borrower must increase such collateral whenever the market value of the securities rises above the level of such collateral; (iii) the Fund must be able to terminate the loan on demand; (iv) the Fund must receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities and any increase in market value; (v) the Fund may pay only reasonable fees in connection with the loan (which fees may include fees payable to the lending agent, the borrower, the Fund’s administrator and the custodian); and (vi) voting rights on the loaned securities may pass to the borrower, provided, however, that if a material event adversely affecting the investment occurs, the Fund must terminate the loan and regain the right to vote the securities. In such instances, the Adviser will vote the securities in accordance with its proxy voting policies and procedures. The Board has adopted procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the foregoing criteria will be met. Loan agreements involve certain risks in the event of default or insolvency of the borrower, including possible delays or restrictions upon a Fund’s ability to recover the loaned securities or dispose of the collateral for the loan, which could give rise to loss because of adverse market action, expenses and/or delays in connection with the disposition of the underlying securities.

 

S- 35

 

Restricted Securities

 

The Funds may purchase restricted securities. Restricted securities are securities that may not be sold freely to the public absent registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) or an exemption from registration. This generally includes securities that are unregistered that can be sold to qualified institutional buyers in accordance with Rule 144A under the 1933 Act or securities that are exempt from registration under the 1933 Act, such as commercial paper. Institutional markets for restricted securities have developed as a result of the promulgation of Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, which provides a “safe harbor” from 1933 Act registration requirements for qualifying sales to institutional investors. When Rule 144A restricted securities present an attractive investment opportunity and meet other selection criteria, a Fund may make such investments whether or not such securities are “illiquid” depending on the market that exists for the particular security. The Board has delegated the responsibility for determining the liquidity of Rule 144A restricted securities that a Fund may invest in to the Adviser.

 

Short Sales

 

The Funds may engage in short sales that are either “uncovered” or “against the box.” A short sale is “against the box” if at all times during which the short position is open, a Fund owns at least an equal amount of the securities or securities convertible into, or exchangeable without further consideration for, securities of the same issue as the securities that are sold short. A short sale against the box is a taxable transaction to a Fund with respect to the securities that are sold short.

 

Uncovered short sales are transactions under which the Funds sell a security they do not own. To complete such a transaction, a Fund must borrow the security to make delivery to the buyer. A Fund then is obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing the security at the market price at the time of the replacement. The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the Fund. Until the security is replaced, the Fund is required to pay the lender amounts equal to any dividends or interest that accrue during the period of the loan. To borrow the security, the Fund also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold. The proceeds of the short sale will be retained by the broker, to the extent necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out.

 

Until a Fund closes its short position or replaces the borrowed security, the Fund may: (a) segregate cash or liquid securities at such a level that the amount segregated plus the amount deposited with the broker as collateral will equal the current value of the security sold short; or (b) otherwise cover the Fund’s short position.

 

S- 36

 

When-Issued, Delayed–Delivery and Forward-Delivery Transactions

 

A when-issued security is one whose terms are available and for which a market exists, but which has not been issued. In a forward-delivery transaction, a Fund contracts to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time. “Delayed-delivery” refers to securities transactions on the secondary market where settlement occurs in the future. In each of these transactions, the parties fix the payment obligation and the interest rate that they will receive on the securities at the time the parties enter the commitment; however, they do not pay money or deliver securities until a later date. Typically, no income accrues on securities a Fund has committed to purchase before the securities are delivered, although the Fund may earn income on securities it has in a segregated account to cover its position. A Fund will only enter into these types of transactions with the intention of actually acquiring the securities, but may sell them before the settlement date.

 

A Fund may use when-issued, delayed-delivery and forward-delivery transactions to secure what it considers an advantageous price and yield at the time of purchase. When a Fund engages in when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward-delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to consummate the sale. If the other party fails to complete the sale, the Fund may miss the opportunity to obtain the security at a favorable price or yield.

 

When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed-delivery, or forward-delivery basis, a Fund assumes the rights and risks of ownership of the security, including the risk of price and yield changes. At the time of settlement, the market value of the security may be more or less than the purchase price. The yield available in the market when the delivery takes place also may be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself. Because the Fund does not pay for the security until the delivery date, these risks are in addition to the risks associated with its other investments.

 

The Funds will segregate cash or liquid securities equal in value to commitments for the when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward-delivery transactions. The Funds will segregate additional liquid assets daily so that the value of such assets is equal to the amount of the commitments.

 

Special Risks of Cyber-attacks

 

As with any entity that conducts business through electronic means in the modern marketplace, the Funds, and their service providers, may be susceptible to operational and information security risks resulting from cyber-attacks. Cyber-attacks include, among other behaviors, stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, denial of service attacks on websites, the unauthorized monitoring, release, misuse, loss, destruction or corruption of confidential information, unauthorized access to relevant systems, compromises to networks or devices that the Funds and their service providers use to service the Funds’ operations, ransomware, operational disruption or failures in the physical infrastructure or operating systems that support the Funds and their service providers, or various other forms of cyber security breaches. Cyber-attacks affecting the Funds or the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor, custodian, or any other of the Funds’ intermediaries or service providers may adversely impact the Funds and their shareholders, potentially resulting in, among other things, financial losses or the inability of Fund shareholders to transact business. For instance, cyber-attacks may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, impact a Fund’s ability to calculate its net asset value, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential business information, impede trading, subject the Fund to regulatory fines or financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. The Funds may also incur additional costs for cyber security risk management purposes designed to mitigate or prevent the risk of cyber-attacks. Such costs may be ongoing because threats of cyber-attacks are constantly evolving as cyber attackers become more sophisticated and their techniques become more complex. Similar types of cyber security risks are also present for issuers of securities in which the Funds may invest, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers and may cause the Funds’ investments in such companies to lose value. There can be no assurance that the Funds, the Funds’ service providers, or the issuers of the securities in which the Funds invest will not suffer losses relating to cyber-attacks or other information security breaches in the future.

 

S- 37

 

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

 

Fundamental Policies

 

The following investment limitations are fundamental, which means that the Funds cannot change them without approval by the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Funds. The phrase “majority of the outstanding shares” means the vote of (i) 67% or more of a Fund’s shares present at a meeting, if more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding shares, whichever is less.

 

1. Each Fund may not concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time, except that a Fund may invest without limitation in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities and repurchase agreements involving such securities or tax-exempt obligations of state or municipal governments and their political subdivisions.

 

2. Each Fund may borrow money or issue senior securities (as defined under the 1940 Act), except as prohibited under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

 

3. Each Fund may make loans, except as prohibited under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

 

4. Each Fund may purchase or sell commodities or real estate, except as prohibited under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

 

5. Each Fund may underwrite securities issued by other persons, except as prohibited under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

 

Non-Fundamental Policies

 

The Funds’ investment objectives as well as the following investment limitations of each Fund are non-fundamental and may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval.

 

1. Each Fund may not purchase an investment if, as a result, more than 15% of the value of the Fund’s net assets would be invested in illiquid securities.

 

2. Each Fund may not invest in unmarketable interests in real estate limited partnerships or invest directly in real estate. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing policy does not prevent a Fund from, among other things, purchasing marketable securities of companies that deal in real estate or interests therein.

 

3. Each Fund may purchase or sell financial and physical commodities, commodity contracts based on (or relating to) physical commodities or financial commodities and securities and derivative instruments whose values are derived from (in whole or in part) physical commodities or financial commodities.

 

S- 38

 

The following descriptions of certain provisions of the 1940 Act may assist investors in understanding the above policies and restrictions:

 

Concentration . The 1940 Act requires that every investment company have a fundamental investment policy regarding concentration. The SEC has defined concentration as investing 25% or more of an investment company’s total assets in any particular industry or group of industries, with certain exceptions. For purposes of the Funds’ concentration policy, the Funds may classify and re-classify companies in a particular industry and define and re-define industries in any reasonable manner, consistent with SEC guidance.

 

Borrowing . The 1940 Act presently allows an investment company to borrow from any bank in an amount up to 33 1/3% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) and to borrow for temporary purposes in an amount not exceeding 5% of the value of its total assets.

 

Lending . Under the 1940 Act, an investment company may only make loans if expressly permitted by its investment policies.

 

Senior Securities . Senior securities may include any obligation or instrument issued by a fund evidencing indebtedness. The 1940 Act generally prohibits funds from issuing senior securities, although it does not treat certain transactions as senior securities, such as certain borrowings, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, firm commitment agreements and standby commitments, with appropriate earmarking or segregation of assets to cover such obligation.

 

Real Estate and Commodities . The 1940 Act does not directly restrict an investment company’s ability to invest in real estate or commodities, but does require that every investment company have a fundamental investment policy governing such investments.

 

Underwriting . Under the 1940 Act, underwriting securities involves an investment company purchasing securities directly from an issuer for the purpose of selling (distributing) them or participating in any such activity either directly or indirectly. Under the 1940 Act, a diversified fund may not make any commitment as underwriter, if immediately thereafter the amount of its outstanding underwriting commitments, plus the value of its investments in securities of issuers (other than investment companies) of which it owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities, exceeds 25% of the value of its total assets.

 

Except with respect to a Fund's policy concerning borrowing, if a percentage restriction is adhered to at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from changes in values or assets will not constitute a violation of such restriction. With respect to the limitation on illiquid securities, in the event that a subsequent change in net assets or other circumstances causes a Fund to exceed its limitation, the Fund will take steps to bring the aggregate amount of illiquid instruments back within the limitations as soon as reasonably practicable. With respect to the limitation on borrowing, in the event that a subsequent change in net assets or other circumstances causes a Fund to exceed its limitation, the Fund will take steps to bring the aggregate amount of borrowing back within the limitation within three days thereafter (not including Sundays and holidays).

 

THE ADVISER

 

General. GQG Partners LLC ("GQG" or the "Adviser"), a Delaware limited liability company founded in 2016, is an SEC registered investment adviser that serves as the investment adviser to the Funds. The Adviser’s principal place of business is located at 450 East Las Olas Boulevard, Suite 750, Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33301. The Adviser’s principal beneficial owners are Rajiv Jain and his wife, Latika Jain. As of September 30, 2018, the Adviser had approximately $16.5 billion in regulatory assets under management.

 

S- 39

 

The Adviser makes investment decisions for the Funds and continuously reviews, supervises and administers the Funds’ investment programs. The Board supervises the Adviser and establishes policies that the Adviser must follow in its management activities.

 

Advisory Agreement. The Trust and the Adviser have entered into an investment advisory agreement dated December 15, 2016, as amended (the “Advisory Agreement”), with respect to the Funds. Under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser serves as the investment adviser and makes investment decisions for each Fund and continuously reviews, supervises and administers the investment program of each Fund, subject to the supervision of, and policies established by, the Board.

 

After the initial two-year term, the continuance of the Advisory Agreement must be specifically approved at least annually: (i) by the vote of the Trustees or by a vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of each Fund; and (ii) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or “interested persons” of any party thereto, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment, and is terminable at any time without penalty by the Trustees or, with respect to a Fund, by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that Fund, or, by the Adviser, on not less than 30 days’ written notice to the Trust. As used in the Advisory Agreement, the terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities,” “interested persons” and “assignment” have the same meaning as such terms in the 1940 Act.

 

Advisory Fees Paid to the Adviser. For its services under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is entitled to a fee, which is calculated daily and paid monthly, at the following annual rates based on the average daily net assets of each Fund:

 

Fund Advisory Fee Rate
GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund 0.95%
GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund 0.50%

 

The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive its fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to keep total annual Fund operating expenses (excluding interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, shareholder servicing fees, acquired fund fees and expenses and non-routine expenses (collectively, “excluded expenses”)) for Investor Shares, Institutional Shares and R6 Shares from exceeding certain levels as set forth below until November 30, 2019 (the “contractual expense limit”). This agreement may be terminated: (i) by the Board, for any reason at any time; or (ii) by the Adviser, upon ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to the Trust, effective as of the close of business on November 30, 2019.

 

Fund Contractual Expense Limit
GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund 1.08%
GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund 0.59%

 

S- 40

 

In addition, the Adviser may recoup all or a portion of its fee waivers or expense reimbursements made during the rolling three-year period preceding the date of the recoupment to the extent that total annual Fund operating expenses (not including excluded expenses) at the time of the recoupment are below the lower of (i) the contractual expense limit in effect at the time of the fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement and (ii) the contractual expense limit in effect at the time of the recoupment.

 

For the fiscal period from December 28, 2016 (commencement of Fund operations) to July 31, 2017 and the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, the Funds paid the Adviser the following advisory fees:

 

Fund Contractual Advisory Fees Fees Waived by the Adviser Total Fees Paid to the Adviser (After Waivers)
2017 2018 2017 2018 2017 2018

GQG Partners Emerging

Markets Equity Fund

$412,378 $5,598,785 $263,081 $430,982 $149,297 $5,167,803
GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund

N/A 1

 

N/A 1

N/A 1

 

N/A 1 N/A 1 N/A 1

 

1 Not in operation during the period.

 

THE PORTFOLIO MANAGER

 

This section includes information about the Funds’ portfolio manager, including information about other accounts he manages, the dollar range of Fund shares he owns and how he is compensated.

 

Compensation. The portfolio manager receives a fixed salary, retirement benefits and variable compensation. The variable compensation is based on the portfolio manager’s share of the Adviser’s revenue and profitability. The portfolio manager’s compensation is not directly based on Fund performance. However, to the extent that Fund performance impacts the portfolio manager’s share of the Adviser’s revenue and profitability, there may be some correlation between Fund performance and the portfolio manager’s compensation.

 

Fund Shares Owned by Portfolio Manager. The Funds are required to show the dollar amount range of the portfolio manager’s “beneficial ownership” of shares of the Funds as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year. Dollar amount ranges disclosed are established by the SEC. “Beneficial ownership” is determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”).

 

Name Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned 1
Rajiv Jain Over $1,000,000 (GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund)

 

1 Valuation date is July 31, 2018.

 

Other Accounts. In addition to the Funds, the portfolio manager may also be responsible for the day-to-day management of certain other accounts, as indicated by the following table. The information below is provided as of July 31, 2018.

 

S- 41

 

Name

Registered

Investment Companies

Other Pooled

Investment Vehicles

Other Accounts
Number of Accounts

Total Assets

(in Millions)

Number of Accounts

Total Assets

(in Millions)

Number of Accounts

Total Assets

(in Millions)

Rajiv Jain 3 $1,684 18 $6,401 17 1 $3,301

 

1 Includes 2 accounts managed with a performance-based advisory fee, representing approximately $1,162 million in assets.

 

Conflicts of Interest. The portfolio manager is also responsible for managing other account portfolios in addition to the Funds.

 

The portfolio manager’s management of other accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with his management of the Fund investments on the one hand and the investments of the other accounts, on the other. The side-by-side management of the Funds and other accounts presents a variety of potential conflicts of interests. For example, the portfolio manager may purchase or sell securities for one portfolio and not another. The performance of securities within one portfolio may differ from the performance of securities in another portfolio.

 

In some cases, another account managed by the portfolio manager may compensate the Adviser based on performance of the portfolio held by that account. Performance-based fee arrangements may create an incentive for the Adviser to favor higher fee paying accounts over other accounts, including accounts that are charged no performance-based fees, in the allocation of investment opportunities. The Adviser has adopted policies and procedures that seek to mitigate such conflicts and to ensure that all clients are treated fairly and equally.

 

Another potential conflict could arise in instances in which securities considered as investments for the Funds are also appropriate investments for other investment accounts managed by the Adviser. When a decision is made to buy or sell a security by a Fund and one or more of the other accounts, the Adviser may aggregate the purchase or sale of the securities and will allocate the securities transactions in a manner it believes to be equitable under the circumstances. However, a variety of factors can determine whether a particular account may participate in a particular aggregated transaction. Because of such differences, there may be differences in invested positions and securities held in accounts managed according to similar strategies. When aggregating orders, the Adviser employs procedures designed to ensure accounts will be treated in a fair and equitable manner and no account will be favored over any other. The Adviser has implemented specific policies and procedures to address any potential conflicts.

 

THE ADMINISTRATOR

 

General. SEI Investments Global Funds Services (the “Administrator”), a Delaware statutory trust, has its principal business offices at One Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456. SEI Investments Management Corporation (“SIMC”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of SEI Investments Company (“SEI Investments”), is the owner of all beneficial interest in the Administrator. SEI Investments and its subsidiaries and affiliates, including the Administrator, are leading providers of funds evaluation services, trust accounting systems, and brokerage and information services to financial institutions, institutional investors, and money managers. The Administrator and its affiliates also serve as administrator or sub-administrator to other mutual funds.

 

Administration Agreement with the Trust. The Trust and the Administrator have entered into an administration agreement, dated February 12, 2014, as amended (the “Administration Agreement”). Under the Administration Agreement, the Administrator provides the Trust with administrative services, including regulatory reporting and all necessary office space, equipment, personnel and facilities.

 

S- 42

 

The Administration Agreement provides that the Administrator shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Trust in connection with the matters to which the Administration Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Administrator in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties and obligations thereunder.

 

Administration Fees Paid to the Administrator. For its services under the Administration Agreement, the Administrator is paid a fee, which varies based on the average daily net assets of the Funds, subject to certain minimums. For the fiscal period from December 28, 2016 (commencement of Fund operations) to July 31, 2017 and the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, the Funds paid the following amounts for these services:

 

Fund Administration Fees Paid
2017 2018
GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund $50,069 $508,650
GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund

N/A 1

N/A 1

 

1 Not in operation during the period.

 

THE DISTRIBUTOR

 

The Trust and SEI Investments Distribution Co. (the “Distributor”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of SEI Investments, and an affiliate of the Administrator, are parties to a distribution agreement dated February 12, 2014, as amended (the “Distribution Agreement”), whereby the Distributor acts as a principal underwriter for the Trust’s shares. The principal business address of the Distributor is One Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456.

 

The continuance of the Distribution Agreement must be specifically approved at least annually (i) by the vote of the Trustees or by a vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust and (ii) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust and have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operations of the Distribution Agreement or any related agreement, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Distribution Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act), and is terminable at any time without penalty by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust, or by the Distributor, upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to the other party.

 

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan . Each Fund has adopted a shareholder servicing plan under which a shareholder servicing fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of Investor Shares of the Fund will be paid to financial intermediaries. Under the plan, financial intermediaries may perform, or may compensate other financial intermediaries for performing, certain shareholder and/or administrative services or similar non-distribution services, including: (i) maintaining shareholder accounts; (ii) arranging for bank wires; (iii) responding to shareholder inquiries relating to the services performed by the financial intermediaries; (iv) responding to inquiries from shareholders concerning their investment in the Funds; (v) assisting shareholders in changing dividend options, account designations and addresses; (vi) providing information periodically to shareholders showing their position in the Funds; (vii) forwarding shareholder communications from the Funds such as proxies, shareholder reports, annual reports, and dividend and capital gain distribution and tax notices to shareholders; (viii) processing purchase, exchange and redemption requests from shareholders and placing orders with the Funds or their service providers; (ix) providing sub-accounting services; (x) processing dividend and capital gain payments from the Funds on behalf of shareholders; (xi) preparing tax reports; and (xii) providing such other similar non-distribution services as the Funds may reasonably request to the extent that the financial intermediary is permitted to do so under applicable laws or regulations.

 

S- 43

 

Payments by the Adviser. The Adviser and/or its affiliates, in their discretion, may make payments from their own resources and not from Fund assets to affiliated or unaffiliated brokers, dealers, banks (including bank trust departments), trust companies, registered investment advisers, financial planners, retirement plan administrators, insurance companies, and any other institution having a service, administration, or any similar arrangement with the Funds, their service providers or their respective affiliates, as incentives to help market and promote the Funds and/or in recognition of their distribution, marketing, administrative services, and/or processing support.

 

These additional payments may be made to financial intermediaries that sell Fund shares or provide services to the Funds, the Distributor or shareholders of the Funds through the financial intermediary’s retail distribution channel and/or fund supermarkets. Payments may also be made through the financial intermediary’s retirement, qualified tuition, fee-based advisory, wrap fee bank trust, or insurance (e.g., individual or group annuity) programs. These payments may include, but are not limited to, placing the Funds in a financial intermediary’s retail distribution channel or on a preferred or recommended fund list; providing business or shareholder financial planning assistance; educating financial intermediary personnel about the Funds; providing access to sales and management representatives of the financial intermediary; promoting sales of Fund shares; providing marketing and educational support; maintaining share balances and/or for sub-accounting, administrative or shareholder transaction processing services. A financial intermediary may perform the services itself or may arrange with a third party to perform the services.

 

The Adviser and/or its affiliates may also make payments from their own resources to financial intermediaries for costs associated with the purchase of products or services used in connection with sales and marketing, participation in and/or presentation at conferences or seminars, sales or training programs, client and investor entertainment and other sponsored events. The costs and expenses associated with these efforts may include travel, lodging, sponsorship at educational seminars and conferences, entertainment and meals to the extent permitted by law.

 

Revenue sharing payments may be negotiated based on a variety of factors, including the level of sales, the amount of Fund assets attributable to investments in the Funds by financial intermediaries’ customers, a flat fee or other measures as determined from time to time by the Adviser and/or its affiliates. A significant purpose of these payments is to increase the sales of Fund shares, which in turn may benefit the Adviser through increased fees as Fund assets grow.

 

Investors should understand that some financial intermediaries may also charge their clients fees in connection with purchases of shares or the provision of shareholder services.

 

THE TRANSFER AGENT

 

DST Systems, Inc., 333 West 11th Street, Kansas City, Missouri 64105 (the “Transfer Agent”), serves as the Funds’ transfer agent.

 

THE CUSTODIAN

 

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., 40 Water Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109 (the “Custodian”), acts as custodian of the Funds. The Custodian holds cash, securities and other assets of the Funds as required by the 1940 Act.

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Two Commerce Square, 2001 Market Street, Suite 1800, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, serves as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Funds. The financial statements and notes thereto incorporated by reference for the GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, as indicated in their report with respect thereto, and are incorporated by reference in reliance on the authority of their report as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

S- 44

 

LEGAL COUNSEL

 

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, 1701 Market Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-2921, serves as legal counsel to the Trust.

 

SECURITIES LENDING

 

The Funds did not engage in securities lending activities during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018.

 

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS OF THE TRUST

 

Board Responsibilities. The management and affairs of the Trust and its series, including the Funds described in this SAI, are overseen by the Trustees. The Board has approved contracts, as described above, under which certain companies provide essential management services to the Trust.

 

Like most mutual funds, the day-to-day business of the Trust, including the management of risk, is performed by third party service providers, such as the Adviser, the Distributor and the Administrator. The Trustees are responsible for overseeing the Trust’s service providers and, thus, have oversight responsibility with respect to risk management performed by those service providers. Risk management seeks to identify and address risks, i.e., events or circumstances that could have material adverse effects on the business, operations, shareholder services, investment performance or reputation of the funds. The funds and their service providers employ a variety of processes, procedures and controls to identify various possible events or circumstances, to lessen the probability of their occurrence and/or to mitigate the effects of such events or circumstances if they do occur. Each service provider is responsible for one or more discrete aspects of the Trust’s business (e.g., the Adviser is responsible for the day-to-day management of each Fund’s portfolio investments) and, consequently, for managing the risks associated with that business. The Board has emphasized to the Funds’ service providers the importance of maintaining vigorous risk management.

 

The Trustees’ role in risk oversight begins before the inception of a fund, at which time certain of the fund’s service providers present the Board with information concerning the investment objectives, strategies and risks of the fund as well as proposed investment limitations for the fund. Additionally, the fund’s adviser provides the Board with an overview of, among other things, its investment philosophy, brokerage practices and compliance infrastructure. Thereafter, the Board continues its oversight function as various personnel, including the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer, as well as personnel of the adviser and other service providers, such as the fund’s independent accountants, make periodic reports to the Audit Committee or to the Board with respect to various aspects of risk management. The Board and the Audit Committee oversee efforts by management and service providers to manage risks to which the funds may be exposed.

 

The Board is responsible for overseeing the nature, extent and quality of the services provided to the funds by the adviser and receives information about those services at its regular meetings. In addition, on an annual basis, in connection with its consideration of whether to renew the advisory agreement with the adviser, the Board meets with the adviser to review such services. Among other things, the Board regularly considers the adviser’s adherence to the funds’ investment restrictions and compliance with various fund policies and procedures and with applicable securities regulations. The Board also reviews information about the funds’ investments, including, for example, reports on the adviser’s use of derivatives in managing the funds, if any, as well as reports on the funds’ investments in other investment companies, if any.

 

S- 45

 

The Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer reports regularly to the Board to review and discuss compliance issues and fund and adviser risk assessments. At least annually, the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer provides the Board with a report reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of the Trust’s policies and procedures and those of its service providers, including the adviser. The report addresses the operation of the policies and procedures of the Trust and each service provider since the date of the last report; any material changes to the policies and procedures since the date of the last report; any recommendations for material changes to the policies and procedures; and any material compliance matters since the date of the last report.

 

The Board receives reports from the funds’ service providers regarding operational risks and risks related to the valuation and liquidity of portfolio securities. The Trust’s Fair Value Pricing Committee makes regular reports to the Board concerning investments for which market quotations are not readily available. Annually, the independent registered public accounting firm reviews with the Audit Committee its audit of the funds’ financial statements, focusing on major areas of risk encountered by the funds and noting any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the funds’ internal controls. Additionally, in connection with its oversight function, the Board oversees fund management’s implementation of disclosure controls and procedures, which are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Trust in its periodic reports with the SEC are recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the required time periods. The Board also oversees the Trust’s internal controls over financial reporting, which comprise policies and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of the Trust’s financial reporting and the preparation of the Trust’s financial statements.

 

From their review of these reports and discussions with the adviser, the Chief Compliance Officer, the independent registered public accounting firm and other service providers, the Board and the Audit Committee learn in detail about the material risks of the funds, thereby facilitating a dialogue about how management and service providers identify and mitigate those risks.

 

The Board recognizes that not all risks that may affect the funds can be identified and/or quantified, that it may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, that it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve the funds’ goals, and that the processes, procedures and controls employed to address certain risks may be limited in their effectiveness. Moreover, reports received by the Trustees as to risk management matters are typically summaries of the relevant information. Most of the funds’ investment management and business affairs are carried out by or through the funds’ advisers and other service providers, each of which has an independent interest in risk management but whose policies and the methods by which one or more risk management functions are carried out may differ from the funds’ and each other’s in the setting of priorities, the resources available or the effectiveness of relevant controls. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, the Board’s ability to monitor and manage risk, as a practical matter, is subject to limitations.

 

Members of the Board. There are five members of the Board, four of whom are not interested persons of the Trust, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act (“independent Trustees”). Mr. Doran, an interested person of the Trust, serves as Chairman of the Board. Mr. Hunt, an independent Trustee, serves as the lead independent Trustee. The Trust has determined its leadership structure is appropriate given the specific characteristics and circumstances of the Trust. The Trust made this determination in consideration of, among other things, the fact that the independent Trustees constitute more than three-quarters of the Board, the fact that the chairperson of each Committee of the Board is an independent Trustee, the amount of assets under management in the Trust, and the number of funds (and classes of shares) overseen by the Board. The Board also believes that its leadership structure facilitates the orderly and efficient flow of information to the independent Trustees from fund management.

 

S- 46

 

The Board has two standing committees: the Audit Committee and the Governance Committee. The Audit Committee and the Governance Committee are chaired by an independent Trustee and composed of all of the independent Trustees. In addition, the Board has a lead independent Trustee.

 

In his role as lead independent Trustee, Mr. Hunt, among other things: (i) presides over Board meetings in the absence of the Chairman of the Board; (ii) presides over executive sessions of the independent Trustees; (iii) along with the Chairman of the Board, oversees the development of agendas for Board meetings; (iv) facilitates communication between the independent Trustees and management, and among the independent Trustees; (v) serves as a key point person for dealings between the independent Trustees and management; and (vi) has such other responsibilities as the Board or independent Trustees determine from time to time.

 

Set forth below are the names, years of birth, position with the Trust and length of time served, and the principal occupations and other directorships held during at least the last five years of each of the persons currently serving as a Trustee. There is no stated term of office for the Trustees. Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each Trustee is SEI Investments Company, One Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456.

 

Name and Year of Birth Position with Trust and Length of Time Served

Principal Occupations

in the Past 5 Years

Other Directorships Held in the Past 5 Years
Interested Trustee

William M. Doran

(Born: 1940)

Chairman of the Board of Trustees 1

(since 2014)

Self-Employed Consultant since 2003. Partner at Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP (law firm) from 1976 to 2003. Counsel to the Trust, SEI Investments, SIMC, the Administrator and the Distributor. Secretary of SEI Investments since 1978.

Current Directorships: Trustee of Gallery Trust, Schroder Series Trust, Schroder Global Series Trust, SEI Daily Income Trust, SEI Institutional International Trust, SEI Institutional Investments Trust, SEI Institutional Managed Trust, SEI Asset Allocation Trust, SEI Tax Exempt Trust, Adviser Managed Trust, New Covenant Funds, SEI Insurance Products Trust and SEI Catholic Values Trust. Director of SEI Investments, SEI Investments (Europe), Limited, SEI Investments-Global Funds Services, Limited, SEI Investments Global, Limited, SEI Investments (Asia), Limited, SEI Global Nominee Ltd., SEI Investments - Unit Trust Management (UK) Limited and SEI Investments Co. Director of the Distributor.

 

Former Directorships: Director of SEI Alpha Strategy Portfolios, LP to 2013. Trustee of O’Connor EQUUS (closed-end investment company) to 2016. Trustee of SEI Liquid Asset Trust to 2016. Trustee of Winton Series Trust to 2017. Trustee of The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund, The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund II, Bishop Street Funds, The KP Funds and Winton Diversified Opportunities Fund (closed-end investment company) to 2018.

 

S- 47

 

Name and Year of Birth Position with Trust and Length of Time Served

Principal Occupations

in the Past 5 Years

Other Directorships Held in the Past 5 Years
Independent Trustees

Jon C. Hunt

(Born: 1951)

Trustee and Lead Independent Trustee

(since 2014)

Retired since 2013. Consultant to Management, Convergent Capital Management, LLC (“CCM”) from 2012 to 2013. Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer, CCM from 1998 to 2012.

Current Directorships: Trustee of City National Rochdale Funds, Gallery Trust, Schroder Series Trust and Schroder Global Series Trust.

 

Former Directorships: Trustee of O’Connor EQUUS (closed-end investment company) to 2016. Member of Independent Committee of Nuveen Commodities Asset Management to 2016. Trustee of Winton Series Trust to 2017. Trustee of Winton Diversified Opportunities Fund (closed-end investment company) to 2018.

Thomas P. Lemke

(Born: 1954)

Trustee

(since 2014)

Retired since 2013. Executive Vice President and General Counsel, Legg Mason, Inc. from 2005 to 2013.

Current Directorships: Trustee of Gallery Trust, Schroder Series Trust, Schroder Global Series Trust and JP Morgan Active ETFs.

 

Former Directorships: Trustee of Munder Funds to 2014. Trustee of Victory Funds to 2015. Trustee of O’Connor EQUUS (closed-end investment company) to 2016. Trustee of Winton Series Trust and AXA Premier VIP Trust to 2017. Trustee of Winton Diversified Opportunities Fund (closed-end investment company) to 2018.

Jay C. Nadel

(Born: 1958)

Trustee

(since 2016)

Self-Employed Consultant since 2004.

Current Directorships: Trustee of City National Rochdale Funds, Gallery Trust, Schroder Series Trust and Schroder Global Series Trust.

 

Former Directorships: Trustee of Rochdale Investment Trust to 2013. Trustee of Winton Series Trust to 2017. Director of Lapolla Industries, Inc. to 2017. Trustee of Winton Diversified Opportunities Fund (closed-end investment company) to 2018.

Randall S. Yanker

(Born: 1960)

Trustee

(since 2014)

Co-Founder and Senior Partner, Alternative Asset Managers, L.P. since 2004.

Current Directorships: Trustee of Gallery Trust, Schroder Series Trust and Schroder Global Series Trust. Independent Non-Executive Director of HFA Holdings Limited.

 

Former Directorships: Trustee of O’Connor EQUUS (closed-end investment company) to 2016. Trustee of Winton Series Trust to 2017. Trustee of Winton Diversified Opportunities Fund (closed-end investment company) to 2018.

 

S- 48

 

1 Mr. Doran may be deemed to be an “interested” person of the Funds as that term is defined in the 1940 Act by virtue of his affiliation with the Distributor and/or its affiliates.

 

Individual Trustee Qualifications

 

The Trust has concluded that each of the Trustees should serve on the Board because of their ability to review and understand information about the Funds provided to them by management, to identify and request other information they may deem relevant to the performance of their duties, to question management and other service providers regarding material factors bearing on the management and administration of the Funds, and to exercise their business judgment in a manner that serves the best interests of the Funds’ shareholders. The Trust has concluded that each of the Trustees should serve as a Trustee based on their own experience, qualifications, attributes and skills as described below.

 

The Trust has concluded that Mr. Doran should serve as Trustee because of the experience he gained serving as a Partner in the Investment Management and Securities Industry Practice of a large law firm, his experience in and knowledge of the financial services industry, and the experience he has gained serving on other mutual fund boards.

 

The Trust has concluded that Mr. Hunt should serve as Trustee because of the experience he gained in a variety of leadership roles with different investment management institutions, his experience in and knowledge of the financial services industry, and the experience he has gained as a board member of open-end, closed-end and private funds investing in a broad range of asset classes, including alternative asset classes.

 

The Trust has concluded that Mr. Lemke should serve as Trustee because of the extensive experience he gained in the financial services industry, including experience in various senior management positions with financial services firms and multiple years of service with a regulatory agency, his background in controls, including legal, compliance and risk management, and his service as general counsel for several financial services firms.

 

The Trust has concluded that Mr. Nadel should serve as Trustee because of the experience he gained in a variety of leadership roles with an audit firm and various financial services firms, his experience in and knowledge of the financial services industry, and the experience he has gained serving on other mutual fund and operating company boards.

 

The Trust has concluded that Mr. Yanker should serve as Trustee because of the experience he gained in a variety of leadership roles with the alternative asset management divisions of various financial services firms, his experience in and knowledge of the financial services industry, and the experience he has gained advising institutions on alternative asset management.

 

In its periodic assessment of the effectiveness of the Board, the Board considers the complementary individual skills and experience of the individual Trustees primarily in the broader context of the Board’s overall composition so that the Board, as a body, possesses the appropriate (and appropriately diverse) skills and experience to oversee the business of the funds.

 

Board Committees. The Board has established the following standing committees:

 

Audit Committee. The Board has a standing Audit Committee that is composed of each of the independent Trustees. The Audit Committee operates under a written charter approved by the Board. The principal responsibilities of the Audit Committee include: (i) recommending which firm to engage as each fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and whether to terminate this relationship; (ii) reviewing the independent registered public accounting firm’s compensation, the proposed scope and terms of its engagement, and the firm’s independence; (iii) pre-approving audit and non-audit services provided by each fund’s independent registered public accounting firm to the Trust and certain other affiliated entities; (iv) serving as a channel of communication between the independent registered public accounting firm and the Trustees; (v) reviewing the results of each external audit, including any qualifications in the independent registered public accounting firm’s opinion, any related management letter, management’s responses to recommendations made by the independent registered public accounting firm in connection with the audit, reports submitted to the Committee by the internal auditing department of the Administrator that are material to the Trust as a whole, if any, and management’s responses to any such reports; (vi) reviewing each fund’s audited financial statements and considering any significant disputes between the Trust’s management and the independent registered public accounting firm that arose in connection with the preparation of those financial statements; (vii) considering, in consultation with the independent registered public accounting firm and the Trust’s senior internal accounting executive, if any, the independent registered public accounting firms’ reports on the adequacy of the Trust’s internal financial controls; (viii) reviewing, in consultation with each fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, major changes regarding auditing and accounting principles and practices to be followed when preparing each fund’s financial statements; and (ix) other audit related matters. Mr. Hunt, Mr. Lemke, Mr. Nadel and Mr. Yanker currently serve as members of the Audit Committee. Mr. Nadel serves as the Chairman of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee meets periodically, as necessary, and met five (5) times during the most recently completed fiscal year.

 

S- 49

 

Governance Committee. The Board has a standing Governance Committee that is composed of each of the independent Trustees. The Governance Committee operates under a written charter approved by the Board. The principal responsibilities of the Governance Committee include: (i) considering and reviewing Board governance and compensation issues; (ii) conducting a self-assessment of the Board’s operations; (iii) selecting and nominating all persons to serve as independent Trustees and considering proposals of and making recommendations for “interested” Trustee candidates to the Board; and (iv) reviewing shareholder recommendations for nominations to fill vacancies on the Board if such recommendations are submitted in writing and addressed to the Committee at the Trust’s office. Mr. Hunt, Mr. Lemke, Mr. Nadel and Mr. Yanker currently serve as members of the Governance Committee. Mr. Lemke serves as the Chairman of the Governance Committee. The Governance Committee meets periodically, as necessary, and met four (4) times during the most recently completed fiscal year.

 

Fair Value Pricing Committee. The Board has also established a standing Fair Value Pricing Committee that is composed of various representatives of the Trust’s service providers, as appointed by the Board. The Fair Value Pricing Committee operates under procedures approved by the Board. The principal responsibility of the Fair Value Pricing Committee is to determine the fair value of securities for which current market quotations are not readily available. The Fair Value Pricing Committee’s determinations are reviewed by the Board.

 

Fund Shares Owned by Board Members. The following table shows the dollar amount range of each Trustee’s “beneficial ownership” of shares of each of the Funds as of the end of the most recently completed calendar year. Dollar amount ranges disclosed are established by the SEC. “Beneficial ownership” is determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the 1934 Act. The Trustees and officers of the Trust own less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Trust.

 

S- 50

 

Name

Dollar Range of Fund Shares

(Fund) 1

Aggregate Dollar Range of Shares

(All Funds in the Family of Investment Companies) 1,2

Interested Trustee
William M. Doran None None
Independent Trustees
Jon C. Hunt None None
Thomas P. Lemke None None
Jay C. Nadel None None
Randall S. Yanker None None

 

1 Valuation date is December 31, 2017.
2 The Funds are the only funds in the family of investment companies.

 

Board Compensation. The Trust paid the following fees to the Trustees during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018.

 

Name

Aggregate Compensation

from the Trust

Pension or Retirement

Benefits Accrued as Part of

Fund Expenses

Annual Benefits Upon

Retirement

Total Compensation from the

Trust and Fund Complex 1

Interested Trustee
William M. Doran $0 N/A N/A $0 for service on one (1) board
Independent Trustees
Jon C. Hunt $79,807 N/A N/A $79,807 for service on one (1) board
Thomas P. Lemke $79,807 N/A N/A $79,807 for service on one (1) board
Jay C. Nadel $79,807 N/A N/A $79,807 for service on one (1) board
Randall S. Yanker $79,807 N/A N/A $79,807 for service on one (1) board

 

1 All funds in the Fund Complex are series of the Trust.

 

Trust Officers. Set forth below are the names, years of birth, position with the Trust and length of time served, and the principal occupations for the last five years of each of the persons currently serving as executive officers of the Trust. There is no stated term of office for the officers of the Trust. Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each officer is SEI Investments Company, One Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456. The Chief Compliance Officer is the only officer who receives compensation from the Trust for his services.

 

Certain officers of the Trust also serve as officers of one or more mutual funds for which SEI Investments or its affiliates act as investment manager, administrator or distributor.

 

Name and Year

of Birth

Position with Trust and

Length of Time Served

Principal Occupations in Past 5 Years

Michael Beattie

(Born: 1965)

President

(since 2014)

Director of Client Service, SEI Investments, since 2004.

 

S- 51

 

Name and Year

of Birth

Position with Trust and

Length of Time Served

Principal Occupations in Past 5 Years

James Bernstein

(Born: 1962)

Vice President and Assistant Secretary

(since 2017)

Attorney, SEI Investments, since 2017.

 

Prior Positions: Self-employed consultant, 2017. Associate General Counsel & Vice President, Nationwide Funds Group and Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company, from 2002 to 2016. Assistant General Counsel & Vice President, Market Street Funds and Provident Mutual Insurance Company, from 1999 to 2002.

John Bourgeois

(Born: 1973)

Assistant Treasurer

(since 2017)

Fund Accounting Manager, SEI Investments, since 2000.

Stephen Connors

(Born: 1984)

Treasurer, Controller and Chief Financial Officer

(since 2015)

Director, SEI Investments, Fund Accounting, since 2014. Audit Manager, Deloitte & Touche LLP, from 2011 to 2014.

Dianne M. Descoteaux

(Born: 1977)

Vice President and Secretary

(since 2014)

Counsel at SEI Investments since 2010. Associate at Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, from 2006 to 2010.

Russell Emery

(Born: 1962)

Chief Compliance Officer

(since 2014)

Chief Compliance Officer of SEI Structured Credit Fund, LP since 2007. Chief Compliance Officer of SEI Alpha Strategy Portfolios, LP from 2007 to 2013. Chief Compliance Officer of The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund, The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund II, Bishop Street Funds, The KP Funds, Gallery Trust, Schroder Series Trust, Schroder Global Series Trust, SEI Institutional Managed Trust, SEI Asset Allocation Trust, SEI Institutional International Trust, SEI Institutional Investments Trust, SEI Daily Income Trust, SEI Tax Exempt Trust, Adviser Managed Trust, New Covenant Funds, SEI Insurance Products Trust and SEI Catholic Values Trust. Chief Compliance Officer of SEI Opportunity Fund, L.P. to 2010. Chief Compliance Officer of O’Connor EQUUS (closed-end investment company) to 2016. Chief Compliance Officer of SEI Liquid Asset Trust to 2016. Chief Compliance Officer of Winton Series Trust to 2017. Chief Compliance Officer of Winton Diversified Opportunities Fund (closed-end investment company) to 2018.

Robert Morrow

(Born: 1968)

Vice President

(since 2017)

Account Manager, SEI Investments, since 2007.

 

S- 52

 

Name and Year

of Birth

Position with Trust and

Length of Time Served

Principal Occupations in Past 5 Years

Robert Nesher

(Born: 1946)

Vice Chairman

(since 2014)

SEI employee 1974 to present; currently performs various services on behalf of SEI Investments for which Mr. Nesher is compensated. Vice Chairman of Gallery Trust, Schroder Series Trust and Schroder Global Series Trust. President, Chief Executive Officer and Trustee of SEI Daily Income Trust, SEI Tax Exempt Trust, SEI Institutional Managed Trust, SEI Institutional International Trust, SEI Institutional Investments Trust, SEI Asset Allocation Trust, Adviser Managed Trust, New Covenant Funds, SEI Insurance Products Trust and SEI Catholic Values Trust. President and Director of SEI Structured Credit Fund, LP. President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of SEI Alpha Strategy Portfolios, LP, from 2007 to 2013. President and Director of SEI Opportunity Fund, L.P. to 2010. Vice Chairman of O’Connor EQUUS (closed-end investment company) to 2016. President, Chief Executive Officer and Trustee of SEI Liquid Asset Trust to 2016. Vice Chairman of Winton Series Trust to 2017. Vice Chairman of Winton Diversified Opportunities Fund (closed-end investment company) to 2018.

Bridget E. Sudall

(Born: 1980)

Privacy Officer

(since 2015)

 

Anti-Money Laundering Officer

(since 2015)

Senior Associate and AML Officer, Morgan Stanley Alternative Investment Partners, from 2011 to 2015. Investor Services Team Lead, Morgan Stanley Alternative Investment Partners, from 2007 to 2011.

 

PURCHASING AND REDEEMING SHARES

 

Purchases and redemptions may be made through the Transfer Agent on any day the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) is open for business. Shares of the Funds are offered and redeemed on a continuous basis. Currently, the Trust is closed for business when the following holidays are observed: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas.

 

It is currently the Trust’s policy to pay all redemptions in cash. The Trust retains the right, however, to alter this policy to provide for redemptions in whole or in part by a distribution in-kind of securities held by the Funds in lieu of cash. Shareholders may incur brokerage charges on the sale of any such securities so received in payment of redemptions.

 

The Trust reserves the right to suspend the right of redemption and/or to postpone the date of payment upon redemption for more than seven days during times when the NYSE is closed, other than during customary weekends or holidays, for any period on which trading on the NYSE is restricted (as determined by the SEC by rule or regulation), or during the existence of an emergency (as determined by the SEC by rule or regulation) as a result of which disposal or valuation of the Funds’ securities is not reasonably practicable, or for such other periods as the SEC has by order permitted. The Trust also reserves the right to suspend sales of shares of the Funds for any period during which the NYSE, the Adviser, the Administrator, the Transfer Agent and/or the Custodian are not open for business.

 

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

 

General Policy. The Funds adhere to Section 2(a)(41), and Rule 2a-4 thereunder, of the 1940 Act with respect to the valuation of portfolio securities. In general, securities for which market quotations are readily available are valued at current market value, and all other securities are valued at fair value in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board. In complying with the 1940 Act, the Trust relies on guidance provided by the SEC and by the SEC staff in various interpretive letters and other guidance.

 

S- 53

 

Equity Securities . Securities listed on a securities exchange, market or automated quotation system for which quotations are readily available (except for securities traded on NASDAQ), including securities traded over the counter, are valued at the last quoted sale price on an exchange or market (foreign or domestic) on which they are traded on the valuation date (or at approximately 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time if such exchange is normally open at that time), or, if there is no such reported sale on the valuation date, at the most recent quoted bid price. For securities traded on NASDAQ, the NASDAQ Official Closing Price will be used. If such prices are not available or determined to not represent the fair value of the security as of the Funds’ pricing time, the security will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith using methods approved by the Board.

 

Money Market Securities and other Debt Securities. If available, money market securities and other debt securities are priced based upon valuations provided by recognized independent, third-party pricing agents. Such values generally reflect the last reported sales price if the security is actively traded. The third-party pricing agents may also value debt securities by employing methodologies that utilize actual market transactions, broker-supplied valuations, or other methodologies designed to identify the market value for such securities. Such methodologies generally consider such factors as security prices, yields, maturities, call features, ratings and developments relating to specific securities in arriving at valuations. Money market securities and other debt securities with remaining maturities of sixty days or less may be valued at their amortized cost, which approximates market value. If such prices are not available or determined to not represent the fair value of the security as of each Fund’s pricing time, the security will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith using methods approved by the Board.

 

Foreign Securities. The prices for foreign securities are reported in local currency and converted to U.S. dollars using currency exchange rates. Exchange rates are provided daily by recognized independent pricing agents.

 

Derivatives and Other Complex Securities. Exchange traded options on securities and indices purchased by the Funds generally are valued at their last trade price or, if there is no last trade price, the last bid price. Exchange traded options on securities and indices written by the Funds generally are valued at their last trade price or, if there is no last trade price, the last asked price. In the case of options traded in the over-the-counter market, if the OTC option is also an exchange traded option, the Funds will follow the rules regarding the valuation of exchange traded options. If the OTC option is not also an exchange traded option, the Funds will value the option at fair value in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board.

 

Futures and swaps cleared through a central clearing house (“centrally cleared swaps”) are valued at the settlement price established each day by the board of the exchange on which they are traded. The daily settlement prices for financial futures are provided by an independent source. On days when there is excessive volume or market volatility, or the future or centrally cleared swap does not end trading by the time the Funds calculate net asset value, the settlement price may not be available at the time at which each Fund calculates its net asset value. On such days, the best available price (which is typically the last sales price) may be used to value a Fund’s futures or centrally cleared swaps position.

 

Foreign currency forward contracts are valued at the current day’s interpolated foreign exchange rate, as calculated using the current day’s spot rate, and the thirty, sixty, ninety and one-hundred eighty day forward rates provided by an independent source.

 

If available, non-centrally cleared swaps, collateralized debt obligations, collateralized loan obligations and bank loans are priced based on valuations provided by an independent third party pricing agent. If a price is not available from an independent third party pricing agent, the security will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith using methods approved by the Board.

 

S- 54

 

Use of Third-Party Independent Pricing Agents and Independent Brokers . Pursuant to contracts with the Administrator, prices for most securities held by the Funds are provided daily by third-party independent pricing agents that are approved by the Board. The valuations provided by third-party independent pricing agents are reviewed daily by the Administrator.

 

If a security price cannot be obtained from an independent, third-party pricing agent, the Administrator shall seek to obtain a bid price from at least one independent broker.

 

Fair Value Procedures. Securities for which market prices are not “readily available” or which cannot be valued using the methodologies described above are valued in accordance with Fair Value Procedures established by the Board and implemented through the Fair Value Pricing Committee. The members of the Fair Value Pricing Committee report, as necessary, to the Board regarding portfolio valuation determinations. The Board, from time to time, will review these methods of valuation and will recommend changes which may be necessary to assure that the investments of the Funds are valued at fair value.

 

Some of the more common reasons that may necessitate a security being valued using Fair Value Procedures include: the security’s trading has been halted or suspended; the security has been de-listed from a national exchange; the security’s primary trading market is temporarily closed at a time when under normal conditions it would be open; the security has not been traded for an extended period of time; the security’s primary pricing source is not able or willing to provide a price; trading of the security is subject to local government-imposed restrictions; or a significant event with respect to a security has occurred after the close of the market or exchange on which the security principally trades and before the time the Funds calculate net asset value. When a security is valued in accordance with the Fair Value Procedures, the Fair Value Pricing Committee will determine the value after taking into consideration relevant information reasonably available to the Fair Value Pricing Committee.

 

Fair Valuation of Foreign Securities Based on U.S. Market Movements. A third party fair valuation vendor provides a fair value for foreign securities held by the GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund based on certain factors and methodologies (involving, generally, tracking valuation correlations between the U.S. market and each foreign security) applied by the fair valuation vendor in the event that there are movements in the U.S. market that exceed a specific threshold that has been established by the Fair Value Pricing Committee. The Fair Value Pricing Committee has also established a “confidence interval” that is used to determine the level of correlation between the value of a foreign security and movements in the U.S. market that is required for a particular security to be fair valued when the threshold is exceeded. In the event that the threshold established by the Fair Value Pricing Committee is exceeded on a specific day, the Fund values the foreign securities in its portfolio that exceed the applicable “confidence interval” based upon the fair values provided by the fair valuation vendor. In such event, it is not necessary to hold a Fair Value Pricing Committee meeting. In the event that the Adviser believes that the fair values provided by the fair valuation vendor are not reliable, the Adviser can contact the Administrator and request that a meeting of the Fair Value Pricing Committee be held.

 

TAXES

 

The following is only a summary of certain additional U.S. federal income tax considerations generally affecting the Funds and their shareholders that is intended to supplement the discussion contained in the Prospectus. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of the Funds or their shareholders, and the discussion here and in the Prospectus is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors with specific reference to their own tax situations, including their state, local, and foreign tax liabilities.

 

S- 55

 

The following general discussion of certain federal income tax consequences is based on the Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this SAI. New legislation, as well as administrative changes or court decisions, may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein.

 

The recently enacted tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) makes significant changes to the U.S. federal income tax rules for taxation of individuals and corporations, generally effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017. Many of the changes applicable to individuals are temporary and would apply only to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2026. There are only minor changes with respect to the specific rules only applicable to RICs, such as the Funds. The Tax Act, however, makes numerous other changes to the tax rules that may affect shareholders and the Funds. You are urged to consult with your own tax advisor regarding how the Tax Act affects your investment in the Funds.

 

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company. Each Fund intends to qualify and elects to be treated as a RIC. By following such a policy, each Fund expects to eliminate or reduce to a nominal amount the federal taxes to which it may be subject. If a Fund qualifies as a RIC, it will generally not be subject to federal income taxes on the net investment income and net realized capital gains that it timely distributes to its shareholders. The Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of a Fund as a RIC if it determines such course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.

 

In order to qualify as a RIC under the Code, each Fund must distribute annually to its shareholders at least 90% of its net investment income (which, includes dividends, taxable interest, and the excess of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses, less operating expenses) and at least 90% of its net tax exempt interest income, for each tax year, if any (the “Distribution Requirement”) and also must meet certain additional requirements. Among these requirements are the following: (i) at least 90% of each Fund’s gross income each taxable year must be derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities, or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities, or currencies, and net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership (the “Qualifying Income Test”); and (ii) at the close of each quarter of each Fund’s taxable year: (A) at least 50% of the value of each Fund’s total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect to any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of each Fund’s total assets and that does not represent more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, including the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership, and (B) not more than 25% of the value of each Fund’s total assets is invested, including through corporations in which the Fund owns a 20% or more voting stock interest, in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer or the securities (other than the securities of another RIC) of two or more issuers that a Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (the “Asset Test”).

 

Although the Funds intend to distribute substantially all of their net investment income and may distribute their capital gains for any taxable year, the Funds will be subject to federal income taxation to the extent any such income or gains are not distributed.

 

If a Fund fails to satisfy the Qualifying Income or Asset Tests in any taxable year, such Fund may be eligible for relief provisions if the failures are due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect and if a penalty tax is paid with respect to each failure to satisfy the applicable requirements. Additionally, relief is provided for certain de minimis failures of the diversification requirements where the Fund corrects the failure within a specified period. If a Fund fails to maintain qualification as a RIC for a tax year, and the relief provisions are not available, such Fund will be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates (which the Tax Act reduced to 21%) without any deduction for distributions to shareholders. In such case, its shareholders would be taxed as if they received ordinary dividends, although corporate shareholders could be eligible for the dividends received deduction (subject to certain limitations) and individuals may be able to benefit from the lower tax rates available to qualified dividend income. In addition, a Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest, and make substantial distributions before requalifying as a RIC. The Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of a Fund as a RIC if it determines such course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.

 

S- 56

 

A Fund may elect to treat part or all of any “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in determining the Fund’s taxable income, net capital gain, net short-term capital gain, and earnings and profits. The effect of this election is to treat any such “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in characterizing Fund distributions for any calendar year. A “qualified late year loss” generally includes net capital loss, net long-term capital loss, or net short-term capital loss incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year (commonly referred to as “post-October losses”) and certain other late-year losses.

 

The treatment of capital loss carryovers for the Funds is similar to the rules that apply to capital loss carryovers of individuals, which provide that such losses are carried over indefinitely. If a Fund has a “net capital loss” (that is, capital losses in excess of capital gains), the excess of the Fund’s net short-term capital losses over its net long-term capital gains is treated as a short-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Fund’s next taxable year, and the excess (if any) of the Fund’s net long-term capital losses over its net short-term capital gains is treated as a long-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Fund’s next taxable year. The carryover of capital losses may be limited under the general loss limitation rules if a Fund experiences an ownership change as defined in the Code.

 

Federal Excise Tax. Notwithstanding the Distribution Requirement described above, which generally requires a Fund to distribute at least 90% of its annual investment company taxable income and the excess of its exempt interest income (but does not require any minimum distribution of net capital gain), a Fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax to the extent it fails to distribute, by the end of the calendar year at least 98% of its ordinary income and 98.2% of its capital gain net income (the excess of short- and long-term capital gains over short- and long-term capital losses) for the one-year period ending on October 31 of such year (including any retained amount from the prior calendar year on which a Fund paid no federal income tax). The Funds intend to make sufficient distributions to avoid liability for federal excise tax, but can make no assurances that such tax will be completely eliminated. The Funds may in certain circumstances be required to liquidate Fund investments in order to make sufficient distributions to avoid federal excise tax liability at a time when the Adviser might not otherwise have chosen to do so, and liquidation of investments in such circumstances may affect the ability of the Funds to satisfy the requirement for qualification as RICs.

 

Distributions to Shareholders. The Funds receive income generally in the form of dividends and interest on investments. This income, plus net short-term capital gains, if any, less expenses incurred in the operation of a Fund, constitutes the Fund’s net investment income from which dividends may be paid to you. Any distributions by a Fund from such income will be taxable to you as ordinary income or at the lower capital gains rates that apply to individuals receiving qualified dividend income, whether you take them in cash or in additional shares.

 

Distributions by the Funds are currently eligible for the reduced maximum tax rate to individuals of 20% (lower rates apply to individuals in lower tax brackets) to the extent that the Funds receive qualified dividend income on the securities they hold and the Funds report the distributions as qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain foreign corporations (e.g., foreign corporations incorporated in a possession of the United States or in certain countries with a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States, or the stock of which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States). A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income to the extent that: (i) the shareholder has not held the shares on which the dividend was paid for more than 60 days during the 121-day period that begins on the date that is 60 days before the date on which the shares become “ex-dividend” (which is the day on which declared distributions (dividends or capital gains) are deducted from each Fund’s assets before it calculates the net asset value) with respect to such dividend, (ii) each Fund has not satisfied similar holding period requirements with respect to the securities it holds that paid the dividends distributed to the shareholder), (iii) the shareholder is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to substantially similar or related property, or (iv) the shareholder elects to treat such dividend as investment income under section 163(d)(4)(B) of the Code. Therefore, if you lend your shares in a Fund, such as pursuant to a securities lending arrangement, you may lose the ability to treat dividends (paid while the shares are held by the borrower) as qualified dividend income. Distributions that a Fund receives from an ETF or an underlying fund taxable as a RIC or a REIT will be treated as qualified dividend income only to the extent so reported by such ETF, underlying fund or REIT.

 

S- 57

 

Distributions by the Funds of their net short-term capital gains will be taxable as ordinary income. Capital gain distributions consisting of a Fund’s net capital gains will be taxable as long-term capital gains for individual shareholders currently set at a maximum rate of 20% regardless of how long you have held your shares in such Fund.

 

To the extent that a Fund makes a distribution of income received by such Fund in lieu of dividends (a “substitute payment”) with respect to securities on loan pursuant to a securities lending transaction, such income will not constitute qualified dividend income to individual shareholders and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction for corporate shareholders.

 

If a Fund’s distributions exceed its taxable income and capital gains realized during a taxable year, all or a portion of the distributions made in the same taxable year may be recharacterized as a return of capital to shareholders. A return of capital distribution will generally not be taxable, but will reduce each shareholder’s cost basis in a Fund and result in a higher reported capital gain or lower reported capital loss when those shares on which the distribution was received are sold.

 

A dividend or distribution received shortly after the purchase of shares reduces the net asset value of the shares by the amount of the dividend or distribution and, although in effect a return of capital, will be taxable to the shareholder. If the net asset value of shares were reduced below the shareholder’s cost by dividends or distributions representing gains realized on sales of securities, such dividends or distributions would be a return of investment though taxable to the shareholder in the same manner as other dividends or distributions.

 

The Funds (or their administrative agent) will inform you of the amount of your ordinary income dividends, qualified dividend income and capital gain distributions, if any, and will advise you of their tax status for federal income tax purposes shortly after the close of each calendar year. If you have not held Fund shares for a full year, the Funds may designate and distribute to you, as ordinary income, qualified dividend income or capital gain, a percentage of income that is not equal to the actual amount of such income earned during the period of your investment in the Funds.

 

Dividends declared to shareholders of record in October, November or December and actually paid in January of the following year will be treated as having been received by shareholders on December 31 of the calendar year in which declared. Under this rule, therefore, a shareholder may be taxed in one year on dividends or distributions actually received in January of the following year.

 

Sales, Exchanges or Redemptions. Any gain or loss recognized on a sale, exchange or redemption of shares of a Fund by a shareholder who is not a dealer in securities will generally, for individual shareholders, be treated as a long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than twelve months and otherwise will be treated as a short-term capital gain or loss. However, if shares on which a shareholder has received a net capital gain distribution are subsequently sold, exchanged or redeemed and such shares have been held for six months or less, any loss recognized will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the net capital gain distribution. In addition, the loss realized on a sale or other disposition of shares will be disallowed to the extent a shareholder repurchases (or enters into a contract to or option to repurchase) shares within a period of 61 days (beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares). This loss disallowance rule will apply to shares received through the reinvestment of dividends during the 61-day period. For tax purposes, an exchange of your Fund shares for shares of a different fund is the same as a sale.

 

S- 58

 

U.S. individuals with income exceeding $200,000 ($250,000 if married and filing jointly) are subject to a 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on their “net investment income,” including interest, dividends, and capital gains (including any capital gains realized on the sale or exchange of shares of a Fund).

 

The Funds (or their administrative agent) must report to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and furnish to Fund shareholders the cost basis information for purchases of Fund shares. In addition to the requirement to report the gross proceeds from the sale of Fund shares, a Fund is also required to report the cost basis information for such shares and indicate whether these shares had a short-term or long-term holding period. For each sale of Fund shares, a Fund will permit shareholders to elect from among several IRS-accepted cost basis methods, including the average basis method. In the absence of an election, a Fund will use the average basis method as its default cost basis method. The cost basis method elected by a Fund shareholder (or the cost basis method applied by default) for each sale of Fund shares may not be changed after the settlement date of each such sale of Fund shares. Fund shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the best IRS-accepted cost basis method for their tax situation and to obtain more information about how cost basis reporting applies to them. Shareholders also should carefully review the cost basis information provided to them and make any additional basis, holding period or other adjustments that are required when reporting these amounts on their federal income tax returns.

 

Tax Treatment of Complex Securities . The Funds may invest in complex securities and these investments may be subject to numerous special and complex tax rules. These rules could affect a Fund’s ability to qualify as a RIC, affect whether gains and losses recognized by the Funds are treated as ordinary income or capital gain, accelerate the recognition of income to the Funds and/or defer the Funds’ ability to recognize losses, and, in limited cases, subject the Funds to U.S. federal income tax on income from certain of their foreign securities. In turn, these rules may affect the amount, timing or character of the income distributed to you by the Funds.

 

Certain derivative investments by a Fund, such as exchange-traded products and over-the-counter derivatives, may not produce qualifying income for purposes of the "Qualifying Income Test" described above, which must be met in order for the Fund to maintain its status as a RIC under the Code. In addition, the determination of the value and the identity of the issuer of such derivative investments are often unclear for purposes of the "Asset Test" described above. The Fund intends to carefully monitor such investments to ensure that any non-qualifying income does not exceed permissible limits and to ensure that it is adequately diversified under the Asset Test. The Fund, however, may not be able to accurately predict the non-qualifying income from these investments and there are no assurances that the IRS will agree with the Fund's determination of the "Asset Test" with respect to such derivatives. Failure of the Asset Test might also result from a determination by the IRS that financial instruments in which the Fund invests are not securities.

 

Each Fund is required for federal income tax purposes to mark-to-market and recognize as income for each taxable year its net unrealized gains and losses on certain futures contracts as of the end of the year as well as those actually realized during the year. Gain or loss from futures and options contracts on broad-based indexes required to be marked to market will be 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gain or loss. Application of this rule may alter the timing and character of distributions to shareholders. A Fund may be required to defer the recognition of losses on futures contracts, options contracts and swaps to the extent of any unrecognized gains on offsetting positions held by the Fund. These provisions may also require a Fund to mark-to-market certain types of positions in its portfolios (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out), which may cause the Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the Distribution Requirement and for avoiding the excise tax discussed above. Accordingly, in order to avoid certain income and excise taxes, a Fund may be required to liquidate its investments at a time when the Adviser might not otherwise have chosen to do so.

 

S- 59

 

In general, for purposes of the Qualifying Income Test described above, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership that would be qualifying income if realized directly by a Fund. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” (generally, a partnership (i) interests in which are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, (ii) that derives at least 90% of its income from the passive income sources specified in Code section 7704(d), and (iii) that generally derives less than 90% of its income from the same sources as described in the Qualifying Income Test) will be treated as qualifying income. In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership.

 

The Funds may invest in certain MLPs which may be treated as qualified publicly traded partnerships. Income from qualified publicly traded partnerships is qualifying income for purposes of the Qualifying Income Test, but a Fund’s investment in one or more of such qualified publicly traded partnerships is limited under the Asset Test to no more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s assets. The Funds will monitor their investments in such qualified publicly traded partnerships in order to ensure compliance with the Qualifying Income and Asset Tests. MLPs and other partnerships that the Funds may invest in will deliver Form K-1s to the Funds to report their share of income, gains, losses, deductions and credits of the MLP or other partnership. These Form K-1s may be delayed and may not be received until after the time that a Fund issues its tax reporting statements. As a result, a Fund may at times find it necessary to reclassify the amount and character of its distributions to you after it issues you your tax reporting statement.

 

The Tax Act treats “qualified publicly traded partnership income” within the meaning of Section 199A(e)(5) of the Code as eligible for a 20% deduction by non-corporate taxpayers. Qualified publicly traded partnership income is generally income of a “publicly traded partnership” that is not treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes that is effectively connected with such entity’s trade or business, but does not include certain investment income. A “publicly traded partnership” for purposes of this deduction is not necessarily the same as a “qualified publicly traded partnership,” as defined above. This deduction, if allowed in full, equates to a maximum effective tax rate of 29.6% (37% top rate applied to income after 20% deduction). The Tax Act does not contain a provision permitting a RIC, such as a Fund, to pass the special character of this income through to its shareholders. Currently, direct investors in entities that generate “qualified publicly traded partnership income” will enjoy the lower rate, but investors in RICs that invest in such entities will not. It is uncertain whether future technical corrections or administrative guidance will address this issue to enable a Fund to pass through the special character of “qualified publicly traded partnership income” to shareholders.

 

A Fund may invest in REITs. Investments in REIT equity securities may require a Fund to accrue and distribute income not yet received. To generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, such Fund may be required to sell securities in its portfolio (including when it is not advantageous to do so) that it otherwise would have continued to hold. The Fund’s investments in REIT equity securities may at other times result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, these distributions could constitute a return of capital to the Fund’s shareholders for federal income tax purposes. Dividends paid by a REIT, other than capital gain distributions, will be taxable as ordinary income up to the amount of the REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Capital gain dividends paid by a REIT to the Fund will be treated as long-term capital gains by the Fund and, in turn, may be distributed by the Fund to its shareholders as a capital gain distribution. Dividends received by the Fund from a REIT generally will not constitute qualified dividend income or qualify for the dividends received deduction. If a REIT is operated in a manner such that it fails to qualify as a REIT, an investment in the REIT would become subject to double taxation, meaning the taxable income of the REIT would be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders and the dividends would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits.

 

S- 60

 

REITs in which a Fund invests often do not provide complete and final tax information to the Fund until after the time that the Fund issues a tax reporting statement. As a result, a Fund may at times find it necessary to reclassify the amount and character of its distributions to you after it issues your tax reporting statement. When such reclassification is necessary, a Fund (or its administrative agent) will send you a corrected, final Form 1099-DIV to reflect the reclassified information. If you receive a corrected Form 1099-DIV, use the information on this corrected form, and not the information on the previously issued tax reporting statement, in completing your tax returns.

 

The Tax Act treats “qualified REIT dividends” (i.e., ordinary REIT dividends other than capital gain dividends and portions of REIT dividends designated as qualified dividend income eligible for capital gain tax rates) as eligible for a 20% deduction by non-corporate taxpayers. This deduction, if allowed in full, equates to a maximum effective tax rate of 29.6% (37% top rate applied to income after 20% deduction). The Tax Act does not contain a provision permitting RICs, such as the Funds, to pass the special character of this income through to their shareholders. Currently, direct investors in REITs will enjoy the lower rate, but investors in RICs that invest in such REITs will not. It is uncertain whether future technical corrections or administrative guidance will address this issue to enable the Funds to pass through the special character of “qualified REIT dividends” to shareholders.

 

If a Fund owns shares in certain foreign investment entities, referred to as “passive foreign investment companies” or “PFICs,” the Fund will generally be subject to one of the following special tax regimes: (i) the Fund may be liable for U.S. federal income tax, and an additional interest charge, on a portion of any “excess distribution” from such foreign entity or any gain from the disposition of such shares, even if the entire distribution or gain is paid out by the Fund as a dividend to its shareholders; (ii) if the Fund were able and elected to treat a PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” or “QEF,” the Fund would be required each year to include in income, and distribute to shareholders in accordance with the distribution requirements set forth above, the Fund’s pro rata share of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the PFIC, whether or not such earnings or gains are distributed to the Fund; or (iii) the Fund may be entitled to mark-to-market annually shares of the PFIC, and in such event would be required to distribute to shareholders any such mark-to-market gains in accordance with the distribution requirements set forth above. Such Fund intends to make the appropriate tax elections, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effect of these rules.

 

Certain Foreign Currency Tax Issues . A Fund’s transactions in foreign currencies and forward foreign currency contracts will generally be subject to special provisions of the Code that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the Fund and defer losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also may require a Fund to mark-to-market certain types of positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out) which may cause the Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the Distribution Requirements and for avoiding the excise tax described above. Each Fund intends to monitor its transactions, intends to make the appropriate tax elections, and intends to make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any foreign currency or forward foreign currency contract in order to mitigate the effect of these rules so as to prevent disqualification of the Fund as a RIC and minimize the imposition of income and excise taxes.

 

The U.S. Treasury Department has authority to issue regulations that would exclude foreign currency gains from the Qualifying Income Test described above if such gains are not directly related to a Fund’s business of investing in stock or securities (or options and futures with respect to stock or securities). Accordingly, regulations may be issued in the future that could treat some or all of a Fund’s non-U.S. currency gains as non-qualifying income, thereby potentially jeopardizing the Fund’s status as a RIC for all years to which the regulations are applicable.

 

S- 61

 

Foreign Taxes. Dividends and interest received by a Fund may be subject to income, withholding or other taxes imposed by foreign countries and U.S. possessions that would reduce the yield on the Fund's stocks or securities. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate these taxes. Foreign countries generally do not impose taxes on capital gains with respect to investments by foreign investors.

 

If more than 50% of the value of a Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of stocks or securities of foreign corporations, the Fund will be eligible to and intends to file an election with the IRS that may enable shareholders, in effect, to receive either the benefit of a foreign tax credit, or a deduction from such taxes, with respect to any foreign and U.S. possessions income taxes paid by the Fund, subject to certain limitations. Pursuant to the election, a Fund will treat those taxes as dividends paid to its shareholders. Each such shareholder will be required to include a proportionate share of those taxes in gross income as income received from a foreign source and must treat the amount so included as if the shareholder had paid the foreign tax directly. The shareholder may then either deduct the taxes deemed paid by him or her in computing his or her taxable income or, alternatively, use the foregoing information in calculating any foreign tax credit they may be entitled to use against the shareholders’ federal income tax. If a Fund makes the election, the Fund (or its administrative agent) will report annually to its shareholders the respective amounts per share of the Fund’s income from sources within, and taxes paid to, foreign countries and U.S. possessions.

 

Tax-Exempt Shareholders. Certain tax-exempt shareholders, including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts, salary deferral arrangements, 401(k)s, and other tax-exempt entities, generally are exempt from federal income taxation except with respect to their unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”). Under the Tax Act, tax-exempt entities are not permitted to offset losses from one trade or business against the income or gain of another trade or business. Certain net losses incurred prior to January 1, 2018 are permitted to offset gain and income created by an unrelated trade or business, if otherwise available. Under current law, the Funds generally serve to block UBTI from being realized by their tax-exempt shareholders. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, the tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of an investment in a Fund where, for example: (i) the Fund invests in residual interests of Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”), (ii) the Fund invests in a REIT that is a taxable mortgage pool (“TMP”) or that has a subsidiary that is a TMP or that invests in the residual interest of a REMIC, or (iii) shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of section 514(b) of the Code. Charitable remainder trusts are subject to special rules and should consult their tax advisor. The IRS has issued guidance with respect to these issues and prospective shareholders, especially charitable remainder trusts, are strongly encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding these issues.

 

A Fund’s shares held in a tax-qualified retirement account will generally not be subject to federal taxation on income and capital gains distributions from the Fund until a shareholder begins receiving payments from their retirement account. Because each shareholder’s tax situation is different, shareholders should consult their tax advisor about the tax implications of an investment in the Funds.

 

Backup Withholding. A Fund will be required in certain cases to withhold at a 24% withholding rate and remit to the U.S. Treasury the amount withheld on amounts payable to any shareholder who: (i) has provided the Fund either an incorrect tax identification number or no number at all; (ii) is subject to backup withholding by the IRS for failure to properly report payments of interest or dividends; (iii) has failed to certify to the Fund that such shareholder is not subject to backup withholding; or (iv) has failed to certify to the Fund that the shareholder is a U.S. person (including a resident alien).

 

S- 62

 

Non-U.S. Investors. Any non-U.S. investors in the Funds may be subject to U.S. withholding and estate tax and are encouraged to consult their tax advisors prior to investing in the Funds. Foreign shareholders (i.e., nonresident alien individuals and foreign corporations, partnerships, trusts and estates) are generally subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or a lower tax treaty rate) on distributions derived from taxable ordinary income. A Fund may, under certain circumstances, report all or a portion of a dividend as an “interest-related dividend” or a “short-term capital gain dividend,” which would generally be exempt from this 30% U.S. withholding tax, provided certain other requirements are met. Short-term capital gain dividends received by a nonresident alien individual who is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the taxable year are not exempt from this 30% withholding tax. Gains realized by foreign shareholders from the sale or other disposition of shares of a Fund generally are not subject to U.S. taxation, unless the recipient is an individual who is physically present in the U.S. for 183 days or more per year. Foreign shareholders who fail to provide an applicable IRS form may be subject to backup withholding on certain payments from a Fund. Backup withholding will not be applied to payments that are subject to the 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) withholding tax described above. Different tax consequences may result if the foreign shareholder is engaged in a trade or business within the United States. In addition, the tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of a tax treaty may be different than those described above.

 

Under legislation generally known as “FATCA” (the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act), the Funds are required to withhold 30% of certain ordinary dividends they pay, and, after December 31, 2018, 30% of the gross proceeds of share redemptions and certain capital gain dividends they pay, to shareholders that fail to meet prescribed information reporting or certification requirements. In general, no such withholding will be required with respect to a U.S. person or non-U.S. individual that timely provides the certifications required by the Funds or their agent on a valid IRS Form W-9 or applicable IRS Form W-8, respectively. Shareholders potentially subject to withholding include foreign financial institutions (“FFIs”), such as non-U.S. investment funds, and non-financial foreign entities (“NFFEs”). To avoid withholding under FATCA, an FFI generally must enter into an information sharing agreement with the IRS in which it agrees to report certain identifying information (including name, address, and taxpayer identification number) with respect to its U.S. account holders (which, in the case of an entity shareholder, may include its direct and indirect U.S. owners), and an NFFE generally must identify and provide other required information to the Funds or other withholding agent regarding its U.S. owners, if any. Such non-U.S. shareholders also may fall into certain exempt, excepted or deemed compliant categories as established by regulations and other guidance. A non-U.S. shareholder resident or doing business in a country that has entered into an intergovernmental agreement with the U.S. to implement FATCA will be exempt from FATCA withholding provided that the shareholder and the applicable foreign government comply with the terms of the agreement.

 

A non-U.S. entity that invests in a Fund will need to provide such Fund with documentation properly certifying the entity’s status under FATCA in order to avoid FATCA withholding. Non-U.S. investors in the Funds should consult their tax advisors in this regard.

 

Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations. Under U.S. Treasury regulations, generally, if a shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC such as a Fund are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

 

State Taxes. Depending upon state and local law, distributions by a Fund to its shareholders and the ownership of such shares may be subject to state and local taxes. Rules of state and local taxation of dividend and capital gains distributions from RICs often differ from the rules for federal income taxation described above. It is expected that a Fund will not be liable for any corporate tax in Delaware if it qualifies as a RIC for federal income tax purposes.

 

S- 63

 

Many states grant tax-free status to dividends paid to you from interest earned on direct obligations of the U.S. government, subject in some states to minimum investment requirements that must be met by a Fund. Investment in Ginnie Mae or Fannie Mae securities, banker’s acceptances, commercial paper, and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities do not generally qualify for such tax-free treatment. The rules on exclusion of this income are different for corporate shareholders. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding state and local taxes applicable to an investment in a Fund.

 

FUND TRANSACTIONS

 

Brokerage Transactions. Generally, equity securities, both listed and over-the-counter, are bought and sold through brokerage transactions for which commissions are payable. Purchases from underwriters will include the underwriting commission or concession, and purchases from dealers serving as market makers will include a dealer’s mark-up or reflect a dealer’s mark-down. Money market securities and other debt securities are usually bought and sold directly from the issuer or an underwriter or market maker for the securities. Generally, the Funds will not pay brokerage commissions for such purchases. When a debt security is bought from an underwriter, the purchase price will usually include an underwriting commission or concession. The purchase price for securities bought from dealers serving as market makers will similarly include the dealer’s mark up or reflect a dealer’s mark down. When the Funds execute transactions in the over-the-counter market, they will generally deal with primary market makers unless prices that are more favorable are otherwise obtainable.

 

In addition, the Adviser may place a combined order for two or more accounts it manages, including the Funds, engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security if, in its judgment, joint execution is in the best interest of each participant and will result in best price and execution. Transactions involving commingled orders are allocated in a manner deemed equitable to each account or fund. Although it is recognized that, in some cases, the joint execution of orders could adversely affect the price or volume of the security that a particular account or the Funds may obtain, it is the opinion of the Adviser that the advantages of combined orders outweigh the possible disadvantages of combined orders.

 

For the fiscal period from December 28, 2016 (commencement of Fund operations) to July 31, 2017 and the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, the Funds paid the following aggregate brokerage commissions on portfolio transactions:

 

Aggregate Dollar Amount of Brokerage Commissions Paid

Fund 2017 2018
GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund $233,489 $1,390,000
GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund

N/A 1

N/A 1

 

1 Not in operation during the period.

 

Brokerage Selection. The Trust does not expect to use one particular broker or dealer, and when one or more brokers is believed capable of providing the best combination of price and execution, the Adviser may select a broker based upon brokerage or research services provided to the Adviser. The Adviser may pay a higher commission than otherwise obtainable from other brokers in return for such services only if a good faith determination is made that the commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

 

S- 64

 

Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act permits the Adviser, under certain circumstances, to cause the Funds to pay a broker or dealer a commission for effecting a transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting the transaction in recognition of the value of brokerage and research services provided by the broker or dealer. In addition to agency transactions, the Adviser may receive brokerage and research services in connection with certain riskless principal transactions, in accordance with applicable SEC guidance. Brokerage and research services include: (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance, settlement, and custody). In the case of research services, the Adviser believes that access to independent investment research is beneficial to its investment decision-making processes and, therefore, to the Funds.

 

To the extent that research services may be a factor in selecting brokers, such services may be in written form or through direct contact with individuals and may include information as to particular companies and securities as well as market, economic, or institutional areas and information which assists in the valuation and pricing of investments. Examples of research-oriented services for which the Adviser might utilize Fund commissions include research reports and other information on the economy, industries, sectors, groups of securities, individual companies, statistical information, political developments, technical market action, pricing and appraisal services, credit analysis, risk measurement analysis, performance and other analysis. The Adviser may use research services furnished by brokers in servicing all client accounts and not all services may necessarily be used by the Adviser in connection with the Funds or any other specific client account that paid commissions to the broker providing such services. Information so received by the Adviser will be in addition to and not in lieu of the services required to be performed by the Adviser under the Advisory Agreement. Any advisory or other fees paid to the Adviser are not reduced as a result of the receipt of research services.

 

For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, the Funds did not pay any commissions on brokerage transactions directed to brokers pursuant to an agreement or understanding whereby the broker provides research services to the Adviser.

 

Brokerage with Fund Affiliates. The Funds may execute brokerage or other agency transactions through registered broker-dealer affiliates of either the Funds or the Adviser for a commission in conformity with the 1940 Act and rules promulgated by the SEC. The 1940 Act requires that commissions paid to the affiliate by the Funds for exchange transactions not exceed “usual and customary” brokerage commissions. The rules define “usual and customary” commissions to include amounts which are “reasonable and fair compared to the commission, fee or other remuneration received or to be received by other brokers in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities being purchased or sold on a securities exchange during a comparable period of time.” The Trustees, including those who are not “interested persons” of the Funds, have adopted procedures for evaluating the reasonableness of commissions paid to affiliates and review these procedures periodically.

 

For the fiscal period from December 28, 2016 (commencement of Fund operations) to July 31, 2017 and the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, the Funds did not pay any brokerage commissions on portfolio transactions effected by affiliated brokers.

 

Securities of “Regular Broker-Dealers.” The Funds are required to identify any securities of their “regular brokers and dealers” (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) that each Fund held during its most recent fiscal year. During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, the Funds did not hold any securities of their “regular brokers or dealers.”

 

S- 65

 

Portfolio Turnover Rates. Portfolio turnover is calculated by dividing the lesser of total purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average value of portfolio securities owned during the fiscal year. Excluded from both the numerator and denominator are amounts relating to securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less. Instruments excluded from the calculation of portfolio turnover generally would include the futures contracts in which the Funds may invest since such contracts generally have remaining maturities of less than one-year. The Funds may at times hold investments in other short-term instruments, such as repurchase agreements, which are excluded for purposes of computing portfolio turnover. For the fiscal period from December 28, 2016 (commencement of Fund operations) to July 31, 2017 and the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, the Funds’ portfolio turnover rates were as follows:

 

Fund Portfolio Turnover Rates
2017 2018
GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund 45% 94%
GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund N/A 1 N/A 1

 

1 Not in operation during the period.

 

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

The Board has approved policies and procedures that govern the timing and circumstances regarding the disclosure of Fund portfolio holdings information to shareholders and third parties. These policies and procedures are designed to ensure that disclosure of information regarding the Funds’ portfolio securities is in the best interests of the Funds’ shareholders, and include procedures to address conflicts between the interests of the Funds’ shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Adviser, principal underwriter or any affiliated person of the Funds, the Adviser, or its principal underwriter, on the other. Pursuant to such procedures, the Board has authorized the Adviser’s Chief Compliance Officer (the “Authorized Person”) to authorize the release of the Funds’ portfolio holdings, as necessary, in conformity with the foregoing principles. The Authorized Person, either directly or through reports by the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer, reports quarterly to the Board regarding the operation and administration of such policies and procedures.

 

Pursuant to applicable law, the Funds are required to disclose their complete portfolio holdings quarterly, within 60 days of the end of each fiscal quarter (currently, each October 31, January 31, April 30 and July 31). The Funds disclose a complete or summary schedule of investments (which includes a Fund’s 50 largest holdings in unaffiliated issuers and each investment in unaffiliated issuers that exceeds one percent of the Fund’s net asset value (“Summary Schedule”)) in their Semi-Annual and Annual Reports which are distributed to Fund shareholders. The Funds’ complete schedule of investments following the first and third fiscal quarters will be available in quarterly holdings reports filed with the SEC on Form N-Q, and the Funds’ complete schedule of investments following the second and fourth fiscal quarters will be available in shareholder reports filed with the SEC on Form N-CSR.

 

Reports filed with the SEC on Form N-Q and Form N-CSR are not distributed to Fund shareholders but are available, free of charge, on the EDGAR database on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Should a Fund include only a Summary Schedule rather than a complete schedule of investments in its Semi-Annual and Annual Reports, its Form N-CSR will be available without charge, upon request, by calling 866-362-8333.

 

In addition to the quarterly portfolio holdings disclosure required by applicable law, the Funds’ portfolio holdings and characteristics derived from the portfolio holdings as of the end of a calendar month will be publically available 30 days after the end of the calendar month by calling 866-362-8333. The Adviser may exclude any portion of a Fund’s portfolio holdings or characteristics derived from the portfolio holdings from such publication when deemed in the best interest of the Fund.

 

In addition to information provided to shareholders and the general public, portfolio holdings information may be disclosed as frequently as daily to certain service providers, such as the Custodian, Administrator or Transfer Agent, in connection with their services to the Funds. From time to time rating and ranking organizations, such as S&P, Lipper and Morningstar, Inc., may request non-public portfolio holdings information in connection with rating the Funds. Similarly, institutional investors, financial planners, pension plan sponsors and/or their consultants or other third-parties may request portfolio holdings information in order to assess the risks of the Funds’ portfolios along with related performance attribution statistics. The lag time for such disclosures will vary. The Funds believe that these third parties have legitimate objectives in requesting such portfolio holdings information.

 

S- 66

 

The Funds’ policies and procedures provide that the Authorized Person may authorize disclosure of non-public portfolio holdings information to such parties at differing times and/or with different lag times. Prior to making any disclosure to a third party, the Authorized Person must determine that such disclosure serves a reasonable business purpose, is in the best interests of a Fund’s shareholders and that to the extent conflicts between the interests of a Fund’s shareholders and those of the Adviser, principal underwriter, or any affiliated person of the Funds exist, such conflicts are addressed. Portfolio holdings information may be disclosed no more frequently than monthly to ratings agencies, consultants and other qualified financial professionals or individuals. The disclosures will not be made sooner than three days after the date of the information. The Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer will regularly review these arrangements and will make periodic reports to the Board regarding disclosure pursuant to such arrangements.

 

With the exception of disclosures to rating and ranking organizations as described above, the Funds require any third party receiving non-public holdings information to enter into a confidentiality agreement with the Adviser. The confidentiality agreement provides, among other things, that non-public portfolio holdings information will be kept confidential and that the recipient has a duty not to trade on the non-public information and will use such information solely to analyze and rank the Funds, or to perform due diligence and asset allocation, depending on the recipient of the information.

 

The Trust’s policies and procedures prohibit any compensation or other consideration from being paid to or received by any party in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings information, including the Funds, the Adviser and their affiliates or recipients of the Funds’ portfolio holdings information.

 

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

 

The Declaration of Trust authorizes the issuance of an unlimited number of funds and shares of each fund, each of which represents an equal proportionate interest in that fund with each other share. Shares are entitled upon liquidation to a pro rata share in the net assets of the fund. Shareholders have no preemptive rights. The Declaration of Trust provides that the Trustees may create additional series or classes of shares. All consideration received by the Trust for shares of any additional fund and all assets in which such consideration is invested would belong to that fund and would be subject to the liabilities related thereto. Share certificates representing shares will not be issued. The Funds’ shares, when issued, are fully paid and non-assessable.

 

LIMITATION OF TRUSTEES’ LIABILITY

 

The Declaration of Trust provides that a Trustee shall be liable only for his or her own willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the office of Trustee, and shall not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law. The Trustees shall not be responsible or liable in any event for any neglect or wrongdoing of any officer, agent, employee, investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Trust, nor shall any Trustee be responsible for the act or omission of any other Trustee. The Declaration of Trust also provides that the Trust shall indemnify each person who is, or has been, a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust, and any person who is serving or has served at the Trust’s request as a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of another organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise to the extent and in the manner provided in the By-Laws. However, nothing in the Declaration of Trust shall protect or indemnify a Trustee against any liability for his or her willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the office of Trustee. Nothing contained in this section attempts to disclaim a Trustee’s individual liability in any manner inconsistent with the federal securities laws.

 

S- 67

 

PROXY VOTING

 

The Board has delegated the responsibility for decisions regarding proxy voting for securities held by the Funds to the Adviser. The Adviser will vote such proxies in accordance with its proxy voting policies and procedures, which are included in Appendix B to this SAI.

 

The Trust is required to disclose annually the Funds’ complete proxy voting record during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 on Form N-PX. This voting record is available: (i) without charge, upon request, by calling 866-362-8333; and (ii) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

CODES OF ETHICS

 

The Board, on behalf of the Trust, has adopted a Code of Ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. In addition, the Adviser, the Administrator and the Distributor have adopted Codes of Ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1. These Codes of Ethics apply to the personal investing activities of trustees, officers and certain employees (“Access Persons”). Rule 17j-1 and the Codes of Ethics are designed to prevent unlawful practices in connection with the purchase or sale of securities by Access Persons. Under each Code of Ethics, Access Persons are permitted to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Funds, but are required to report their personal securities transactions for monitoring purposes. In addition, certain Access Persons are required to obtain approval before investing in initial public offerings or private placements or are prohibited from making such investments. Copies of these Codes of Ethics are on file with the SEC, and are available to the public.

 

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS AND CONTROL PERSONS

 

As of November 2, 2018, the following persons were record owners (or to the knowledge of the Trust, beneficial owners) of 5% or more of any class of the shares of the Funds. The Trust believes that most of the shares referred to below were held by the below persons in accounts for their fiduciary, agency or custodial customers. Persons beneficially owning more than 25% of a Fund’s outstanding shares may be deemed to “control” the Fund within the meaning of the 1940 Act. Shareholders controlling a Fund may have a significant impact on any shareholder vote of the Fund.

 

GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund
Name and Address Class of Shares % of Class

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY A/C FBO CUSTOMERS

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS

211 MAIN ST

SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105-1905

Investor 46.38%

TD AMERITRADE INC FBO

OUR CLIENTS

PO BOX 2226

OMAHA, NE 68103-2226

Investor 11.00%

PERSHING LLC

PO BOX 2052

JERSEY CITY, NJ 07303-2052

Investor 10.02%

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC

FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT

OF OUR CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT 4TH FL

499 WASHINGTON BLVD

JERSEY CITY, NJ 07310-1995

Investor 8.76%

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY A/C

FBO CUSTOMERS

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS

211 MAIN STREET

SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105-1905

Investor 5.99%

BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO ON

BEHALF OF BBH PRIVATE BANKING

PRIVATE CLIENT OMNIBUS ACCOUNT

140 BROADWAY

NEW YORK, NY 10005-1108

Institutional 27.84%

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY A/C FBO CUSTOMERS

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS

211 MAIN STREET

SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105-1905

Institutional 13.90%

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY LLC

FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF

CUSTOMERS OF MSSB

1 NEW YORK PLZ FL 12

NEW YORK, NY 10004-1965

Institutional 10.67%

 

S- 68

 

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC

FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT 4TH FL

499 WASHINGTON BLVD

JERSEY CITY, NJ 07310-1995

Institutional 7.64%

PERSHING LLC

PO BOX 2052

JERSEY CITY, NJ 07303-2052

Institutional 7.48%

GOLDMAN SACHS & CO

C/O MUTUAL FUNDS OPS

222 SOUTH MAIN ST

SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84101-2199

Institutional 5.96%

SPA GROWTH PORTFOLIO

11000 NORTH MARKET STREET 9TH FLOOR

ATTN DARA ALDERTON

WILMINGTON, DE 19890-0001

R6 37.22%

SPA BALANCED PORTFOLIO

11000 NORTH MARKET STREET 9TH FLOOR

ATTN DARA ALDERTON

WILMINGTON, DE 19890-0001

R6 23.08%

SPA AGGRESSIVE PORTFOLIO

11000 NORTH MARKET STREET 9TH FLOOR

ATTN DARA ALDERTON

WILMINGTON, DE 19890-0001

R6 17.22%

MATRIX TRUST COMPANY CUST. FBO

HARBOR HEALTH SERVICES, INC

717 17TH

SUITE 1300

DENVER, CO 80202-3304

R6 5.75%

RELIANCE TRUST COMPANY FBO

MONTICELLO ASSOC

P.O. BOX 48529

PO BOX 28004

ATLANTA, GA 30358-0004

R6 5.29%

 

S- 69

 

GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund
Name and Address Class of Shares % of Class

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY A/C FBO CUSTOMERS

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS

221 MAIN ST

SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105-1905

Investor 53.68%

RAJIV JAIN

C/O GQG PARTNERS

450 EAST LAS OLAS BOULEVARD

SUITE 750

FORT LAUDERDALE, FL 33301-2548

Investor 46.30%

RAJIV JAIN

C/O GQG PARTNERS

450 EAST LAS OLAS BOULEVARD

SUITE 750

FORT LAUDERDALE, FL 33301-2548

Institutional 96.62%

RAJIV JAIN

C/O GQG PARTNERS

450 EAST LAS OLAS BOULEVARD

SUITE 750

FORT LAUDERDALE, FL 33301-2548

R6 99.96%

 

 

S- 70

 

APPENDIX A

 

DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

 

Description of Ratings

 

The following descriptions of securities ratings have been published by Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”), Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”), and Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”), respectively.

 

DESCRIPTION OF MOODY'S GLOBAL RATINGS

 

Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default.

 

Description of Moody’s Global Long-Term Ratings

 

Aaa Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

 

Aa Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

 

A Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

 

Baa Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

 

Ba Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

 

B Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

 

Caa Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

 

Ca Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

 

C Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

 

Note : Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

 

Hybrid Indicator (hyb)

 

The hybrid indicator (hyb) is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms. By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.

 

A- 1

 

Description of Moody’s Global Short-Term Ratings

 

P-1 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

 

P-2 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

 

P-3 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

 

NP Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

 

Description of Moody’s U.S. Municipal Short-Term Obligation Ratings

 

The Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) scale is used to rate U.S. municipal bond anticipation notes of up to three years maturity. Municipal notes rated on the MIG scale may be secured by either pledged revenues or proceeds of a take-out financing received prior to note maturity. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation, and the issuer’s long-term rating is only one consideration in assigning the MIG rating. MIG ratings are divided into three levels-MIG 1 through MIG 3-while speculative grade short-term obligations are designated SG.

 

Moody’s U.S. municipal short-term obligation ratings are as follows:

 

MIG 1 This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

 

MIG 2 This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

 

MIG 3 This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

 

SG This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

 

Description of Moody’s Demand Obligation Ratings

 

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned: a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”). The second element uses a rating from a variation of the MIG scale called the Variable Municipal Investment Grade (“VMIG”) scale.

 

Moody’s demand obligation ratings are as follows:

 

VMIG 1 This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

A- 2

 

VMIG 2 This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

VMIG 3 This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

SG This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

DESCRIPTION OF S&P'S ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS

 

An S&P issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

 

Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

 

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P’s analysis of the following considerations:

 

The likelihood of payment-the capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitments on a financial obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

 

The nature of and provisions of the financial obligation; and the promise S&P imputes; and

 

The protection afforded by, and relative position of, the financial obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

 

An issue rating is an assessment of default risk but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

 

NR indicates that a rating has not been assigned or is no longer assigned.

 

Description of S&P’s Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings*

 

AAA An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

 

AA An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong.

 

A- 3

 

A An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong.

 

BBB An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

 

BB; B; CCC; CC; and C Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions.

 

BB An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

 

B An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

 

CCC An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

 

CC An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

 

C An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.

 

D An obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation's rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

 

* Ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.

 

Description of S&P’s Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings

 

A-1 A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitments on these obligations is extremely strong.

 

A- 4

 

A-2 A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory.

 

A-3 A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

 

B A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

 

C A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

 

D A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation's rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

 

Description of S&P’s Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings

 

An S&P U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P’s analysis will review the following considerations:

 

Amortization schedule-the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

 

Source of payment-the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

 

S&P’s municipal short-term note ratings are as follows:

 

SP-1 Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

 

SP-2 Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

 

SP-3 Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

 

D ‘D’ is assigned upon failure to pay the note when due, completion of a distressed exchange offer, or the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions.

 

A- 5

 

DESCRIPTION OF FITCH'S CREDIT RATINGS

 

Fitch’s credit ratings relating to issuers are an opinion on the relative ability of an entity to meet financial commitments, such as interest, preferred dividends, repayment of principal, insurance claims or counterparty obligations. Credit ratings relating to securities and obligations of an issuer can include a recovery expectation. Credit ratings are used by investors as indications of the likelihood of receiving the money owed to them in accordance with the terms on which they invested.

 

The terms “investment grade” and “speculative grade” have established themselves over time as shorthand to describe the categories ‘AAA’ to ‘BBB’ (investment grade) and ‘BB’ to ‘D’ (speculative grade). The terms investment grade and speculative grade are market conventions, and do not imply any recommendation or endorsement of a specific security for investment purposes. Investment grade categories indicate relatively low to moderate credit risk, while ratings in the speculative categories either signal a higher level of credit risk or that a default has already occurred.

 

Fitch’s credit ratings do not directly address any risk other than credit risk. In particular, ratings do not deal with the risk of a market value loss on a rated security due to changes in interest rates, liquidity and other market considerations. However, in terms of payment obligation on the rated liability, market risk may be considered to the extent that it influences the ability of an issuer to pay upon a commitment. Ratings nonetheless do not reflect market risk to the extent that they influence the size or other conditionality of the obligation to pay upon a commitment (for example, in the case of index-linked bonds).

 

In the default components of ratings assigned to individual obligations or instruments, the agency typically rates to the likelihood of non-payment or default in accordance with the terms of that instrument’s documentation. In limited cases, Fitch may include additional considerations (i.e. rate to a higher or lower standard than that implied in the obligation’s documentation).

 

For the convenience of investors, Fitch may also include issues relating to a rated issuer that are not and have not been rated on its webpage. Such issues are denoted ‘NR.’

 

Note: The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ ratings and ratings below the ‘CCC’ category. For the short-term rating category of ‘F1’, a ‘+’ may be appended.

 

Description of Fitch’s Long-Term Corporate Finance Obligations Ratings

 

AAA Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

 

AA Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

 

A High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

 

BBB Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

 

BB Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.

 

A- 6

 

B Highly speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.

 

CCC Substantial credit risk. ‘CCC’ ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.

 

CC Very high levels of credit risk. ‘CC’ ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.

 

C Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. ‘C’ ratings indicate exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

 

Ratings in the categories of ‘CCC’, ‘CC’ and ‘C’ can also relate to obligations or issuers that are in default. In this case, the rating does not opine on default risk but reflects the recovery expectation only.

 

Defaulted obligations typically are not assigned ‘RD’ or ‘D’ ratings, but are instead rated in the ‘CCC’ to ‘C’ rating categories, depending on their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. This approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.

 

Description of Fitch’s Short-Term Ratings

 

A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.

 

Fitch’s short-term ratings are as follows:

 

F1 Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

 

F2 Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

 

F3 Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

 

B Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

 

C High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

 

RD Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.

 

D Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

 

A- 7

 

APPENDIX B

 

GQG Partners

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

 

A. Background

 

Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act requires every investment adviser who exercises voting authority with respect to client securities to adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interest of its clients. The procedures must address material conflicts that may arise in connection with proxy voting. The rule further requires the adviser to provide a concise summary of the adviser’s proxy voting process and offer to provide copies of the complete proxy voting policy and procedures to clients upon request. Lastly, the Rule requires that the adviser disclose to clients how they may obtain information on how the adviser voted their proxies.

 

GQG votes proxies for the majority of its clients, and therefore has adopted and implemented these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.

 

B. Policy

 

It is the policy of GQG to vote proxies in the interest of maximizing value for GQG’s clients. Proxies are an asset of a client, which should be treated by GQG with the same care, diligence, and loyalty as any asset belonging to a client. To that end, GQG will vote in a way that it believes, consistent with its fiduciary duty, will cause the value of the issue to increase the most or decline the least. Consideration will be given to both the short and long term implications of the proposal to be voted on when considering the optimal vote.

 

Any general or specific proxy voting guidelines provided by an advisory client or its designated agent in writing will supersede this policy. Clients may wish to have their proxies voted by an independent third party or other named fiduciary or agent, at the client’s cost.

 

C. Procedures

 

GQG’s portfolio managers are responsible to timely vote (or determine not to vote), in accordance with this policy, proxies of securities held in each Account for which they are responsible. Upon written request, Clients can take responsibility for voting their own proxies, or can give us instructions about how to vote their respective shares. For Clients retaining responsibility to vote their own proxies, the Clients must arrange with their custodian to ensure they receive applicable proxies.

 

GQG has retained Institutional Shareholder Services (“voting agent”) to assist in the coordination and voting of client proxies. The GQG operations team is responsible for managing the relationship with the voting agent and for ensuring that all proxies are being properly voted and that the voting agent is retaining all of the appropriate proxy voting records.

 

Key elements of the proxy voting process include obtaining proxy materials for vote, determining the vote on each issue, voting and maintaining the records required.

 

Obtaining proxy materials . We instruct clients’ custodians to deliver proxy materials for accounts of clients who have given us voting authority. Delivery is made to our voting agent. Periodic reconciliation of holdings and ballots is designed to reveal any failure to deliver ballots for client holdings.

 

B- 1

 

Determining the vote . GQG’s voting policy is to determine its vote based on what is most likely to further the economic value of each investment for the expected holding period. Ultimately each vote is cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into account the relevant circumstances at the time of each vote. The guidelines we have established with our voting agent are intended as a reflection of proxy voting decisions most likely to maximize the ultimate value of assets under management.

 

Voting . Using the Internet, our voting agent posts the pending proxy notices and ballots as well as its analysis and recommendations. Portfolio managers have responsibility for voting proxies for securities held in the portfolios they manage. They review the issues and the voting agent’s own analysis and then vote each issue, in accordance with our policy. If a portfolio manage deems it beneficial, before casting the vote, the portfolio manager may confer with other members of the investment team, including our analysts most familiar with the security.

 

Maintaining records . With the assistance of our voting agent, we maintain records of our policies and procedures, proxy statements received, each vote cast, any documents we create material to our decision making and any client’s written request for proxy voting records as well as our written response to any client request for such records.

 

Conflicts of interest . Any material conflict between our interests and those of a client will be resolved in the best interests of our client. In the event we become aware of such a conflict, we will (a) disclose the conflict and obtain the client’s consent before voting its shares, (b) vote in accordance with a pre-determined policy based on the independent analysis and recommendation of our voting agent or (c) make other voting arrangements consistent with our fiduciary obligations.

 

Shares not voted . Our procedures are reasonably designed to assure that we vote every eligible share, however there are circumstances in which we may be unable to vote or may determine not to vote a proxy on behalf of one or more clients. These circumstances include:

 

Share blocking countries restrict share transactions for various periods surrounding the meeting date. We have taken the position that share liquidity generally has a higher value than the vote and usually do not vote shares subject to transaction restrictions.

 

Still other countries require re-registration of shares to enter a proxy vote, effectively preventing exercise of investment discretion to sell shares for a substantial period of time. The same logic suggests that we not attempt to vote those shares.

 

Some international markets require special powers of attorney to vote certain ordinary shares. These markets are few and our ordinary share holdings relatively modest when weighed against the onerous documentation requirements and generally we have determined not to attempt to qualify our proxy votes for these shares.

 

Lack of adequate information or untimely receipt of proxy materials from the issuer or other resolution sponsor may prevent analysis or entry of a vote by voting deadlines.

 

B- 2

 

Certain security lending programs may prevent us from voting proxies when the underlying securities have been lent out and are therefore unavailable to be voted.

 

Obtaining additional information . Clients may obtain a report showing how we voted their shares upon request. In addition, clients may also request a copy of our general Proxy Voting Policy statement and the GQG-specific Proxy Voting Guidelines used by our voting agent.

 

D. General Voting Policy for ERISA Accounts

 

According to the Department of Labor, the fiduciary act of managing plan assets that are shares of corporate stock includes the voting of proxies (unless the voting right is properly reserved by the named fiduciary). The investment manager’s decision may not be directed, nor may the manager be relieved of liability by delegating the responsibility. Managers should have documented guidelines and are required to maintain accurate voting records.

 

Voting rights have economic value, and the manager has a duty to evaluate issues that can have an impact on the economic value of the stock and to vote on those issues. Voting decisions must be based on the ultimate economic interest of the plan, viewing the plan as a separate legal entity designed to provide retirement income and security. This means analyzing the vote for its impact on the ultimate economic value of the investment (the stock) during the period in which the plan intends to hold the investment. With respect to takeovers, plans are not required to accept the deal if they judge that their plans will achieve a higher economic value by holding the shares.

 

Given the above obligations and objectives, the guidelines we have established with our voting agent are intended as a reflection of proxy voting decisions most likely to maximize the ultimate value of assets under management. Specific situations and resolution language will vary and therefore continuing judgment must be exercised in applying the guidelines.

 

E. Applicability of Guidelines for All Accounts

 

In the absence of unique client constraints or instructions acceptable in non-fiduciary situations, the guidelines should also serve for voting on all accounts under management.

 

B- 3

 

THE ADVISORS’ INNER CIRCLE FUND III

 

PROSPECTUS

 

November 28, 2018

 

SGA INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND

(Institutional Shares: SGLCX)

(Investor Shares: SGNLX)

 

SGA INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PLUS FUND

(Institutional Shares: SGLPX)

(Investor Shares: SGNPX)

 

SGA INTERNATIONAL SMALL-MID CAP EQUITY FUND

(FORMERLY, SGA INTERNATIONAL SMALL CAP EQUITY FUND)

(Institutional Shares: SGSMX)

(Investor Shares: SGNSX)

 

SGA GLOBAL EQUITY FUND

(Institutional Shares: SGGLX)

(Investor Shares: SGNGX)

 

INSTITUTIONAL SHARES

INVESTOR SHARES

 

INVESTMENT ADVISER:

STRATEGIC GLOBAL ADVISORS, LLC

 

The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus.
Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

 

About This Prospectus

 

This prospectus has been arranged into different sections so that you can easily review this important information. For detailed information about each Fund, please see:

 

  Page
SGA INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND 1
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE 1
FUND FEES AND EXPENSES 1
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES 2
PRINCIPAL RISKS 3
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION 5
INVESTMENT ADVISER 6
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS 6
SGA INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PLUS FUND 7
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE 7
FUND FEES AND EXPENSES 7
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES 8
PRINCIPAL RISKS 9
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION 11
INVESTMENT ADVISER 12
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS 12
SGA INTERNATIONAL SMALL-MID CAP EQUITY FUND 13
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE 13
FUND FEES AND EXPENSES 13
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES 14
PRINCIPAL RISKS 15
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION 17
INVESTMENT ADVISER 17
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS 17
SGA GLOBAL EQUITY FUND 19
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE 19
FUND FEES AND EXPENSES 19
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES 20
PRINCIPAL RISKS 21
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION 23
INVESTMENT ADVISER 23
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS 23
SUMMARY INFORMATION ABOUT THE PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES, TAXES AND FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARY COMPENSATION 25
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUNDS’ INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGIES 26

 

i  

 

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT RISK 26
INFORMATION ABOUT PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS 29
INVESTMENT ADVISER 29
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS 30
RELATED PERFORMANCE DATA OF THE ADVISER 31
PURCHASING, SELLING AND EXCHANGING FUND SHARES 35
PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES 43
OTHER POLICIES 44
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS 47
TAXES 47
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 49
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS 50
HOW TO OBTAIN MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUNDS Back Cover

 

Institutional Shares and Investor Shares of the SGA International Equity Plus Fund, SGA International Small-Mid Cap Equity Fund and SGA Global Equity Fund are currently not available for purchase.

 

ii  

 

SGA INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND

 

Investment Objective

 

The SGA International Equity Fund (the “International Equity Fund” or the “Fund”) seeks total return, consisting of current income and long-term capital appreciation.

 

Fund Fees and Expenses

 

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

 

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investments)

 

Redemption Fee (as a percentage of amount redeemed, if shares redeemed have been held for less than 90 days) 2.00%

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

    Institutional Shares   Investor Shares
Management Fees   0.95%   0.95%
Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees   None   0.25%
Other Expenses   19.19%   17.99%
Shareholder Servicing Fees None   1  
Other Operating Expenses 19.19%   17.99%  
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses   20.14%   19.19%
Less Fee Reductions and/or Expense Reimbursements 2   (19.19)%   (17.99)%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Reductions and/or Expense Reimbursements   0.95%   1.20%

 

1 Amounts designated as "—" are zero or have been rounded to zero.
2 Strategic Global Advisors, LLC (“SGA” or the “Adviser”) has contractually agreed to waive fees and/or to reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to keep Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, 12b-1 Fees, acquired fund fees and expenses and non-routine expenses (collectively, “excluded expenses”)) from exceeding 0.95% of the average daily net assets of the Fund’s Institutional Shares and Investor Shares until November 30, 2019 (the “contractual expense limit”). In addition, the Adviser may receive from the Fund the difference between the Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (not including excluded expenses) and the contractual expense limit to recoup all or a portion of its prior fee waivers or expense reimbursements made during the three-year period preceding the date of the recoupment if at any point Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (not including excluded expenses) are below the contractual expense limit (i) at the time of the fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement and (ii) at the time of the recoupment. This agreement may be terminated: (i) by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) of The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III (the “Trust”), for any reason at any time; or (ii) by the Adviser, upon ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to the Trust, effective as of the close of business on November 30, 2019.

 

1

 

Example

 

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

 

The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses (including one year of capped expenses in each period) remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

  1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
Institutional Shares $97 $3,678 $6,256 $9,971
Investor Shares $122 $3,561 $6,093 $9,874

 

Portfolio Turnover

 

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in total annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. During its most recent fiscal year, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 45% of the average value of its portfolio.

 

Principal Investment Strategies

 

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets, plus any borrowings for investment purposes, in equity securities. This investment policy can be changed by the Fund upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders. For purposes of the Fund’s 80% investment policy, equity securities include, but are not limited to, (i) common stocks, (ii) preferred stocks, (iii) convertible securities, (iv) real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), (v) depositary receipts (including American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”)), which are certificates typically issued by a bank or trust company that represent ownership interests in securities of non-U.S. companies, and (vi) derivative instruments and exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) with economic characteristics similar to equity securities. The Fund may invest in securities of companies with any market capitalization, but focuses on mid- to large-capitalization companies.

 

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests in at least three countries, and invests at least 40% of its total assets in securities of non-U.S. companies. The Fund considers a company to be a non-U.S. company if: (i) at least 50% of the company’s assets are located outside of the U.S.; (ii) at least 50% of the company’s revenue or operating income is generated outside of the U.S.; or (iii) the company maintains its principal place of business or headquarters outside of the U.S.

 

2

 

The Fund may utilize swaps to seek to replicate equity exposure in certain foreign markets where direct investment is either impossible or difficult due to local investment restrictions, and may utilize other derivatives, principally forward foreign currency exchange contracts, to seek to hedge (i.e. offset) currency risk.

 

In selecting investments for the Fund, the Adviser integrates a systematic, quantitative screening process with traditional research and active risk management. The Adviser first uses a proprietary model that incorporates valuation, growth, sentiment and quality factors to narrow the universe of investable stocks, and then conducts fundamental analyses of any potential buys before they are added to the Fund’s portfolio. While the Adviser’s investment process is primarily driven by “bottom-up” stock selection, which focuses on an analysis of individual companies, the Adviser may also take “top-down” macroeconomic conditions, as well as other factors deemed relevant by the portfolio managers, into consideration in constructing the Fund’s portfolio. The Fund’s sector and country exposures, however, are generally kept within 5% of those of its benchmark index. The Adviser identifies potential sells using the same systematic model it uses to identify potential purchases, and reviews the sells prior to trading. In addition, the Adviser may sell stocks based on information that the Adviser determines is not adequately reflected in its systematic model.

 

Principal Risks

 

As with all mutual funds, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. You could lose money by investing in the Fund. A Fund share is not a bank deposit and it is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any government agency. The principal risk factors affecting shareholders’ investments in the Fund are set forth below.

 

Equity Risk – Since it purchases equity securities, the Fund is subject to the risk that stock prices may fall over short or extended periods of time. Historically, the equity market has moved in cycles, and the value of the Fund’s securities may fluctuate from day to day. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. These factors contribute to price volatility, which is the principal risk of investing in the Fund.

 

Mid-Capitalization Company Risk – The mid-capitalization companies in which the Fund may invest may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. In particular, investments in these mid-sized companies may pose additional risks, including liquidity risk, because these companies tend to have limited product lines, markets and financial resources, and may depend upon a relatively small management group. Therefore, mid-cap stocks may be more volatile than those of larger companies. These securities may be traded over-the-counter or listed on an exchange.

 

Preferred Stocks Risk – Preferred stocks are sensitive to interest rate changes, and are also subject to equity risk, which is the risk that stock prices will fall over short or extended periods of time. The rights of preferred stocks on the distribution of a company’s assets in the event of a liquidation are generally subordinate to the rights associated with a company’s debt securities.

 

Convertible Securities Risk – The value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates (with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline) and the credit standing of the issuer. The price of a convertible security will also normally vary in some proportion to changes in the price of the underlying common stock because of the conversion or exercise feature.

 

3

 

REITs Risk – REITs are pooled investment vehicles that own, and usually operate, income-producing real estate. REITs are susceptible to the risks associated with direct ownership of real estate, such as the following: declines in property values; increases in property taxes, operating expenses, interest rates or competition; overbuilding; zoning changes; and losses from casualty or condemnation. REITs typically incur fees that are separate from those of the Fund. Accordingly, the Fund’s investments in REITs will result in the layering of expenses such that shareholders will indirectly bear a proportionate share of the REITs’ operating expenses, in addition to paying Fund expenses. REIT operating expenses are not reflected in the fee table and example in this prospectus.

 

Foreign Company Risk – Investing in foreign companies, including direct investments and investments through depositary receipts, poses additional risks since political and economic events unique to a country or region will affect those markets and their issuers. These risks will not necessarily affect the U.S. economy or similar issuers located in the U.S. Securities of foreign companies may not be registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and foreign companies are generally not subject to the regulatory controls imposed on U.S. issuers and, as a consequence, there is generally less publicly available information about foreign securities than is available about domestic securities. Income from foreign securities owned by the Fund may be reduced by a withholding tax at the source, which tax would reduce income received from the securities comprising the portfolio. Foreign securities may also be more difficult to value than securities of U.S. issuers. While depositary receipts provide an alternative to directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their respective national markets and currencies, investments in depositary receipts continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities.

 

Foreign Currency Risk – As a result of the Fund’s investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies, the Fund will be subject to currency risk. Currency risk is the risk that foreign currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar or, in the case of hedged positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency hedged. In either event, the dollar value of an investment in the Fund would be adversely affected.

 

Derivatives Risk – The Fund’s use of forward contracts and swaps for all purposes, including speculative purposes, is subject to market risk, leverage risk, correlation risk, credit risk, valuation risk and liquidity risk. In addition, the Fund’s use of derivatives for hedging purposes is subject to hedging risk. Market risk is the risk that the market value of an investment may move up and down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. Leverage risk is the risk that the use of leverage may amplify the effects of market volatility on the Fund’s share price and may also cause the Fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so in order to satisfy its obligations. Correlation risk is the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly or at all with the underlying asset, rate or index. Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a derivative contract will default or otherwise become unable to honor a financial obligation. Valuation risk is the risk that the derivative may be difficult to value. Liquidity risk is described below. Hedging risk is the risk that derivative instruments used for hedging purposes may also limit any potential gain that may result from the increase in value of the hedged asset. To the extent that the Fund engages in hedging strategies, there can be no assurance that such strategy will be effective or that there will be a hedge in place at any given time. Each of these risks could cause the Fund to lose more than the principal amount invested in a derivative instrument.

 

ETFs Risk – ETFs are pooled investment vehicles, such as registered investment companies and grantor trusts, whose shares are listed and traded on U.S. and non-U.S. stock exchanges or otherwise traded in the over-the-counter market. To the extent that the Fund invests in ETFs, the Fund will be subject to substantially the same risks as those associated with the direct ownership of the securities comprising the index on which an index ETF is based or the other holdings of an active or index ETF, and the value of the Fund’s investment will fluctuate in response to the performance of the underlying index or holdings. ETFs typically incur fees that are separate from those of the Fund. Accordingly, the Fund’s investments in ETFs will result in the layering of expenses such that shareholders will indirectly bear a proportionate share of the ETFs’ operating expenses, in addition to paying Fund expenses.

 

4

 

Liquidity Risk – Certain securities may be difficult or impossible to sell at the time and the price that the Fund would like. The Fund may have to accept a lower price to sell a security, sell other securities to raise cash, or give up an investment opportunity, any of which could have a negative effect on Fund management or performance.

 

Large Purchase and Redemption Risk – Large purchases or redemptions of the Fund’s shares may force the Fund to purchase or sell securities at times when it would not otherwise do so, and may cause the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs to rise, which may negatively affect the Fund’s performance and have adverse tax consequences for Fund shareholders.

 

Management/Systematic or Quantitative Process Risk – The value of the Fund may decline if the Adviser’s judgments about the attractiveness, relative value or potential appreciation of a particular security or strategy prove to be incorrect. Because the Adviser relies, in part, on a systematic, quantitative screening process in selecting securities for the Fund, the Fund is subject to the additional risk that the Adviser’s judgments regarding the investment criteria underlying the screening process may prove to be incorrect.

 

Performance Information

 

The bar chart and the performance table below illustrate the risks of an investment in the Fund by showing the Fund's Institutional Shares' performance for the 2017 calendar year and by showing how the Fund's Institutional Shares' and Investor Shares' average annual total returns for 1 year and since inception compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. Of course, the Fund's past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how the Fund will perform in the future.

 

Updated performance information is available on the Fund’s website at www.funds.sgadvisors.com or by calling 866-778-6397.

 

 

 

BEST QUARTER WORST QUARTER
6.98% 3.59%
(06/30/2017) (12/31/2017)

 

The performance information shown above is based on a calendar year. The Fund's performance for Institutional Class Shares from 1/1/18 to 9/30/18 was -3.40%.

 

Average Annual Total Returns for Periods Ended December 31, 2017

 

This table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns for the periods ended December 31, 2017 to those of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

5

 

After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”). After-tax returns are shown for Institutional Shares only. After-tax returns for Investor Shares will vary.

 

SGA International Equity Fund 1 Year

Since Inception

(9/30/16)

Fund Returns Before Taxes    
 Institutional Shares 24.24% 16.87%
 Investor Shares 24.14% 16.69%
Fund Returns After Taxes on Distributions    
  Institutional Shares 22.92% 15.87%
Fund Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares    
  Institutional Shares 14.14% 12.63%
MSCI EAFE (Net) Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes (except foreign withholding taxes))
25.03% 18.85%

 

Investment Adviser

 

Strategic Global Advisors, LLC

 

Portfolio Managers

 

Cynthia Tusan, CFA, President and Senior Portfolio Manager, has managed the Fund since its inception in 2016.

 

Gary Baierl, PhD, Chief Investment Officer, has managed the Fund since its inception in 2016.

 

Mark Wimer, CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, has managed the Fund since its inception in 2016.

 

Cherie Badri, CFA, Director of Traditional Research and Senior Portfolio Manager, has managed the Fund since its inception in 2016.

 

Brendan Skarra-Corson, CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, has managed the Fund since its inception in 2016.

 

For important information about the purchase and sale of Fund shares, taxes and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to “Summary Information about the Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares, Taxes and Financial Intermediary Compensation” on page 25 of the prospectus.

 

6

 

SGA INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PLUS FUND

 

Investment Objective

 

The SGA International Equity Plus Fund (the “International Equity Plus Fund” or the “Fund”) seeks total return, consisting of current income and long-term capital appreciation.

 

Fund Fees and Expenses

 

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

 

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investments)

 

Redemption Fee (as a percentage of amount redeemed, if shares redeemed have been held for less than 90 days) 2.00%

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

    Institutional Shares   Investor Shares
Management Fees   1.10%   1.10%
Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees   None   0.25%
Other Expenses   1.24%   1.49%
Shareholder Servicing Fees None   0.25%  
Other Operating Expenses 1 1.24%   1.24%  
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses   2.34%   2.84%
Less Fee Reductions and/or Expense Reimbursements 2   (1.24)%   (1.49)%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Reductions and/or Expense Reimbursements   1.10%   1.35%

 

1 Other Operating Expenses are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.
2 Strategic Global Advisors, LLC (“SGA” or the “Adviser”) has contractually agreed to waive fees and/or to reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to keep Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, 12b-1 Fees, acquired fund fees and expenses and non-routine expenses (collectively, “excluded expenses”)) from exceeding 1.10% of the average daily net assets of the Fund’s Institutional Shares and Investor Shares until November 30, 2019 (the “contractual expense limit”). In addition, the Adviser may receive from the Fund the difference between the Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (not including excluded expenses) and the contractual expense limit to recoup all or a portion of its prior fee waivers or expense reimbursements made during the three-year period preceding the date of the recoupment if at any point Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (not including excluded expenses) are below the contractual expense limit (i) at the time of the fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement and (ii) at the time of the recoupment. This agreement may be terminated: (i) by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) of The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III (the “Trust”), for any reason at any time; or (ii) by the Adviser, upon ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to the Trust, effective as of the close of business on November 30, 2019.

 

7

 

Example

 

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

 

The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses (including one year of capped expenses in each period) remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

  1 Year 3 Years
Institutional Shares $112 $611
Investor Shares $137 $739

 

Portfolio Turnover

 

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in total annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. Because the Fund was not in operation as of the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, it does not have portfolio turnover information to report.

 

Principal Investment Strategies

 

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets, plus any borrowings for investment purposes, in equity securities. This investment policy can be changed by the Fund upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders. For purposes of the Fund’s 80% investment policy, equity securities include, but are not limited to, (i) common stocks, (ii) preferred stocks, (iii) convertible securities, (iv) real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), (v) depositary receipts (including American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”)), which are certificates typically issued by a bank or trust company that represent ownership interests in securities of non-U.S. companies, and (vi) derivative instruments and exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) with economic characteristics similar to equity securities. The Fund may invest in securities of companies with any market capitalization, but focuses on mid- to large-capitalization companies.

 

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests in at least three countries, and invests at least 40% of its total assets in securities of non-U.S. companies in both developed and emerging market countries. The Fund considers a company to be a non-U.S. company if: (i) at least 50% of the company’s assets are located outside of the U.S.; (ii) at least 50% of the company’s revenue or operating income is generated outside of the U.S.; or (iii) the company maintains its principal place of business or headquarters outside of the U.S.

 

The Fund may utilize swaps to seek to replicate equity exposure in certain foreign markets where direct investment is either impossible or difficult due to local investment restrictions, and may utilize other derivatives, principally forward foreign currency exchange contracts, to seek to hedge (i.e. offset) currency risk.

 

8

 

In selecting investments for the Fund, the Adviser integrates a systematic, quantitative screening process with traditional research and active risk management. The Adviser first uses a proprietary model that incorporates valuation, growth, sentiment and quality factors to narrow the universe of investable stocks, and then conducts fundamental analyses of any potential buys before they are added to the Fund’s portfolio. While the Adviser’s investment process is primarily driven by “bottom-up” stock selection, which focuses on an analysis of individual companies, the Adviser may also take “top-down” macroeconomic conditions, as well as other factors deemed relevant by the portfolio managers, into consideration in constructing the Fund’s portfolio. The Fund’s sector and country exposures, however, are generally kept within 5% of those of its benchmark index. The Adviser identifies potential sells using the same systematic model it uses to identify potential purchases, and reviews the sells prior to trading. In addition, the Adviser may sell stocks based on information that the Adviser determines is not adequately reflected in its systematic model.

 

Principal Risks

 

As with all mutual funds, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. You could lose money by investing in the Fund. A Fund share is not a bank deposit and it is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any government agency. The principal risk factors affecting shareholders’ investments in the Fund are set forth below.

 

Equity Risk – Since it purchases equity securities, the Fund is subject to the risk that stock prices may fall over short or extended periods of time. Historically, the equity market has moved in cycles, and the value of the Fund’s securities may fluctuate from day to day. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. These factors contribute to price volatility, which is the principal risk of investing in the Fund.

 

Mid-Capitalization Company Risk – The mid-capitalization companies in which the Fund may invest may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. In particular, investments in these mid-sized companies may pose additional risks, including liquidity risk, because these companies tend to have limited product lines, markets and financial resources, and may depend upon a relatively small management group. Therefore, mid-cap stocks may be more volatile than those of larger companies. These securities may be traded over-the-counter or listed on an exchange.

 

Preferred Stocks Risk – Preferred stocks are sensitive to interest rate changes, and are also subject to equity risk, which is the risk that stock prices will fall over short or extended periods of time. The rights of preferred stocks on the distribution of a company’s assets in the event of a liquidation are generally subordinate to the rights associated with a company’s debt securities.

 

Convertible Securities Risk – The value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates (with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline) and the credit standing of the issuer. The price of a convertible security will also normally vary in some proportion to changes in the price of the underlying common stock because of the conversion or exercise feature.

 

REITs Risk – REITs are pooled investment vehicles that own, and usually operate, income-producing real estate. REITs are susceptible to the risks associated with direct ownership of real estate, such as the following: declines in property values; increases in property taxes, operating expenses, interest rates or competition; overbuilding; zoning changes; and losses from casualty or condemnation. REITs typically incur fees that are separate from those of the Fund. Accordingly, the Fund’s investments in REITs will result in the layering of expenses such that shareholders will indirectly bear a proportionate share of the REITs’ operating expenses, in addition to paying Fund expenses. REIT operating expenses are not reflected in the fee table and example in this prospectus.

 

9

 

Foreign Company Risk – Investing in foreign companies, including direct investments and investments through depositary receipts, poses additional risks since political and economic events unique to a country or region will affect those markets and their issuers. These risks will not necessarily affect the U.S. economy or similar issuers located in the U.S. Securities of foreign companies may not be registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and foreign companies are generally not subject to the regulatory controls imposed on U.S. issuers and, as a consequence, there is generally less publicly available information about foreign securities than is available about domestic securities. Income from foreign securities owned by the Fund may be reduced by a withholding tax at the source, which tax would reduce income received from the securities comprising the portfolio. Foreign securities may also be more difficult to value than securities of U.S. issuers. While depositary receipts provide an alternative to directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their respective national markets and currencies, investments in depositary receipts continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities.

 

Emerging Markets Securities Risk – The Fund’s investments in emerging markets securities are considered speculative and subject to heightened risks in addition to the general risks of investing in foreign securities. Unlike more established markets, emerging markets may have governments that are less stable, markets that are less liquid and economies that are less developed. In addition, the securities markets of emerging market countries may consist of companies with smaller market capitalizations and may suffer periods of relative illiquidity; significant price volatility; restrictions on foreign investment; and possible restrictions on repatriation of investment income and capital. Furthermore, foreign investors may be required to register the proceeds of sales, and future economic or political crises could lead to price controls, forced mergers, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, seizure, nationalization or creation of government monopolies.

 

Foreign Currency Risk – As a result of the Fund’s investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies, the Fund will be subject to currency risk. Currency risk is the risk that foreign currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar or, in the case of hedged positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency hedged. In either event, the dollar value of an investment in the Fund would be adversely affected.

 

Derivatives Risk – The Fund’s use of forward contracts and swaps for all purposes, including speculative purposes, is subject to market risk, leverage risk, correlation risk, credit risk, valuation risk and liquidity risk. In addition, the Fund’s use of derivatives for hedging purposes is subject to hedging risk. Market risk is the risk that the market value of an investment may move up and down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. Leverage risk is the risk that the use of leverage may amplify the effects of market volatility on the Fund’s share price and may also cause the Fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so in order to satisfy its obligations. Correlation risk is the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly or at all with the underlying asset, rate or index. Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a derivative contract will default or otherwise become unable to honor a financial obligation. Valuation risk is the risk that the derivative may be difficult to value. Liquidity risk is described below. Hedging risk is the risk that derivative instruments used for hedging purposes may also limit any potential gain that may result from the increase in value of the hedged asset. To the extent that the Fund engages in hedging strategies, there can be no assurance that such strategy will be effective or that there will be a hedge in place at any given time. Each of these risks could cause the Fund to lose more than the principal amount invested in a derivative instrument.

 

10

 

ETFs Risk – ETFs are pooled investment vehicles, such as registered investment companies and grantor trusts, whose shares are listed and traded on U.S. and non-U.S. stock exchanges or otherwise traded in the over-the-counter market. To the extent that the Fund invests in ETFs, the Fund will be subject to substantially the same risks as those associated with the direct ownership of the securities comprising the index on which an index ETF is based or the other holdings of an active or index ETF, and the value of the Fund’s investment will fluctuate in response to the performance of the underlying index or holdings. ETFs typically incur fees that are separate from those of the Fund. Accordingly, the Fund’s investments in ETFs will result in the layering of expenses such that shareholders will indirectly bear a proportionate share of the ETFs’ operating expenses, in addition to paying Fund expenses.

 

Liquidity Risk – Certain securities may be difficult or impossible to sell at the time and the price that the Fund would like. The Fund may have to accept a lower price to sell a security, sell other securities to raise cash, or give up an investment opportunity, any of which could have a negative effect on Fund management or performance.

 

Large Purchase and Redemption Risk – Large purchases or redemptions of the Fund’s shares may force the Fund to purchase or sell securities at times when it would not otherwise do so, and may cause the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs to rise, which may negatively affect the Fund’s performance and have adverse tax consequences for Fund shareholders.

 

Management/Systematic or Quantitative Process Risk – The value of the Fund may decline if the Adviser’s judgments about the attractiveness, relative value or potential appreciation of a particular security or strategy prove to be incorrect. Because the Adviser relies, in part, on a systematic, quantitative screening process in selecting securities for the Fund, the Fund is subject to the additional risk that the Adviser’s judgments regarding the investment criteria underlying the screening process may prove to be incorrect.

 

New Fund Risk – Because the Fund is new, investors in the Fund bear the risk that the Fund may not be successful in implementing its investment strategy, may not employ a successful investment strategy, or may fail to attract sufficient assets under management to realize economies of scale, any of which could result in the Fund being liquidated at any time without shareholder approval and at a time that may not be favorable for all shareholders. Such liquidation could have negative tax consequences for shareholders and will cause shareholders to incur expenses of liquidation.

 

Performance Information

 

The Fund is new, and therefore has no performance history. Once the Fund has completed a full calendar year of operations, a bar chart and table will be included that will provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing the variability of the Fund’s returns and comparing the Fund’s performance to a broad measure of market performance. Of course, the Fund’s past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how the Fund will perform in the future.

 

Current performance information is available on the Fund’s website at www.funds.sgadvisors.com or by calling 866-778-6397.

 

11

 

Investment Adviser

 

Strategic Global Advisors, LLC

 

Portfolio Managers

 

Cynthia Tusan, CFA, President and Senior Portfolio Manager, is expected to manage the Fund upon its inception.

 

Gary Baierl, PhD, Chief Investment Officer, is expected to manage the Fund upon its inception.

 

Mark Wimer, CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, is expected to manage the Fund upon its inception.

 

Cherie Badri, CFA, Director of Traditional Research and Senior Portfolio Manager, is expected to manage the Fund upon its inception.

 

Brendan Skarra-Corson, CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, is expected to manage the Fund upon its inception.

 

For important information about the purchase and sale of Fund shares, taxes and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to “Summary Information about the Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares, Taxes and Financial Intermediary Compensation” on page 25 of the prospectus.

 

12

 

SGA INTERNATIONAL SMALL-MID CAP EQUITY FUND

Investment Objective

 

The SGA International Small-Mid Cap Equity Fund (the “International Small-Mid Cap Equity Fund” or the “Fund”) seeks total return, consisting of current income and long-term capital appreciation.

 

Fund Fees and Expenses

 

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

 

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investments)

 

Redemption Fee (as a percentage of amount redeemed, if shares redeemed have been held for less than 90 days) 2.00%

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

    Institutional Shares   Investor Shares
Management Fees   1.15%   1.15%
Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees   None   0.25%
Other Expenses   1.15%   1.40%
Shareholder Servicing Fees None   0.25%  
Other Operating Expenses 1 1.15%   1.15%  
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses   2.30%   2.80%
Less Fee Reductions and/or Expense Reimbursements 2   (1.15)%   (1.40)%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Reductions and/or Expense Reimbursements   1.15%   1.40%

 

1 Other Operating Expenses are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.
2 Strategic Global Advisors, LLC (“SGA” or the “Adviser”) has contractually agreed to waive fees and/or to reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to keep Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, 12b-1 Fees, acquired fund fees and expenses and non-routine expenses (collectively, “excluded expenses”)) from exceeding 1.15% of the average daily net assets of the Fund’s Institutional Shares and Investor Shares until November 30, 2019 (the “contractual expense limit”). In addition, the Adviser may receive from the Fund the difference between the Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (not including excluded expenses) and the contractual expense limit to recoup all or a portion of its prior fee waivers or expense reimbursements made during the three-year period preceding the date of the recoupment if at any point Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (not including excluded expenses) are below the contractual expense limit (i) at the time of the fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement and (ii) at the time of the recoupment. This agreement may be terminated: (i) by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) of The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III (the “Trust”), for any reason at any time; or (ii) by the Adviser, upon ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to the Trust, effective as of the close of business on November 30, 2019.

 

13

 

Example

 

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

 

The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses (including one year of capped expenses in each period) remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

  1 Year 3 Years
Institutional Shares $117 $608
Investor Shares $143 $736

 

Portfolio Turnover

 

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in total annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. Because the Fund was not in operation as of the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, it does not have portfolio turnover information to report.

 

Principal Investment Strategies

 

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets, plus any borrowings for investment purposes, in equity securities of small- and mid-capitalization companies. This investment policy can be changed by the Fund upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders. For purposes of the Fund’s 80% investment policy, equity securities include, but are not limited to, (i) common stocks, (ii) preferred stocks, (iii) convertible securities, (iv) real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), (v) depositary receipts (including American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”)), which are certificates typically issued by a bank or trust company that represent ownership interests in securities of non-U.S. companies, and (vi) derivative instruments and exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) with economic characteristics similar to equity securities. The Fund considers small- and mid-capitalization companies to be those with market capitalizations within the range of the market capitalizations of companies in the MSCI EAFE SMID Cap Index at the time of purchase. While the market capitalization range of the MSCI EAFE SMID Cap Index changes throughout the year, as of August 31, 2018, the market capitalization range of the index was between $70 million and $42.8 billion.

 

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests in at least three countries, and invests at least 40% of its total assets in securities of non-U.S. companies. The Fund considers a company to be a non-U.S. company if: (i) at least 50% of the company’s assets are located outside of the U.S.; (ii) at least 50% of the company’s revenue or operating income is generated outside of the U.S.; or (iii) the company maintains its principal place of business or headquarters outside of the U.S.

 

14

 

The Fund may utilize swaps to seek to replicate equity exposure in certain foreign markets where direct investment is either impossible or difficult due to local investment restrictions, and may utilize other derivatives, principally forward foreign currency exchange contracts, to seek to hedge (i.e. offset) currency risk.

 

In selecting investments for the Fund, the Adviser integrates a systematic, quantitative screening process with traditional research and active risk management. The Adviser first uses a proprietary model that incorporates valuation, growth, sentiment and quality factors to narrow the universe of investable stocks, and then conducts fundamental analyses of any potential buys before they are added to the Fund’s portfolio. While the Adviser’s investment process is primarily driven by “bottom-up” stock selection, which focuses on an analysis of individual companies, the Adviser may also take “top-down” macroeconomic conditions, as well as other factors deemed relevant by the portfolio managers, into consideration in constructing the Fund’s portfolio. The Fund’s sector and country exposures, however, are generally kept within 5% of those of its benchmark index. The Adviser identifies potential sells using the same systematic model it uses to identify potential purchases, and reviews the sells prior to trading. In addition, the Adviser may sell stocks based on information that the Adviser determines is not adequately reflected in its systematic model.

 

Principal Risks

 

As with all mutual funds, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. You could lose money by investing in the Fund. A Fund share is not a bank deposit and it is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any government agency. The principal risk factors affecting shareholders’ investments in the Fund are set forth below.

 

Equity Risk – Since it purchases equity securities, the Fund is subject to the risk that stock prices may fall over short or extended periods of time. Historically, the equity market has moved in cycles, and the value of the Fund’s securities may fluctuate from day to day. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. These factors contribute to price volatility, which is the principal risk of investing in the Fund.

 

Small- and Mid-Capitalization Company Risk – The small- and mid-capitalization companies in which the Fund may invest may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. In particular, investments in these small- and mid-sized companies may pose additional risks, including liquidity risk, because these companies tend to have limited product lines, markets and financial resources, and may depend upon a relatively small management group. Therefore, small- and mid-cap stocks may be more volatile than those of larger companies. These securities may be traded over-the-counter or listed on an exchange.

 

Preferred Stocks Risk – Preferred stocks are sensitive to interest rate changes, and are also subject to equity risk, which is the risk that stock prices will fall over short or extended periods of time. The rights of preferred stocks on the distribution of a company’s assets in the event of a liquidation are generally subordinate to the rights associated with a company’s debt securities.

 

Convertible Securities Risk – The value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates (with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline) and the credit standing of the issuer. The price of a convertible security will also normally vary in some proportion to changes in the price of the underlying common stock because of the conversion or exercise feature.

 

15

 

REITs Risk – REITs are pooled investment vehicles that own, and usually operate, income-producing real estate. REITs are susceptible to the risks associated with direct ownership of real estate, such as the following: declines in property values; increases in property taxes, operating expenses, interest rates or competition; overbuilding; zoning changes; and losses from casualty or condemnation. REITs typically incur fees that are separate from those of the Fund. Accordingly, the Fund’s investments in REITs will result in the layering of expenses such that shareholders will indirectly bear a proportionate share of the REITs’ operating expenses, in addition to paying Fund expenses. REIT operating expenses are not reflected in the fee table and example in this prospectus.

 

Foreign Company Risk – Investing in foreign companies, including direct investments and investments through depositary receipts, poses additional risks since political and economic events unique to a country or region will affect those markets and their issuers. These risks will not necessarily affect the U.S. economy or similar issuers located in the U.S. Securities of foreign companies may not be registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and foreign companies are generally not subject to the regulatory controls imposed on U.S. issuers and, as a consequence, there is generally less publicly available information about foreign securities than is available about domestic securities. Income from foreign securities owned by the Fund may be reduced by a withholding tax at the source, which tax would reduce income received from the securities comprising the portfolio. Foreign securities may also be more difficult to value than securities of U.S. issuers. While depositary receipts provide an alternative to directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their respective national markets and currencies, investments in depositary receipts continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities.

 

Foreign Currency Risk – As a result of the Fund’s investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies, the Fund will be subject to currency risk. Currency risk is the risk that foreign currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar or, in the case of hedged positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency hedged. In either event, the dollar value of an investment in the Fund would be adversely affected.

 

Derivatives Risk – The Fund’s use of forward contracts and swaps for all purposes, including speculative purposes, is subject to market risk, leverage risk, correlation risk, credit risk, valuation risk and liquidity risk. In addition, the Fund’s use of derivatives for hedging purposes is subject to hedging risk. Market risk is the risk that the market value of an investment may move up and down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. Leverage risk is the risk that the use of leverage may amplify the effects of market volatility on the Fund’s share price and may also cause the Fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so in order to satisfy its obligations. Correlation risk is the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly or at all with the underlying asset, rate or index. Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a derivative contract will default or otherwise become unable to honor a financial obligation. Valuation risk is the risk that the derivative may be difficult to value. Liquidity risk is described below. Hedging risk is the risk that derivative instruments used for hedging purposes may also limit any potential gain that may result from the increase in value of the hedged asset. To the extent that the Fund engages in hedging strategies, there can be no assurance that such strategy will be effective or that there will be a hedge in place at any given time. Each of these risks could cause the Fund to lose more than the principal amount invested in a derivative instrument.

 

ETFs Risk – ETFs are pooled investment vehicles, such as registered investment companies and grantor trusts, whose shares are listed and traded on U.S. and non-U.S. stock exchanges or otherwise traded in the over-the-counter market. To the extent that the Fund invests in ETFs, the Fund will be subject to substantially the same risks as those associated with the direct ownership of the securities comprising the index on which an index ETF is based or the other holdings of an active or index ETF, and the value of the Fund’s investment will fluctuate in response to the performance of the underlying index or holdings. ETFs typically incur fees that are separate from those of the Fund. Accordingly, the Fund’s investments in ETFs will result in the layering of expenses such that shareholders will indirectly bear a proportionate share of the ETFs’ operating expenses, in addition to paying Fund expenses.

 

16

 

Liquidity Risk – Certain securities may be difficult or impossible to sell at the time and the price that the Fund would like. The Fund may have to accept a lower price to sell a security, sell other securities to raise cash, or give up an investment opportunity, any of which could have a negative effect on Fund management or performance.

 

Large Purchase and Redemption Risk – Large purchases or redemptions of the Fund’s shares may force the Fund to purchase or sell securities at times when it would not otherwise do so, and may cause the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs to rise, which may negatively affect the Fund’s performance and have adverse tax consequences for Fund shareholders.

 

Management/Systematic or Quantitative Process Risk – The value of the Fund may decline if the Adviser’s judgments about the attractiveness, relative value or potential appreciation of a particular security or strategy prove to be incorrect. Because the Adviser relies, in part, on a systematic, quantitative screening process in selecting securities for the Fund, the Fund is subject to the additional risk that the Adviser’s judgments regarding the investment criteria underlying the screening process may prove to be incorrect.

 

New Fund Risk – Because the Fund is new, investors in the Fund bear the risk that the Fund may not be successful in implementing its investment strategy, may not employ a successful investment strategy, or may fail to attract sufficient assets under management to realize economies of scale, any of which could result in the Fund being liquidated at any time without shareholder approval and at a time that may not be favorable for all shareholders. Such liquidation could have negative tax consequences for shareholders and will cause shareholders to incur expenses of liquidation.

 

Performance Information

 

The Fund is new, and therefore has no performance history. Once the Fund has completed a full calendar year of operations, a bar chart and table will be included that will provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing the variability of the Fund’s returns and comparing the Fund’s performance to a broad measure of market performance. Of course, the Fund’s past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how the Fund will perform in the future.

 

Current performance information is available on the Fund’s website at www.funds.sgadvisors.com or by calling 866-778-6397.

 

Investment Adviser

 

Strategic Global Advisors, LLC

 

Portfolio Managers

 

Cynthia Tusan, CFA, President and Senior Portfolio Manager, has managed the Fund since its inception in 2018.

 

17

 

Gary Baierl, PhD, Chief Investment Officer, has managed the Fund since its inception in 2018.

 

Mark Wimer, CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, has managed the Fund since its inception in 2018.

 

Cherie Badri, CFA, Director of Traditional Research and Senior Portfolio Manager, has managed the Fund since its inception in 2018.

 

Brendan Skarra-Corson, CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, has managed the Fund since its inception in 2018.

 

For important information about the purchase and sale of Fund shares, taxes and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to “Summary Information about the Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares, Taxes and Financial Intermediary Compensation” on page 25 of the prospectus.

 

18

 

SGA GLOBAL EQUITY FUND

 

Investment Objective

 

The SGA Global Equity Fund (the “Global Equity Fund” or the “Fund”) seeks total return, consisting of current income and long-term capital appreciation.

 

Fund Fees and Expenses

 

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

 

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investments)

 

Redemption Fee (as a percentage of amount redeemed, if shares redeemed have been held for less than 90 days) 2.00%

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

    Institutional Shares   Investor Shares
Management Fees   0.95%   0.95%
Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees   None   0.25%
Other Expenses   1.24%   1.49%
Shareholder Servicing Fees None   0.25%  
Other Operating Expenses 1 1.24%   1.24%  
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses   2.19%   2.69%
Less Fee Reductions and/or Expense Reimbursements 2   (1.24)%   (1.49)%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Reductions and/or Expense Reimbursements   0.95%   1.20%

 

1 Other Operating Expenses are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.
2 Strategic Global Advisors, LLC (“SGA” or the “Adviser”) has contractually agreed to waive fees and/or to reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to keep Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, 12b-1 Fees, acquired fund fees and expenses and non-routine expenses (collectively, “excluded expenses”)) from exceeding 0.95% of the average daily net assets of the Fund’s Institutional Shares and Investor Shares until November 30, 2019 (the “contractual expense limit”). In addition, the Adviser may receive from the Fund the difference between the Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (not including excluded expenses) and the contractual expense limit to recoup all or a portion of its prior fee waivers or expense reimbursements made during the three-year period preceding the date of the recoupment if at any point Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (not including excluded expenses) are below the contractual expense limit (i) at the time of the fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement and (ii) at the time of the recoupment. This agreement may be terminated: (i) by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) of The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III (the “Trust”), for any reason at any time; or (ii) by the Adviser, upon ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to the Trust, effective as of the close of business on November 30, 2019.

 

19

 

Example

 

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

 

The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses (including one year of capped expenses in each period) remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

  1 Year 3 Years
Institutional Shares $97 $566
Investor Shares $122 $694

 

Portfolio Turnover

 

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in total annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. Because the Fund was not in operation as of the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, it does not have portfolio turnover information to report.

 

Principal Investment Strategies

 

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets, plus any borrowings for investment purposes, in equity securities. This investment policy can be changed by the Fund upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders. For purposes of the Fund’s 80% investment policy, equity securities include, but are not limited to, (i) common stocks, (ii) preferred stocks, (iii) convertible securities, (iv) real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), (v) depositary receipts (including American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”)), which are certificates typically issued by a bank or trust company that represent ownership interests in securities of non-U.S. companies, and (vi) derivative instruments and exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) with economic characteristics similar to equity securities. The Fund may invest in securities of companies with any market capitalization, but focuses on mid- to large-capitalization companies.

 

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests in at least three countries, including the United States, and invests at least 40% of its total assets in securities of non-U.S. companies. The Fund considers a company to be a non-U.S. company if: (i) at least 50% of the company’s assets are located outside of the U.S.; (ii) at least 50% of the company’s revenue or operating income is generated outside of the U.S.; or (iii) the company maintains its principal place of business or headquarters outside of the U.S.

 

The Fund may utilize swaps to seek to replicate equity exposure in certain foreign markets where direct investment is either impossible or difficult due to local investment restrictions, and may utilize other derivatives, principally forward foreign currency exchange contracts, to seek to hedge (i.e. offset) currency risk.

 

20

 

In selecting investments for the Fund, the Adviser integrates a systematic, quantitative screening process with traditional research and active risk management. The Adviser first uses a proprietary model that incorporates valuation, growth, sentiment and quality factors to narrow the universe of investable stocks, and then conducts fundamental analyses of any potential buys before they are added to the Fund’s portfolio. While the Adviser’s investment process is primarily driven by “bottom-up” stock selection, which focuses on an analysis of individual companies, the Adviser may also take “top-down” macroeconomic conditions, as well as other factors deemed relevant by the portfolio managers, into consideration in constructing the Fund’s portfolio. The Fund’s sector and country exposures, however, are generally kept within 10% of those of its benchmark index. The Adviser identifies potential sells using the same systematic model it uses to identify potential purchases, and reviews the sells prior to trading. In addition, the Adviser may sell stocks based on information that the Adviser determines is not adequately reflected in its systematic model.

 

Principal Risks

 

As with all mutual funds, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. You could lose money by investing in the Fund. A Fund share is not a bank deposit and it is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any government agency. The principal risk factors affecting shareholders’ investments in the Fund are set forth below.

 

Equity Risk – Since it purchases equity securities, the Fund is subject to the risk that stock prices may fall over short or extended periods of time. Historically, the equity market has moved in cycles, and the value of the Fund’s securities may fluctuate from day to day. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. These factors contribute to price volatility, which is the principal risk of investing in the Fund.

 

Mid-Capitalization Company Risk – The mid-capitalization companies in which the Fund may invest may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. In particular, investments in these mid-sized companies may pose additional risks, including liquidity risk, because these companies tend to have limited product lines, markets and financial resources, and may depend upon a relatively small management group. Therefore, mid-cap stocks may be more volatile than those of larger companies. These securities may be traded over-the-counter or listed on an exchange.

 

Preferred Stocks Risk – Preferred stocks are sensitive to interest rate changes, and are also subject to equity risk, which is the risk that stock prices will fall over short or extended periods of time. The rights of preferred stocks on the distribution of a company’s assets in the event of a liquidation are generally subordinate to the rights associated with a company’s debt securities.

 

Convertible Securities Risk – The value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates (with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline) and the credit standing of the issuer. The price of a convertible security will also normally vary in some proportion to changes in the price of the underlying common stock because of the conversion or exercise feature.

 

REITs Risk – REITs are pooled investment vehicles that own, and usually operate, income-producing real estate. REITs are susceptible to the risks associated with direct ownership of real estate, such as the following: declines in property values; increases in property taxes, operating expenses, interest rates or competition; overbuilding; zoning changes; and losses from casualty or condemnation. REITs typically incur fees that are separate from those of the Fund. Accordingly, the Fund’s investments in REITs will result in the layering of expenses such that shareholders will indirectly bear a proportionate share of the REITs’ operating expenses, in addition to paying Fund expenses. REIT operating expenses are not reflected in the fee table and example in this prospectus.

 

21

 

Foreign Company Risk – Investing in foreign companies, including direct investments and investments through depositary receipts, poses additional risks since political and economic events unique to a country or region will affect those markets and their issuers. These risks will not necessarily affect the U.S. economy or similar issuers located in the U.S. Securities of foreign companies may not be registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and foreign companies are generally not subject to the regulatory controls imposed on U.S. issuers and, as a consequence, there is generally less publicly available information about foreign securities than is available about domestic securities. Income from foreign securities owned by the Fund may be reduced by a withholding tax at the source, which tax would reduce income received from the securities comprising the portfolio. Foreign securities may also be more difficult to value than securities of U.S. issuers. While depositary receipts provide an alternative to directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their respective national markets and currencies, investments in depositary receipts continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities.

 

Foreign Currency Risk – As a result of the Fund’s investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies, the Fund will be subject to currency risk. Currency risk is the risk that foreign currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar or, in the case of hedged positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency hedged. In either event, the dollar value of an investment in the Fund would be adversely affected.

 

Derivatives Risk – The Fund’s use of forward contracts and swaps for all purposes, including speculative purposes, is subject to market risk, leverage risk, correlation risk, credit risk, valuation risk and liquidity risk. In addition, the Fund’s use of derivatives for hedging purposes is subject to hedging risk. Market risk is the risk that the market value of an investment may move up and down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. Leverage risk is the risk that the use of leverage may amplify the effects of market volatility on the Fund’s share price and may also cause the Fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so in order to satisfy its obligations. Correlation risk is the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly or at all with the underlying asset, rate or index. Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a derivative contract will default or otherwise become unable to honor a financial obligation. Valuation risk is the risk that the derivative may be difficult to value. Liquidity risk is described below. Hedging risk is the risk that derivative instruments used for hedging purposes may also limit any potential gain that may result from the increase in value of the hedged asset. To the extent that the Fund engages in hedging strategies, there can be no assurance that such strategy will be effective or that there will be a hedge in place at any given time. Each of these risks could cause the Fund to lose more than the principal amount invested in a derivative instrument.

 

ETFs Risk – ETFs are pooled investment vehicles, such as registered investment companies and grantor trusts, whose shares are listed and traded on U.S. and non-U.S. stock exchanges or otherwise traded in the over-the-counter market. To the extent that the Fund invests in ETFs, the Fund will be subject to substantially the same risks as those associated with the direct ownership of the securities comprising the index on which an index ETF is based or the other holdings of an active or index ETF, and the value of the Fund’s investment will fluctuate in response to the performance of the underlying index or holdings. ETFs typically incur fees that are separate from those of the Fund. Accordingly, the Fund’s investments in ETFs will result in the layering of expenses such that shareholders will indirectly bear a proportionate share of the ETFs’ operating expenses, in addition to paying Fund expenses.

 

22

 

Liquidity Risk – Certain securities may be difficult or impossible to sell at the time and the price that the Fund would like. The Fund may have to accept a lower price to sell a security, sell other securities to raise cash, or give up an investment opportunity, any of which could have a negative effect on Fund management or performance.

 

Large Purchase and Redemption Risk – Large purchases or redemptions of the Fund’s shares may force the Fund to purchase or sell securities at times when it would not otherwise do so, and may cause the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs to rise, which may negatively affect the Fund’s performance and have adverse tax consequences for Fund shareholders.

 

Management/Systematic or Quantitative Process Risk – The value of the Fund may decline if the Adviser’s judgments about the attractiveness, relative value or potential appreciation of a particular security or strategy prove to be incorrect. Because the Adviser relies, in part, on a systematic, quantitative screening process in selecting securities for the Fund, the Fund is subject to the additional risk that the Adviser’s judgments regarding the investment criteria underlying the screening process may prove to be incorrect.

 

New Fund Risk – Because the Fund is new, investors in the Fund bear the risk that the Fund may not be successful in implementing its investment strategy, may not employ a successful investment strategy, or may fail to attract sufficient assets under management to realize economies of scale, any of which could result in the Fund being liquidated at any time without shareholder approval and at a time that may not be favorable for all shareholders. Such liquidation could have negative tax consequences for shareholders and will cause shareholders to incur expenses of liquidation.

 

Performance Information

 

The Fund is new, and therefore has no performance history. Once the Fund has completed a full calendar year of operations, a bar chart and table will be included that will provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing the variability of the Fund’s returns and comparing the Fund’s performance to a broad measure of market performance. Of course, the Fund’s past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how the Fund will perform in the future.

 

Current performance information is available on the Fund’s website at www.funds.sgadvisors.com or by calling 866-778-6397.

 

Investment Adviser

 

Strategic Global Advisors, LLC

 

Portfolio Managers

 

Cynthia Tusan, CFA, President and Senior Portfolio Manager, is expected to manage the Fund upon its inception.

 

Gary Baierl, PhD, Chief Investment Officer, is expected to manage the Fund upon its inception.

 

23

 

Mark Wimer, CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, is expected to manage the Fund upon its inception.

 

Cherie Badri, CFA, Director of Traditional Research and Senior Portfolio Manager, is expected to manage the Fund upon its inception.

 

Brendan Skarra-Corson, CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, is expected to manage the Fund upon its inception.

 

For important information about the purchase and sale of Fund shares, taxes and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to “Summary Information about the Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares, Taxes and Financial Intermediary Compensation” on page 25 of the prospectus.

 

24

 

Summary Information about the Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares, Taxes and Financial Intermediary Compensation

 

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

 

You may generally purchase or redeem shares on any day that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business.

 

To purchase Institutional Shares of a Fund for the first time, you must invest at least $1,000,000. To purchase Investor Shares of a Fund for the first time, you must invest at least $10,000. There is no minimum for subsequent investments.

 

The Funds may accept investments of smaller amounts in their sole discretion.

 

If you own your shares directly, you may redeem your shares by contacting the Funds directly by mail at Strategic Global Advisors Funds, P.O. Box 219009, Kansas City, MO 64121-9009 (Express Mail Address: Strategic Global Advisors Funds, c/o DST Systems, Inc. 430 West 7th Street, Kansas City, MO 64105) or telephone at 866-778-6397.

 

If you own your shares through an account with a broker or other financial intermediary, contact that broker or financial intermediary to redeem your shares. Your broker or financial intermediary may charge a fee for its services in addition to the fees charged by the Funds.

 

Tax Information

 

Each Fund intends to make distributions that may be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”), in which case your distribution will be taxed when withdrawn from the tax-deferred account.

 

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

 

If you purchase shares of a Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend a Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s web site for more information.

 

25

 

More Information about the Funds’ Investment Objectives and Strategies

 

The investment objective of each Fund is to seek total return, consisting of current income and long-term capital appreciation. The investment objective of each Fund is not a fundamental policy and may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval.

 

The investments and strategies described in this prospectus are those that the Funds use under normal conditions. During unusual economic or market conditions, or for temporary defensive or liquidity purposes, each Fund may, but is not obligated to, invest up to 100% of its assets in money market instruments and other cash equivalents that would not ordinarily be consistent with its investment objective. If a Fund invests in this manner, it may cause the Fund to forgo greater investment returns for the safety of principal and the Fund may therefore not achieve its investment objective. The Funds will only do so if the Adviser believes that the risk of loss outweighs the opportunity for capital appreciation or current income.

 

This prospectus describes the Funds’ principal investment strategies, and the Funds will normally invest in the types of securities and other investments described in this prospectus. In addition to the securities and other investments and strategies described in this prospectus, each Fund also may invest to a lesser extent in other securities, use other strategies and engage in other investment practices that are not part of its principal investment strategies. These investments and strategies, as well as those described in this prospectus, are described in detail in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) (for information on how to obtain a copy of the SAI see the back cover of this prospectus). Of course, there is no guarantee that a Fund will achieve its investment goals.

 

More Information about Risk

 

Investing in each Fund involves risk and there is no guarantee that a Fund will achieve its goals. The Adviser’s judgments about the markets, the economy, or companies may not anticipate actual market movements, economic conditions or company performance, and these judgments may affect the return on your investment. In fact, no matter how good of a job the Adviser does, you could lose money on your investment in a Fund, just as you could with similar investments.

 

The value of your investment in a Fund is based on the value of the securities the Fund holds. These prices change daily due to economic and other events that affect particular companies and other issuers. These price movements, sometimes called volatility, may be greater or lesser depending on the types of securities a Fund owns and the markets in which they trade. The effect on a Fund of a change in the value of a single security will depend on how widely the Fund diversifies its holdings.

 

Equity Risk – Equity securities include common and preferred stocks, convertible securities, depositary receipts, shares of REITs, as well as shares of ETFs that attempt to track the price movement of equity indices. Common stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer. Preferred stock provides a fixed dividend that is paid before any dividends are paid to common stock holders, and which takes precedence over common stock in the event of a liquidation. Like common stock, preferred stocks represent partial ownership in a company, although preferred stock shareholders do not enjoy any of the voting rights of common stockholders. Also, unlike common stock, a preferred stock pays a fixed dividend that does not fluctuate, although the company does not have to pay this dividend if it lacks the financial ability to do so. Investments in equity securities in general are subject to market risks that may cause their prices to fluctuate over time. The value of securities convertible into equity securities is also affected by prevailing interest rates, the credit quality of the issuer and any call provision. Fluctuations in the value of equity securities in which a mutual fund invests will cause the fund’s net asset value to fluctuate. An investment in a portfolio of equity securities may be more suitable for long-term investors who can bear the risk of these share price fluctuations.

 

26

 

Small- and Mid-Capitalization Company Risk – The small- and mid-capitalization companies in which the Funds may invest may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. In particular, investments in these small- and mid-sized companies may pose additional risks, including liquidity risk, because these companies tend to have limited product lines, markets and financial resources, and may depend upon a relatively small management group. Therefore, small- and mid-cap stocks may be more volatile than those of larger companies. These securities may be traded over-the-counter or listed on an exchange.

 

Foreign/Emerging Markets Securities Risk – Investments in securities of foreign companies (including direct investments as well as investments through depositary receipts) can be more volatile than investments in U.S. companies. Diplomatic, political, or economic developments, including nationalization or appropriation, could affect investments in foreign companies. Foreign securities markets generally have less trading volume and less liquidity than U.S. markets. In addition, the value of securities denominated in foreign currencies, and of dividends from such securities, can change significantly when foreign currencies strengthen or weaken relative to the U.S. dollar. Financial statements of foreign issuers are governed by different accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards than the financial statements of U.S. issuers and may be less transparent and uniform than in the United States. Thus, there may be less information publicly available about foreign issuers than about most U.S. issuers. Transaction costs are generally higher than those in the United States and expenses for custodial arrangements of foreign securities may be somewhat greater than typical expenses for custodial arrangements of similar U.S. securities. Some foreign governments levy withholding taxes against dividend and interest income. Although in some countries a portion of these taxes are recoverable, the non-recovered portion will reduce the income received from the securities comprising the portfolio. These risks may be heightened with respect to emerging market countries since political turmoil and rapid changes in economic conditions are more likely to occur in these countries.

 

Foreign Currency Risk – Because non-U.S. securities are usually denominated in currencies other than the dollar, the value of a Fund’s portfolio may be influenced by currency exchange rates and exchange control regulations. The currencies of emerging market countries may experience significant declines against the U.S. dollar, and devaluation may occur subsequent to investments in these currencies by a Fund. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had, and may continue to have, negative effects on the economies and securities markets of certain emerging market countries.

 

REITs Risk – REITs are pooled investment vehicles that own, and usually operate, income-producing real estate. REITs are susceptible to the risks associated with direct ownership of real estate, such as the following: declines in property values; increases in property taxes, operating expenses, interest rates or competition; overbuilding; zoning changes; and losses from casualty or condemnation. REITs typically incur fees that are separate from those of a Fund. Accordingly, a Fund’s investments in REITs will result in the layering of expenses such that shareholders will indirectly bear a proportionate share of the REITs’ operating expenses, in addition to paying Fund expenses. REIT operating expenses are not reflected in the fee tables and examples in this prospectus.

 

Some REITs may have limited diversification and may be subject to risks inherent in financing a limited number of properties. REITs depend generally on their ability to generate cash flow to make distributions, and may be subject to defaults by borrowers and to self-liquidations. In addition, a REIT may be affected by its failure to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or its failure to maintain exemption from registration under the 1940 Act.

 

27

 

Derivatives Risk – A Fund’s use of forward contracts and swaps is subject to derivatives risk. Derivatives are often more volatile than other investments and may magnify a Fund’s gains or losses. There are various factors that affect a Fund’s ability to achieve its objective with derivatives. Successful use of a derivative depends upon the degree to which prices of the underlying assets correlate with price movements in the derivatives a Fund buys or sells. A Fund could be negatively affected if the change in market value of its securities fails to correlate perfectly with the values of the derivatives it purchased or sold. The lack of a liquid secondary market for a derivative may prevent a Fund from closing its derivative positions and could adversely impact its ability to achieve its objective and to realize profits or limit losses. Since derivatives may be purchased for a fraction of their value, a relatively small price movement in a derivative may result in an immediate and substantial loss or gain to a Fund. Derivatives are often more volatile than other investments and a Fund may lose more in a derivative than it originally invested in it. Additionally, forwards and swaps are subject to counterparty risk, meaning that the party that issues the derivative may experience a significant credit event and may be unwilling or unable to make timely settlement payments or otherwise honor its obligations.

 

Forward Contracts . A forward contract involves a negotiated obligation to purchase or sell a specific security or asset at a future date (with or without delivery required), which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. Forward contracts are not traded on exchanges; rather, a bank or dealer will act as agent or as principal in order to make or take future delivery of a specified lot of a particular security or asset for a Fund’s account. Risks associated with forwards may include: (i) an imperfect or no correlation between the movement in prices of forward contracts and the securities or assets underlying them; (ii) an illiquid market for forwards; (iii) difficulty in obtaining an accurate value for the forwards; and (iv) the risk that the counterparty to the forward contract will default or otherwise fail to honor its obligation. Because forwards require only a small initial investment in the form of a deposit or margin, they also involve a high degree of leverage.

 

Swaps . In a swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns, differentials in rates of return or some other amount earned or realized on the “notional amount” of predetermined investments or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. Swaps can involve greater risks than direct investment in securities, because swaps may be leveraged and are subject to counterparty risk and valuation risk. Swaps may also be considered illiquid, and it may not be possible for a Fund to liquidate a swap position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses.

 

ETFs Risk – ETFs are pooled investment vehicles, such as registered investment companies and grantor trusts, whose shares are listed and traded on U.S. and non-U.S. stock exchanges or otherwise traded in the over-the-counter market. To the extent that a Fund invests in ETFs, the Fund will be subject to substantially the same risks as those associated with the direct ownership of the securities comprising the index on which an index ETF is based or the other holdings of an active or index ETF, and the value of the Fund’s investment will fluctuate in response to the performance of the underlying index or holdings. ETFs typically incur fees that are separate from those of the Funds. Accordingly, a Fund’s investments in ETFs will result in the layering of expenses such that shareholders will indirectly bear a proportionate share of the ETFs’ operating expenses, in addition to paying Fund expenses.

 

Because the value of ETF shares depends on the demand in the market, shares may trade at a discount or premium to their net asset value and the Adviser may not be able to liquidate a Fund’s holdings at the most optimal time, which could adversely affect the Fund’s performance.

 

28

 

Liquidity Risk – Certain securities may be difficult or impossible to sell at the time and the price that a Fund would like. The Fund may have to accept a lower price to sell a security, sell other securities to raise cash, or give up an investment opportunity, any of which could have a negative effect on Fund management or performance.

 

Large Purchase and Redemption Risk – Large purchases or redemptions of a Fund’s shares may affect the Fund, since the Fund may be required to sell portfolio securities if it experiences redemptions, and the Fund will need to invest additional cash that it receives. While it is impossible to predict the overall impact of these transactions over time, there could be adverse effects on portfolio management to the extent the Funds may be required to sell securities or invest cash at times when they would not otherwise do so. These transactions could also have tax consequences if sales of securities result in gains, and could also increase transaction costs or portfolio turnover. In addition, a large redemption could result in a Fund’s expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base, leading to an increase in the Fund’s expense ratio.

 

Management/Systematic or Quantitative Process Risk – There is potential for shortfall in any investment process due to a variety of factors including, but not limited to, data and system imperfections, analyst judgment, and the complex nature of designing and implementing portfolio construction systems and other quantitative models. Such shortfalls in systematic or quantitative processes in particular pose broader risk because they may be more pervasive in nature. Furthermore, the Adviser’s systems may not necessarily perform in a manner in which they have historically performed or were intended to perform.

 

New Fund Risk – Because the International Equity Plus Fund, International Small-Mid Cap Equity Fund and Global Equity Fund are new, investors in a Fund bear the risk that the Fund may not be successful in implementing its investment strategy, may not employ a successful investment strategy, or may fail to attract sufficient assets under management to realize economies of scale, any of which could result in the Fund being liquidated at any time without shareholder approval and at a time that may not be favorable for all shareholders. Such liquidation could have negative tax consequences for shareholders and will cause shareholders to incur expenses of liquidation.

 

Information about Portfolio Holdings

 

A description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the circumstances under which the Funds disclose their portfolio holdings is available in the SAI. The Funds will post their top 10 holdings within 60 days of the end of each calendar quarter on the internet at www.funds.sgadvisors.com. The portfolio holdings information placed on the Funds’ website generally will remain there until replaced by new postings as described above.

 

Investment Adviser

 

Strategic Global Advisors, LLC, (“SGA” or the “Adviser”), a women-majority-owned California limited liability company organized in 2005, serves as the investment adviser to the Funds. The Adviser’s principal place of business is located at 100 Bayview Circle, Suite 650, Newport Beach, California 92660. As of September 30, 2018, the Adviser had approximately $4.6 billion in assets under management.

 

The Adviser makes investment decisions for the Funds and continuously reviews, supervises and administers each Fund’s investment program. The Board supervises the Adviser and establishes policies that the Adviser must follow in its management activities.

 

29

 

For its services to the Funds, the Adviser is entitled to a fee, which is calculated daily and paid monthly, at the following annual rates based on the average daily net assets of each Fund.

 

Fund Advisory
Fee Rate
International Equity Fund 0.95%
International Equity Plus Fund 1.10%
International Small-Mid Cap Equity Fund 1.15%
Global Equity Fund 0.95%

 

The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive its fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to keep total annual fund operating expenses (excluding interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, 12b-1 fees, acquired fund fees and expenses and non-routine expenses (collectively, “excluded expenses”)) for Institutional Shares and Investor Shares from exceeding certain levels as set forth below until November 30, 2019 (each, a “contractual expense limit”). This agreement may be terminated: (i) by the Board, for any reason at any time; or (ii) by the Adviser, upon ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to the Trust, effective as of the close of business on November 30, 2019.

 

Fund Contractual
Expense Limitation
International Equity Fund 0.95%
International Equity Plus Fund 1.10%
International Small-Mid Cap Equity Fund 1.15%
Global Equity Fund 0.95%

 

In addition, the Adviser may receive from a Fund the difference between the total annual Fund operating expenses (not including excluded expenses) and the Fund's contractual expense limit to recoup all or a portion of its prior fee waivers or expense reimbursements made during the three-year period preceding the date of the recoupment if at any point total annual Fund operating expenses (not including excluded expenses) are below the contractual expense limit (i) at the time of the fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement and (ii) at the time of the recoupment.

 

For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, the Adviser did not receive any advisory fees, after fee reductions, from the International Equity Fund.

 

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the International Equity Fund’s investment advisory agreement is available in the Fund’s Semi-Annual Report to Shareholders dated January 31, 2018, which covers the period from August 1, 2017 to January 31, 2018. A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the investment advisory agreement with respect to the International Equity Plus Fund, International Small-Mid Cap Equity Fund and Global Equity Fund will be available in each Fund’s first Annual or Semi-Annual Report to Shareholders.

 

Portfolio Managers

 

The International Equity Fund is, and, upon their inception, the International Equity Plus Fund, International Small-Mid Cap Equity Fund and Global Equity Fund are expected to be, managed by a team of investment professionals that are jointly and primarily responsible for the day to day management of the Funds.

 

30

 

Cynthia Tusan, CFA, President and Senior Portfolio Manager, founded the Adviser in 2005. Ms. Tusan leads the portfolio management team and the fundamental research team for the Adviser, and serves an active role in the research and model development process. Ms. Tusan has been managing equity portfolios since 1989. Ms. Tusan earned her BA in Economics from Bryn Mawr College and her MBA from the Anderson School at UCLA. Ms. Tusan is a CFA charter holder, and a member of the CFA Society of Los Angeles and the CFA Society of Orange County.

 

Gary Baierl, PhD, Chief Investment Officer, joined the Adviser in 2006. Dr. Baierl leads the firm’s research and model development effort and is an active member of the portfolio management team. Previously, Dr. Baierl served as the Director of Quantitative Research at Causeway Capital Management. Dr. Baierl received his PhD in Managerial Economics and Decision Science from Northwestern University and his BA in Mathematics and Economics from Boston University.

 

Mark Wimer, CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, joined the Adviser in 2008. His responsibilities include day-to-day management of portfolios as well as quantitative and fundamental research. Mr. Wimer has over twenty-one years of investment experience, most recently as a portfolio manager for several quantitatively-driven domestic and international equity strategies at Harris Investment Management in Chicago. Mr. Wimer has a BS in Computer & Electrical Engineering from Purdue University and an MBA from the Johnson School at Cornell University. Mr. Wimer is a CFA charter holder and a member of the CFA Society of Chicago and the Chicago Quantitative Alliance.

 

Cherie Badri, CFA, Director of Traditional Research and Senior Portfolio Manager, joined the Adviser in 2006. Prior to joining the Adviser, she spent over eight years as a senior associate research analyst covering the leisure and specialty retail industries at William Blair & Company in Chicago. Ms. Badri received her BA in Economics from Northwestern University and her MBA and MS in Finance from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. She is a CFA charter holder and is a member of the CFA Society of Orange County.

 

Brendan Skarra-Corson, CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, joined the Adviser in 2012 after completing a Master of Financial Engineering (MFE) degree at the University of California, Berkeley. Prior to joining the Adviser, he conducted factor and asset allocation research at Lattice Strategies in 2012 and risk modelling while interning at Bank of America from 2011 to 2012 during the MFE program. Mr. Skarra-Corson started his career at INDATA Services, LLC where he led a team that implemented solutions to meet the financial technology needs of asset managers. Mr. Skarra-Corson also holds a BA in Economics and Mathematics from UC, San Diego. He is a CFA charter holder and member of the CFA Society of Orange County.

 

The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed, and ownership of Fund shares.

 

Related Performance Data of the Adviser

 

The following tables present the related performance of groups of separate accounts (each, a “Composite,” and together, the “Composites”), which include all accounts managed by the Adviser that have investment objectives, policies and strategies substantially similar to those of the Funds. The data does not represent the performance of the Funds. Performance is historical and does not represent the future performance of the Funds or of the Adviser.

 

The manner in which the performance was calculated for the Composites differs from that of registered mutual funds such as the Funds. If the performance was calculated in accordance with SEC standardized performance methodology, the performance results may have been different. The Adviser has prepared and presented the following in compliance with the Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS®). The Adviser’s policies on valuing portfolios, calculating performance, and preparing GIPS® compliant performance presentations are available upon request.

 

31

 

All returns presented were calculated on a total return basis and include all dividends and interest, accrued income, and realized and unrealized gains and losses. Investment transactions are accounted for on a trade date basis. “Net of fees” returns reflect the deduction of foreign withholding taxes and all fees, including investment management fees, brokerage commissions, execution costs, sales loads and account fees, if any, paid by the accounts included in the Composites, without taking into account federal or state income taxes, while “gross of fees” returns do not reflect the deduction of investment management fees. All fees and expenses, except certain custodial fees, were included in the calculations. “Net of fees” returns are calculated using the highest applicable investment management fee, which is higher than the investment management fee charged to certain accounts in a Composite. The Composite performance information is calculated in and expressed in United States dollars.

 

Because of variation in fee levels, the “net of fees” Composite returns may not be reflective of performance in any one particular account. Therefore, the performance information shown below is not necessarily representative of the performance information that typically would be shown for a registered mutual fund.

 

The Funds’ fees and expenses are generally expected to be higher than those of the accounts included in the Composites. If the Funds’ fees and expenses had been imposed on the accounts included in the Composites, the performance shown below would have been lower. The accounts that are included in the Composites are also not subject to the diversification requirements, specific tax restrictions, and investment limitations imposed by the federal securities and tax laws. Consequently, the performance results for the Composites could have been adversely affected if the accounts in the Composites were subject to the same federal securities and tax laws as the Funds.

 

For an account to be included in a Composite, it must reach a market value of $100,000. The minimum market value represents the level of assets required to fully implement a Composite’s strategy. Results are based on fully discretionary accounts under management. Accounts are included in a Composite from the first full month of management and removed after the last full month of management.

 

The investment results for the Composites presented below are not intended to predict or suggest the future returns of the Funds. The performance data shown below should not be considered a substitute for the Funds’ own performance information. Investors should be aware that the use of a methodology different than that used below to calculate performance could result in different performance data.

 

THE FOLLOWING DATA DOES NOT REPRESENT THE PERFORMANCE OF THE INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND

 

32

 

Performance Information for the Adviser’s International Equity Composite

 

Calendar Year Total Pre-Tax Returns

Year

Total Pre-Tax Return
(Net of Fees)
Total Pre-Tax Return
(Gross of Fees)
MSCI EAFE
(Net) Index 1
Number of Accounts
at End of Period

Total Assets at
End of Period
($ millions)

2017 24.06% 25.28% 25.03% 13 1,996
2016 -0.55% 0.44% 1.00% 12 955
2015 1.10% 2.11% -0.81% 8 792
2014 1.57% 2.59% -4.90% 6 88
2013 25.16% 26.39% 22.78% 6 74
2012 18.79% 19.97% 17.32% 6 59
2011 -7.32% -6.39% -12.14% 5 38
2010 11.36% 12.47% 7.75% 6 41
2009 32.15% 33.45% 31.78% 6 36
2008 -46.19% -45.62% -43.38% 6 34

 

Average Annual Total Pre-Tax Returns (as of 12/31/17)

Composite Returns  
Time Period

 Net of Fees

 Gross of Fees

MSCI EAFE
(Net) Index 1
1 Year 24.06% 25.28% 25.03%
5 Years 9.66% 10.75% 7.90%
10 Years 3.29% 4.32% 1.94%
Since Inception 2 6.12% 7.18% 4.89%

 

1 The MSCI EAFE Index captures large- and mid-cap representation across developed markets countries around the world, excluding the U.S. and Canada.
2 The inception date of the Composite is November 30, 2005.

 

THE FOLLOWING DATA DOES NOT REPRESENT THE PERFORMANCE OF THE INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PLUS FUND

 

Performance Information for the Adviser’s International Equity Plus Composite

 

Calendar Year Total Pre-Tax Returns
Year Total Pre-Tax Return
(Net of Fees)
Total Pre-Tax Return
(Gross of Fees)
MSCI ACWI ex USA
(Net) Index 1
Number of Accounts
at End of Period

Total Assets at
End of Period

($ millions)

2017 28.38% 29.59% 27.19% 2 136
2016 0.59% 1.59% 4.50% 2 105

 

33

 

Average Annual Total Pre-Tax Returns (as of 12/31/17)

 

Composite Returns  
Time Period

 Net of Fees

 Gross of Fees

MSCI ACWI ex USA
(Net) Index 1
1 Year 28.38% 29.59% 27.19%
Since Inception 2 7.38% 8.43% 7.73%

 

1 The MSCI ACWI ex USA Index captures large- and mid-cap representation across 22 of 23 developed markets countries (excluding the U.S.) and 23 emerging markets countries.
2 The inception date of the Composite is July 1, 2015.

 

THE FOLLOWING DATA DOES NOT REPRESENT THE PERFORMANCE OF THE INTERNATIONAL SMALL-MID CAP EQUITY FUND

 

Performance Information for the Adviser’s International Small-Mid Cap Equity Composite

 

Calendar Year Total Pre-Tax Returns

Year

Total Pre-Tax Return
(Net of Fees)
Total Pre-Tax Return
(Gross of Fees)
MSCI EAFE SMID
Cap Index (Net) 1
Number of Accounts
at End of Period

Total Assets at
End of Period

($ millions)

2017 36.52% 38.33% 30.78% 2 34
2016 0.98% 2.51% 1.32% 2 25
2015 10.06% 11.71% 6.61% 2 24
2014 -1.01% 0.48% - 3.31% 2 22
2013 32.25% 34.20% 26.48% 2 22
2012 18.78% 20.55% 18.96% 2 16
2011 - 6.80% -5.38% - 14.91% 2 14
2010 18.60% 20.37% 17.37% 2 14
2009 33.68% 35.66% 39.24% 2 12
2008 - 49.37% - 48.56% - 45.62% 4 13

 

Average Annual Total Pre-Tax Returns (as of 12/31/17)

 

Composite Returns  
Time Period

Net of Fees

Gross of Fees

MSCI EAFE SMID Cap
Index (Net) 1
1 Year 36.52% 38.33% 30.78%
5 Years 14.71% 16.39% 11.56%
10 Years 5.85% 7.43% 4.51%
Since Inception 2 6.33% 7.91% 5.39%

 

1 The MSCI EAFE SMID Cap Index captures mid- and small-cap representation across developed markets countries around the world, excluding the U.S. and Canada.
2 The inception date of the Composite is September 30, 2006.

 

34

 

THE FOLLOWING DATA DOES NOT REPRESENT THE PERFORMANCE OF THE GLOBAL EQUITY FUND

 

Performance Information for the Adviser’s Global Equity Composite

 

Calendar Year Total Pre-Tax Returns

Year

Total Pre-Tax Return
(Net of Fees)
Total Pre-Tax Return
(Gross of Fees)
MSCI World
(Net) Index 1
Number of Accounts
at End of Period

Total Assets at
End of Period

($ millions)

2017 25.30% 26.46% 22.40% 4 269
2016 4.11% 5.16% 7.51% 4 205
2015 -0.15% 0.86% -0.87% 5 219
2014 11.70% 12.81% 4.94% 2 53

 

Average Annual Total Pre-Tax Returns (as of 12/31/17)

Composite Returns  
Time Period

Net of Fees

Gross of Fees

MSCI World
(Net) Index 1
1 Year 25.30% 26.46% 22.40%
Since Inception 2 11.07% 12.16% 8.82%

 

1 The MSCI World Index captures large- and mid-cap representation across 23 developed markets countries.
2 The inception date of the Composite is October 31, 2013.

 

Purchasing, Selling and Exchanging Fund Shares

 

This section tells you how to purchase, sell (sometimes called “redeem”) and exchange shares of the Funds.

 

For information regarding the federal income tax consequences of transactions in shares of the Funds, including information about cost basis reporting, see “Taxes.”

 

How to Choose a Share Class

 

Each Fund offers two classes of shares to investors, Institutional Shares and Investor Shares. As of the date of this prospectus, Institutional Shares and Investor Shares of the International Equity Plus Fund, International Small-Mid Cap Equity Fund and Global Equity Fund are not available for purchase. Each share class has its own shareholder eligibility criteria, investment minimums, cost structure and other features. The following summarizes the primary features of Institutional Shares and Investor Shares. Contact your financial intermediary or the Funds for more information about each Fund’s share classes and how to choose between them.

 

35

 

Class Name Investment Minimums Fees
Institutional Shares

Initial - $1,000,000

Subsequent - None

No Rule 12b-1 Fee or Shareholder Servicing Fee
Investor Shares

Initial - $10,000

Subsequent - None

0.25% Rule 12b-1 Fee

 

0.25% Shareholder Servicing Fee

 

Institutional Shares and Investor Shares are offered to investors who purchase shares directly from the Funds or through certain financial intermediaries such as financial planners, investment advisors, broker-dealers or other financial institutions. An investor may be eligible to purchase more than one share class. However, if you purchase shares through a financial intermediary, you may only purchase that class of shares which your financial intermediary sells or services. Your financial intermediary can tell you which class of shares is available through the intermediary.

 

The Funds reserve the right to change the criteria for eligible investors and accept investments of smaller amounts in their sole discretion.

 

How to Purchase Fund Shares

 

To purchase shares directly from the Funds through their transfer agent, complete and send in the application. If you need an application or have questions, please call 866-778-6397.

 

All investments must be made by check, Automated Clearing House (“ACH”), or wire. All checks must be made payable in U.S. dollars and drawn on U.S. financial institutions. The Funds do not accept purchases made by third-party checks, credit cards, credit card checks, cash, traveler’s checks, money orders or cashier’s checks.

 

The Funds reserve the right to reject any specific purchase order, including exchange purchases, for any reason. The Funds are not intended for short-term trading by shareholders in response to short-term market fluctuations. For more information about the Funds’ policy on short-term trading, see “Excessive Trading Policies and Procedures.”

 

The Funds do not generally accept investments by non-U.S. persons. Non-U.S. persons may be permitted to invest in the Funds subject to the satisfaction of enhanced due diligence. Please contact the Funds for more information.

 

By Mail

 

You can open an account with the Funds by sending a check and your account application to the address below. You can add to an existing account by sending the Funds a check and, if possible, the “Invest by Mail” stub that accompanies your confirmation statement. Be sure your check identifies clearly your name, your account number, the Fund name and the share class.

 

Regular Mail Address

 

Strategic Global Advisors Funds

P.O. Box 219009

Kansas City, MO 64121-9009

 

36

 

Express Mail Address

 

Strategic Global Advisors Funds

c/o DST Systems, Inc.

430 W 7 th Street

Kansas City, MO 64105

 

The Funds do not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be their agents. Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services of purchase orders does not constitute receipt by the Funds’ transfer agent. The share price used to fill the purchase order is the next price calculated by a Fund after the Funds’ transfer agent receives the order in proper form at the P.O. Box provided for regular mail delivery or the office address provided for express mail delivery.

 

By Wire

 

To open an account by wire, call 866-778-6397 for details. To add to an existing account by wire, wire your money using the wiring instructions set forth below (be sure to include the Fund name, the share class and your account number).

 

Wiring Instructions

 

UMB Bank, N.A.

ABA # 101000695

Strategic Global Advisors Funds

DDA # 9872013085

 

Ref: Fund name/share class/account number/account name

 

By ACH

 

You may not open an account via ACH. To add to an existing account by ACH, call 866-778-6397.

 

Purchases In-Kind

 

Subject to the approval of the Funds, an investor may purchase shares of each Fund with liquid securities and other assets that are eligible for purchase by that Fund (consistent with the Fund’s investment policies and restrictions) and that have a value that is readily ascertainable in accordance with the Fund’s valuation policies. These transactions will be effected only if the Adviser deems the security to be an appropriate investment for a Fund. Assets purchased by a Fund in such transactions will be valued in accordance with procedures adopted by the Funds. The Funds reserve the right to amend or terminate this practice at any time.

 

Minimum Purchases

 

To purchase Institutional Shares of a Fund for the first time, you must invest at least $1,000,000. To purchase Investor Shares of a Fund for the first time, you must invest at least $10,000. There is no minimum for subsequent investments. Each Fund may accept investments of smaller amounts in its sole discretion.

 

37

 

Fund Codes

 

The Funds’ reference information, which is listed below, will be helpful to you when you contact a Fund to purchase or exchange shares, check daily NAV, or obtain additional information.

 

Fund Name

Share

Class

Ticker Symbol CUSIP Fund Code
International Equity Fund Institutional Shares SGLCX 00771X 542 1320
  Investor Shares SGNLX 00771X 559 1321
International Equity Plus Fund Institutional Shares SGLPX 00771X 526 1322
  Investor Shares SGNPX 00771X 534 1323
International Small-Mid Cap Equity Fund Institutional Shares SGSMX 00771X 492 1326
  Investor Shares SGNSX 00771X 518 1327
Global Equity Fund Institutional Shares SGGLX 00771X 476 1324
  Investor Shares SGNGX 00771X 484 1325

 

General Information

 

You may generally purchase shares on any day that the NYSE is open for business (a “Business Day”). Shares cannot be purchased by Federal Reserve wire on days that either the NYSE or the Federal Reserve is closed.

 

A Fund’s price per share will be the next determined NAV per share after the Fund or an authorized institution (as defined below) receives your purchase order in proper form. “Proper form” means that the Fund was provided with a complete and signed account application, including the investor’s social security number or tax identification number, and other identification required by law or regulation, as well as sufficient purchase proceeds.

 

Each Fund calculates its NAV once each Business Day as of the close of normal trading on the NYSE (normally, 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time). To receive the current Business Day’s NAV, a Fund or an authorized institution must receive your purchase order in proper form before the close of normal trading on the NYSE. If the NYSE closes early, as in the case of scheduled half-day trading or unscheduled suspensions of trading, a Fund reserves the right to calculate NAV as of the earlier closing time. A Fund will not accept orders that request a particular day or price for the transaction or any other special conditions. Shares will only be priced on Business Days. Since securities that are traded on foreign exchanges may trade on days that are not Business Days, the value of a Fund’s assets may change on days when you are unable to purchase or redeem shares.

 

Buying or Selling Shares through a Financial Intermediary

 

In addition to being able to buy and sell Fund shares directly from the Funds through their transfer agent, you may also buy or sell shares of a Fund through accounts with financial intermediaries, such as brokers and other institutions that are authorized to place trades in Fund shares for their customers. When you purchase or sell Fund shares through a financial intermediary (rather than directly from a Fund), you may have to transmit your purchase and sale requests to the financial intermediary at an earlier time for your transaction to become effective that day. This allows the financial intermediary time to process your requests and transmit them to the Fund prior to the time the Fund calculates its NAV that day. Your financial intermediary is responsible for transmitting all purchase and redemption requests, investment information, documentation and money to a Fund on time. If your financial intermediary fails to do so, it may be responsible for any resulting fees or losses. Unless your financial intermediary is an authorized institution, orders transmitted by the financial intermediary and received by a Fund after the time NAV is calculated for a particular day will receive the following day’s NAV.

 

38

 

Certain financial intermediaries, including certain broker-dealers and shareholder organizations, are authorized to act as agent on behalf of the Funds with respect to the receipt of purchase and redemption orders for Fund shares (“authorized institutions”). Authorized institutions are also authorized to designate other intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders on a Fund’s behalf. A Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when an authorized institution or, if applicable, an authorized institution’s designee, receives the order. Orders will be priced at a Fund’s next computed NAV after they are received by an authorized institution or an authorized institution’s designee. To determine whether your financial intermediary is an authorized institution or an authorized institution’s designee such that it may act as agent on behalf of a Fund with respect to purchase and redemption orders for Fund shares, you should contact your financial intermediary directly.

 

If you deal directly with a financial intermediary, you will have to follow its procedures for transacting with a Fund. Your financial intermediary may charge a fee for your purchase and/or redemption transactions. For more information about how to purchase or sell Fund shares through a financial intermediary, you should contact your financial intermediary directly.

 

How the Funds Calculate NAV

 

The NAV of a class of a Fund’s shares is determined by dividing the total value of the Fund’s portfolio investments and other assets attributable to the class, less any liabilities attributable to the class, by the total number of shares outstanding of the class.

 

In calculating NAV, each Fund generally values its investment portfolio at market price. If market prices are not readily available or a Fund reasonably believes that they are unreliable, such as in the case of a security value that has been materially affected by events occurring after the relevant market closes, the Fund is required to price those securities at fair value as determined in good faith using methods approved by the Board. Pursuant to the policies adopted by, and under the ultimate supervision of, the Board, these methods are implemented through the Trust’s Fair Value Pricing Committee, members of which are appointed by the Board. A Fund’s determination of a security’s fair value price often involves the consideration of a number of subjective factors, and is therefore subject to the unavoidable risk that the value that the Fund assigns to a security may be higher or lower than the security’s value would be if a reliable market quotation for the security was readily available. The respective prospectuses for the open-end investment companies in which the Funds invest explain the circumstances in which those investment companies will use fair value pricing and the effect of fair value pricing. Redeemable securities issued by open-end investment companies in which the Funds invest are valued at the investment company's applicable NAV.

 

With respect to non-U.S. securities held by a Fund, the Fund may take factors influencing specific markets or issuers into consideration in determining the fair value of a non-U.S. security. International securities markets may be open on days when the U.S. markets are closed. In such cases, the value of any international securities owned by a Fund may be significantly affected on days when investors cannot buy or sell shares. In addition, due to the difference in times between the close of the international markets and the time as of which the Fund prices its shares, the value the Fund assigns to securities may not be the same as the quoted or published prices of those securities on their primary markets or exchanges. In determining fair value prices, a Fund may consider the performance of securities on their primary exchanges, foreign currency appreciation/depreciation, securities market movements in the United States, or other relevant information related to the securities.

 

39

 

There may be limited circumstances in which a Fund would price securities at fair value for stocks of U.S. companies that are traded on U.S. exchanges – for example, if the exchange on which a portfolio security is principally traded closed early or if trading in a particular security was halted during the day and did not resume prior to the time the Fund calculated its NAV.

 

How to Sell Your Fund Shares

 

If you own your shares directly, you may sell your shares on any Business Day by contacting the Funds directly by mail or telephone at 866-778-6397.

 

If you own your shares through an account with a broker or other institution, contact that broker or institution to sell your shares. Your broker or institution may charge a fee for its services in addition to the fees charged by the Funds.

 

If you would like to have your redemption proceeds, including proceeds generated as a result of closing your account, sent to a third party or an address other than your own, please notify the Funds in writing.

 

Certain redemption requests will require a signature guarantee by an eligible guarantor institution. Eligible guarantors include commercial banks, savings and loans, savings banks, trust companies, credit unions, member firms of a national stock exchange, or any other member or participant of an approved signature guarantor program. For example, signature guarantees may be required if your address of record has changed in the last 30 days, if you want the proceeds sent to a bank other than the bank of record on your account, or if you ask that the proceeds be sent to a different person or address. Please note that a notary public is not an acceptable provider of a signature guarantee and that the Funds must be provided with the original guarantee. Signature guarantees are for the protection of Fund shareholders. Before granting a redemption request, the Funds may require a shareholder to furnish additional legal documents to ensure proper authorization.

 

Accounts held by a corporation, trust, fiduciary or partnership, may require additional documentation along with a signature guaranteed letter of instruction. The Funds participate in the Paperless Legal Program (the “Program”), which eliminates the need for accompanying paper documentation on legal securities transfers. Requests received with a Medallion Signature Guarantee will be reviewed for the proper criteria to meet the guidelines of the Program and may not require additional documentation. Please contact Shareholder Services at 866-778-6397 for more information.

 

The sale price of each share will be the next determined NAV after a Fund (or an authorized institution) receives your request in proper form.

 

By Mail

 

To redeem shares by mail, please send a letter to the Funds signed by all registered parties on the account specifying:

 

40

 

The Fund name;
The share class;
The account number;
The dollar amount or number of shares you wish to redeem;
The account name(s); and
The address to which redemption (sale) proceeds should be sent.

 

All registered shareholders must sign the letter in the exact name(s) and must designate any special capacity in which they are registered.

 

Regular Mail Address

 

Strategic Global Advisors Funds

P.O. Box 219009

Kansas City, MO 64121-9009

 

Express Mail Address

 

Strategic Global Advisors Funds

c/o DST Systems, Inc.

430 West 7th Street

Kansas City, MO 64105

 

The Funds do not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be their agents. Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services of sell orders does not constitute receipt by the Funds’ transfer agent. The share price used to fill the sell order is the next price calculated by a Fund after the Funds’ transfer agent receives the order in proper form at the P.O. Box provided for regular mail delivery or the office address provided for express mail delivery.

 

By Telephone

 

To redeem shares by telephone, you must first establish the telephone redemption privilege (and, if desired, the wire and/or ACH redemption privilege) by completing the appropriate sections of the account application. Call 866-778-6397 to redeem your shares. Based on your instructions, the Funds will mail your proceeds to you, or send them to your bank via wire or ACH.

 

Receiving Your Money

 

Normally, the Funds will send your sale proceeds within one Business Day after they receive your redemption request. The Funds, however, may take up to seven days to pay redemption proceeds. Your proceeds can be wired to your bank account (may be subject to a $10 fee), sent to you by check or sent via ACH to your bank account if you have established banking instructions with the Funds. If you are selling shares that were recently purchased by check or through ACH, redemption proceeds may not be available until your check has cleared or the ACH transaction has been completed (which may take up to 15 days from your date of purchase).

 

The Funds typically expect to sell portfolio assets and/or hold cash or cash equivalents to meet redemption requests. On a less regular basis, the Funds may also meet redemption requests by using short-term borrowings from its custodian and/or redeeming shares in-kind (as described below). These methods may be used during both normal and stressed market conditions.

 

41

 

Redemptions In-Kind

 

The Funds generally pay sale (redemption) proceeds in cash. However, under unusual conditions that make the payment of cash unwise and for the protection of the Funds’ remaining shareholders, the Funds might pay all or part of your redemption proceeds in securities with a market value equal to the redemption price (redemption in-kind). It is highly unlikely that your shares would ever be redeemed in-kind, but if they were, you would have to pay transaction costs to sell the securities distributed to you, as well as taxes on any capital gains from the sale as with any redemption. In addition, you would continue to be subject to the risks of any market fluctuation in the value of the securities you receive in-kind until they are sold.

 

Involuntary Redemptions of Your Shares

 

If your account balance drops below $800,000 for Institutional Shares or $8,000 for Investor Shares, you may be required to sell your shares. The Funds generally will provide you at least 30 days’ written notice to give you time to add to your account and avoid the involuntary redemption of your shares. Each Fund reserves the right to waive the minimum account value requirement in its sole discretion. If your Fund shares are redeemed for this reason within 90 days of their purchase, the redemption fee will not be applied.

 

Suspension of Your Right to Sell Your Shares

 

The Funds may suspend your right to sell your shares or delay payment of redemption proceeds for more than seven days during times when the NYSE is closed, other than during customary weekends or holidays, or as otherwise permitted by the SEC. More information about this is in the SAI.

 

How to Exchange Your Fund Shares

 

At no charge, you may exchange Institutional Shares or Investor Shares of one Fund for Institutional Shares or Investor Shares, respectively, of another Fund by writing to or calling the Funds. Exchanges are subject to the minimum investment requirements and the fees and expenses of the Fund you exchange into. You may only exchange shares between accounts with identical registrations (i.e., the same names and addresses).

 

The exchange privilege is not intended as a vehicle for short-term or excessive trading. A Fund may suspend or terminate your exchange privilege if you engage in a pattern of exchanges that is excessive, as determined in the sole discretion of the Fund. For more information about the Funds’ policy on excessive trading, see “Excessive Trading Policies and Procedures.”

 

Telephone Transactions

 

Purchasing, selling and exchanging Fund shares over the telephone is extremely convenient, but not without risk. Although the Funds have certain safeguards and procedures to confirm the identity of callers and the authenticity of instructions, the Funds are not responsible for any losses or costs incurred by following telephone instructions they reasonably believe to be genuine. If you or your financial institution transact with the Funds over the telephone, you will generally bear the risk of any loss.

 

42

 

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

 

The Funds and/or the Adviser may compensate financial intermediaries for providing a variety of services to the Funds and/or their shareholders. Financial intermediaries include affiliated or unaffiliated brokers, dealers, banks (including bank trust departments), trust companies, registered investment advisers, financial planners, retirement plan administrators, insurance companies, and any other institution having a service, administration, or any similar arrangement with the Funds, their service providers or their respective affiliates. This section briefly describes how financial intermediaries may be paid for providing these services. For more information, please see “Payments to Financial Intermediaries” in the SAI.

 

Distribution Plan

 

The Funds have adopted a distribution plan under Rule 12b-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, for Investor Shares that allows the Funds to pay distribution and/or service fees for the sale and distribution of Fund shares, and for services provided to shareholders. Because these fees are paid out of a Fund’s assets on an on-going basis, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges. The maximum annual Rule 12b-1 fee for Investor Shares of a Fund is 0.25%.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

 

The Funds have adopted a shareholder servicing plan that provides that the Funds may pay financial intermediaries for shareholder services in an annual amount not to exceed 0.25% based on the average daily net assets of the Funds’ Investor Shares. The services for which financial intermediaries are compensated may include record-keeping, transaction processing for shareholders’ accounts and other shareholder services.

 

Payments by the Adviser

 

From time to time, the Adviser and/or its affiliates, in their discretion, may make payments to certain affiliated or unaffiliated financial intermediaries to compensate them for the costs associated with distribution, marketing, administration and shareholder servicing support for the Funds. These payments are sometimes characterized as “revenue sharing” payments and are made out of the Adviser’s and/or its affiliates’ own legitimate profits or other resources, and may be in addition to any payments made to financial intermediaries by the Funds. A financial intermediary may provide these services with respect to Fund shares sold or held through programs such as retirement plans, qualified tuition programs, fund supermarkets, fee-based advisory or wrap fee programs, bank trust programs, and insurance (e.g., individual or group annuity) programs. In addition, financial intermediaries may receive payments for making shares of the Funds available to their customers or registered representatives, including providing the Funds with “shelf space,” placing them on a preferred or recommended fund list, or promoting the Funds in certain sales programs that are sponsored by financial intermediaries. To the extent permitted by SEC and Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) rules and other applicable laws and regulations, the Adviser and/or its affiliates may pay or allow other promotional incentives or payments to financial intermediaries.

 

The level of payments made by the Adviser and/or its affiliates to individual financial intermediaries varies in any given year and may be negotiated on the basis of sales of Fund shares, the amount of Fund assets serviced by the financial intermediary or the quality of the financial intermediary’s relationship with the Adviser and/or its affiliates. These payments may be more or less than the payments received by the financial intermediaries from other mutual funds and may influence a financial intermediary to favor the sales of certain funds or share classes over others. In certain instances, the payments could be significant and may cause a conflict of interest for your financial intermediary. Any such payments will not change the NAV or price of a Fund’s shares. Please contact your financial intermediary for information about any payments it may receive in connection with the sale of Fund shares or the provision of services to Fund shareholders.

 

43

 

In addition to these payments, your financial intermediary may also charge you account fees, commissions or transaction fees for buying or redeeming shares of the Funds, or other fees for servicing your account. Your financial intermediary should provide a schedule of its fees and services to you upon request.

 

Other Policies

 

Excessive Trading Policies and Procedures

 

The Funds are intended for long-term investment purposes only and discourage shareholders from engaging in “market timing” or other types of excessive short-term trading. This frequent trading into and out of a Fund may present risks to the Fund’s long-term shareholders and could adversely affect shareholder returns. The risks posed by frequent trading include interfering with the efficient implementation of a Fund’s investment strategies, triggering the recognition of taxable gains and losses on the sale of Fund investments, requiring the Fund to maintain higher cash balances to meet redemption requests, and experiencing increased transaction costs.

 

In addition, because the Funds may invest in foreign securities traded primarily on markets that close prior to the time a Fund determines its NAV, the risks posed by frequent trading may have a greater potential to dilute the value of Fund shares held by long-term shareholders than funds investing exclusively in U.S. securities. In instances where a significant event that affects the value of one or more foreign securities held by a Fund takes place after the close of the primary foreign market, but before the time that the Fund determines its NAV, certain investors may seek to take advantage of the fact that there will be a delay in the adjustment of the market price for a security caused by this event until the foreign market reopens (sometimes referred to as “price” or “time zone” arbitrage). Shareholders who attempt this type of arbitrage may dilute the value of a Fund’s shares if the prices of the Fund’s foreign securities do not reflect their fair value. Although the Funds have procedures designed to determine the fair value of foreign securities for purposes of calculating their NAV when such an event has occurred, fair value pricing, because it involves judgments which are inherently subjective, may not always eliminate the risk of price arbitrage.

 

In addition, because the Funds invest in mid- and small-cap securities, which often trade in lower volumes and may be less liquid, the Funds may be more susceptible to the risks posed by frequent trading because frequent transactions in the Funds’ shares may have a greater impact on the market prices of these types of securities.

The Funds’ service providers will take steps reasonably designed to detect and deter frequent trading by shareholders pursuant to the Funds’ policies and procedures described in this prospectus and approved by the Board. For purposes of applying these policies, the Funds’ service providers may consider the trading history of accounts under common ownership or control. The Funds’ policies and procedures include:

 

A redemption fee of 2.00% of the value of the shares sold will be imposed on shares redeemed within 90 days or less after their date of purchase (subject to certain exceptions as discussed below in “Redemption Fees”).

 

44

 

Each Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase or exchange request by any investor or group of investors for any reason without prior notice, including, in particular, if the Fund or the Adviser reasonably believes that the trading activity would be harmful or disruptive to the Fund.

 

The Funds and/or their service providers seek to apply these policies to the best of their abilities uniformly and in a manner they believe is consistent with the interests of the Funds’ long-term shareholders. The Funds do not knowingly accommodate frequent purchases and redemptions by Fund shareholders. Although these policies are designed to deter frequent trading, none of these measures alone nor all of them taken together eliminate the possibility that frequent trading in a Fund will occur.

 

Financial intermediaries (such as investment advisers and broker-dealers) often establish omnibus accounts in the Funds for their customers through which transactions are placed. The Funds have entered into “information sharing agreements” with these financial intermediaries, which permit the Funds to obtain, upon request, information about the trading activity of the intermediary’s customers that invest in the Funds. If the Funds or their service providers identify omnibus account level trading patterns that have the potential to be detrimental to the Funds, the Funds or their service providers may, in their sole discretion, request from the financial intermediary information concerning the trading activity of its customers. Based upon a review of that information, if the Funds or their service providers determine that the trading activity of any customer may be detrimental to the Funds, they may, in their sole discretion, request the financial intermediary to restrict or limit further trading in the Funds by that customer. If the Funds are not satisfied that the intermediary has taken appropriate action, the Funds may terminate the intermediary’s ability to transact in Fund shares. When information regarding transactions in the Funds’ shares is requested by the Funds and such information is in the possession of a person that is itself a financial intermediary to a financial intermediary (an “indirect intermediary”), any financial intermediary with whom the Funds have an information sharing agreement is obligated to obtain transaction information from the indirect intermediary or, if directed by the Funds, to restrict or prohibit the indirect intermediary from purchasing shares of the Funds on behalf of other persons.

 

The Funds and their service providers will use reasonable efforts to work with financial intermediaries to identify excessive short-term trading in omnibus accounts that may be detrimental to the Funds. However, there can be no assurance that the monitoring of omnibus account level trading will enable the Funds to identify or prevent all such trading by a financial intermediary’s customers. Please contact your financial intermediary for more information.

 

Redemption Fee

 

In an effort to discourage short-term trading and defray costs incurred by shareholders as a result of short-term trading, each Fund charges a 2.00% redemption fee on redemptions (including exchanges) of shares that have been held for less than 90 days. The redemption fee is deducted from a Fund’s sale proceeds and cannot be paid separately, and any proceeds of the fee are credited to the assets of the Fund from which the redemption was made. The fee does not apply to shares purchased with reinvested dividends or distributions. In determining how long shares of a Fund have been held, the Fund assumes that shares held by the investor the longest period of time will be sold first.

 

The redemption fee is applicable to Fund shares purchased either directly from a Fund or through a financial intermediary, such as a broker-dealer. Transactions through financial intermediaries typically are placed with the Fund on an omnibus basis and include both purchase and sale transactions placed on behalf of multiple investors. The Funds request that financial intermediaries assess the redemption fee on customer accounts and collect and remit the proceeds to the Funds. However, the Funds recognize that due to operational and systems limitations, intermediaries’ methods for tracking and calculating the fee may be inadequate or differ in some respects from the Funds’. Therefore, to the extent that financial intermediaries are unable to collect the redemption fee, a Fund may not be able to defray the expenses associated with those short-term trades made by that financial intermediary’s customers.

 

45

 

Each Fund reserves the right to waive its redemption fee at its discretion when it believes such waiver is in the best interests of the Fund, including with respect to certain categories of redemptions that the Fund reasonably believes may not raise frequent trading or market timing concerns. These categories currently include, but are not limited to, the following: (i) participants in certain group retirement plans whose processing systems are incapable of properly applying the redemption fee to underlying shareholders; (ii) redemptions resulting from certain transfers upon the death of a shareholder; (iii) redemptions by certain pension plans as required by law or by regulatory authorities; and (iv) retirement loans and withdrawals.

 

Customer Identification and Verification

 

To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person who opens an account.

 

What this means to you: When you open an account, a Fund will ask your name, address, date of birth, and other information that will allow the Fund to identify you. This information is subject to verification to ensure the identity of all persons opening a mutual fund account.

 

The Funds are required by law to reject your new account application if the required identifying information is not provided.

 

In certain instances, the Funds are required to collect documents to fulfill their legal obligation. Documents provided in connection with your application will be used solely to establish and verify your identity.

 

Attempts to collect the missing information required on the application will be performed by either contacting you or, if applicable, your broker or financial intermediary. If this information cannot be obtained within a reasonable timeframe established in the sole discretion of the Funds, your application will be rejected.

 

Upon receipt of your application in proper form (or upon receipt of all identifying information required on the application), your investment will be accepted and your order will be processed at the next-determined NAV per share.

 

The Funds reserve the right to close or liquidate your account at the next-determined NAV and remit proceeds to you via check if they are unable to verify your identity. Attempts to verify your identity will be performed within a reasonable timeframe established in the sole discretion of the Funds. Further, the Funds reserve the right to hold your proceeds until your original check clears the bank, which may take up to 15 days from the date of purchase. In such an instance, you may be subject to a gain or loss on Fund shares and will be subject to corresponding tax implications.

 

Anti-Money Laundering Program

 

Customer identification and verification is part of the Funds’ overall obligation to deter money laundering under federal law. The Funds have adopted an anti-money laundering compliance program designed to prevent the Funds from being used for money laundering or the financing of illegal activities. In this regard, the Funds reserve the right to: (i) refuse, cancel or rescind any purchase or exchange order; (ii) freeze any account and/or suspend account services; or (iii) involuntarily close your account in cases of threatening conduct or suspected fraudulent or illegal activity. These actions will be taken when, in the sole discretion of Fund management, they are deemed to be in the best interest of a Fund or in cases when a Fund is requested or compelled to do so by governmental or law enforcement authority. If your account is closed at the request of governmental or law enforcement authority, you may not receive proceeds of the redemption if the Fund is required to withhold such proceeds.

 

46

 

Unclaimed Property

 

Each state has unclaimed property rules that generally provide for escheatment (or transfer) to the state of unclaimed property under various circumstances. Such circumstances include inactivity (e.g., no owner-initiated contact for a certain period), returned mail (e.g., when mail sent to a shareholder is returned by the post office, or “RPO,” as undeliverable), or a combination of both inactivity and returned mail. Once it flags property as unclaimed, the applicable Fund will attempt to contact the shareholder, but if that attempt is unsuccessful, the account may be considered abandoned and escheated to the state.

 

Shareholders that reside in the state of Texas may designate a representative to receive escheatment notifications by completing and submitting a designation form that can be found on the website of the Texas Comptroller. While the designated representative does not have any rights to claim or access the shareholder’s account or assets, the escheatment period will cease if the representative communicates knowledge of the shareholder’s location and confirms that the shareholder has not abandoned his or her property. A completed designation form may be mailed to the Funds (if shares are held directly with the Funds) or to the shareholder's financial intermediary (if shares are not held directly with the Funds).

 

More information on unclaimed property and how to maintain an active account is available through your state or by calling 866-778-6397.

 

Dividends and Distributions

 

The Funds distribute their net investment income, and make distributions of their net realized capital gains, if any, at least annually. If you own Fund shares on a Fund’s record date, you will be entitled to receive the distribution.

 

You will receive dividends and distributions in the form of additional Fund shares unless you elect to receive payment in cash. To elect cash payment, you must notify a Fund in writing prior to the date of the distribution. Your election will be effective for dividends and distributions paid after the Fund receives your written notice. To cancel your election, simply send the Fund written notice.

 

Taxes

 

Please consult your tax advisor regarding your specific questions about U.S. federal, state and local income taxes. Below is a summary of some important tax issues that affect the Funds and their shareholders. This summary is based on current tax laws, which may change. This summary does not apply to shares held in an IRA or other tax-qualified plans, which are generally not subject to current tax. Transactions relating to shares held in such accounts may, however, be taxable at some time in the future.

 

47

 

The recently enacted tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) makes significant changes to the U.S. federal income tax rules for taxation of individuals and corporations, generally effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017. Many of the changes applicable to individuals are temporary and would apply only to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2026. There are only minor changes with respect to the specific rules only applicable to regulated investment companies, such as the Funds. The Tax Act, however, makes numerous other changes to the tax rules that may affect shareholders and the Funds. You are urged to consult with your own tax advisor regarding how the Tax Act affects your investment in the Funds.

 

Each Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income and net realized capital gains, if any. The dividends and distributions you receive may be subject to federal, state, and local taxation, depending upon your tax situation. Distributions you receive from each Fund may be taxable whether or not you reinvest them. Income distributions, other than distributions of qualified dividend income, and distributions of short term capital gains are generally taxable at ordinary income tax rates. Distributions reported by the Funds as long term capital gains and as qualified dividend income are generally taxable at the rates applicable to long-term capital gains currently set at a maximum tax rate for individuals at 20% (lower rates apply to individuals in lower tax brackets). Once a year the Funds (or their administrative agent) will send you a statement showing the types and total amount of distributions you received during the previous year.

 

You should note that if you purchase shares just before a distribution, the purchase price would reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution. In this case, you would be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply constitutes a return of your investment. This is known as “buying a dividend” and should be avoided by taxable investors.

 

Each sale of Fund shares may be a taxable event. For tax purposes, an exchange of your Fund shares for shares of a different fund is the same as a sale. The gain or loss on the sale of Fund shares generally will be treated as a short-term capital gain or loss if you held the shares for 12 months or less or as long-term capital gain or loss if you held the shares for longer. Any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Fund shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributions received (or deemed received) by you with respect to the Fund shares. All or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Fund shares will be disallowed if you purchase other substantially identical shares within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

 

U.S. individuals with income exceeding $200,000 ($250,000 if married and filing jointly) are subject to a 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on their “net investment income,” including interest, dividends, and capital gains (including capital gains realized on the sale or exchange of shares of a Fund).

 

The Funds (or their administrative agent) must report to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and furnish to Fund shareholders cost basis information for Fund shares. In addition to reporting the gross proceeds from the sale of Fund shares, the Funds (or their administrative agent) are also required to report the cost basis information for such shares and indicate whether these shares had a short-term or long-term holding period. For each sale of Fund shares, the Funds will permit shareholders to elect from among several IRS-accepted cost basis methods, including the average cost basis method. In the absence of an election, the Funds will use the average basis method as the default cost basis method. The cost basis method elected by the Fund shareholder (or the cost basis method applied by default) for each sale of Fund shares may not be changed after the settlement date of each such sale of Fund shares. Fund shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the best IRS-accepted cost basis method for their tax situation and to obtain more information about how cost basis reporting applies to them. Shareholders also should carefully review the cost basis information provided to them and make any additional basis, holding period or other adjustments that are required when reporting these amounts on their federal income tax returns.

 

48

 

To the extent a Fund invests in foreign securities, it may be subject to foreign withholding taxes with respect to dividends or interest the Fund received from sources in foreign countries. If more than 50% of the total assets of a Fund consists of foreign securities, such Fund will be eligible to elect to treat some of those taxes as a distribution to shareholders, which would allow shareholders to offset some of their U.S. federal income tax. A Fund (or its administrative agent) will notify you if it makes such an election and provide you with the information necessary to reflect foreign taxes paid on your income tax return.

 

A Fund may invest in REITs. REITs in which a Fund invests often do not provide complete and final tax information to the Fund until after the time that the Fund issues a tax reporting statement. As a result, a Fund may at times find it necessary to reclassify the amount and character of its distributions to you after it issues your tax reporting statement. When such reclassification is necessary, a Fund (or its administrative agent) will send you a corrected, final Form 1099-DIV to reflect the reclassified information. If you receive a corrected Form 1099-DIV, use the information on this corrected form, and not the information on the previously issued tax reporting statement, in completing your tax returns.

 

The Tax Act treats “qualified REIT dividends” (i.e., ordinary REIT dividends other than capital gain dividends and portions of REIT dividends designated as qualified dividend income eligible for capital gain tax rates) as eligible for a 20% deduction by non-corporate taxpayers. This deduction, if allowed in full, equates to a maximum effective tax rate of 29.6% (37% top rate applied to income after 20% deduction). The Tax Act does not contain a provision permitting regulated investment companies, such as the Funds, to pass the special character of this income through to their shareholders. Currently, direct investors in REITs will enjoy the lower rate, but investors in regulated investment companies that invest in such REITs will not. It is uncertain whether future technical corrections or administrative guidance will address this issue to enable the Funds to pass through the special character of “qualified REIT dividends” to shareholders.

 

Because each shareholder’s tax situation is different, you should consult your tax advisor about the tax implications of an investment in the Funds.

 

More information about taxes is in the SAI.

 

Additional Information

 

The Trust enters into contractual arrangements with various parties, including, among others, the Funds’ investment adviser, custodian, transfer agent, accountants, administrator and distributor, who provide services to the Funds. Shareholders are not parties to, or intended (or “third-party”) beneficiaries of, any of those contractual arrangements, and those contractual arrangements are not intended to create in any individual shareholder or group of shareholders any right to enforce the terms of the contractual arrangements against the service providers or to seek any remedy under the contractual arrangements against the service providers, either directly or on behalf of the Trust.

 

This prospectus and the SAI provide information concerning the Trust and the Funds that you should consider in determining whether to purchase shares of the Funds. The Funds may make changes to this information from time to time. Neither this prospectus, the SAI or any document filed as an exhibit to the Trust’s registration statement, is intended to, nor does it, give rise to an agreement or contract between the Trust or the Funds and any shareholder, or give rise to any contract or other rights in any individual shareholder, group of shareholders or other person other than any rights conferred explicitly by federal or state securities laws that may not be waived.

 

49

 

Financial Highlights

 

The tables that follow present performance information about Institutional Shares and Investor Shares of the International Equity Fund. This information is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the period of the Fund’s operations. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. The total returns in the tables represent the rate that an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of dividends and distributions). The information provided below has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm of the Fund. The financial statements and the unqualified opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP are included in the 2018 annual report of the Fund, which is available upon request by calling the Fund at 866-778-6397.

 

Because the International Equity Plus Fund, International Small-Mid Cap Equity Fund and Global Equity Fund were not in operation as of the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, financial highlights for these Funds are not available.

 

50

 

Selected Per Share Data & Ratios

For a Share Outstanding

    Institutional Shares

  Year Ended
July 31, 2018
  Period Ended
July 31, 2017 (1)
 
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Year/Period $ 11.58     $ 10.00    
Income (Loss) from Investment Operations:        
Net Investment Income* 0.24     0.15    
Net Realized and Unrealized Gain 0.05     1.43    
Total from Investment Operations 0.29     1.58    
Dividends and Distributions:        
Net Investment Income (0.24 )   --  
Capital Gains (0.15 )   --  
Total Dividends and Distributions (0.39 )   --  
Net Asset Value, End of Year/Period $ 11.48     $ 11.58    
Total Return 2.43 %   15.80 %  
         
Ratios and Supplemental Data        
Net Assets, End of Year/Period (Thousands) $ 1,660     $ 1,618    
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets 0.95 %   0.95 % ††
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Reimbursements) 20.14 %   31.81 % ††
Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets 2.05 %   1.80 % ††
Portfolio Turnover Rate 45 %   145 %

 

* Per share calculations were performed using average shares for the period.
Total return is for the period indicated and has not been annualized. Returns shown do not reflect the deductions of taxes that a shareholder would pay on Fund distributions or the redemption of Fund shares.
†† Annualized
Portfolio turnover is for the period indicated and has not been annualized.
(1) The Fund commenced operations on September 30, 2016.

Amounts designated as "--" are either not applicable, $0 or have been rounded to $0.      

 

51

 

Selected Per Share Data & Ratios

For a Share Outstanding

    Investor Shares  

  Year Ended
July 31, 2018
  Period Ended
July 31, 2017 (1)
 
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Year/Period $ 11.56     $ 10.00    
Income (Loss) from Investment Operations:        
Net Investment Income* 0.23     0.14    
Net Realized and Unrealized Gain 0.04     1.42    
Total from Investment Operations 0.27     1.56    
Dividends and Distributions:        
Net Investment Income (0.24 )   --  
Capital Gains (0.15 )   --  
Total Dividends and Distributions (0.39 )   --  
Net Asset Value, End of Year/Period $ 11.44     $ 11.56    
Total Return 2.23 %   15.60 %  
         
Ratios and Supplemental Data        
Net Assets, End of Year/Period (Thousands) $ 329     $ 116    
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets 1.20 %   1.10 % ††
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Reimbursements) 19.19 %   33.23 % ††
Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets 1.93 %   1.68 % ††
Portfolio Turnover Rate 45 %   145 %

 

* Per share calculations were performed using average shares for the period.
Total return is for the period indicated and has not been annualized. Returns shown do not reflect the deductions of taxes that a shareholder would pay on Fund distributions or the redemption of Fund shares.
†† Annualized
Portfolio turnover is for the period indicated and has not been annualized.
(1) The Fund commenced operations on September 30, 2016.

Amounts designated as "--" are either not applicable, $0 or have been rounded to $0.      

 

52

 

THE ADVISORS’ INNER CIRCLE FUND III

 

STRATEGIC GLOBAL ADVISORS FUNDS

 

Investment Adviser

 

Strategic Global Advisors, LLC

100 Bayview Circle

Suite 650

Newport Beach, California 92660

 

Distributor

 

SEI Investments Distribution Co.

One Freedom Valley Drive

Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456

 

Legal Counsel

 

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

1701 Market Street

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103

 

More information about the Funds is available, without charge, through the following:

 

Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”): The SAI, dated November 28, 2018, as it may be amended from time to time, includes detailed information about the Strategic Global Advisors Funds and The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III. The SAI is on file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. This means that the SAI, for legal purposes, is a part of this prospectus.

 

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports: These reports list the Funds’ holdings and contain information from the Adviser about investment strategies, and recent market conditions and trends and their impact on Fund performance. The reports also contain detailed financial information about the Funds.

 

To Obtain an SAI, Annual or Semi-Annual Report, or More Information:

 

By Telephone: 866-778-6397

 

By Mail: Strategic Global Advisors Funds
P.O. Box 219009
Kansas City, Missouri 64121-9009

 

By Internet: www.funds.sgadvisors.com

 

From the SEC: You can also obtain the SAI or the Annual and Semi-Annual Reports, as well as other information about The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III, from the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website at: http://www.sec.gov. You may also obtain this information, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by e-mailing the SEC at the following address: publicinfo@sec.gov.

 

The Trust’s Investment Company Act registration number is 811-22920.

 

SGA-PS-001-0300

 

 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

SGA INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND

(Institutional Shares: SGLCX)

(Investor Shares: SGNLX)

 

SGA INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PLUS FUND

(Institutional Shares: SGLPX)

(Investor Shares: SGNPX)

 

SGA INTERNATIONAL SMALL-MID CAP EQUITY FUND

(FORMERLY, SGA INTERNATIONAL SMALL CAP EQUITY FUND)

(Institutional Shares: SGSMX)

(Investor Shares: SGNSX)

 

SGA GLOBAL EQUITY FUND

(Institutional Shares: SGGLX)

(Investor Shares: SGNGX)

 

Institutional Shares

Investor Shares

 

each, a series of

THE ADVISORS’ INNER CIRCLE FUND III

 

November 28, 2018

Investment Adviser:

 

Strategic Global Advisors, LLC

 

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus. This SAI is intended to provide additional information regarding the activities and operations of The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III (the “Trust”) and the SGA International Equity Fund (the “International Equity Fund”), the SGA International Equity Plus Fund (the “International Equity Plus Fund”), the SGA International Small-Mid Cap Equity Fund (the “International Small-Mid Cap Equity Fund”) and the SGA Global Equity Fund (the “Global Equity Fund”) (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”). This SAI is incorporated by reference into and should be read in conjunction with the Funds’ prospectus dated November 28, 2018, as it may be amended from time to time (the “Prospectus”). Capitalized terms not defined herein are defined in the Prospectus. The most recent Annual Report for the International Equity Fund, which includes the International Equity Fund’s audited financial statements dated July 31, 2018, is incorporated by reference into this SAI. Shareholders may obtain copies of the Prospectus or Annual and Semi-Annual Reports free of charge by writing to the Funds at Strategic Global Advisors Funds, P.O. Box 219009, Kansas City, MO 64121-9009 (Express Mail Address: Strategic Global Advisors Funds, c/o DST Systems, Inc., 430 W. 7th Street, Kansas City, MO 64105) or calling the Funds toll-free at 866-778-6397.

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

THE TRUST S-1
DESCRIPTION OF PERMITTED INVESTMENTS S-1
INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS S-31
THE ADVISER S-33
THE PORTFOLIO MANAGERS S-34
THE ADMINISTRATOR S-36
THE DISTRIBUTOR S-36
PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES S-37
THE TRANSFER AGENT S-39
THE CUSTODIAN S-39
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM S-39
LEGAL COUNSEL S-39
SECURITIES LENDING S-39
TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS OF THE TRUST S-39
PURCHASING AND REDEEMING SHARES S-48
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE S-48
TAXES S-50
FUND TRANSACTIONS S-59
PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS S-61
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES S-63
LIMITATION OF TRUSTEES’ LIABILITY S-63
PROXY VOTING S-63
CODES OF ETHICS S-63
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS AND CONTROL PERSONS S-64
APPENDIX A – DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS A-1
APPENDIX B – PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES B-1

 

Institutional Shares and Investor Shares of the International Equity Plus Fund, International Small-Mid Cap Equity Fund and Global Equity Fund are currently not available for purchase.

 

November 28, 2018 SGA-SX-001-0400

ii

 

 

THE TRUST

 

General. Each Fund is a separate series of the Trust. The Trust is an open-end investment management company established under Delaware law as a Delaware statutory trust under a Declaration of Trust dated December 4, 2013 (the “Declaration of Trust”). The Declaration of Trust permits the Trust to offer separate series (“funds”) of shares of beneficial interest (“shares”). The Trust reserves the right to create and issue shares of additional funds. Each fund is a separate mutual fund, and each share of each fund represents an equal proportionate interest in that fund. All consideration received by the Trust for shares of any fund, and all assets of such fund, belong solely to that fund and would be subject to any liabilities related thereto. Each fund of the Trust pays its (i) operating expenses, including fees of its service providers, expenses of preparing prospectuses, proxy solicitation material and reports to shareholders, costs of custodial services and registering its shares under federal and state securities laws, pricing and insurance expenses, brokerage costs, interest charges, taxes and organization expenses and (ii) pro rata share of the fund’s other expenses, including audit and legal expenses. Expenses attributable to a specific fund shall be payable solely out of the assets of that fund. Expenses not attributable to a specific fund are allocated across all of the funds on the basis of relative net assets. The other funds of the Trust are described in one or more separate statements of additional information.

 

Description of Multiple Classes of Shares. The Trust is authorized to offer shares of the Funds in Institutional Shares and Investor Shares. The different classes provide for variations in distribution and shareholder servicing fees and minimum investment requirements. Minimum investment requirements and investor eligibility are described in the Prospectus. For more information on distribution and shareholder servicing expenses, see “Payments to Financial Intermediaries” in this SAI. The Trust reserves the right to create and issue additional classes of shares.

 

Voting Rights. Each shareholder of record is entitled to one vote for each share held on the record date for the meeting. Each Fund will vote separately on matters relating solely to it. As a Delaware statutory trust, the Trust is not required, and does not intend, to hold annual meetings of shareholders. Approval of shareholders will be sought, however, for certain changes in the operation of the Trust and for the election of members of the Board of Trustees of the Trust (each, a “Trustee” and collectively, the “Trustees” or the “Board”) under certain circumstances. Under the Declaration of Trust, the Trustees have the power to liquidate each Fund without shareholder approval. While the Trustees have no present intention of exercising this power, they may do so if any Fund fails to reach a viable size within a reasonable amount of time or for such other reasons as may be determined by the Board.

 

In addition, a Trustee may be removed by the remaining Trustees or by shareholders at a special meeting called upon written request of shareholders owning at least 10% of the outstanding shares of the Trust. In the event that such a meeting is requested, the Trust will provide appropriate assistance and information to the shareholders requesting the meeting.

 

Any series of the Trust may reorganize or merge with one or more other series of the Trust or of another investment company. Any such reorganization or merger shall be pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in an agreement and plan of reorganization authorized and approved by the Trustees and entered into by the relevant series in connection therewith. In addition, such reorganization or merger may be authorized by vote of a majority of the Trustees then in office and, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the Declaration of Trust, without the approval of shareholders of any series.

 

DESCRIPTION OF PERMITTED INVESTMENTS

 

Each Fund’s investment objectives and principal investment strategies are described in the Prospectus. The Funds are diversified, as that term is defined under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the Prospectus. The following are descriptions of the permitted investments and investment practices of the Funds and the associated risk factors. The Funds may invest in any of the following instruments or engage in any of the following investment practices unless such investment or activity is inconsistent with or is not permitted by a Fund’s stated investment policies, including those stated below.

 

S- 1

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”). ADRs, as well as other “hybrid” forms of ADRs, including European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”), are certificates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign issuer. Depositary receipts are securities that evidence ownership interests in a security or a pool of securities that have been deposited with a “depository” and may be sponsored or unsponsored. These certificates are issued by depository banks and generally trade on an established market in the United States or elsewhere. The underlying shares are held in trust by a custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer’s home country. The depository bank may not have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities.

 

For ADRs, the depository is typically a U.S. financial institution and the underlying securities are issued by a foreign issuer. For other depositary receipts, the depository may be a foreign or a U.S. entity, and the underlying securities may have a foreign or a U.S. issuer. Depositary receipts will not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as their underlying securities. Generally, ADRs are issued in registered form, denominated in U.S. dollars, and designed for use in the U.S. securities markets. Other depositary receipts, such as GDRs and EDRs, may be issued in bearer form and denominated in other currencies, and are generally designed for use in securities markets outside the U.S. While the two types of depositary receipt facilities (unsponsored or sponsored) are similar, there are differences regarding a holder’s rights and obligations and the practices of market participants. A depository may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by (or acquiescence of) the underlying issuer; typically, however, the depository requests a letter of non-objection from the underlying issuer prior to establishing the facility. Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all the costs of the facility. The depository usually charges fees upon deposit and withdrawal of the underlying securities, the conversion of dividends into U.S. dollars or other currency, the disposition of non-cash distributions, and the performance of other services.

 

Sponsored depositary receipt facilities are created in generally the same manner as unsponsored facilities, except that sponsored depositary receipts are established jointly by a depository and the underlying issuer through a deposit agreement. The deposit agreement sets out the rights and responsibilities of the underlying issuer, the depository, and the depositary receipt holders. With sponsored facilities, the underlying issuer typically bears some of the costs of the depositary receipts (such as dividend payment fees of the depository), although most sponsored depositary receipts agree to distribute notices of shareholders meetings, voting instructions, and other shareholder communications and information to the depositary receipt holders at the underlying issuer’s request. The depositary of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security or to pass through, to the holders of the receipts, voting rights with respect to the deposited securities.

 

For purposes of a Fund’s investment policies, investments in depositary receipts will be deemed to be investments in the underlying securities. Thus, a depositary receipt representing ownership of common stock will be treated as common stock. Depositary receipts do not eliminate all of the risks associated with directly investing in the securities of foreign issuers.

 

Investments in the securities of foreign issuers may subject a Fund to investment risks that differ in some respects from those related to investments in securities of U.S. issuers. Such risks include future adverse political and economic developments, possible imposition of withholding taxes on income, possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of foreign deposits, possible establishment of exchange controls or taxation at the source or greater fluctuation in value due to changes in exchange rates. Foreign issuers of securities often engage in business practices different from those of domestic issuers of similar securities, and there may be less information publicly available about foreign issuers. In addition, foreign issuers are, generally speaking, subject to less government supervision and regulation and different accounting treatment than are those in the United States.

 

S- 2

 

Equity Securities. Equity securities represent ownership interests in a company or partnership and consist of common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants and rights to acquire common stock, securities convertible into common stock, and investments in master limited partnerships (“MLPs”). Investments in equity securities in general are subject to market risks that may cause their prices to fluctuate over time. Fluctuations in the value of equity securities in which a Fund invests will cause the net asset value of a Fund to fluctuate. The Funds may purchase equity securities traded on global securities exchanges or the over-the-counter market. Equity securities are described in more detail below:

 

Common Stock. Common stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds and preferred stock take precedence over the claims of those who own common stock.

 

Preferred Stock. Preferred stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer that pays dividends at a specified rate and that has precedence over common stock in the payment of dividends. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds take precedence over the claims of those who own preferred and common stock.

 

Alternative Entity Securities. Alternative entity securities are the securities of entities that are formed as limited partnerships, limited liability companies, business trusts or other non-corporate entities that are similar to common or preferred stock of corporations.

 

Exchange-Traded Funds (“ETFs”). An ETF is a fund whose shares are bought and sold on a securities exchange as if it were a single security. An ETF holds a portfolio of securities designed to track a particular market segment or index. Some examples of ETFs are SPDRs ® , DIAMONDS SM , NASDAQ 100 Index Tracking Stock SM (“QQQs SM ”), and iShares ® . A Fund could purchase an ETF to temporarily gain exposure to a portion of the U.S. or foreign market while awaiting an opportunity to purchase securities directly. Similarly, a Fund may establish a short position in an ETF to gain inverse exposure to a portion of the U.S. or foreign markets. The risks of owning an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the securities comprising the index which an index ETF is designed to track or the other holdings of an active or index ETF, although lack of liquidity in an ETF could result in it being more volatile than the tracked index or underlying holdings, and ETFs have management fees that increase their costs versus the costs of owning the underlying holdings directly. See also “Securities of Other Investment Companies” below.

 

Warrants. Warrants are instruments that entitle the holder to buy an equity security at a specific price for a specific period of time. Changes in the value of a warrant do not necessarily correspond to changes in the value of its underlying security. The price of a warrant may be more volatile than the price of its underlying security, and a warrant may offer greater potential for capital appreciation as well as capital loss. Warrants do not entitle a holder to dividends or voting rights with respect to the underlying security and do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuing company. A warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date. These factors can make warrants more speculative than other types of investments.

 

Convertible Securities. Convertible securities are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted or exchanged (by the holder or by the issuer) into shares of the underlying common stock (or cash or securities of equivalent value) at a stated exchange ratio. A convertible security may also be called for redemption or conversion by the issuer after a particular date and under certain circumstances (including a specified price) established upon issue. If a convertible security held by a Fund is called for redemption or conversion, that Fund could be required to tender it for redemption, convert it into the underlying common stock, or sell it to a third party.

 

S- 3

 

Convertible securities generally have less potential for gain or loss than common stocks. Convertible securities generally provide yields higher than the underlying common stocks, but generally lower than comparable non-convertible securities. Because of this higher yield, convertible securities generally sell at a price above their “conversion value,” which is the current market value of the stock to be received upon conversion. The difference between this conversion value and the price of convertible securities will vary over time depending on changes in the value of the underlying common stocks and interest rates. When the underlying common stocks decline in value, convertible securities will tend not to decline to the same extent because of the interest or dividend payments and the repayment of principal at maturity for certain types of convertible securities. However, securities that are convertible other than at the option of the holder generally do not limit the potential for loss to the same extent as securities convertible at the option of the holder. When the underlying common stocks rise in value, the value of convertible securities may also be expected to increase. At the same time, however, the difference between the market value of convertible securities and their conversion value will narrow, which means that the value of convertible securities will generally not increase to the same extent as the value of the underlying common stocks. Because convertible securities may also be interest-rate sensitive, their value may increase as interest rates fall and decrease as interest rates rise. Convertible securities are also subject to credit risk, and are often lower-quality securities.

 

General Risks of Investing in Stocks. While investing in stocks allows investors to participate in the benefits of owning a company, such investors must accept the risks of ownership. Unlike bondholders, who have preference to a company’s earnings and cash flow, preferred stockholders, followed by common stockholders in order of priority, are entitled only to the residual amount after a company meets its other obligations. For this reason, the value of a company’s stock will usually react more strongly to actual or perceived changes in the company’s financial condition or prospects than its debt obligations. Stockholders of a company that fares poorly can lose money.

 

Stock markets tend to move in cycles with short or extended periods of rising and falling stock prices. The value of a company’s stock may fall because of:

 

Factors that directly relate to that company, such as decisions made by its management or lower demand for the company’s products or services;

 

Factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases in production costs; and

 

Changes in general financial market conditions that are relatively unrelated to the company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates, currency exchange rates or inflation rates.

 

Because preferred stock is generally junior to debt securities and other obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in a more senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics.

 

Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”). A REIT is a corporation or business trust (that would otherwise be taxed as a corporation) which meets the definitional requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Code permits a qualifying REIT to deduct from taxable income the dividends paid, thereby effectively eliminating corporate level federal income tax and making the REIT a pass-through vehicle for federal income tax purposes. To meet the definitional requirements of the Code, a REIT must, among other things: invest substantially all of its assets in interests in real estate (including mortgages and other REITs), cash and government securities; derive most of its income from rents from real property or interest on loans secured by mortgages on real property; and distribute annually 90% or more of its otherwise taxable income to shareholders. Although the REIT structure originated in the U.S., a number of countries around the world have adopted, or are considering adopting, similar REIT and REIT-like structures.

 

S- 4

 

REITs are sometimes informally characterized as Equity REITs and Mortgage REITs. An Equity REIT invests primarily in the fee ownership or leasehold ownership of land and buildings; a Mortgage REIT invests primarily in mortgages on real property, which may secure construction, development or long-term loans.

 

REITs in which a Fund invests may be affected by changes in underlying real estate values, which may have an exaggerated effect to the extent that REITs in which the Fund invests may concentrate investments in particular geographic regions or property types. Additionally, rising interest rates may cause investors in REITs to demand a higher annual yield from future distributions, which may in turn decrease market prices for equity securities issued by REITs. Rising interest rates also generally increase the costs of obtaining financing, which could cause the value of the Fund’s investments to decline. During periods of declining interest rates, certain Mortgage REITs may hold mortgages that the mortgagors elect to prepay, which prepayment may diminish the yield on securities issued by such Mortgage REITs. In addition, Mortgage REITs may be affected by the ability of borrowers to repay when due the debt extended by the REIT and Equity REITs may be affected by the ability of tenants to pay rent.

 

Certain REITs have relatively small market capitalization, which may tend to increase the volatility of the market price of securities issued by such REITs. Furthermore, REITs are dependent upon specialized management skills, have limited diversification and are, therefore, subject to risks inherent in operating and financing a limited number of projects. By investing in REITs indirectly through a Fund, a shareholder will bear not only his proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund, but also, indirectly, similar expenses of the REITs. REITs depend generally on their ability to generate cash flow to make distributions to shareholders.

 

In addition to these risks, Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the trusts, while Mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. Further, Equity and Mortgage REITs are dependent upon management skills and generally may not be diversified. Equity and Mortgage REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency defaults by borrowers and self-liquidation. In addition, Equity and Mortgage REITs could possibly fail to qualify for tax free pass-through of income under the Code or to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act. The above factors may also adversely affect a borrower’s or a lessee’s ability to meet its obligations to the REIT. In the event of default by a borrower or lessee, the REIT may experience delays in enforcing its rights as a mortgagee or lessor and may incur substantial costs associated with protecting its investments.

 

Micro, Small and Medium Capitalization Issuers. Investing in equity securities of micro, small and medium capitalization companies often involves greater risk than is customarily associated with investments in larger capitalization companies. This increased risk may be due to the greater business risks of smaller size, limited markets and financial resources, narrow product lines and frequent lack of depth of management. The securities of micro and smaller companies are often traded in the over-the-counter market and even if listed on a national securities exchange may not be traded in volumes typical for that exchange. Consequently, the securities of micro and smaller companies are less likely to be liquid, may have limited market stability, and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than securities of larger, more established growth companies or the market averages in general.

 

Initial Public Offerings (“IPOs”). A Fund may invest a portion of its assets in securities of companies offering shares in IPOs. IPOs may have a magnified performance impact on a Fund with a small asset base. A Fund may hold IPO shares for a very short period of time, which may increase the turnover of a Fund’s portfolio and may lead to increased expenses for the Fund, such as commissions and transaction costs. By selling IPO shares, a Fund may realize taxable gains it will subsequently distribute to shareholders. In addition, the market for IPO shares can be speculative and/or inactive for extended periods of time. The limited number of shares available for trading in some IPOs may make it more difficult for a Fund to buy or sell significant amounts of shares without an unfavorable impact on prevailing prices. Holders of IPO shares can be affected by substantial dilution in the value of their shares, by sales of additional shares and by concentration of control in existing management and principal shareholders.

 

S- 5

 

A Fund’s investment in IPO shares may include the securities of unseasoned companies (companies with less than three years of continuous operations), which presents risks considerably greater than common stocks of more established companies. These companies may have limited operating histories and their prospects for profitability may be uncertain. These companies may be involved in new and evolving businesses and may be vulnerable to competition and changes in technology, markets and economic conditions. They may be more dependent on key managers and third parties and may have limited product lines.

 

Master Limited Partnerships. MLPs are limited partnerships or limited liability companies, whose partnership units or limited liability interests are listed and traded on a U.S. securities exchange, and are treated as publicly traded partnerships for federal income tax purposes. To qualify to be treated as a partnership for tax purposes, an MLP must receive at least 90% of its income from qualifying sources as set forth in Section 7704(d) of the Code. These qualifying sources include activities such as the exploration, development, mining, production, processing, refining, transportation, storage and marketing of mineral or natural resources. To the extent that an MLP’s interests are concentrated in a particular industry or sector, such as the energy sector, the MLP will be negatively impacted by economic events adversely impacting that industry or sector.

 

MLPs that are formed as limited partnerships generally have two classes of owners, the general partner and limited partners, while MLPs that are formed as limited liability companies generally have two analogous classes of owners, the managing member and the members. For purposes of this section, references to general partners also apply to managing members and references to limited partners also apply to members.

 

The general partner is typically owned by a major energy company, an investment fund, the direct management of the MLP or is an entity owned by one or more of such parties. The general partner may be structured as a private or publicly traded corporation or other entity. The general partner typically controls the operations and management of the MLP through an equity interest of as much as 2% in the MLP plus, in many cases, ownership of common units and subordinated units. A holder of general partner interests can be liable under certain circumstances for amounts greater than the amount of the holder’s investment in the general partner interest. General partner interests are not publicly traded and generally cannot be converted into common units. The general partner interest can be redeemed by the MLP if the MLP unitholders choose to remove the general partner, typically with a supermajority vote by limited partner unitholders.

 

Limited partners own the remainder of the MLP through ownership of common units and have a limited role in the MLP’s operations and management. Common units are listed and traded on U.S. securities exchanges, with their value fluctuating predominantly based on prevailing market conditions and the success of the MLP. Unlike owners of common stock of a corporation, owners of common units have limited voting rights and have no ability annually to elect directors. In the event of liquidation, common units have preference over subordinated units, but not over debt or preferred units, to the remaining assets of the MLP.

 

MLPs are typically structured such that common units and general partner interests have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to an established minimum amount (“minimum quarterly distributions” or “MQD”). Common and general partner interests also accrue arrearages in distributions to the extent the MQD is not paid. Once common and general partner interests have been paid, subordinated units receive distributions of up to the MQD; however, subordinated units do not accrue arrearages. Distributable cash in excess of the MQD paid to both common and subordinated units is distributed to both common and subordinated units generally on a pro rata basis. The general partner is also eligible to receive incentive distributions if the general partner operates the business in a manner which results in distributions paid per common unit surpassing specified target levels. As the general partner increases cash distributions to the limited partners, the general partner receives an increasingly higher percentage of the incremental cash distributions. A common arrangement provides that the general partner can reach a tier where it receives 50% of every incremental dollar paid to common and subordinated unit holders. These incentive distributions encourage the general partner to streamline costs, increase capital expenditures and acquire assets in order to increase the partnership’s cash flow and raise the quarterly cash distribution in order to reach higher tiers. Such results benefit all security holders of the MLP.

 

S- 6

 

Foreign Securities. Foreign securities include equity securities of foreign entities, obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks and of foreign banks, including, without limitation, European Certificates of Deposit, European Time Deposits, European Bankers’ Acceptances, Canadian Time Deposits, Europaper and Yankee Certificates of Deposit, and investments in Canadian Commercial Paper and foreign securities. These instruments have investment risks that differ in some respects from those related to investments in obligations of U.S. domestic issuers. Such risks include future adverse political and economic developments, the possible imposition of withholding taxes on interest or other income, possible seizure, nationalization, or expropriation of foreign deposits, the possible establishment of exchange controls or taxation at the source, greater fluctuations in value due to changes in exchange rates, or the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on such obligations. Such investments may also entail higher custodial fees and sales commissions than domestic investments. Foreign issuers of securities or obligations are often subject to accounting treatment and engage in business practices different from those respecting domestic issuers of similar securities or obligations. Foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.

 

Emerging Markets. An “emerging market country” is generally a country that the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (World Bank) and the International Finance Corporation would consider to be an emerging or developing country. Typically, emerging markets are in countries that are in the process of industrialization, with lower gross national products (“GNP”) than more developed countries. There are currently over 130 countries that the international financial community generally considers to be emerging or developing countries, approximately 40 of which currently have stock markets.

 

Investment Funds. Some emerging countries currently prohibit direct foreign investment in the securities of their companies. Certain emerging countries, however, permit indirect foreign investment in the securities of companies listed and traded on their stock exchanges through investment funds that they have specifically authorized. Investments in these investment funds are subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act. If a Fund invests in such investment funds, shareholders will bear not only their proportionate share of the expenses (including operating expenses and the fees of the Adviser), but also will indirectly bear similar expenses of the underlying investment funds. In addition, these investment funds may trade at a premium over their net asset value.

 

Risks of Foreign Securities:

 

Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S. entities with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

 

S- 7

 

Political and Economic Factors. Local political, economic, regulatory, or social instability, military action or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the value of foreign investments. Listed below are some of the more important political and economic factors that could negatively affect an investment in foreign securities:

 

The economies of foreign countries may differ from the economy of the United States in such areas as growth of GNP, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, budget deficits and national debt;

 

Foreign governments sometimes participate to a significant degree, through ownership interests or regulation, in their respective economies. Actions by these governments could significantly influence the market prices of securities and payment of dividends;

 

The economies of many foreign countries are dependent on international trade and their trading partners and they could be severely affected if their trading partners were to enact protective trade barriers and economic conditions;

 

The internal policies of a particular foreign country may be less stable than in the United States. Other countries face significant external political risks, such as possible claims of sovereignty by other countries or tense and sometimes hostile border clashes; and

 

A foreign government may act adversely to the interests of U.S. investors, including expropriation or nationalization of assets, confiscatory taxation and other restrictions on U.S. investment. A country may restrict or control foreign investments in its securities markets. These restrictions could limit a Fund’s ability to invest in a particular country or make it very expensive for the Fund to invest in that country. Some countries require prior governmental approval or limit the types or amount of securities or companies in which a foreigner can invest. Other countries may restrict the ability of foreign investors to repatriate their investment income and capital gains.

 

In June 2016, the United Kingdom (the “UK”) voted in a referendum to leave the European Union (“EU”). Although the precise timeframe for “Brexit” is uncertain, the UK formally notified the European Council of its intention to withdraw from the EU by invoking article 50 of the Lisbon Treaty in March 2017, and this formal notification began a two-year period of negotiations regarding the terms of the UK’s exit from the EU. It is unclear how withdrawal negotiations will be conducted and what the potential consequences may be. In addition, it is possible that measures could be taken to revote on the issue of Brexit, or that portions of the UK could seek to separate and remain a part of the EU. As a result of the political divisions within the UK and between the UK and the EU that the referendum vote has highlighted and the uncertain consequences of a Brexit, the UK and European economies and the broader global economy could be significantly impacted, which may result in increased volatility and illiquidity, and potentially lower economic growth in markets in the UK, Europe and globally that could potentially have an adverse effect on the value of the Funds’ investments.

 

Information and Supervision. There is generally less publicly available information about foreign companies than companies based in the United States. For example, there are often no reports and ratings published about foreign companies comparable to the ones written about U.S. companies. Foreign companies are typically not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. companies. The lack of comparable information makes investment decisions concerning foreign companies more difficult and less reliable than domestic companies.

 

Stock Exchange and Market Risk. The Adviser anticipates that in most cases an exchange or over-the-counter market located outside of the United States will be the best available market for foreign securities. Foreign stock markets, while growing in volume and sophistication, are generally not as developed as the markets in the United States. Foreign stock markets tend to differ from those in the United States in a number of ways.

 

S- 8

 

Foreign stock markets:

 

are generally more volatile than, and not as developed or efficient as, those in the United States;

 

have substantially less volume;

 

trade securities that tend to be less liquid and experience rapid and erratic price movements;

 

have generally higher commissions and are subject to set minimum rates, as opposed to negotiated rates;

 

employ trading, settlement and custodial practices less developed than those in U.S. markets; and

 

may have different settlement practices, which may cause delays and increase the potential for failed settlements.

 

Foreign markets may offer less protection to shareholders than U.S. markets because:

foreign accounting, auditing, and financial reporting requirements may render a foreign corporate balance sheet more difficult to understand and interpret than one subject to U.S. law and standards;

 

adequate public information on foreign issuers may not be available, and it may be difficult to secure dividends and information regarding corporate actions on a timely basis;

 

in general, there is less overall governmental supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, brokers, and listed companies than in the United States;

 

over-the-counter markets tend to be less regulated than stock exchange markets and, in certain countries, may be totally unregulated;

 

economic or political concerns may influence regulatory enforcement and may make it difficult for shareholders to enforce their legal rights; and

 

restrictions on transferring securities within the United States or to U.S. persons may make a particular security less liquid than foreign securities of the same class that are not subject to such restrictions.

 

Foreign Currency Risk. While the Funds denominate their net asset value in U.S. dollars, the securities of foreign companies are frequently denominated in foreign currencies. Thus, a change in the value of a foreign currency against the U.S. dollar will result in a corresponding change in value of securities denominated in that currency. Some of the factors that may impair the investments denominated in a foreign currency are:

 

It may be expensive to convert foreign currencies into U.S. dollars and vice versa;

 

Complex political and economic factors may significantly affect the values of various currencies, including U.S. dollars, and their exchange rates;

 

S- 9

 

Government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or selling foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts, since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in response to other market forces;

 

There may be no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign currencies or regulatory requirement that quotations available through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis;

 

Available quotation information is generally representative of very large round-lot transactions in the inter-bank market and thus may not reflect exchange rates for smaller odd-lot transactions (less than $1 million) where rates may be less favorable; and

 

The inter-bank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock market. To the extent that a market is closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open, certain markets may not always reflect significant price and rate movements.

 

Taxes. Certain foreign governments levy withholding taxes on dividend and interest income. Although in some countries it is possible for the Funds to recover a portion of these taxes, the portion that cannot be recovered will reduce the income the Funds receive from their investments.

 

Emerging Markets. Investing in emerging markets may magnify the risks of foreign investing. Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile than those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties of investing in less established markets and economies. In particular, countries with emerging markets may:

 

Have relatively unstable governments;

 

Present greater risks of nationalization of businesses, restrictions on foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation of assets;

 

Offer less protection of property rights than more developed countries; and

 

Have economies that are based on only a few industries, may be highly vulnerable to changes in local or global trade conditions, and may suffer from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation rates.

 

Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and may be unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume, potentially making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or impossible at times.

 

Money Market Securities. Money market securities include short-term U.S. government securities; custodial receipts evidencing separately traded interest and principal components of securities issued by the U.S. Treasury; commercial paper rated in the highest short-term rating category by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization (“NRSRO”), such as Standard & Poor’s Rating Services (“S&P”) or Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”), or determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality at the time of purchase; short-term bank obligations (certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances) of U.S. commercial banks with assets of at least $1 billion as of the end of their most recent fiscal year; and repurchase agreements involving such securities. Each of these money market securities are described below. For a description of ratings, see “Appendix A – Description of Ratings” to this SAI.

 

U.S. Government Securities. The Funds may invest in U.S. government securities. Securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities include U.S. Treasury securities, which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury and which differ only in their interest rates, maturities, and times of issuance. U.S. Treasury bills have initial maturities of one-year or less; U.S. Treasury notes have initial maturities of one to ten years; and U.S. Treasury bonds generally have initial maturities of greater than ten years. U.S. Treasury notes and bonds typically pay coupon interest semi-annually and repay the principal at maturity. Certain U.S. government securities are issued or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government including, but not limited to, obligations of U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), the Small Business Administration, the Federal Farm Credit Administration, the Federal Home Loan Banks, Banks for Cooperatives (including the Central Bank for Cooperatives), the Federal Land Banks, the Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, the Tennessee Valley Authority, the Export-Import Bank of the United States, the Commodity Credit Corporation, the Federal Financing Bank, the Student Loan Marketing Association, the National Credit Union Administration and the Federal Agricultural Mortgage Corporation (“Farmer Mac”).

 

S- 10

 

Some obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities, including, for example, Ginnie Mae pass-through certificates, are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury. Other obligations issued by or guaranteed by federal agencies, such as those securities issued by Fannie Mae, are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the federal agency. Additionally, some obligations are issued by or guaranteed by federal agencies, such as those of the Federal Home Loan Banks, which are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury. While the U.S. government provides financial support to such U.S. government-sponsored federal agencies, no assurance can be given that the U.S. government will always do so, since the U.S. government is not so obligated by law. Guarantees of principal by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities may be a guarantee of payment at the maturity of the obligation so that in the event of a default prior to maturity there might not be a market and thus no means of realizing on the obligation prior to maturity. Guarantees as to the timely payment of principal and interest do not extend to the value or yield of these securities nor to the value of the Funds’ shares.

 

On September 7, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced a federal takeover of Fannie Mae and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), placing the two federal instrumentalities in conservatorship. Under the takeover, the U.S. Treasury agreed to acquire $1 billion of senior preferred stock of each instrumentality and obtained warrants for the purchase of common stock of each instrumentality (the “Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement” or “Agreement”). Under the Agreement, the U.S. Treasury pledged to provide up to $200 billion per instrumentality as needed, including the contribution of cash capital to the instrumentalities in the event their liabilities exceed their assets. This was intended to ensure that the instrumentalities maintain a positive net worth and meet their financial obligations, preventing mandatory triggering of receivership. On December 24, 2009, the U.S. Treasury announced that it was amending the Agreement to allow the $200 billion cap on the U.S. Treasury’s funding commitment to increase as necessary to accommodate any cumulative reduction in net worth through the end of 2012. The unlimited support the U.S. Treasury extended to the two companies expired at the beginning of 2013 – Fannie Mae’s support is now capped at $125 billion and Freddie Mac has a limit of $149 billion.

 

On August 17, 2012, the U.S. Treasury announced that it was again amending the Agreement to terminate the requirement that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac each pay a 10% annual dividend. Instead, the companies will transfer to the U.S. Treasury on a quarterly basis all profits earned during a quarter that exceed a capital reserve amount. The capital reserve amount was $3 billion in 2013, and decreased by $600 million in each subsequent year through 2017. It is believed that the new amendment puts Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac in a better position to service their debt because the companies no longer have to borrow from the U.S. Treasury to make fixed dividend payments. As part of the new terms, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac also will be required to reduce their investment portfolios over time. On December 21, 2017, the U.S. Treasury announced that it was again amending the Agreement to reinstate the $3 billion capital reserve amount.

 

S- 11

 

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are the subject of several continuing class action lawsuits and investigations by federal regulators over certain accounting, disclosure or corporate governance matters, which (along with any resulting financial restatements) may adversely affect the guaranteeing entities. Importantly, the future of the entities is in serious question as the U.S. government reportedly is considering multiple options, ranging from nationalization, privatization, consolidation, or abolishment of the entities.

 

U.S. Treasury Obligations. U.S. Treasury obligations consist of direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury, including Treasury bills, notes and bonds, and separately traded interest and principal component parts of such obligations, including those transferable through the Federal book-entry system known as Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities (“STRIPS”). The STRIPS program lets investors hold and trade the individual interest and principal components of eligible Treasury notes and bonds as separate securities. Under the STRIPS program, the principal and interest components are separately issued by the U.S. Treasury at the request of depository financial institutions, which then trade the component parts separately.

 

Municipal Securities. Municipal securities, including municipal bonds and municipal notes, consist of: (i) debt obligations issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to be used for various public facilities, for refunding outstanding obligations, for general operating expenses and for lending such funds to other public institutions and facilities, and (ii) certain private activity and industrial development bonds issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide for the construction, equipment, repair or improvement of privately operated facilities.

 

Municipal bonds are debt obligations issued to obtain funds for various public purposes. Municipal bonds include general obligation bonds, revenue or special obligation bonds, private activity and industrial development bonds, moral obligation bonds and participation interests in municipal bonds. General obligation bonds are backed by the taxing power of the issuing municipality. Revenue or special obligation bonds are backed by the revenues of a project or facility, such as tolls from a toll bridge. Private activity or industrial development bonds are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to raise money to finance various privately-owned or -operated facilities for business and manufacturing, housing, sports and pollution control. These bonds are also used to finance public facilities such as airports, mass transit systems, ports, parking or sewage or solid waste disposal facilities and certain other facilities. The payment of the principal and interest on such bonds is dependent solely on the ability of the facility’s user to meet its financial obligations and the pledge, if any, of real and personal property financed as security for such payment. Moral obligation bonds are normally issued by special purpose authorities. Moral obligation bonds are not backed by the full faith and credit of the issuing municipality, but are generally backed by the agreement of the issuing authority to request appropriations from the municipality’s legislative body. Certificates of participation represent an interest in an underlying obligation or commitment, such as an obligation issued in connection with a leasing arrangement.

 

Municipal notes consist of general obligation notes, tax anticipation notes (notes sold to finance working capital needs of the issuer in anticipation of receiving taxes on a future date), revenue anticipation notes (notes sold to provide needed cash prior to receipt of expected non-tax revenues from a specific source), bond anticipation notes, tax and revenue anticipation notes, certificates of indebtedness, demand notes and construction loan notes. The maturities of the instruments at the time of issue will generally range from three months to one year.

 

Commercial Paper. Commercial paper is the term used to designate unsecured short-term promissory notes issued by corporations and other entities. Maturities on these issues vary from a few to 270 days.

 

Investment Grade Fixed Income Securities. Fixed income securities are considered investment grade if they are rated in one of the four highest rating categories by an NRSRO, or, if not rated, are determined to be of comparable quality by the Adviser. See “Appendix A - Description of Ratings” for a description of the bond rating categories of several NRSROs. Ratings of each NRSRO represent its opinion of the safety of principal and interest payments (and not the market risk) of bonds and other fixed income securities it undertakes to rate at the time of issuance. Ratings are not absolute standards of quality and may not reflect changes in an issuer’s creditworthiness. Fixed income securities rated BBB- or Baa3 lack outstanding investment characteristics, and have speculative characteristics as well. Securities rated Baa3 by Moody’s or BBB- by S&P or higher are considered by those rating agencies to be “investment grade” securities, although Moody’s considers securities rated in the Baa category to have speculative characteristics. While issuers of bonds rated BBB by S&P are considered to have adequate capacity to meet their financial commitments, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and principal for debt in this category than debt in higher rated categories. In the event a security owned by a Fund is downgraded below investment grade, the Adviser will review the situation and take appropriate action with regard to the security, including the actions discussed below.

 

S- 12

 

Debt Securities. Corporations and governments use debt securities to borrow money from investors. Most debt securities promise a variable or fixed rate of return and repayment of the amount borrowed at maturity. Some debt securities, such as zero coupon bonds, do not pay current interest and are purchased at a discount from their face value.

 

Types of Debt Securities:

 

Corporate Bonds. Corporations issue bonds and notes to raise money for working capital or for capital expenditures such as plant construction, equipment purchases and expansion. In return for the money loaned to the corporation by investors, the corporation promises to pay investors interest, and repay the principal amount of the bond or note.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans that various governmental, government-related and private organizations assemble as securities for sale to investors. Unlike most debt securities, which pay interest periodically and repay principal at maturity or on specified call dates, mortgage-backed securities make monthly payments that consist of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a “pass-through” of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Since homeowners usually have the option of paying either part or all of the loan balance before maturity, the effective maturity of a mortgage-backed security is often shorter than is stated.

 

Governmental entities, private insurers and mortgage poolers may insure or guarantee the timely payment of interest and principal of these pools through various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit. The Adviser will consider such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets its investment quality standards. It is possible that the private insurers or guarantors will not meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee arrangements.

 

Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid, securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily marketable.

 

Commercial Banks, Savings and Loan Institutions, Private Mortgage Insurance Companies, Mortgage Bankers and other Secondary Market Issuers. Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create pass-through pools of conventional mortgage loans. In addition to guaranteeing the mortgage-related security, such issuers may service and/or have originated the underlying mortgage loans. Pools created by these issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than pools created by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac because they are not guaranteed by a government agency.

 

S- 13

 

Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities. Yield characteristics of mortgage-backed securities differ from those of traditional debt securities in a variety of ways. The most significant differences of mortgage-backed securities are: 1) payments of interest and principal are more frequent (usually monthly) and 2) falling interest rates generally cause individual borrowers to pay off their mortgage earlier than expected, which results in prepayments of principal on the securities, thus forcing a Fund to reinvest the money at a lower interest rate. In addition to risks associated with changes in interest rates described in “Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities,” a variety of economic, geographic, social and other factors, such as the sale of the underlying property, refinancing or foreclosure, can cause investors to repay the loans underlying a mortgage-backed security sooner than expected. When prepayment occurs, the Fund may have to reinvest its principal at a rate of interest that is lower than the rate on existing mortgage-backed securities.

 

Other Asset-Backed Securities. These securities are interests in pools of a broad range of assets other than mortgages, such as automobile loans, computer leases and credit card receivables. Like mortgage-backed securities, these securities are pass-through. In general, the collateral supporting these securities is of shorter maturity than mortgage loans and is less likely to experience substantial prepayments with interest rate fluctuations, but may still be subject to prepayment risk.

 

Asset-backed securities present certain risks that are not presented by mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities may not have the benefit of any security interest in the related assets, which raises the possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available to support payments on these securities. For example, credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which allow debtors to reduce their balances by offsetting certain amounts owed on the credit cards. Most issuers of asset-backed securities backed by automobile receivables permit the servicers of such receivables to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related asset-backed securities. Due to the quantity of vehicles involved and requirements under state laws, asset-backed securities backed by automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables.

 

To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make payments, the entity administering the pool of assets may agree to ensure the receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion (“liquidity protection”). In addition, asset-backed securities may obtain insurance, such as guarantees, policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties, for some or all of the assets in the pool (“credit support”). Delinquency or loss more than that anticipated or failure of the credit support could adversely affect the return on an investment in such a security.

 

The Funds may also invest in residual interests in asset-backed securities, which consist of the excess cash flow remaining after making required payments on the securities and paying related administrative expenses. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of asset-backed securities depends in part on the characteristics of the underlying assets, the coupon rates on the securities, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the actual prepayment experience on the underlying assets.

 

Senior Loans and Bank Loans. Senior loans and bank loans typically are arranged through private negotiations between a borrower and several financial institutions or a group of lenders which are represented by one or more lenders acting as agent. The agent is often a commercial bank that originates the loan and invites other parties to join the lending syndicate. The agent will be primarily responsible for negotiating the loan agreement and will have responsibility for the documentation and ongoing administration of the loan on behalf of the lenders after completion of the loan transaction. A Fund can invest in a senior loan or bank loan either as a direct lender or through an assignment or participation.

 

S- 14

 

When a Fund acts as a direct lender, it will have a direct contractual relationship with the borrower and may participate in structuring the loan, may enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement and may have voting, consent and set-off rights under the loan agreement.

 

Loan assignments are investments in all or a portion of certain senior loans or bank loans purchased from the lenders or from other third parties. The purchaser of an assignment typically will acquire direct rights against the borrower under the loan. While the purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the assigning lender under the loan agreement, because assignments are arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and assignors, or other third parties whose interests are being assigned, the rights and obligations acquired by the Fund may differ from and be more limited than those held by the assigning lender.

 

A holder of a loan participation typically has only a contractual right with the seller of the participation and not with the borrower or any other entities interpositioned between the seller of the participation and the borrower. As such, the purchaser of a loan participation assumes the credit risk of the seller of the participation, and any intermediary entities between the seller and the borrower, in addition to the credit risk of the borrower. When a Fund holds a loan participation, it will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and fees to which it may be entitled only from the seller of the participation and only upon receipt of the seller of such payments from the borrower or from any intermediary parties between the seller and the borrower. Additionally, the Fund will generally have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement, will have no voting, consent or set-off rights under the loan agreement and may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the loan although lenders that sell participations generally are required to distribute liquidation proceeds received by them pro rata among the holders of such participations. In the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the borrower, a loan participation may be subject to certain defenses that can be asserted by the borrower as a result of improper conduct by the seller or intermediary. If the borrower fails to pay principal and interest when due, the Fund may be subject to greater delays, expenses and risks that those that would have been involved if the Fund had purchased a direct obligation of such borrower.

 

Direct loans, assignments and loan participations may be considered liquid, as determined by the Adviser based on criteria approved by the Board.

 

The Funds may have difficulty disposing of bank loans because, in certain cases, the market for such instruments is not highly liquid. The lack of a highly liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such instruments and on a Fund’s ability to dispose of the bank loan in response to a specific economic event, such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower. Furthermore, transactions in many loans settle on a delayed basis, and a Fund may not receive the proceeds from the sale of a loan for a substantial period of time after the sale. As a result, those proceeds will not be available to make additional investments or to meet the Fund’s redemption obligations. To the extent that extended settlement creates short-term liquidity needs, a Fund may satisfy these needs by holding additional cash or selling other investments (potentially at an inopportune time, which could result in losses to the Fund).

 

Bank loans may not be considered “securities,” and purchasers, such as the Funds, therefore may not be entitled to rely on the anti-fraud protections of the federal securities laws.

 

The Adviser may from time to time have the opportunity to receive material, non-public information (“Confidential Information”) about the borrower, including financial information and related documentation regarding the borrower that is not publicly available. Pursuant to applicable policies and procedures, the Adviser may (but is not required to) seek to avoid receipt of Confidential Information from the borrower so as to avoid possible restrictions on its ability to purchase and sell investments on behalf of a Fund and other clients to which such Confidential Information relates (e.g., publicly traded securities issued by the borrower). In such circumstances, the Fund (and other clients of the Adviser) may be disadvantaged in comparison to other investors, including with respect to the price the Fund pays or receives when it buys or sells a bank loan. Further, the Adviser’s ability to assess the desirability of proposed consents, waivers or amendments with respect to certain bank loans may be compromised if it is not privy to available Confidential Information. The Adviser may also determine to receive such Confidential Information in certain circumstances under its applicable policies and procedures. If the Adviser intentionally or unintentionally comes into possession of Confidential Information, it may be unable, potentially for a substantial period of time, to purchase or sell publicly traded securities to which such Confidential Information relates.

 

S- 15

 

Repurchase Agreements. The Funds may enter into repurchase agreements with financial institutions. A repurchase agreement is an agreement under which a Fund acquires a fixed income security (generally a security issued by the U.S. government or an agency thereof, a banker’s acceptance, or a certificate of deposit) from a commercial bank, broker, or dealer, and simultaneously agrees to resell such security to the seller at an agreed upon price and date (normally, the next business day). Because the security purchased constitutes collateral for the repurchase obligation, a repurchase agreement may be considered a loan that is collateralized by the security purchased. The acquisition of a repurchase agreement may be deemed to be an acquisition of the underlying securities as long as the obligation of the seller to repurchase the securities is collateralized fully. The Funds follow certain procedures designed to minimize the risks inherent in such agreements. These procedures include effecting repurchase transactions only with creditworthy financial institutions whose condition will be continually monitored by the Adviser. The repurchase agreements entered into by the Funds will provide that the underlying collateral at all times shall have a value at least equal to 102% of the resale price stated in the agreement and consist only of securities permissible under Section 101(47)(A)(i) of the Bankruptcy Code (the Adviser monitors compliance with this requirement). Under all repurchase agreements entered into by the Funds, the custodian or its agent must take possession of the underlying collateral. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling financial institution, a Fund will seek to liquidate such collateral. However, the exercising of a Fund’s right to liquidate such collateral could involve certain costs or delays and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, the Funds could suffer a loss. The Funds may also enter into “tri-party” repurchase agreements. In “tri-party” repurchase agreements, an unaffiliated third party custodian maintains accounts to hold collateral for a Fund and its counterparties and, therefore, the Fund may be subject to the credit risk of those custodians. It is the current policy of each Fund not to invest in repurchase agreements that do not mature within seven days if any such investment, together with any other illiquid assets held by that Fund, amounts to more than 15% of the Fund’s total assets. The investments of the Funds in repurchase agreements, at times, may be substantial when, in the view of the Adviser, liquidity or other considerations so warrant.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. Reverse repurchase agreements are transactions in which the Funds sell portfolio securities to financial institutions, such as banks and broker-dealers, and agrees to repurchase them at a mutually agreed-upon date and price that is higher than the original sale price. Reverse repurchase agreements are similar to a fully collateralized borrowing by the Funds. At the time a Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it will earmark on the books of the Fund or place in a segregated account cash or liquid securities having a value equal to the repurchase price (including accrued interest) and will subsequently monitor the account to ensure that such equivalent value is maintained.

 

Reverse repurchase agreements involve risks. Reverse repurchase agreements are a form of leverage, and the use of reverse repurchase agreements by a Fund may increase the Fund’s volatility. Reverse repurchase agreements are also subject to the risk that the other party to the reverse repurchase agreement will be unable or unwilling to complete the transaction as scheduled, which may result in losses to a Fund. Reverse repurchase agreements also involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by a Fund may decline below the price at which it is obligated to repurchase the securities. In addition, when a Fund invests the proceeds it receives in a reverse repurchase transaction, there is a risk that those investments may decline in value. In this circumstance, the Fund could be required to sell other investments in order to meet its obligations to repurchase the securities.

 

S- 16

 

Securities of Other Investment Companies. The Funds may invest in shares of other investment companies, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to certain restrictions. These investment companies typically incur fees that are separate from those fees incurred directly by a Fund. A Fund’s purchase of such investment company securities results in the layering of expenses, such that shareholders would indirectly bear a proportionate share of the operating expenses of such investment companies, including advisory fees, in addition to paying the Fund’s expenses. Unless an exception is available, Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act prohibits a fund from (i) acquiring more than 3% of the voting shares of any one investment company, (ii) investing more than 5% of its total assets in any one investment company, and (iii) investing more than 10% of its total assets in all investment companies combined, including its ETF investments.

 

For hedging or other purposes, a Fund may invest in investment companies that seek to track the composition and/or performance of specific indexes or portions of specific indexes. Certain of these investment companies, known as ETFs, are traded on a securities exchange. (See “Exchange-Traded Funds” above). The market prices of index-based investments will fluctuate in accordance with changes in the underlying portfolio securities of the investment company and also due to supply and demand of the investment company’s shares on the exchange upon which the shares are traded. Index-based investments may not replicate or otherwise match the composition or performance of their specified index due to transaction costs, among other things.

 

Pursuant to orders issued by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) to certain ETFs and procedures approved by the Board, a Fund may invest in such ETFs in excess of the 3% limitation prescribed by Section 12(d)(1)(A) described above, provided that the Fund otherwise complies with the conditions of the applicable SEC order, as it may be amended, and any other applicable investment limitations. Neither such ETFs nor their investment advisers make any representations regarding the advisability of investing in the ETFs.

 

Derivatives. Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is based on an underlying asset (such as a stock or a bond), an underlying economic factor (such as interest rates) or a market benchmark. Unless otherwise stated in the Prospectus, the Funds may use derivatives for a number of purposes including managing risk, gaining exposure to various markets in a cost-efficient manner, reducing transaction costs, remaining fully invested and speculating. The Funds may also invest in derivatives with the goal of protecting themselves from broad fluctuations in market prices, interest rates or foreign currency exchange rates (a practice known as “hedging”). When hedging is successful, a Fund will have offset any depreciation in the value of its portfolio securities by the appreciation in the value of the derivative position. Although techniques other than the sale and purchase of derivatives could be used to control the exposure of the Funds to market fluctuations, the use of derivatives may be a more effective means of hedging this exposure. In the future, to the extent such use is consistent with the Funds’ investment objectives and is legally permissible, the Funds may use instruments and techniques that are not presently contemplated, but that may be subsequently developed.

 

There can be no assurance that a derivative strategy, if employed, will be successful. Because many derivatives have a leverage or borrowing component, adverse changes in the value or level of the underlying asset, reference rate or index can result in a loss substantially greater than the amount invested in the derivative itself. Certain derivatives have the potential for unlimited loss, regardless of the size of the initial investment. Accordingly, certain derivative transactions may be considered to constitute borrowing transactions for purposes of the 1940 Act. Such a derivative transaction will not be considered to constitute the issuance of a “senior security” by a Fund, and therefore such transaction will not be subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement otherwise applicable to borrowings by the Fund, if the Fund covers the transaction or segregates sufficient liquid assets (or such assets are “earmarked” on the Fund’s books) in accordance with the requirements and interpretations of the SEC and its staff. A Fund may enter into agreements with broker-dealers that require the broker-dealers to accept physical settlement for certain types of derivatives instruments. If this occurs, the Fund would treat such derivative instruments as being cash settled for purposes of determining the Fund’s coverage requirements.

S- 17

 

Pursuant to rules adopted under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”), a Fund must either operate within certain guidelines and restrictions with respect to the Fund’s use of futures, options on such futures, commodity options and certain swaps, or the Adviser will be subject to registration with the CFTC as a “commodity pool operator” (“CPO”).

 

Consistent with the CFTC’s regulations, the Trust, on behalf of the Funds, has filed a notice of exclusion from the definition of the term CPO under the CEA pursuant to CFTC Rule 4.5 and, therefore, the Funds are not subject to registration or regulation as CPOs under the CEA. As a result, the Funds will be limited in their ability to use futures, options on such futures, commodity options and certain swaps. Complying with the limitations may restrict the Adviser’s ability to implement the Funds’ investment strategies and may adversely affect the Funds’ performance.

 

Types of Derivatives:

 

Futures . A futures contract is an agreement between two parties whereby one party agrees to sell and the other party agrees to buy a specified amount of a financial instrument at an agreed upon price and time. The financial instrument underlying the contract may be a stock, stock index, bond, bond index, interest rate, foreign exchange rate or other similar instrument. Agreeing to buy the underlying financial instrument is called buying a futures contract or taking a long position in the contract. Likewise, agreeing to sell the underlying financial instrument is called selling a futures contract or taking a short position in the contract.

 

Futures contracts are traded in the United States on commodity exchanges or boards of trade (known as “contract markets”) approved for such trading and regulated by the CFTC. These contract markets standardize the terms, including the maturity date and underlying financial instrument, of all futures contracts.

 

Unlike other securities, the parties to a futures contract do not have to pay for or deliver the underlying financial instrument until some future date (the delivery date). Contract markets require both the purchaser and seller to deposit “initial margin” with a futures broker, known as a futures commission merchant or custodian bank, when they enter into the contract. Initial margin deposits are typically equal to a percentage of the contract’s value. Initial margin is similar to a performance bond or good faith deposit on a contract and is returned to the depositing party upon termination of the futures contract if all contractual obligations have been satisfied. After they open a futures contract, the parties to the transaction must compare the purchase price of the contract to its daily market value. If the value of the futures contract changes in such a way that a party’s position declines, that party must make additional “variation margin” payments so that the margin payment is adequate. On the other hand, the value of the contract may change in such a way that there is excess margin on deposit, possibly entitling the party that has a gain to receive all or a portion of this amount. This process is known as “marking to the market.” Variation margin does not represent a borrowing or loan by a party but is instead a settlement between the party and the futures broker of the amount one party would owe the other if the futures contract terminated. In computing daily net asset value, each party marks to market its open futures positions.

 

Although the terms of a futures contract call for the actual delivery of and payment for the underlying security, in many cases the parties may close the contract early by taking an opposite position in an identical contract. If the sale price upon closing out the contract is less than the original purchase price, the party closing out the contract will realize a loss. If the sale price upon closing out the contract is more than the original purchase price, the party closing out the contract will realize a gain. Conversely, if the purchase price upon closing out the contract is more than the original sale price, the party closing out the contract will realize a loss. If the purchase price upon closing out the contract is less than the original sale price, the party closing out the contract will realize a gain.

 

A Fund may incur commission expenses when it opens or closes a futures position.

 

S- 18

 

Options. An option is a contract between two parties for the purchase and sale of a financial instrument for a specified price (known as the “strike price” or “exercise price”) at any time during the option period. Unlike a futures contract, an option grants a right (not an obligation) to buy or sell a financial instrument. Generally, a seller of an option can grant a buyer two kinds of rights: a “call” (the right to buy the security) or a “put” (the right to sell the security). Options have various types of underlying instruments, including specific securities, indices of securities prices, foreign currencies, interest rates and futures contracts. Options may be traded on an exchange (exchange-traded options) or may be customized agreements between the parties (over-the-counter or “OTC” options). Like futures, a financial intermediary, known as a clearing corporation, financially backs exchange-traded options. However, OTC options have no such intermediary and are subject to the risk that the counterparty will not fulfill its obligations under the contract. The principal factors affecting the market value of an option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market value of the underlying instrument relative to the exercise price of the option, the volatility of the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until the option expires.

 

Purchasing Put and Call Options

 

When a Fund purchases a put option, it buys the right to sell the instrument underlying the option at a fixed strike price. In return for this right, the Fund pays the current market price for the option (known as the “option premium”). A Fund may purchase put options to offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of its securities (“protective puts”) or to benefit from a decline in the price of securities that it does not own. A Fund would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of the underlying securities decreased below the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction costs. However, if the price of the underlying instrument does not fall enough to offset the cost of purchasing the option, a put buyer would lose the premium and related transaction costs.

 

Call options are similar to put options, except that a Fund obtains the right to purchase, rather than sell, the underlying instrument at the option’s strike price. A Fund would normally purchase call options in anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities it owns or wants to buy. A Fund would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of the underlying instrument exceeded the exercise price plus the premium paid and related transaction costs. Otherwise, the Fund would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the call option.

 

The purchaser of an option may terminate its position by:

 

Allowing it to expire and losing its entire premium;

 

Exercising the option and either selling (in the case of a put option) or buying (in the case of a call option) the underlying instrument at the strike price; or

 

Closing it out in the secondary market at its current price.

 

Selling (Writing) Put and Call Options

 

When a Fund writes a call option it assumes an obligation to sell specified securities to the holder of the option at a fixed strike price if the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. Similarly, when a Fund writes a put option it assumes an obligation to purchase specified securities from the option holder at a fixed strike price if the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. The Fund may terminate its position in an exchange-traded put option before exercise by buying an option identical to the one it has written. Similarly, the Fund may cancel an OTC option by entering into an offsetting transaction with the counterparty to the option.

 

A Fund could try to hedge against an increase in the value of securities it would like to acquire by writing a put option on those securities. If security prices rise, the Fund would expect the put option to expire and the premium it received to offset the increase in the security’s value. If security prices remain the same over time, the Fund would hope to profit by closing out the put option at a lower price. If security prices fall, the Fund may lose an amount of money equal to the difference between the value of the security and the premium it received. Writing covered put options may deprive a Fund of the opportunity to profit from a decrease in the market price of the securities it would like to acquire.

 

S- 19

 

The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of writing put options, except that call writers expect to profit if prices remain the same or fall. A Fund could try to hedge against a decline in the value of securities it already owns by writing a call option. If the price of that security falls as expected, the Fund would expect the option to expire and the premium it received to offset the decline of the security’s value. However, the Fund must be prepared to deliver the underlying instrument in return for the strike price, which may deprive it of the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the securities it holds.

 

The Funds are permitted to write only “covered” options. At the time of selling a call option, a Fund may cover the option by owning, among other things:

 

The underlying security (or securities convertible into the underlying security without additional consideration), index, interest rate, foreign currency or futures contract;

 

A call option on the same security or index with the same or lesser exercise price;

 

A call option on the same security or index with a greater exercise price, provided that the Fund also segregates cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the difference between the exercise prices;

 

Cash or liquid securities equal to at least the market value of the optioned securities, interest rate, foreign currency or futures contract; or

 

In the case of an index, the portfolio of securities that corresponds to the index.

 

At the time of selling a put option, a Fund may cover the option by, among other things:

 

Entering into a short position in the underlying security;

 

Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign currency or futures contract with the same or greater exercise price;

 

Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign currency or futures contract with a lesser exercise price and segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the difference between the exercise prices; or

 

Maintaining the entire exercise price in liquid securities.

 

Options on Securities Indices

 

Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except that the exercise of securities index options requires cash settlement payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. In addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations in a group of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single security.

 

S- 20

 

Options on Credit Default Swaps

 

An option on a credit default swap (“CDS”) gives the holder the right to enter into a CDS at a specified future date and under specified terms in exchange for a purchase price or premium. The writer of the option bears the risk of any unfavorable move in the value of the CDS relative to the market value on the exercise date, while the purchaser may allow the option to expire unexercised.

 

Options on Futures

 

An option on a futures contract provides the holder with the right to buy a futures contract (in the case of a call option) or sell a futures contract (in the case of a put option) at a fixed time and price. Upon exercise of the option by the holder, the contract market clearing house establishes a corresponding short position for the writer of the option (in the case of a call option) or a corresponding long position (in the case of a put option). If the option is exercised, the parties will be subject to the futures contracts. In addition, the writer of an option on a futures contract is subject to initial and variation margin requirements on the option position. Options on futures contracts are traded on the same contract market as the underlying futures contract.

 

The buyer or seller of an option on a futures contract may terminate the option early by purchasing or selling an option of the same series (i.e., the same exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously purchased or sold. The difference between the premiums paid and received represents the trader’s profit or loss on the transaction.

 

A Fund may purchase put and call options on futures contracts instead of selling or buying futures contracts. The Fund may buy a put option on a futures contract for the same reasons it would sell a futures contract. It also may purchase such a put option in order to hedge a long position in the underlying futures contract. A Fund may buy a call option on a futures contract for the same purpose as the actual purchase of a futures contract, such as in anticipation of favorable market conditions.

 

A Fund may write a call option on a futures contract to hedge against a decline in the prices of the instrument underlying the futures contracts. If the price of the futures contract at expiration were below the exercise price, the Fund would retain the option premium, which would offset, in part, any decline in the value of its portfolio securities.

 

The writing of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the purchase of the futures contracts, except that, if the market price declines, a Fund would pay more than the market price for the underlying instrument. The premium received on the sale of the put option, less any transaction costs, would reduce the net cost to the Fund.

 

Options on Foreign Currencies

 

A put option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell a foreign currency at the exercise price until the option expires. A call option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to purchase the currency at the exercise price until the option expires. The Funds may purchase or write put and call options on foreign currencies for the purpose of hedging against changes in future currency exchange rates.

 

The Funds may use foreign currency options given the same circumstances under which they could use forward foreign currency exchange contracts. For example, a decline in the U.S. dollar value of a foreign currency in which a Fund’s securities are denominated would reduce the U.S. dollar value of the securities, even if their value in the foreign currency remained constant. In order to hedge against such a risk, the Fund may purchase a put option on the foreign currency. If the value of the currency then declined, the Fund could sell the currency for a fixed amount in U.S. dollars and thereby offset, at least partially, the negative effect on its securities that otherwise would have resulted. Conversely, if a Fund anticipates a rise in the U.S. dollar value of a currency in which securities to be acquired are denominated, the Fund may purchase call options on the currency in order to offset, at least partially, the effects of negative movements in exchange rates. If currency exchange rates do not move in the direction or to the extent anticipated, the Funds could sustain losses on transactions in foreign currency options.

 

S- 21

 

Combined Positions

 

The Funds may purchase and write options in combination with each other, or in combination with futures or forward contracts or swap agreements, to adjust the risk and return characteristics of the overall position. For example, a Fund could construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract by purchasing a put option and writing a call option on the same underlying instrument. Alternatively, a Fund could write a call option at one strike price and buy a call option at a lower price to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

 

Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts. A forward foreign currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific amount of currency at a future date or date range at a specific price. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder has the unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a specified fee. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from foreign currency futures contracts in certain respects. Unlike futures contracts, forward contracts:

 

Do not have standard maturity dates or amounts (i.e., the parties to the contract may fix the maturity date and the amount);

 

Are typically traded directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers in the inter-bank markets, as opposed to on exchanges regulated by the CFTC (note, however, that under new definitions adopted by the CFTC and SEC, many non-deliverable foreign currency forwards will be considered swaps for certain purposes, including determination of whether such instruments must be traded on exchanges and centrally cleared);

 

Do not require an initial margin deposit; and

 

May be closed by entering into a closing transaction with the currency trader who is a party to the original forward contract, as opposed to with a commodities exchange.

 

Foreign Currency Hedging Strategies

 

A “settlement hedge” or “transaction hedge” is designed to protect a Fund against an adverse change in foreign currency values between the date a security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or received. Entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale of the amount of foreign currency involved in an underlying security transaction for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars “locks in” the U.S. dollar price of the security. A Fund may also use forward contracts to purchase or sell a foreign currency when it anticipates purchasing or selling securities denominated in foreign currency, even if it has not yet selected the specific investments.

 

A Fund may use forward contracts to hedge against a decline in the value of existing investments denominated in foreign currency. Such a hedge, sometimes referred to as a “position hedge,” would tend to offset both positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in security values caused by other factors. The Fund could also hedge the position by selling another currency expected to perform similarly to the currency in which the Fund’s investment is denominated. This type of hedge, sometimes referred to as a “proxy hedge,” could offer advantages in terms of cost, yield, or efficiency, but generally would not hedge currency exposure as effectively as a direct hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may result in losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to the currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

 

S- 22

 

Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities that a Fund owns or intends to purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange that one can achieve at some future point in time. Additionally, these techniques tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency and to limit any potential gain that might result from the increase in value of such currency.

 

A Fund may enter into forward contracts to shift its investment exposure from one currency into another. Such transactions may call for the delivery of one foreign currency in exchange for another foreign currency, including currencies in which its securities are not then denominated. This may include shifting exposure from U.S. dollars to a foreign currency, or from one foreign currency to another foreign currency. This type of strategy, sometimes known as a “cross-hedge,” will tend to reduce or eliminate exposure to the currency that is sold, and increase exposure to the currency that is purchased. Cross-hedges may protect against losses resulting from a decline in the hedged currency but will cause the Fund to assume the risk of fluctuations in the value of the currency it purchases. Cross-hedging transactions also involve the risk of imperfect correlation between changes in the values of the currencies involved.

 

It is difficult to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract. Accordingly, a Fund may have to purchase additional foreign currency on the spot (cash) market if the market value of a security it is hedging is less than the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver. Conversely, the Fund may have to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency it received upon the sale of a security if the market value of such security exceeds the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver.

 

Equity-Linked Securities. The Funds may invest in privately issued securities whose investment results are designed to correspond generally to the performance of a specified stock index or “basket” of securities, or sometimes a single stock (referred to as “equity-linked securities”). These securities are used for many of the same purposes as derivative instruments and share many of the same risks. Equity-linked securities may be considered illiquid and thus subject to the Funds’ restrictions on investments in illiquid securities.

 

Swap Agreements. A swap agreement is a financial instrument that typically involves the exchange of cash flows between two parties on specified dates (settlement dates), where the cash flows are based on agreed-upon prices, rates, indices, etc. The nominal amount on which the cash flows are calculated is called the notional amount. Swap agreements are individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors, such as interest rates, foreign currency rates, mortgage securities, corporate borrowing rates, security prices or inflation rates.

 

Swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the investments of a Fund and its share price. The performance of swap agreements may be affected by a change in the specific interest rate, currency, or other factors that determine the amounts of payments due to and from the Fund. If a swap agreement calls for payments by the Fund, the Fund must be prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, if the counterparty’s creditworthiness declined, the value of a swap agreement would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses.

 

Generally, swap agreements have a fixed maturity date that will be agreed upon by the parties. The agreement can be terminated before the maturity date under certain circumstances, such as default by one of the parties or insolvency, among others, and can be transferred by a party only with the prior written consent of the other party. A Fund may be able to eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement either by assignment or by other disposition, or by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same party or a similarly creditworthy party. If the counterparty is unable to meet its obligations under the contract, declares bankruptcy, defaults or becomes insolvent, a Fund may not be able to recover the money it expected to receive under the swap agreement. The Funds will not enter into any swap agreement unless the Adviser believes that the counterparty to the transaction is creditworthy.

 

S- 23

 

A swap agreement can be a form of leverage, which can magnify the Funds’ gains or losses. In order to reduce the risk associated with leveraging, the Funds may cover their current obligations under swap agreements according to guidelines established by the SEC. If a Fund enters into a swap agreement on a net basis, it will segregate assets with a daily value at least equal to the excess, if any, of the Fund’s accrued obligations under the swap agreement over the accrued amount the Fund is entitled to receive under the agreement. If a Fund enters into a swap agreement on other than a net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal to the full amount of the Fund’s accrued obligations under the swap agreement.

 

Equity Swaps

 

In a typical equity swap, one party agrees to pay another party the return on a stock, stock index or basket of stocks in return for a specified interest rate. By entering into an equity index swap, for example, the index receiver can gain exposure to stocks making up the index of securities without actually purchasing those stocks. Equity index swaps involve not only the risk associated with investment in the securities represented in the index, but also the risk that the performance of such securities, including dividends, will not exceed the return on the interest rate that a Fund will be committed to pay.

 

Total Return Swaps

 

Total return swaps are contracts in which one party agrees to make payments of the total return from a reference instrument—which may be a single asset, a pool of assets or an index of assets—during a specified period, in return for payments equal to a fixed or floating rate of interest or the total return from another underlying reference instrument. The total return includes appreciation or depreciation on the underlying asset, plus any interest or dividend payments. Payments under the swap are based upon an agreed upon principal amount but, since the principal amount is not exchanged, it represents neither an asset nor a liability to either counterparty, and is referred to as notional. Total return swaps are marked to market daily using different sources, including quotations from counterparties, pricing services, brokers or market makers. The unrealized appreciation or depreciation related to the change in the valuation of the notional amount of the swap is combined with the amount due to a Fund at termination or settlement. The primary risks associated with total return swaps are credit risks (if the counterparty fails to meet its obligations) and market risk (if there is no liquid market for the swap or unfavorable changes occur to the underlying reference instrument).

 

Interest Rate Swaps

 

Interest rate swaps are financial instruments that involve the exchange of one type of interest rate for another type of interest rate cash flow on specified dates in the future. Some of the different types of interest rate swaps are “fixed-for-floating rate swaps,” “termed basis swaps” and “index amortizing swaps.” Fixed-for-floating rate swaps involve the exchange of fixed interest rate cash flows for floating rate cash flows. Termed basis swaps entail cash flows to both parties based on floating interest rates, where the interest rate indices are different. Index amortizing swaps are typically fixed-for-floating rate swaps where the notional amount changes if certain conditions are met.

 

As with a traditional investment in a debt security, a Fund could lose money by investing in an interest rate swap if interest rates change adversely. For example, if a Fund enters into a swap where it agrees to exchange a floating rate of interest for a fixed rate of interest, the Fund may have to pay more money than it receives. Similarly, if a Fund enters into a swap where it agrees to exchange a fixed rate of interest for a floating rate of interest, the Fund may receive less money than it has agreed to pay.

 

S- 24

 

Currency Swaps

 

A currency swap is an agreement between two parties in which one party agrees to make interest rate payments in one currency and the other promises to make interest rate payments in another currency. A Fund may enter into a currency swap when it has one currency and desires a different currency. Typically, the interest rates that determine the currency swap payments are fixed, although occasionally one or both parties may pay a floating rate of interest. Unlike an interest rate swap, however, the principal amounts are exchanged at the beginning of the agreement and returned at the end of the agreement. Changes in foreign exchange rates and changes in interest rates, as described above, may negatively affect currency swaps.

 

Inflation Swaps

 

Inflation swaps are fixed-maturity, over-the-counter derivatives where one party pays a fixed rate in exchange for payments tied to an inflation index, such as the Consumer Price Index. The fixed rate, which is set by the parties at the initiation of the swap, is often referred to as the “breakeven inflation” rate and generally represents the current difference between treasury yields and Treasury Inflation Protected Securities yields of similar maturities at the initiation of the swap agreement. Inflation swaps are typically designated as “zero coupon,” where all cash flows are exchanged at maturity. The value of an inflation swap is expected to fluctuate in response to changes in the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. An inflation swap can lose value if the realized rate of inflation over the life of the swap is less than the fixed market implied inflation rate (the breakeven inflation rate) the investor agreed to pay at the initiation of the swap.

 

Credit Default Swaps

 

A credit default swap is an agreement between a “buyer” and a “seller” for credit protection. The credit default swap agreement may have as reference obligations one or more securities that are not then held by a Fund. The protection buyer is generally obligated to pay the protection seller an upfront payment and/or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the agreement until a credit event on a reference obligation has occurred. If no default occurs, the seller would keep the stream of payments and would have no payment obligations. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the full notional amount (the “par value”) of the swap.

 

Caps, Collars and Floors

 

Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. In a typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an agreed-upon level. The seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-upon level. An interest rate collar combines elements of buying a cap and selling a floor.

 

Risks of Derivatives:

 

While transactions in derivatives may reduce certain risks, these transactions themselves entail certain other risks. For example, unanticipated changes in interest rates, securities prices or currency exchange rates may result in a poorer overall performance of the Funds than if they had not entered into any derivatives transactions. Derivatives may magnify the Funds’ gains or losses, causing them to make or lose substantially more than they invested.

 

When used for hedging purposes, increases in the value of the securities a Fund holds or intends to acquire should offset any losses incurred with a derivative. Purchasing derivatives for purposes other than hedging could expose the Fund to greater risks.

 

S- 25

 

Use of derivatives involves transaction costs, which may be significant, and may also increase the amount of taxable income to shareholders.

 

Correlation of Prices. The Funds’ ability to hedge their securities through derivatives depends on the degree to which price movements in the underlying index or instrument correlate with price movements in the relevant securities. In the case of poor correlation, the price of the securities a Fund is hedging may not move in the same amount, or even in the same direction as the hedging instrument. The Adviser will try to minimize this risk by investing in only those contracts whose behavior it expects to correlate with the behavior of the portfolio securities it is trying to hedge. However, if the Adviser’s prediction of interest and currency rates, market value, volatility or other economic factors is incorrect, a Fund may lose money, or may not make as much money as it expected.

 

Derivative prices can diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments, even if the characteristics of the underlying instruments are very similar to the derivative. Listed below are some of the factors that may cause such a divergence:

 

Current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until expiration of the contract;

 

A difference between the derivatives and securities markets, including different levels of demand, how the instruments are traded, the imposition of daily price fluctuation limits or discontinued trading of an instrument; and

 

Differences between the derivatives, such as different margin requirements, different liquidity of such markets and the participation of speculators in such markets.

 

Derivatives based upon a narrower index of securities, such as those of a particular industry group, may present greater risk than derivatives based on a broad market index. Since narrower indices are made up of a smaller number of securities, they are more susceptible to rapid and extreme price fluctuations because of changes in the value of those securities.

 

While currency futures and options values are expected to correlate with exchange rates, they may not reflect other factors that affect the value of the investments of the Funds. A currency hedge, for example, should protect a yen-denominated security from a decline in the yen, but will not protect the Funds against a price decline resulting from deterioration in the issuer’s creditworthiness. Because the value of the Funds’ foreign-denominated investments changes in response to many factors other than exchange rates, it may not be possible to match the amount of currency options and futures to the value of the Funds’ investments precisely over time.

 

Lack of Liquidity. Before a futures contract or option is exercised or expires, a Fund can terminate it only by entering into a closing purchase or sale transaction. Moreover, a Fund may close out a futures contract only on the exchange the contract was initially traded. Although the Funds intend to purchase options and futures only where there appears to be an active market, there is no guarantee that such a liquid market will exist. If there is no secondary market for the contract, or the market is illiquid, a Fund may not be able to close out its position. In an illiquid market, a Fund may:

 

Have to sell securities to meet its daily margin requirements at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so;

 

S- 26

 

Have to purchase or sell the instrument underlying the contract;

 

Not be able to hedge its investments; and/or

 

Not be able to realize profits or limit its losses.

 

Derivatives may become illiquid (i.e., difficult to sell at a desired time and price) under a variety of market conditions. For example:

 

An exchange may suspend or limit trading in a particular derivative instrument, an entire category of derivatives or all derivatives, which sometimes occurs because of increased market volatility;

 

Unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations of an exchange;

 

The facilities of the exchange may not be adequate to handle current trading volume;

 

Equipment failures, government intervention, insolvency of a brokerage firm or clearing house or other occurrences may disrupt normal trading activity; or

 

Investors may lose interest in a particular derivative or category of derivatives.

 

Management Risk. Successful use of derivatives by the Funds is subject to the ability of the Adviser to forecast stock market and interest rate trends. If the Adviser incorrectly predicts stock market and interest rate trends, the Funds may lose money by investing in derivatives. For example, if a Fund were to write a call option based on the Adviser’s expectation that the price of the underlying security would fall, but the price were to rise instead, the Fund could be required to sell the security upon exercise at a price below the current market price. Similarly, if a Fund were to write a put option based on the Adviser’s expectation that the price of the underlying security would rise, but the price were to fall instead, the Fund could be required to purchase the security upon exercise at a price higher than the current market price.

 

Pricing Risk. At times, market conditions might make it hard to value some investments. For example, if a Fund has valued its securities too high, shareholders may end up paying too much for Fund shares when they buy into the Fund. If the Fund underestimates its price, shareholders may not receive the full market value for their Fund shares when they sell.

 

Margin. Because of the low margin deposits required upon the opening of a derivative position, such transactions involve an extremely high degree of leverage. Consequently, a relatively small price movement in a derivative may result in an immediate and substantial loss (as well as gain) to a Fund and it may lose more than it originally invested in the derivative.

 

If the price of a futures contract changes adversely, a Fund may have to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so to meet its minimum daily margin requirement. A Fund may lose its margin deposits if a broker-dealer with whom it has an open futures contract or related option becomes insolvent or declares bankruptcy.

 

Volatility and Leverage. The Funds’ use of derivatives may have a leveraging effect. Leverage generally magnifies the effect of any increase or decrease in value of an underlying asset and results in increased volatility, which means the Funds will have the potential for greater gains, as well as the potential for greater losses, than if the Funds do not use derivative instruments that have a leveraging effect. The prices of derivatives are volatile (i.e., they may change rapidly, substantially and unpredictably) and are influenced by a variety of factors, including:

 

S- 27

 

Actual and anticipated changes in interest rates;

 

Fiscal and monetary policies; and

 

National and international political events.

 

Most exchanges limit the amount by which the price of a derivative can change during a single trading day. Daily trading limits establish the maximum amount that the price of a derivative may vary from the settlement price of that derivative at the end of trading on the previous day. Once the price of a derivative reaches that value, the Funds may not trade that derivative at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movements during a given day and does not limit potential gains or losses. Derivative prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days, preventing prompt liquidation of the derivative.

 

Government Regulation. The regulation of derivatives markets in the U.S. is a rapidly changing area of law and is subject to modification by government and judicial action. In particular, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, signed into law in 2010, grants significant new authority to the SEC and the CFTC to impose comprehensive regulations on the over-the-counter and cleared derivatives markets. These regulations include, but are not limited to, mandatory clearing of certain derivatives and requirements relating to disclosure, margin and trade reporting. The new law and regulations may negatively impact the Funds by increasing transaction and/or regulatory compliance costs, limiting the availability of certain derivatives or otherwise adversely affecting the value or performance of the derivatives the Funds trade. In addition, the SEC proposed new derivatives rules in December 2015 that could limit the Funds’ use of derivatives, and adversely impact the Funds’ ability to achieve their investment objectives. Other potentially adverse regulatory obligations can develop suddenly and without notice.

 

Illiquid Securities. Illiquid securities are securities that cannot be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business (i.e., within seven days) at approximately the prices at which they are valued. Because of their illiquid nature, illiquid securities must be priced at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to procedures approved by the Board. Despite such good faith efforts to determine fair value prices, a Fund’s illiquid securities are subject to the risk that the security’s fair value price may differ from the actual price which the Fund may ultimately realize upon its sale or disposition. Difficulty in selling illiquid securities may result in a loss or may be costly to a Fund. Under the supervision of the Board, the Adviser determines the liquidity of a Fund’s investments. In determining the liquidity of a Fund’s investments, the Adviser may consider various factors, including (1) the frequency and volume of trades and quotations, (2) the number of dealers and prospective purchasers in the marketplace, (3) dealer undertakings to make a market, and (4) the nature of the security and the market in which it trades (including any demand, put or tender features, the mechanics and other requirements for transfer, any letters of credit or other credit enhancement features, any ratings, the number of holders, the method of soliciting offers, the time required to dispose of the security, and the ability to assign or offset the rights and obligations of the security). A Fund will not hold more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

 

Securities Lending. A Fund may lend portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial organizations that meet capital and other credit requirements or other criteria established by the Board. These loans, if and when made, may not exceed 33 1/3% of the total asset value of the Fund (including the loan collateral). A Fund will not lend portfolio securities to the Adviser or its affiliates unless permissible under the 1940 Act and the rules and promulgations thereunder. Loans of portfolio securities will be fully collateralized by cash, letters of credit or U.S. government securities, and the collateral will be maintained in an amount equal to at least 100% of the current market value of the loaned securities by marking to market daily. Any gain or loss in the market price of the securities loaned that might occur during the term of the loan would be for the account of a Fund.

 

S- 28

 

A Fund may pay a part of the interest earned from the investment of collateral, or other fee, to an unaffiliated third party for acting as the Fund’s securities lending agent, but will bear all of any losses from the investment of collateral.

 

By lending its securities, a Fund may increase its income by receiving payments from the borrower that reflect the amount of any interest or any dividends payable on the loaned securities as well as by either investing cash collateral received from the borrower in short-term instruments or obtaining a fee from the borrower when U.S. government securities or letters of credit are used as collateral. Investing cash collateral subjects a Fund to market risk. A Fund remains obligated to return all collateral to the borrower under the terms of its securities lending arrangements, even if the value of investments made with the collateral decline. Accordingly, if the value of a security in which the cash collateral has been invested declines, the loss would be borne by a Fund, and the Fund may be required to liquidate other investments in order to return collateral to the borrower at the end of the loan. A Fund will adhere to the following conditions whenever its portfolio securities are loaned: (i) the Fund must receive at least 100% cash collateral or equivalent securities of the type discussed in the preceding paragraph from the borrower; (ii) the borrower must increase such collateral whenever the market value of the securities rises above the level of such collateral; (iii) the Fund must be able to terminate the loan on demand; (iv) the Fund must receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities and any increase in market value; (v) the Fund may pay only reasonable fees in connection with the loan (which fees may include fees payable to the lending agent, the borrower, the Fund’s administrator and the custodian); and (vi) voting rights on the loaned securities may pass to the borrower, provided, however, that if a material event adversely affecting the investment occurs, the Fund must terminate the loan and regain the right to vote the securities. In such instances, the Adviser will vote the securities in accordance with its proxy voting policies and procedures. The Board has adopted procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the foregoing criteria will be met. Loan agreements involve certain risks in the event of default or insolvency of the borrower, including possible delays or restrictions upon a Fund’s ability to recover the loaned securities or dispose of the collateral for the loan, which could give rise to loss because of adverse market action, expenses and/or delays in connection with the disposition of the underlying securities.

 

Restricted Securities. The Funds may purchase restricted securities. Restricted securities are securities that may not be sold freely to the public absent registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) or an exemption from registration. This generally includes securities that are unregistered that can be sold to qualified institutional buyers in accordance with Rule 144A under the 1933 Act or securities that are exempt from registration under the 1933 Act, such as commercial paper. Institutional markets for restricted securities have developed as a result of the promulgation of Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, which provides a “safe harbor” from 1933 Act registration requirements for qualifying sales to institutional investors. When Rule 144A restricted securities present an attractive investment opportunity and meet other selection criteria, a Fund may make such investments whether or not such securities are “illiquid” depending on the market that exists for the particular security. The Board has delegated the responsibility for determining the liquidity of Rule 144A restricted securities that a Fund may invest in to the Adviser.

 

Short Sales. The Funds may engage in short sales that are either “uncovered” or “against the box.” A short sale is “against the box” if at all times during which the short position is open, a Fund owns at least an equal amount of the securities or securities convertible into, or exchangeable without further consideration for, securities of the same issue as the securities that are sold short. A short sale against the box is a taxable transaction to a Fund with respect to the securities that are sold short.

 

Uncovered short sales are transactions under which the Funds sell a security they do not own. To complete such a transaction, a Fund must borrow the security to make delivery to the buyer. A Fund then is obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing the security at the market price at the time of the replacement. The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the Fund. Until the security is replaced, the Fund is required to pay the lender amounts equal to any dividends or interest that accrue during the period of the loan. To borrow the security, the Fund also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold. The proceeds of the short sale will be retained by the broker, to the extent necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out.

 

S- 29

 

Until a Fund closes its short position or replaces the borrowed security, the Fund may: (a) segregate cash or liquid securities at such a level that the amount segregated plus the amount deposited with the broker as collateral will equal the current value of the security sold short; or (b) otherwise cover the Fund’s short position.

 

When-Issued, Delayed-Delivery and Forward Transactions. A when-issued security is one whose terms are available and for which a market exists, but which have not been issued. In a forward delivery transaction, a Fund contracts to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time. “Delayed-delivery” refers to securities transactions on the secondary market where settlement occurs in the future. In each of these transactions, the parties fix the payment obligation and the interest rate that they will receive on the securities at the time the parties enter the commitment; however, they do not pay money or deliver securities until a later date. Typically, no income accrues on securities a Fund has committed to purchase before the securities are delivered, although the Fund may earn income on securities it has in a segregated account to cover its position. A Fund will only enter into these types of transactions with the intention of actually acquiring the securities, but may sell them before the settlement date.

 

A Fund may use when-issued, delayed-delivery and forward delivery transactions to secure what it considers an advantageous price and yield at the time of purchase. When a Fund engages in when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to consummate the sale. If the other party fails to complete the sale, the Fund may miss the opportunity to obtain the security at a favorable price or yield.

 

When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed-delivery, or forward delivery basis, a Fund assumes the rights and risks of ownership of the security, including the risk of price and yield changes. At the time of settlement, the market value of the security may be more or less than the purchase price. The yield available in the market when the delivery takes place also may be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself. Because the Fund does not pay for the security until the delivery date, these risks are in addition to the risks associated with its other investments.

 

The Funds will segregate cash or liquid securities equal in value to commitments for the when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward delivery transactions. The Funds will segregate additional liquid assets daily so that the value of such assets is equal to the amount of the commitments.

 

Special Risks of Cyber Attacks. As with any entity that conducts business through electronic means in the modern marketplace, the Funds, and their service providers, may be susceptible to operational and information security risks resulting from cyber attacks. Cyber attacks include, among other behaviors, stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, denial of service attacks on websites, the unauthorized monitoring, release, misuse, loss, destruction or corruption of confidential information, unauthorized access to relevant systems, compromises to networks or devices that the Funds and their service providers use to service the Funds’ operations, ransomware, operational disruption or failures in the physical infrastructure or operating systems that support the Funds and their service providers, or various other forms of cyber security breaches. Cyber attacks affecting the Funds or the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor, custodian, or any other of the Funds’ intermediaries or service providers may adversely impact the Funds and their shareholders, potentially resulting in, among other things, financial losses or the inability of Fund shareholders to transact business. For instance, cyber attacks may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, impact a Fund’s ability to calculate its net asset value, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential business information, impede trading, subject the Funds to regulatory fines or financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. The Funds may also incur additional costs for cyber security risk management purposes designed to mitigate or prevent the risk of cyber attacks. Such costs may be ongoing because threats of cyber attacks are constantly evolving as cyber attackers become more sophisticated and their techniques become more complex. Similar types of cyber security risks are also present for issuers of securities in which the Funds may invest, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers and may cause the Funds’ investments in such companies to lose value. There can be no assurance that the Funds, the Funds’ service providers, or the issuers of the securities in which the Funds invest will not suffer losses relating to cyber attacks or other information security breaches in the future.

 

S- 30

 

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

 

Fundamental Policies

 

The following investment limitations are fundamental, which means that the Funds cannot change them without approval by the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Funds. The phrase “majority of the outstanding shares” means the vote of (i) 67% or more of a Fund’s shares present at a meeting, if more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of a Fund’s outstanding shares, whichever is less.

 

1. Each Fund may purchase securities of an issuer, except if such purchase would cause the Fund to fail to satisfy the diversification requirement for a diversified management company under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

 

2. Each Fund may not concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time, except that a Fund may invest without limitation in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities and repurchase agreements involving such securities or tax-exempt obligations of state or municipal governments and their political subdivisions.

 

3. Each Fund may borrow money or issue senior securities (as defined under the 1940 Act), except as prohibited under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

 

4. Each Fund may make loans, except as prohibited under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

 

5. Each Fund may purchase or sell commodities or real estate, except as prohibited under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

 

6. Each Fund may underwrite securities issued by other persons, except as prohibited under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

 

Non-Fundamental Policies

 

The Funds’ investment objectives as well as the following investment limitations of each Fund are non-fundamental and may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval.

 

1. Each Fund may not purchase an investment if, as a result, more than 15% of the value of the Fund’s net assets would be invested in illiquid securities.

 

2. Each Fund may not invest in unmarketable interests in real estate limited partnerships or invest directly in real estate. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing policy does not prevent a Fund from, among other things, purchasing marketable securities of companies that deal in real estate or interests therein (including REITs).

 

S- 31

 

3. Each Fund may purchase or sell financial and physical commodities, commodity contracts based on (or relating to) physical commodities or financial commodities and securities and derivative instruments whose values are derived from (in whole or in part) physical commodities or financial commodities.

 

The following descriptions of certain provisions of the 1940 Act may assist investors in understanding the above policies and restrictions.

 

Diversification . Under the 1940 Act and the rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder, a “diversified company,” as to 75% of its total assets, may not purchase securities of any issuer (other than obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. government or its agencies, or instrumentalities or securities of other investment companies) if, as a result, more than 5% of its total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or more than 10% of the issuer’s voting securities would be held by the fund.

 

Concentration . The 1940 Act requires that every investment company have a fundamental investment policy regarding concentration. The SEC has defined concentration as investing 25% or more of an investment company’s total assets in any particular industry or group of industries, with certain exceptions. For purposes of the Funds' concentration policies, the Funds may classify and re-classify companies in a particular industry and define and re-define industries in any reasonable manner, consistent with SEC and SEC staff guidance.

 

Borrowing . The 1940 Act presently allows an investment company to borrow from any bank in an amount up to 33 1/3% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) and to borrow for temporary purposes in an amount not exceeding 5% of the value of its total assets.

 

Lending . Under the 1940 Act, an investment company may only make loans if expressly permitted by its investment policies.

 

Senior Securities . Senior securities may include any obligation or instrument issued by a fund evidencing indebtedness. The 1940 Act generally prohibits funds from issuing senior securities, although it does not treat certain transactions as senior securities, such as certain borrowings, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, firm commitment agreements and standby commitments, with appropriate earmarking or segregation of assets to cover such obligation.

 

Real Estate and Commodities . The 1940 Act does not directly restrict an investment company’s ability to invest in real estate or commodities, but does require that every investment company have a fundamental investment policy governing such investments. 

 

Underwriting . Under the 1940 Act, underwriting securities involves an investment company purchasing securities directly from an issuer for the purpose of selling (distributing) them or participating in any such activity either directly or indirectly. Under the 1940 Act, a diversified fund may not make any commitment as underwriter, if immediately thereafter the amount of its outstanding underwriting commitments, plus the value of its investments in securities of issuers (other than investment companies) of which it owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities, exceeds 25% of the value of its total assets.

 

Except with respect to the Funds’ policies concerning borrowing, if a percentage restriction is adhered to at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from changes in values or assets will not constitute a violation of such restriction. With respect to the limitation on illiquid securities, in the event that a subsequent change in net assets or other circumstances causes a Fund to exceed its limitation, the Fund will take steps to bring the aggregate amount of illiquid instruments back within the limitations as soon as reasonably practicable. With respect to the limitation on borrowing, in the event that a subsequent change in net assets or other circumstances causes a Fund to exceed its limitation, the Fund will take steps to bring the aggregate amount of borrowing back within the limitation within three days thereafter (not including Sundays and holidays).

 

S- 32

 

THE ADVISER

 

General. Strategic Global Advisors, LLC, (“SGA” or the “Adviser”), a women-majority-owned California limited liability company organized in 2005, serves as the investment adviser to the Funds. The Adviser’s principal place of business is located at 100 Bayview Circle, Suite 650, Newport Beach, California 92660. Cynthia Tusan holds over 25% of the Adviser’s ownership interests, and, therefore, may be considered to control the Adviser within the meaning of the 1940 Act. As of September 30, 2018, the Adviser had approximately $4.6 billion in assets under management.

 

The Adviser makes investment decisions for the Funds and continuously reviews, supervises and administers each Fund’s investment program. The Board supervises the Adviser and establishes policies that the Adviser must follow in its management activities.

 

Advisory Agreement. The Trust and the Adviser have entered into an investment advisory agreement dated September 22, 2016 (the “Advisory Agreement”) with respect to the Funds. Under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser serves as the investment adviser and makes investment decisions for each Fund and continuously reviews, supervises and administers the investment program of each Fund, subject to the supervision of, and policies established by, the Board.

 

After the initial two-year term, the continuance of the Advisory Agreement must be specifically approved at least annually: (i) by the vote of the Trustees or by a vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of each Fund; and (ii) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or “interested persons” of any party thereto, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment, and is terminable at any time without penalty by the Trustees or, with respect to any Fund, by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, or by the Adviser on not less than 30 days’ nor more than 60 days’ prior written notice to the Trust. As used in the Advisory Agreement, the terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities,” “interested persons” and “assignment” have the same meaning as such terms in the 1940 Act.

 

Advisory Fees Paid to the Adviser. For its services under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is entitled to a fee, which is calculated daily and paid monthly, at the following annual rates based on the average daily net assets of each Fund:

 

Fund Advisory
Fee Rate
International Equity Fund 0.95%
International Equity Plus Fund 1.10%
International Small-Mid Cap Equity Fund 1.15%
Global Equity Fund 0.95%

 

The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to keep total annual Fund operating expenses (excluding interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, 12b-1 fees, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses (collectively, “excluded expenses”)) for Institutional Shares and Investor Shares from exceeding certain levels as set forth below until November 30, 2019 (the “contractual expense limits”).

 

S- 33

 

Fund Contractual Expense
Limitation
International Equity Fund 0.95%
International Equity Plus Fund 1.10%
International Small-Mid Cap Equity Fund 1.15%
Global Equity Fund 0.95%

 

In addition, the Adviser may receive from a Fund the difference between the total annual Fund operating expenses (not including excluded expenses) and the Fund's contractual expense limit to recoup all or a portion of its prior fee waivers or expense reimbursements made during the three-year period preceding the date of the recoupment if at any point total annual Fund operating expenses (not including excluded expenses) are below the contractual expense limit (i) at the time of the fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement and (ii) at the time of the recoupment. This agreement may be terminated: (i) by the Board, for any reason at any time; or (ii) by the Adviser, upon ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to the Trust, effective as of the close of business on November 30, 2019.

 

For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2017 and 2018, the Funds paid the following in management fees to the Adviser:

 

Fund Contractual Advisory Fees Fees Waived by the Adviser 2 Total Fees Paid to the Adviser (After Waivers)
2017 2018 2017 2018 2017 2018
International Equity Fund $10,408 1 $18,672 $10,408 1 $18,672 $0 1 $0
International Equity Plus Fund N/A 3 N/A 3 N/A 3 N/A 3 N/A 3 N/A 3
International Small-Mid Cap Equity Fund N/A 3 N/A 3 N/A 3 N/A 3 N/A 3 N/A 3
Global Equity Fund N/A 3 N/A 3 N/A 3 N/A 3 N/A 3 N/A 3

 

1 Reflects the period from September 30, 2016 (commencement of Fund operations) to July 31, 2017.
2 For the fiscal period from September 30, 2016 (commencement of Fund operations) to July 31, 2017 and the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, the Adviser additionally reimbursed fees of $329,043 and $355,030, respectively, for the International Equity Fund to maintain the stated expense cap under its contractual expense limitation agreement with the Fund.
3 Not in operation during the period.

 

THE PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

 

This section includes information about the Funds’ portfolio managers, including information about other accounts they manage, the dollar range of Fund shares they own and how they are compensated.

 

Compensation. Portfolio managers at SGA receive a base salary and discretionary bonus. Compensation does not differ across accounts managed. Discretionary bonuses are intended to reward diligence, teamwork and portfolio risk adjusted performance. Key professionals who have a direct impact on the growth and profitability of the company may be awarded participation units in SGA's long term incentive plan. Cynthia Tusan, Gary Baierl and Mark Wimer, are equity owners in the firm and, therefore, also participate in the profits of the firm.

 

S- 34

 

Fund Shares Owned by Portfolio Managers. The Funds are required to show the dollar amount range of each portfolio manager’s “beneficial ownership” of shares of the Funds as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year. Dollar amount ranges disclosed are established by the SEC. “Beneficial ownership” is determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”).

 

Name Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned 1
Cynthia Tusan, CFA Over $1,000,000 (International Equity Fund)
Gary Baierl, PhD None
Mark Wimer, CFA $50,001 - $100,000 (International Equity Fund)
Cherie Badri, CFA $10,001 – $50,000 (International Equity Fund)
Brendan Skarra-Corson, CFA $10,001 – $50,000 (International Equity Fund)

 

1 Valuation date is July 31, 2018.

 

Other Accounts. In addition to the Funds, the portfolio managers may also be responsible for the day-to-day management of certain other accounts, as indicated by the following table. None of these accounts are subject to a performance-based advisory fee. The information below is provided as of July 31, 2018.

 

  Name

Registered

Investment Companies

Other Pooled

Investment Vehicles

Other Accounts
Number of Accounts Total Assets Number of Accounts Total Assets Number of Accounts

Total Assets

(in Millions)

Cynthia Tusan, CFA 0 $0 0 $0 48 $4,456
Gary Baierl, PhD 0 $0 0 $0 48 $4,456
Mark Wimer, CFA 0 $0 0 $0 48 $4,456
Cherie Badri, CFA 0 $0 0 $0 48 $4,456
Brendan Skarra-Corson, CFA 0 $0 0 $0 48 $4,456

 

Conflicts of Interest. The portfolio managers for the Funds manage multiple accounts, including the Funds. The portfolio managers make decisions for each account based on the investment objectives, policies, practices and other relevant investment considerations that the portfolio managers believe are applicable to that account. Consequently, the portfolio managers may purchase securities for one account and not another account, and the performance of securities purchased for one account may vary from the performance of securities purchased for other accounts. A portfolio manager may place transactions on behalf of other accounts that are contrary to investment decisions made on behalf of a Fund, or make investment decisions that are similar to those made for the Fund, both of which have the potential to adversely affect the price paid or received by the Fund or the size of the security position obtainable for the Fund. SGA has adopted policies and procedures that it believes address the conflicts associated with managing multiple accounts for multiple clients, although there is no assurance that such policies and procedures will adequately address such conflicts.

 

S- 35

 

THE ADMINISTRATOR

 

General. SEI Investments Global Funds Services (the “Administrator”), a Delaware statutory trust, has its principal business offices at One Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456. SEI Investments Management Corporation (“SIMC”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of SEI Investments Company (“SEI Investments”), is the owner of all beneficial interest in the Administrator. SEI Investments and its subsidiaries and affiliates, including the Administrator, are leading providers of funds evaluation services, trust accounting systems, and brokerage and information services to financial institutions, institutional investors, and money managers. The Administrator and its affiliates also serve as administrator or sub-administrator to other mutual funds.

 

Administration Agreement with the Trust. The Trust and the Administrator have entered into an administration agreement dated February 12, 2014, as amended (the “Administration Agreement”). Under the Administration Agreement, the Administrator provides the Trust with administrative services, including regulatory reporting and all necessary office space, equipment, personnel and facilities.

 

The Administration Agreement provides that the Administrator shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Trust in connection with the matters to which the Administration Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Administrator in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties and obligations thereunder.

 

Administration Fees Paid to the Administrator. For its services under the Administration Agreement, the Administrator is paid a fee, which varies based on the average daily net assets of the Funds, subject to certain minimums. For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2017 and 2018, the Funds paid the following amounts for these services:

 

  Administration Fees Paid
Fund 2017 2018
International Equity Fund $91,615 1 $114,162
International Equity Plus Fund N/A 2 N/A 2
International Small-Mid Cap Equity Fund N/A 2 N/A 2
Global Equity Fund N/A 2 N/A 2

 

1 Reflects the period from September 30, 2016 (commencement of Fund operations) to July 31, 2017.
2 Not in operation during the period.

 

THE DISTRIBUTOR

 

General. The Trust and SEI Investments Distribution Co. (the “Distributor”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of SEI Investments and an affiliate of the Administrator, are parties to a distribution agreement dated February 12, 2014, as amended (the “Distribution Agreement”), whereby the Distributor acts as principal underwriter for the Trust’s shares. The principal business address of the Distributor is One Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456.

 

The continuance of the Distribution Agreement must be specifically approved at least annually (i) by the vote of the Trustees or by a vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust and (ii) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust and have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operations of the Distribution Agreement or any related agreement, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Distribution Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act), and is terminable at any time without penalty by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust, or by the Distributor, upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to the other party.

 

S- 36

 

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

 

Distribution Plan. The Trust has adopted a Distribution Plan with respect to the Investor Shares (the “Plan”) in accordance with the provisions of Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, which regulates circumstances under which an investment company may directly or indirectly bear expenses relating to the distribution of its shares. Continuance of the Plan must be approved annually by a majority of the Trustees and by a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust and have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Plan or in any agreements related to the Plan (“Qualified Trustees”). The Plan requires that quarterly written reports of amounts spent under the Plan and the purposes of such expenditures be furnished to and reviewed by the Trustees. The Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount that may be spent thereunder without approval by a majority of the outstanding shares of the affected Funds. All material amendments of the Plan will require approval by a majority of the Trustees and of the Qualified Trustees.

 

The Plan provides a method of paying for distribution and shareholder services, which may help the Funds grow or maintain asset levels to provide operational efficiencies and economies of scale, provided by the Distributor or other financial intermediaries that enter into agreements with the Distributor. The Funds may make payments to financial intermediaries, such as banks, savings and loan associations, insurance companies, investment counselors, broker-dealers, mutual fund “supermarkets” and the Distributor’s affiliates and subsidiaries, as compensation for services, reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection with distribution assistance or provision of shareholder services. The Distributor may, at its discretion, retain a portion of such payments to compensate itself for distribution services and distribution related expenses such as the costs of preparation, printing, mailing or otherwise disseminating sales literature, advertising, and prospectuses (other than those furnished to current shareholders of a Fund), promotional and incentive programs, and such other marketing expenses that the Distributor may incur.

 

Under the Plan, the Distributor or financial intermediaries may receive up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Investor Shares as compensation for distribution and shareholder services. The Plan is characterized as a compensation plan since the distribution fee will be paid to the Distributor without regard to the distribution or shareholder service expenses incurred by the Distributor or the amount of payments made to financial intermediaries. The Trust intends to operate the Plan in accordance with its terms and with Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) rules concerning sales charges.

 

Payments under the Distribution Plan. For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2017 and 2018, the Funds paid the Distributor the following fees pursuant to the Plan:

 

S- 37

 

Fund 12b-1 Fees Paid 12b-1 Fees Retained by the Distributor
2017 2018 2017 2018
International Equity Fund $851 1 $736 $401 1 $348
International Equity Plus Fund N/A 2 N/A 2 N/A 2 N/A 2
International Small-Mid Cap Equity Fund N/A 2 N/A 2 N/A 2 N/A 2
Global Equity Fund N/A 2 N/A 2 N/A 2 N/A 2

 

1 Reflects the period from September 30, 2016 (commencement of Fund operations) to July 31, 2017.
2 Not in operation during the period.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan. The Funds have adopted a shareholder servicing plan under which a shareholder servicing fee of up to 0.25% of average daily net assets of Investor Shares of the Funds will be paid to financial intermediaries. Under the plan, financial intermediaries may perform, or may compensate other financial intermediaries for performing, certain shareholder and/or administrative services or similar non-distribution services, including: (i) maintaining shareholder accounts; (ii) arranging for bank wires; (iii) responding to shareholder inquiries relating to the services performed by the financial intermediaries; (iv) responding to inquiries from shareholders concerning their investment in the Funds; (v) assisting shareholders in changing dividend options, account designations and addresses; (vi) providing information periodically to shareholders showing their position in the Funds; (vii) forwarding shareholder communications from the Funds such as proxies, shareholder reports, annual reports, and dividend and capital gain distribution and tax notices to shareholders; (viii) processing purchase, exchange and redemption requests from shareholders and placing orders with the Funds or their service providers; (ix) providing sub-accounting services; (x) processing dividend and capital gain payments from the Funds on behalf of shareholders; (xi) preparing tax reports; and (xii) providing such other similar non-distribution services as the Funds may reasonably request to the extent that the financial intermediary is permitted to do so under applicable laws or regulations.

 

Payments by the Adviser. The Adviser and/or its affiliates, in their discretion, may make payments from their own resources and not from Fund assets to affiliated or unaffiliated brokers, dealers, banks (including bank trust departments), trust companies, registered investment advisers, financial planners, retirement plan administrators, insurance companies, and any other institution having a service, administration, or any similar arrangement with the Funds, their service providers or their respective affiliates, as incentives to help market and promote the Funds and/or in recognition of their distribution, marketing, administrative services, and/or processing support.

 

These additional payments may be made to financial intermediaries that sell Fund shares or provide services to the Funds, the Distributor or shareholders of the Funds through the financial intermediary’s retail distribution channel and/or fund supermarkets. Payments may also be made through the financial intermediary’s retirement, qualified tuition, fee-based advisory, wrap fee bank trust, or insurance (e.g., individual or group annuity) programs. These payments may include, but are not limited to, placing the Funds in a financial intermediary’s retail distribution channel or on a preferred or recommended fund list; providing business or shareholder financial planning assistance; educating financial intermediary personnel about the Funds; providing access to sales and management representatives of the financial intermediary; promoting sales of Fund shares; providing marketing and educational support; maintaining share balances and/or for sub-accounting, administrative or shareholder transaction processing services. A financial intermediary may perform the services itself or may arrange with a third party to perform the services.

 

S- 38

 

The Adviser and/or its affiliates may also make payments from their own resources to financial intermediaries for costs associated with the purchase of products or services used in connection with sales and marketing, participation in and/or presentation at conferences or seminars, sales or training programs, client and investor entertainment and other sponsored events. The costs and expenses associated with these efforts may include travel, lodging, sponsorship at educational seminars and conferences, entertainment and meals to the extent permitted by law.

 

Revenue sharing payments may be negotiated based on a variety of factors, including the level of sales, the amount of Fund assets attributable to investments in the Funds by financial intermediaries’ customers, a flat fee or other measures as determined from time to time by the Adviser and/or its affiliates. A significant purpose of these payments is to increase the sales of Fund shares, which in turn may benefit the Adviser through increased fees as Fund assets grow.

 

Investors should understand that some financial intermediaries may also charge their clients fees in connection with purchases of shares or the provision of shareholder services.

 

THE TRANSFER AGENT

 

DST Systems, Inc., 333 W. 11th Street, Kansas City, Missouri 64105 (the “Transfer Agent”), serves as the Funds’ transfer agent.

 

THE CUSTODIAN

 

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., 40 Water Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109 (the “Custodian”), acts as custodian of the Funds. The Custodian holds cash, securities and other assets of the Funds as required by the 1940 Act.

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Two Commerce Square, 2001 Market Street, Suite 1800, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103 serves as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Funds. The financial statements and notes thereto incorporated by reference have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, as indicated in their report with respect thereto, and are incorporated by reference in reliance on the authority of their report as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

LEGAL COUNSEL

 

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, 1701 Market Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-2921, serves as legal counsel to the Trust.

 

SECURITIES LENDING

 

The Funds did not engage in securities lending activities during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018.

 

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS OF THE TRUST

 

Board Responsibilities. The management and affairs of the Trust and its series, including the Funds described in this SAI, are overseen by the Trustees. The Board has approved contracts, as described above, under which certain companies provide essential management services to the Trust.

 

Like most mutual funds, the day-to-day business of the Trust, including the management of risk, is performed by third party service providers, such as the Adviser, the Distributor and the Administrator. The Trustees are responsible for overseeing the Trust’s service providers and, thus, have oversight responsibility with respect to risk management performed by those service providers. Risk management seeks to identify and address risks, i.e., events or circumstances that could have material adverse effects on the business, operations, shareholder services, investment performance or reputation of the funds. The funds and their service providers employ a variety of processes, procedures and controls to identify various possible events or circumstances, to lessen the probability of their occurrence and/or to mitigate the effects of such events or circumstances if they do occur. Each service provider is responsible for one or more discrete aspects of the Trust’s business (e.g., the Adviser is responsible for the day-to-day management of each Fund’s portfolio investments) and, consequently, for managing the risks associated with that business. The Board has emphasized to the Funds’ service providers the importance of maintaining vigorous risk management.

 

S- 39

 

The Trustees’ role in risk oversight begins before the inception of a fund, at which time certain of the fund’s service providers present the Board with information concerning the investment objectives, strategies and risks of the fund as well as proposed investment limitations for the fund. Additionally, the fund’s adviser provides the Board with an overview of, among other things, its investment philosophy, brokerage practices and compliance infrastructure. Thereafter, the Board continues its oversight function as various personnel, including the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer, as well as personnel of the adviser and other service providers, such as the fund’s independent accountants, make periodic reports to the Audit Committee or to the Board with respect to various aspects of risk management. The Board and the Audit Committee oversee efforts by management and service providers to manage risks to which the funds may be exposed.

 

The Board is responsible for overseeing the nature, extent and quality of the services provided to the funds by the adviser and receives information about those services at its regular meetings. In addition, on an annual basis, in connection with its consideration of whether to renew the advisory agreement with the adviser, the Board meets with the adviser to review such services. Among other things, the Board regularly considers the adviser’s adherence to the funds’ investment restrictions and compliance with various fund policies and procedures and with applicable securities regulations. The Board also reviews information about the funds’ investments, including, for example, reports on the adviser’s use of derivatives in managing the funds, if any, as well as reports on the funds’ investments in other investment companies, if any.

 

The Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer reports regularly to the Board to review and discuss compliance issues and fund and adviser risk assessments. At least annually, the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer provides the Board with a report reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of the Trust’s policies and procedures and those of its service providers, including the adviser. The report addresses the operation of the policies and procedures of the Trust and each service provider since the date of the last report; any material changes to the policies and procedures since the date of the last report; any recommendations for material changes to the policies and procedures; and any material compliance matters since the date of the last report.

 

The Board receives reports from the funds’ service providers regarding operational risks and risks related to the valuation and liquidity of portfolio securities. The Trust’s Fair Value Pricing Committee makes regular reports to the Board concerning investments for which market quotations are not readily available. Annually, the independent registered public accounting firm reviews with the Audit Committee its audit of the funds’ financial statements, focusing on major areas of risk encountered by the funds and noting any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the funds’ internal controls. Additionally, in connection with its oversight function, the Board oversees fund management’s implementation of disclosure controls and procedures, which are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Trust in its periodic reports with the SEC are recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the required time periods. The Board also oversees the Trust’s internal controls over financial reporting, which comprise policies and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of the Trust’s financial reporting and the preparation of the Trust’s financial statements.

 

S- 40

 

From their review of these reports and discussions with the adviser, the Chief Compliance Officer, the independent registered public accounting firm and other service providers, the Board and the Audit Committee learn in detail about the material risks of the funds, thereby facilitating a dialogue about how management and service providers identify and mitigate those risks.

 

The Board recognizes that not all risks that may affect the funds can be identified and/or quantified, that it may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, that it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve the funds’ goals, and that the processes, procedures and controls employed to address certain risks may be limited in their effectiveness. Moreover, reports received by the Trustees as to risk management matters are typically summaries of the relevant information. Most of the funds’ investment management and business affairs are carried out by or through the funds’ advisers and other service providers, each of which has an independent interest in risk management but whose policies and the methods by which one or more risk management functions are carried out may differ from the funds’ and each other’s in the setting of priorities, the resources available or the effectiveness of relevant controls. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, the Board’s ability to monitor and manage risk, as a practical matter, is subject to limitations.

 

Members of the Board. There are five members of the Board, four of whom are not interested persons of the Trust, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act (“independent Trustees”). Mr. Doran, an interested person of the Trust, serves as Chairman of the Board. Mr. Hunt, an independent Trustee, serves as the lead independent Trustee. The Trust has determined its leadership structure is appropriate given the specific characteristics and circumstances of the Trust. The Trust made this determination in consideration of, among other things, the fact that the independent Trustees constitute more than three-quarters of the Board, the fact that the chairperson of each Committee of the Board is an independent Trustee, the amount of assets under management in the Trust, and the number of funds (and classes of shares) overseen by the Board. The Board also believes that its leadership structure facilitates the orderly and efficient flow of information to the independent Trustees from fund management.

 

The Board has two standing committees: the Audit Committee and Governance Committee. The Audit Committee and Governance Committee are chaired by an independent Trustee and composed of all of the independent Trustees. In addition, the Board has a lead independent Trustee.

 

In his role as lead independent Trustee, Mr. Hunt, among other things: (i) presides over Board meetings in the absence of the Chairman of the Board; (ii) presides over executive sessions of the independent Trustees; (iii) along with the Chairman of the Board, oversees the development of agendas for Board meetings; (iv) facilitates communication between the independent Trustees and management, and among the independent Trustees; (v) serves as a key point person for dealings between the independent Trustees and management; and (vi) has such other responsibilities as the Board or independent Trustees determine from time to time.

 

Set forth below are the names, years of birth, position with the Trust and length of time served, and the principal occupations and other directorships held during at least the last five years of each of the persons currently serving as a Trustee. There is no stated term of office for the Trustees. Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each Trustee is SEI Investments Company, One Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456.

 

S- 41

 

Name and
Year of Birth
Position with Trust and
Length of Time Served

Principal Occupations
in the Past 5 Years

Other Directorships Held
in the Past 5 Years
Interested Trustee

William M. Doran

(Born: 1940)

Chairman of the Board of Trustees 1

(since 2014)

Self-Employed Consultant since 2003. Partner at Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP (law firm) from 1976 to 2003. Counsel to the Trust, SEI Investments, SIMC, the Administrator and the Distributor. Secretary of SEI Investments since 1978.

Current Directorships: Trustee of Gallery Trust, Schroder Series Trust, Schroder Global Series Trust, SEI Daily Income Trust, SEI Institutional International Trust, SEI Institutional Investments Trust, SEI Institutional Managed Trust, SEI Asset Allocation Trust, SEI Tax Exempt Trust, Adviser Managed Trust, New Covenant Funds, SEI Insurance Products Trust and SEI Catholic Values Trust. Director of SEI Investments, SEI Investments (Europe), Limited, SEI Investments-Global Funds Services, Limited, SEI Investments Global, Limited, SEI Investments (Asia), Limited, SEI Global Nominee Ltd., SEI Investments - Unit Trust Management (UK) Limited and SEI Investments Co. Director of the Distributor.

 

Former Directorships: Director of SEI Alpha Strategy Portfolios, LP to 2013. Trustee of O’Connor EQUUS (closed-end investment company) to 2016. Trustee of SEI Liquid Asset Trust to 2016. Trustee of Winton Series Trust to 2017. Trustee of The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund, The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund II, Bishop Street Funds, The KP Funds and Winton Diversified Opportunities Fund (closed-end investment company) to 2018.

Independent Trustees

Jon C. Hunt

(Born: 1951)

Trustee and Lead Independent Trustee

(since 2014)

Retired since 2013. Consultant to Management, Convergent Capital Management, LLC (“CCM”) from 2012 to 2013. Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer, CCM from 1998 to 2012.

Current Directorships: Trustee of City National Rochdale Funds, Gallery Trust, Schroder Series Trust and Schroder Global Series Trust.

 

Former Directorships: Trustee of O’Connor EQUUS (closed-end investment company) to 2016. Member of Independent Committee of Nuveen Commodities Asset Management to 2016. Trustee of Winton Series Trust to 2017. Trustee of Winton Diversified Opportunities Fund (closed-end investment company) to 2018.

 

S- 42

 

Name and
Year of Birth
Position with Trust and
Length of Time Served

Principal Occupations
in the Past 5 Years

Other Directorships Held
in the Past 5 Years

Thomas P. Lemke

(Born: 1954)

Trustee

(since 2014)

Retired since 2013. Executive Vice President and General Counsel, Legg Mason, Inc. from 2005 to 2013.

Current Directorships: Trustee of Gallery Trust, Schroder Series Trust, Schroder Global Series Trust and JP Morgan Active ETFs.

 

Former Directorships: Trustee of Munder Funds to 2014. Trustee of Victory Funds to 2015. Trustee of O’Connor EQUUS (closed-end investment company) to 2016. Trustee of Winton Series Trust and AXA Premier VIP Trust to 2017. Trustee of Winton Diversified Opportunities Fund (closed-end investment company) to 2018.

Jay C. Nadel

(Born: 1958)

Trustee

(since 2016)

Self-Employed Consultant since 2004.

Current Directorships: Trustee of City National Rochdale Funds, Gallery Trust, Schroder Series Trust and Schroder Global Series Trust.

 

Former Directorships: Trustee of Rochdale Investment Trust to 2013. Trustee of Winton Series Trust to 2017. Director of Lapolla Industries, Inc. to 2017. Trustee of Winton Diversified Opportunities Fund (closed-end investment company) to 2018.

Randall S. Yanker

(Born: 1960)

Trustee

(since 2014)

Co-Founder and Senior Partner, Alternative Asset Managers, L.P. since 2004.

Current Directorships: Trustee of Gallery Trust, Schroder Series Trust and Schroder Global Series Trust. Independent Non-Executive Director of HFA Holdings Limited.

 

Former Directorships: Trustee of O’Connor EQUUS (closed-end investment company) to 2016. Trustee of Winton Series Trust to 2017. Trustee of Winton Diversified Opportunities Fund (closed-end investment company) to 2018.

 

1 Mr. Doran may be deemed to be an “interested” person of the Funds as that term is defined in the 1940 Act by virtue of his affiliation with the Distributor and/or its affiliates.

 

Individual Trustee Qualifications

 

The Trust has concluded that each of the Trustees should serve on the Board because of their ability to review and understand information about the Funds provided to them by management, to identify and request other information they may deem relevant to the performance of their duties, to question management and other service providers regarding material factors bearing on the management and administration of the Funds, and to exercise their business judgment in a manner that serves the best interests of the Funds’ shareholders. The Trust has concluded that each of the Trustees should serve as a Trustee based on their own experience, qualifications, attributes and skills as described below.

 

S- 43

 

The Trust has concluded that Mr. Doran should serve as Trustee because of the experience he gained serving as a Partner in the Investment Management and Securities Industry Practice of a large law firm, his experience in and knowledge of the financial services industry, and the experience he has gained serving on other mutual fund boards.

 

The Trust has concluded that Mr. Hunt should serve as Trustee because of the experience he gained in a variety of leadership roles with different investment management institutions, his experience in and knowledge of the financial services industry, and the experience he has gained as a board member of open-end, closed-end and private funds investing in a broad range of asset classes, including alternative asset classes.

 

The Trust has concluded that Mr. Lemke should serve as Trustee because of the extensive experience he gained in the financial services industry, including experience in various senior management positions with financial services firms and multiple years of service with a regulatory agency, his background in controls, including legal, compliance and risk management, and his service as general counsel for several financial services firms.

 

The Trust has concluded that Mr. Nadel should serve as Trustee because of the experience he gained in a variety of leadership roles with an audit firm and various financial services firms, his experience in and knowledge of the financial services industry, and the experience he has gained serving on other mutual fund and operating company boards.

 

The Trust has concluded that Mr. Yanker should serve as Trustee because of the experience he gained in a variety of leadership roles with the alternative asset management divisions of various financial services firms, his experience in and knowledge of the financial services industry, and the experience he has gained advising institutions on alternative asset management.

 

In its periodic assessment of the effectiveness of the Board, the Board considers the complementary individual skills and experience of the individual Trustees primarily in the broader context of the Board’s overall composition so that the Board, as a body, possesses the appropriate (and appropriately diverse) skills and experience to oversee the business of the funds.

 

Board Committees. The Board has established the following standing committees:

 

Audit Committee. The Board has a standing Audit Committee that is composed of each of the independent Trustees. The Audit Committee operates under a written charter approved by the Board. The principal responsibilities of the Audit Committee include: (i) recommending which firm to engage as each fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and whether to terminate this relationship; (ii) reviewing the independent registered public accounting firm’s compensation, the proposed scope and terms of its engagement, and the firm’s independence; (iii) pre-approving audit and non-audit services provided by each fund’s independent registered public accounting firm to the Trust and certain other affiliated entities; (iv) serving as a channel of communication between the independent registered public accounting firm and the Trustees; (v) reviewing the results of each external audit, including any qualifications in the independent registered public accounting firm’s opinion, any related management letter, management’s responses to recommendations made by the independent registered public accounting firm in connection with the audit, reports submitted to the Committee by the internal auditing department of the Administrator that are material to the Trust as a whole, if any, and management’s responses to any such reports; (vi) reviewing each fund’s audited financial statements and considering any significant disputes between the Trust’s management and the independent registered public accounting firm that arose in connection with the preparation of those financial statements; (vii) considering, in consultation with the independent registered public accounting firm and the Trust’s senior internal accounting executive, if any, the independent registered public accounting firms’ reports on the adequacy of the Trust’s internal financial controls; (viii) reviewing, in consultation with each fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, major changes regarding auditing and accounting principles and practices to be followed when preparing each fund’s financial statements; and (ix) other audit related matters. Mr. Hunt, Mr. Lemke, Mr. Nadel and Mr. Yanker currently serve as members of the Audit Committee. Mr. Nadel serves as the Chairman of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee meets periodically, as necessary, and met five (5) times during the most recently completed fiscal year.

 

S- 44

 

Governance Committee. The Board has a standing Governance Committee that is composed of each of the independent Trustees. The Governance Committee operates under a written charter approved by the Board. The principal responsibilities of the Governance Committee include: (i) considering and reviewing Board governance and compensation issues; (ii) conducting a self-assessment of the Board’s operations; (iii) selecting and nominating all persons to serve as independent Trustees and considering proposals of and making recommendations for “interested” Trustee candidates to the Board; and (iv) reviewing shareholder recommendations for nominations to fill vacancies on the Board if such recommendations are submitted in writing and addressed to the Committee at the Trust’s office. Mr. Hunt, Mr. Lemke, Mr. Nadel and Mr. Yanker currently serve as members of the Governance Committee. Mr. Lemke serves as the Chairman of the Governance Committee. The Governance Committee meets periodically, as necessary, and met four (4) times during the most recently completed fiscal year.

 

Fair Value Pricing Committee. The Board has also established a standing Fair Value Pricing Committee that is composed of various representatives of the Trust’s service providers, as appointed by the Board. The Fair Value Pricing Committee operates under procedures approved by the Board. The principal responsibility of the Fair Value Pricing Committee is to determine the fair value of securities for which current market quotations are not readily available. The Fair Value Pricing Committee’s determinations are reviewed by the Board.

 

Fund Shares Owned by Board Members. The following table shows the dollar amount range of each Trustee’s “beneficial ownership” of shares of each of the Funds as of the end of the most recently completed calendar year. Dollar amount ranges disclosed are established by the SEC. “Beneficial ownership” is determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the 1934 Act. The Trustees and officers of the Trust own less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Trust.

 

Name

Dollar Range of Fund Shares

(Fund) 1

Aggregate Dollar Range of Shares

(All Funds in the Family of Investment Companies) 1,2

Interested Trustee
William M. Doran None None
Independent Trustees
Jon C. Hunt None None
Thomas P. Lemke None None
Jay C. Nadel None None
Randall S. Yanker None None

 

1 Valuation date is December 31, 2017.
2 The Funds are the only funds in the family of investment companies.

 

Board Compensation. The Trust paid the following fees to the Trustees during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018.

 

S- 45

 

Name Aggregate Compensation from the Trust Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of Fund Expenses Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement Total Compensation from the Trust and Fund Complex 1
Interested Trustee
William M. Doran $0 N/A N/A $0 for service on one (1) board
Independent Trustees
Jon C. Hunt $79,807 N/A N/A $79,807 for service on one (1) board
Thomas P. Lemke $79,807 N/A N/A $79,807 for service on one (1) board
Jay C. Nadel $79,807 N/A N/A $79,807 for service on one (1) board
Randall S. Yanker $79,807 N/A N/A $79,807 for service on one (1) board

 

1 All funds in the Fund Complex are series of the Trust.

 

Trust Officers. Set forth below are the names, year of birth, position with the Trust and length of time served, and the principal occupations for the last five years of each of the persons currently serving as executive officers of the Trust. There is no stated term of office for the officers of the Trust. Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each officer is SEI Investments Company, One Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456. The Chief Compliance Officer is the only officer who receives compensation from the Trust for his services.

 

Certain officers of the Trust also serve as officers of one or more mutual funds for which SEI Investments or its affiliates act as investment manager, administrator or distributor.

 

Name and
Year of Birth
Position with Trust and
Length of Time Served
Principal Occupations in Past 5 Years
Michael Beattie
(Born: 1965)

President

(since 2014)

Director of Client Service, SEI Investments, since 2004.

James Bernstein

(Born: 1962)

Vice President and Assistant Secretary

(since 2017)

Attorney, SEI Investments, since 2017.

 

Prior Positions: Self-employed consultant, 2017. Associate General Counsel & Vice President, Nationwide Funds Group and Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company, from 2002 to 2016. Assistant General Counsel & Vice President, Market Street Funds and Provident Mutual Insurance Company, from 1999 to 2002.

John Bourgeois
(Born: 1973)

Assistant Treasurer

(since 2017)

Fund Accounting Manager, SEI Investments, since 2000.

Stephen Connors

(Born: 1984)

Treasurer, Controller and Chief Financial Officer

(since 2015)

Director, SEI Investments, Fund Accounting, since 2014. Audit Manager, Deloitte & Touche LLP, from 2011 to 2014.

Dianne M. Descoteaux

(Born: 1977)

Vice President and Secretary

(since 2014)

Counsel at SEI Investments since 2010. Associate at Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, from 2006 to 2010.

 

S- 46

 

Name and
Year of Birth
Position with Trust and
Length of Time Served
Principal Occupations in Past 5 Years

Russell Emery

(Born: 1962)

Chief Compliance Officer

(since 2014)

Chief Compliance Officer of SEI Structured Credit Fund, LP since 2007. Chief Compliance Officer of SEI Alpha Strategy Portfolios, LP from 2007 to 2013. Chief Compliance Officer of The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund, The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund II, Bishop Street Funds, The KP Funds, Gallery Trust, Schroder Series Trust, Schroder Global Series Trust, SEI Institutional Managed Trust, SEI Asset Allocation Trust, SEI Institutional International Trust, SEI Institutional Investments Trust, SEI Daily Income Trust, SEI Tax Exempt Trust, Adviser Managed Trust, New Covenant Funds, SEI Insurance Products Trust and SEI Catholic Values Trust. Chief Compliance Officer of SEI Opportunity Fund, L.P. to 2010. Chief Compliance Officer of O’Connor EQUUS (closed-end investment company) to 2016. Chief Compliance Officer of SEI Liquid Asset Trust to 2016. Chief Compliance Officer of Winton Series Trust to 2017. Chief Compliance Officer of Winton Diversified Opportunities Fund (closed-end investment company) to 2018.
Robert Morrow
(Born: 1968)

Vice President

(since 2017)

Account Manager, SEI Investments, since 2007.

Robert Nesher

(Born: 1946)

Vice Chairman

(since 2014)

SEI employee 1974 to present; currently performs various services on behalf of SEI Investments for which Mr. Nesher is compensated. Vice Chairman of Gallery Trust, Schroder Series Trust and Schroder Global Series Trust. President, Chief Executive Officer and Trustee of SEI Daily Income Trust, SEI Tax Exempt Trust, SEI Institutional Managed Trust, SEI Institutional International Trust, SEI Institutional Investments Trust, SEI Asset Allocation Trust, Adviser Managed Trust, New Covenant Funds, SEI Insurance Products Trust and SEI Catholic Values Trust. President and Director of SEI Structured Credit Fund, LP. President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of SEI Alpha Strategy Portfolios, LP, from 2007 to 2013. President and Director of SEI Opportunity Fund, L.P. to 2010. Vice Chairman of O’Connor EQUUS (closed-end investment company) to 2016. President, Chief Executive Officer and Trustee of SEI Liquid Asset Trust to 2016. Vice Chairman of Winton Series Trust to 2017. Vice Chairman of Winton Diversified Opportunities Fund (closed-end investment company) to 2018.

Bridget E. Sudall

(Born: 1980)

Privacy Officer

(since 2015)

 

Anti-Money Laundering Officer

(since 2015)

Senior Associate and AML Officer, Morgan Stanley Alternative Investment Partners, from 2011 to 2015. Investor Services Team Lead, Morgan Stanley Alternative Investment Partners, from 2007 to 2011.

 

 

S- 47

 

PURCHASING AND REDEEMING SHARES

 

Purchases and redemptions may be made through the Transfer Agent on any day the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) is open for business. Shares of the Funds are offered and redeemed on a continuous basis. Currently, the Trust is closed for business when the following holidays are observed: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas.

 

It is currently the Trust’s policy to pay all redemptions in cash. The Trust retains the right, however, to alter this policy to provide for redemptions in whole or in part by a distribution in-kind of securities held by the Funds in lieu of cash. Shareholders may incur brokerage charges on the sale of any such securities so received in payment of redemptions.

 

The Trust reserves the right to suspend the right of redemption and/or to postpone the date of payment upon redemption for more than seven days during times when the NYSE is closed, other than during customary weekends or holidays, for any period on which trading on the NYSE is restricted (as determined by the SEC by rule or regulation), or during the existence of an emergency (as determined by the SEC by rule or regulation) as a result of which disposal or valuation of the Funds’ securities is not reasonably practicable, or for such other periods as the SEC has by order permitted. The Trust also reserves the right to suspend sales of shares of the Funds for any period during which the NYSE, the Adviser, the Administrator, the Transfer Agent and/or the Custodian are not open for business.

 

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

 

General Policy. The Funds adhere to Section 2(a)(41), and Rule 2a-4 thereunder, of the 1940 Act with respect to the valuation of portfolio securities. In general, securities for which market quotations are readily available are valued at current market value, and all other securities are valued at fair value in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board. In complying with the 1940 Act, the Trust relies on guidance provided by the SEC and by the SEC staff in various interpretive letters and other guidance.

 

Equity Securities . Securities listed on a securities exchange, market or automated quotation system for which quotations are readily available (except for securities traded on NASDAQ), including securities traded over the counter, are valued at the last quoted sale price on an exchange or market (foreign or domestic) on which they are traded on the valuation date (or at approximately 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time if such exchange is normally open at that time), or, if there is no such reported sale on the valuation date, at the most recent quoted bid price. For securities traded on NASDAQ, the NASDAQ Official Closing Price will be used. If such prices are not available or determined to not represent the fair value of the security as of the Funds’ pricing time, the security will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith using methods approved by the Board.

 

Money Market Securities and other Debt Securities. If available, money market securities and other debt securities are priced based upon valuations provided by recognized independent, third-party pricing agents. Such values generally reflect the last reported sales price if the security is actively traded. The third-party pricing agents may also value debt securities by employing methodologies that utilize actual market transactions, broker-supplied valuations, or other methodologies designed to identify the market value for such securities. Such methodologies generally consider such factors as security prices, yields, maturities, call features, ratings and developments relating to specific securities in arriving at valuations. Money market securities and other debt securities with remaining maturities of sixty days or less may be valued at their amortized cost, which approximates market value. If such prices are not available or determined to not represent the fair value of the security as of each Fund’s pricing time, the security will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith using methods approved by the Board.

 

S- 48

 

Foreign Securities. The prices for foreign securities are reported in local currency and converted to U.S. dollars using currency exchange rates. Exchange rates are provided daily by recognized independent pricing agents.

 

Derivatives and Other Complex Securities. Exchange traded options on securities and indices purchased by the Funds generally are valued at their last trade price or, if there is no last trade price, the last bid price. Exchange traded options on securities and indices written by the Funds generally are valued at their last trade price or, if there is no last trade price, the last asked price. In the case of options traded in the over-the-counter market, if the OTC option is also an exchange traded option, the Funds will follow the rules regarding the valuation of exchange traded options. If the OTC option is not also an exchange traded option, the Funds will value the option at fair value in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board.

 

Futures and swaps cleared through a central clearing house (“centrally cleared swaps”) are valued at the settlement price established each day by the board of the exchange on which they are traded. The daily settlement prices for financial futures are provided by an independent source. On days when there is excessive volume or market volatility, or the future or centrally cleared swap does not end trading by the time the Funds calculate net asset value, the settlement price may not be available at the time at which each Fund calculates its net asset value. On such days, the best available price (which is typically the last sales price) may be used to value a Fund’s futures or centrally cleared swaps position.

 

Foreign currency forward contracts are valued at the current day’s interpolated foreign exchange rate, as calculated using the current day’s spot rate, and the thirty, sixty, ninety and one-hundred eighty day forward rates provided by an independent source.

 

If available, non-centrally cleared swaps, collateralized debt obligations, collateralized loan obligations and bank loans are priced based on valuations provided by an independent third party pricing agent. If a price is not available from an independent third party pricing agent, the security will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith using methods approved by the Board.

 

Use of Third-Party Independent Pricing Agents and Independent Brokers . Pursuant to contracts with the Administrator, prices for most securities held by the Funds are provided daily by third-party independent pricing agents that are approved by the Board. The valuations provided by third-party independent pricing agents are reviewed daily by the Administrator.

 

If a security price cannot be obtained from an independent, third-party pricing agent, the Administrator shall seek to obtain a bid price from at least one independent broker.

 

Fair Value Procedures. Securities for which market prices are not “readily available” or which cannot be valued using the methodologies described above are valued in accordance with Fair Value Procedures established by the Board and implemented through the Fair Value Pricing Committee. The members of the Fair Value Pricing Committee report, as necessary, to the Board regarding portfolio valuation determinations. The Board, from time to time, will review these methods of valuation and will recommend changes which may be necessary to assure that the investments of the Funds are valued at fair value.

 

Some of the more common reasons that may necessitate a security being valued using Fair Value Procedures include: the security’s trading has been halted or suspended; the security has been de-listed from a national exchange; the security’s primary trading market is temporarily closed at a time when under normal conditions it would be open; the security has not been traded for an extended period of time; the security’s primary pricing source is not able or willing to provide a price; trading of the security is subject to local government-imposed restrictions; or a significant event with respect to a security has occurred after the close of the market or exchange on which the security principally trades and before the time the Funds calculate net asset value. When a security is valued in accordance with the Fair Value Procedures, the Fair Value Pricing Committee will determine the value after taking into consideration relevant information reasonably available to the Fair Value Pricing Committee.

 

S- 49

 

Fair Valuation of Foreign Securities Based on U.S. Market Movements. As of July 31, 2018, a third party fair valuation vendor provides a fair value for foreign securities held by the International Equity Fund based on certain factors and methodologies (involving, generally, tracking valuation correlations between the U.S. market and each foreign security) applied by the fair valuation vendor in the event that there are movements in the U.S. market that exceed a specific threshold that has been established by the Fair Value Pricing Committee. The Fair Value Pricing Committee has also established a “confidence interval” that is used to determine the level of correlation between the value of a foreign security and movements in the U.S. market that is required for a particular security to be fair valued when the threshold is exceeded. In the event that the threshold established by the Fair Value Pricing Committee is exceeded on a specific day, the International Equity Fund values the foreign securities in its portfolio that exceed the applicable “confidence interval” based upon the fair values provided by the fair valuation vendor. In such event, it is not necessary to hold a Fair Value Pricing Committee meeting. In the event that the Adviser believes that the fair values provided by the fair valuation vendor are not reliable, the Adviser can contact the Administrator and request that a meeting of the Fair Value Pricing Committee be held.

 

TAXES

 

The following is only a summary of certain additional U.S. federal income tax considerations generally affecting the Funds and their shareholders that is intended to supplement the discussion contained in the Prospectus. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of the Funds or their shareholders, and the discussion here and in the Prospectus is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors with specific reference to their own tax situations, including their state, local, and foreign tax liabilities.

 

The following general discussion of certain federal income tax consequences is based on the Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this SAI. New legislation, as well as administrative changes or court decisions, may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein.

 

The recently enacted tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) makes significant changes to the U.S. federal income tax rules for taxation of individuals and corporations, generally effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017. Many of the changes applicable to individuals are temporary and would apply only to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2026. There are only minor changes with respect to the specific rules only applicable to regulated investment companies (“RICs”), such as the Funds. The Tax Act, however, makes numerous other changes to the tax rules that may affect shareholders and the Funds. You are urged to consult with your own tax advisor regarding how the Tax Act affects your investment in the Funds.

 

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company. Each Fund intends to qualify and elect to be treated as a RIC. By following such a policy, each Fund expects to eliminate or reduce to a nominal amount the federal taxes to which it may be subject. If a Fund qualifies as a RIC, it will generally not be subject to federal income taxes on the net investment income and net realized capital gains that it timely distributes to its shareholders. The Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of a Fund as a RIC if it determines such course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.

 

S- 50

 

In order to qualify as a RIC under the Code, each Fund must distribute annually to its shareholders at least 90% of its net investment income (which, includes dividends, taxable interest, and the excess of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses, less operating expenses) and at least 90% of its net tax exempt interest income, for each tax year, if any (the “Distribution Requirement”) and also must meet certain additional requirements. Among these requirements are the following: (i) at least 90% of each Fund’s gross income each taxable year must be derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities, or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities, or currencies, and net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership (the “Qualifying Income Test”); and (ii) at the close of each quarter of each Fund’s taxable year: (A) at least 50% of the value of each Fund’s total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect to any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of each Fund’s total assets and that does not represent more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, including the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership, and (B) not more than 25% of the value of each Fund’s total assets is invested, including through corporations in which the Fund owns a 20% or greater voting stock interest, in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer or the securities (other than the securities of another RIC) of two or more issuers that a Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (the “Asset Test”).

 

Although the Funds intend to distribute substantially all of their net investment income and may distribute their capital gains for any taxable year, the Funds will be subject to federal income taxation to the extent any such income or gains are not distributed. Each Fund is treated as a separate corporation for federal income tax purposes. A Fund therefore is considered to be a separate entity in determining its treatment under the rules for RICs described herein. Losses in one Fund do not offset gains in another and the requirements (other than certain organizational requirements) for qualifying RIC status are determined at the Fund level rather than at the Trust level.

 

If a Fund fails to satisfy the Qualifying Income or Asset Tests in any taxable year, such Fund may be eligible for relief provisions if the failures are due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect and if a penalty tax is paid with respect to each failure to satisfy the applicable requirements. Additionally, relief is provided for certain de minimis failures of the diversification requirements where the Fund corrects the failure within a specified period. If a Fund fails to maintain qualification as a RIC for a tax year, and the relief provisions are not available, such Fund will be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates (which the Tax Act reduced to 21%) without any deduction for distributions to shareholders. In such case, its shareholders would be taxed as if they received ordinary dividends, although corporate shareholders could be eligible for the dividends received deduction (subject to certain limitations) and individuals may be able to benefit from the lower tax rates available to qualified dividend income. In addition, a Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest, and make substantial distributions before requalifying as a RIC. The Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of a Fund as a RIC if it determines such course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.

 

A Fund may elect to treat part or all of any “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in determining the Fund’s taxable income, net capital gain, net short-term capital gain, and earnings and profits. The effect of this election is to treat any such “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in characterizing Fund distributions for any calendar year. A “qualified late year loss” generally includes net capital loss, net long-term capital loss, or net short-term capital loss incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year (commonly referred to as “post-October losses”) and certain other late-year losses.

 

The treatment of capital loss carryovers for the Funds is similar to the rules that apply to capital loss carryovers of individuals, which provide that such losses are carried over indefinitely. If a Fund has a “net capital loss” (that is, capital losses in excess of capital gains), the excess of the Fund’s net short-term capital losses over its net long-term capital gains is treated as a short-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Fund’s next taxable year, and the excess (if any) of the Fund’s net long-term capital losses over its net short-term capital gains is treated as a long-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Fund’s next taxable year. The carryover of capital losses may be limited under the general loss limitation rules if a Fund experiences an ownership change as defined in the Code.

 

S- 51

 

Federal Excise Tax. Notwithstanding the Distribution Requirement described above, which generally requires a Fund to distribute at least 90% of its annual investment company taxable income and the excess of its exempt interest income (but does not require any minimum distribution of net capital gain), a Fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax to the extent it fails to distribute, by the end of the calendar year at least 98% of its ordinary income and 98.2% of its capital gain net income (the excess of short- and long-term capital gains over short- and long-term capital losses) for the one-year period ending on October 31 of such year (including any retained amount from the prior calendar year on which a Fund paid no federal income tax). The Funds intend to make sufficient distributions to avoid liability for federal excise tax, but can make no assurances that such tax will be completely eliminated. The Funds may in certain circumstances be required to liquidate Fund investments in order to make sufficient distributions to avoid federal excise tax liability at a time when the Adviser might not otherwise have chosen to do so, and liquidation of investments in such circumstances may affect the ability of the Funds to satisfy the requirement for qualification as RICs.

 

Distributions to Shareholders. The Funds receive income generally in the form of dividends and interest on investments. This income, plus net short-term capital gains, if any, less expenses incurred in the operation of a Fund, constitutes the Fund’s net investment income from which dividends may be paid to you. Any distributions by a Fund from such income will be taxable to you as ordinary income or at the lower capital gains rates that apply to individuals receiving qualified dividend income, whether you take them in cash or in additional shares.

 

Distributions by the Funds are currently eligible for the reduced maximum tax rate to individuals of 20% (lower rates apply to individuals in lower tax brackets) to the extent that the Funds receive qualified dividend income on the securities they hold and the Funds report the distributions as qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain foreign corporations (e.g., foreign corporations incorporated in a possession of the United States or in certain countries with a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States, or the stock of which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States). A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income to the extent that: (i) the shareholder has not held the shares on which the dividend was paid for more than 60 days during the 121-day period that begins on the date that is 60 days before the date on which the shares become “ex-dividend” (which is the day on which declared distributions (dividends or capital gains) are deducted from each Fund’s assets before it calculates the net asset value) with respect to such dividend, (ii) each Fund has not satisfied similar holding period requirements with respect to the securities it holds that paid the dividends distributed to the shareholder), (iii) the shareholder is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to substantially similar or related property, or (iv) the shareholder elects to treat such dividend as investment income under section 163(d)(4)(B) of the Code. Therefore, if you lend your shares in a Fund, such as pursuant to a securities lending arrangement, you may lose the ability to treat dividends (paid while the shares are held by the borrower) as qualified dividend income. Distributions that a Fund receives from an ETF or an underlying fund taxable as a RIC or a REIT will be treated as qualified dividend income only to the extent so reported by such ETF, underlying fund or REIT.

 

Distributions by the Funds of their net short-term capital gains will be taxable as ordinary income. Capital gain distributions consisting of a Fund’s net capital gains will be taxable as long-term capital gains for individual shareholders at a maximum rate of 20% regardless of how long you have held your shares in such Fund.

 

S- 52

 

In the case of corporate shareholders, Fund distributions (other than capital gain distributions) generally qualify for the dividends-received deduction to the extent such distributions are so reported and do not exceed the gross amount of qualifying dividends received by such Fund for the year. Generally, and subject to certain limitations (including certain holding period limitations), a dividend will be treated as a qualifying dividend if it has been received from a domestic corporation.

 

To the extent that a Fund makes a distribution of income received by such Fund in lieu of dividends (a “substitute payment”) with respect to securities on loan pursuant to a securities lending transaction, such income will not constitute qualified dividend income to individual shareholders and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction for corporate shareholders.

 

If a Fund’s distributions exceed its taxable income and capital gains realized during a taxable year, all or a portion of the distributions made in the same taxable year may be recharacterized as a return of capital to shareholders. A return of capital distribution will generally not be taxable, but will reduce each shareholder’s cost basis in a Fund and result in a higher reported capital gain or lower reported capital loss when those shares on which the distribution was received are sold.

 

A dividend or distribution received shortly after the purchase of shares reduces the net asset value of the shares by the amount of the dividend or distribution and, although in effect a return of capital, will be taxable to the shareholder. If the net asset value of shares were reduced below the shareholder’s cost by dividends or distributions representing gains realized on sales of securities, such dividends or distributions would be a return of investment though taxable to the shareholder in the same manner as other dividends or distributions.

 

The Funds (or their administrative agent) will inform you of the amount of your ordinary income dividends, qualified dividend income and capital gain distributions, if any, and will advise you of their tax status for federal income tax purposes shortly after the close of each calendar year. If you have not held Fund shares for a full year, the Funds may report and distribute to you, as ordinary income, qualified dividend income or capital gain, a percentage of income that is not equal to the actual amount of such income earned during the period of your investment in the Funds.

 

Dividends declared to shareholders of record in October, November or December and actually paid in January of the following year will be treated as having been received by shareholders on December 31 of the calendar year in which declared. Under this rule, therefore, a shareholder may be taxed in one year on dividends or distributions actually received in January of the following year.

 

Sales, Exchanges or Redemptions. Any gain or loss recognized on a sale, exchange, or redemption of shares of a Fund by a shareholder who is not a dealer in securities will generally, for individual shareholders, be treated as a long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than twelve months and otherwise will be treated as a short-term capital gain or loss. However, if shares on which a shareholder has received a net capital gain distribution are subsequently sold, exchanged, or redeemed and such shares have been held for six months or less, any loss recognized will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the net capital gain distribution. In addition, the loss realized on a sale or other disposition of shares will be disallowed to the extent a shareholder repurchases (or enters into a contract to or option to repurchase) shares within a period of 61 days (beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares). This loss disallowance rule will apply to shares received through the reinvestment of dividends during the 61-day period. For tax purposes, an exchange of your Fund shares for shares of a different fund is the same as a sale.

 

U.S. individuals with income exceeding $200,000 ($250,000 if married and filing jointly) are subject to a 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on their “net investment income,” including interest, dividends, and capital gains (including any capital gains realized on the sale or exchange of shares of a Fund).

 

S- 53

 

The Funds (or their administrative agent) must report to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and furnish to Fund shareholders the cost basis information for purchases of Fund shares. In addition to the requirement to report the gross proceeds from the sale of Fund shares, a Fund (or its administrative agent) is also required to report the cost basis information for such shares and indicate whether these shares had a short-term or long-term holding period. For each sale of Fund shares, a Fund will permit shareholders to elect from among several IRS-accepted cost basis methods, including the average basis method. In the absence of an election, a Fund will use the average basis method as its default cost basis method. The cost basis method elected by a Fund shareholder (or the cost basis method applied by default) for each sale of Fund shares may not be changed after the settlement date of each such sale of Fund shares. Fund shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the best IRS-accepted cost basis method for their tax situation and to obtain more information about how cost basis reporting applies to them. Shareholders also should carefully review the cost basis information provided to them by a Fund and make any additional basis, holding period or other adjustments that are required when reporting these amounts on their federal income tax returns.

 

Tax Treatment of Complex Securities . The Funds may invest in complex securities and these investments may be subject to numerous special and complex tax rules. These rules could affect a Fund’s ability to qualify as a RIC, affect whether gains and losses recognized by the Funds are treated as ordinary income or capital gain, accelerate the recognition of income to the Funds and/or defer the Funds’ ability to recognize losses, and, in limited cases, subject the Funds to U.S. federal income tax on income from certain of their foreign securities. In turn, these rules may affect the amount, timing or character of the income distributed to you by the Funds.

 

Each Fund is required for federal income tax purposes to mark-to-market and recognize as income for each taxable year its net unrealized gains and losses on certain futures contracts as of the end of the year as well as those actually realized during the year. Gain or loss from futures and options contracts on broad-based indexes required to be marked to market will be 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gain or loss. Application of this rule may alter the timing and character of distributions to shareholders. A Fund may be required to defer the recognition of losses on futures contracts, options contracts and swaps to the extent of any unrecognized gains on offsetting positions held by the Fund. These provisions may also require the Funds to mark-to-market certain types of positions in their portfolios (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out), which may cause a Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the Distribution Requirement and for avoiding the excise tax discussed above. Accordingly, in order to avoid certain income and excise taxes, a Fund may be required to liquidate its investments at a time when the Adviser might not otherwise have chosen to do so.

 

With respect to investments in STRIPS, Treasury Receipts, and other zero coupon securities which are sold at original issue discount and thus do not make periodic cash interest payments, a Fund will be required to include as part of its current income the imputed interest on such obligations even though the Fund has not received any interest payments on such obligations during that period. Because each Fund intends to distribute all of its net investment income to its shareholders, a Fund may have to sell Fund securities to distribute such imputed income which may occur at a time when the Adviser would not have chosen to sell such securities and which may result in taxable gain or loss.

 

Any market discount recognized on a bond is taxable as ordinary income. A market discount bond is a bond acquired in the secondary market at a price below redemption value or adjusted issue price if issued with original issue discount. Absent an election by a Fund to include the market discount in income as it accrues, gain on the Fund’s disposition of such an obligation will be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain to the extent of the accrued market discount.

 

In general, for purposes of the Qualifying Income Test described above, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership that would be qualifying income if realized directly by a Fund. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” (generally, a partnership (i) interests in which are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, (ii) that derives at least 90% of its income from the passive income sources specified in Code section 7704(d), and (iii) that generally derives less than 90% of its income from the same sources as described in the Qualifying Income Test) will be treated as qualifying income. In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership.

 

S- 54

 

The Funds may invest in certain MLPs which may be treated as “qualified publicly traded partnerships.” Income from qualified publicly traded partnerships is qualifying income for purposes of the Qualifying Income Test, but a Fund’s investment in one or more of such qualified publicly traded partnerships is limited under the Asset Test to no more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s assets. The Funds will monitor their investments in such qualified publicly traded partnerships in order to ensure compliance with the Qualifying Income and Asset Tests. MLPs and other partnerships that the Funds may invest in will deliver Form K-1s to the Funds to report their share of income, gains, losses, deductions and credits of the MLP or other partnership. These Form K-1s may be delayed and may not be received until after the time that a Fund issues its tax reporting statements. As a result, a Fund may at times find it necessary to reclassify the amount and character of its distributions to you after it issues you your Form 1099 tax reporting statement and, accordingly, send you a corrected Form 1099.

 

The Tax Act treats “qualified publicly traded partnership income” within the meaning of Section 199A(e)(5) of the Code as eligible for a 20% deduction by non-corporate taxpayers. Qualified publicly traded partnership income is generally income of a “publicly traded partnership” that is not treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes that is effectively connected with such entity’s trade or business, but does not include certain investment income. A “publicly traded partnership” for purposes of this deduction is not necessarily the same as a “qualified publicly traded partnership,” as defined above. This deduction, if allowed in full, equates to a maximum effective tax rate of 29.6% (37% top rate applied to income after 20% deduction). The Tax Act does not contain a provision permitting a RIC, such as a Fund, to pass the special character of this income through to its shareholders. Currently, direct investors in entities that generate “qualified publicly traded partnership income” will enjoy the lower rate, but investors in RICs that invest in such entities will not. It is uncertain whether future technical corrections or administrative guidance will address this issue to enable a Fund to pass through the special character of “qualified publicly traded partnership income” to shareholders.

 

A Fund may invest in REITs. Investments in REIT equity securities may require a Fund to accrue and distribute income not yet received. To generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, such Fund may be required to sell securities in its portfolio (including when it is not advantageous to do so) that it otherwise would have continued to hold. The Fund’s investments in REIT equity securities may at other times result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, these distributions could constitute a return of capital to the Fund’s shareholders for federal income tax purposes. Dividends paid by a REIT, other than capital gain distributions, will be taxable as ordinary income up to the amount of the REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Capital gain dividends paid by a REIT to the Fund will be treated as long-term capital gains by the Fund and, in turn, may be distributed by the Fund to its shareholders as a capital gain distribution. Dividends received by the Fund from a REIT generally will not constitute qualified dividend income or qualify for the dividends-received deduction. If a REIT is operated in a manner such that it fails to qualify as a REIT, an investment in the REIT would become subject to double taxation, meaning the taxable income of the REIT would be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders and the dividends would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits.

 

REITs in which a Fund invests often do not provide complete and final tax information to the Fund until after the time that the Fund issues a tax reporting statement. As a result, a Fund may at times find it necessary to reclassify the amount and character of its distributions to you after it issues your tax reporting statement. When such reclassification is necessary, a Fund (or its administrative agent) will send you a corrected, final Form 1099-DIV to reflect the reclassified information. If you receive a corrected Form 1099-DIV, use the information on this corrected form, and not the information on the previously issued tax reporting statement, in completing your tax returns.

 

S- 55

 

The Tax Act treats “qualified REIT dividends” (i.e., ordinary REIT dividends other than capital gain dividends and portions of REIT dividends designated as qualified dividend income eligible for capital gain tax rates) as eligible for a 20% deduction by non-corporate taxpayers. This deduction, if allowed in full, equates to a maximum effective tax rate of 29.6% (37% top rate applied to income after 20% deduction). The Tax Act does not contain a provision permitting RICs, such as the Funds, to pass the special character of this income through to their shareholders. Currently, direct investors in REITs will enjoy the lower rate, but investors in RICs that invest in such REITs will not. It is uncertain whether future technical corrections or administrative guidance will address this issue to enable the Funds to pass through the special character of “qualified REIT dividends” to shareholders.

 

Certain Foreign Currency Tax Issues . A Fund’s transactions in foreign currencies and forward foreign currency contracts will generally be subject to special provisions of the Code that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the Fund and defer losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also may require a Fund to mark-to-market certain types of positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out) which may cause the Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the Distribution Requirements and for avoiding the excise tax described above. The Funds intend to monitor their transactions, intend to make the appropriate tax elections, and intend to make the appropriate entries in their books and records when they acquire any foreign currency or forward foreign currency contract in order to mitigate the effect of these rules so as to prevent disqualification of a Fund as a RIC and minimize the imposition of income and excise taxes.

 

If a Fund owns shares in certain foreign investment entities, referred to as “passive foreign investment companies” or “PFICs,” the Fund will generally be subject to one of the following special tax regimes: (i) the Fund may be liable for U.S. federal income tax, and an additional interest charge, on a portion of any “excess distribution” from such foreign entity or any gain from the disposition of such shares, even if the entire distribution or gain is paid out by the Fund as a dividend to its shareholders; (ii) if the Fund were able and elected to treat a PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” or “QEF,” the Fund would be required each year to include in income, and distribute to shareholders in accordance with the distribution requirements set forth above, the Fund’s pro rata share of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the PFIC, whether or not such earnings or gains are distributed to the Fund; or (iii) the Fund may be entitled to mark-to-market annually shares of the PFIC, and in such event would be required to distribute to shareholders any such mark-to-market gains in accordance with the distribution requirements set forth above. Such Fund intends to make the appropriate tax elections, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effect of these rules.

 

Foreign Taxes. Dividends and interest received by a Fund may be subject to income, withholding or other taxes imposed by foreign countries and U.S. possessions that would reduce the yield on the Funds’ stock or securities. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate these taxes. Foreign countries generally do not impose taxes on capital gains with respect to investments by foreign investors.

 

If more than 50% of the value of a Fund’s total assets at the close of their taxable year consists of stocks or securities of foreign corporations, the Fund will be eligible to and intends to file an election with the IRS that may enable shareholders, in effect, to receive either the benefit of a foreign tax credit, or a deduction from such taxes, with respect to any foreign and U.S. possessions income taxes paid by the Fund, subject to certain limitations. Pursuant to the election, such Fund will treat those taxes as dividends paid to its shareholders. Each such shareholder will be required to include a proportionate share of those taxes in gross income as income received from a foreign source and must treat the amount so included as if the shareholder had paid the foreign tax directly. The shareholder may then either deduct the taxes deemed paid by him or her in computing his or her taxable income or, alternatively, use the foregoing information in calculating any foreign tax credit they may be entitled to use against the shareholders’ federal income tax. If a Fund makes the election, such Fund (or its administrative agent) will report annually to its shareholders the respective amounts per share of the Fund’s income from sources within, and taxes paid to, foreign countries and U.S. possessions. If a Fund does not hold sufficient foreign securities to meet the above threshold, then shareholders will not be entitled to claim a credit or further deduction with respect to foreign taxes paid by such Fund.

 

S- 56

 

A shareholder’s ability to claim a foreign tax credit or deduction in respect of foreign taxes paid by a Fund may be subject to certain limitations imposed by the Code, which may result in a shareholder not receiving a full credit or deduction (if any) for the amount of such taxes. In particular, shareholders must hold their Fund shares (without protection from risk of loss) on the ex-dividend date and for at least 15 additional days during the 30-day period surrounding the ex-dividend date to be eligible to claim a foreign tax credit with respect to a given dividend. Shareholders who do not itemize on their federal income tax returns may claim a credit (but no deduction) for such foreign taxes. Even if a Fund were eligible to make such an election for a given year, it may determine not to do so. Shareholders that are not subject to U.S. federal income tax, and those who invest in the Funds through tax-advantaged accounts (including those who invest through individual retirement accounts or other tax-advantaged retirement plans), generally will receive no benefit from any tax credit or deduction passed through by the Funds.

 

Foreign tax credits, if any, received by a Fund as a result of an investment in another RIC (including an ETF which is taxable as a RIC) will not be passed through to you unless the Fund qualifies as a “qualified fund-of-funds” under the Code. If a Fund is a “qualified fund-of-funds” it will be eligible to file an election with the IRS that will enable the Fund to pass along these foreign tax credits to its shareholders. A Fund will be treated as a “qualified fund-of-funds” under the Code if at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets (at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year) is represented by interests in other RICs.

 

Tax-Exempt Shareholders. Certain tax-exempt shareholders, including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts, salary deferral arrangements, 401(k)s, and other tax-exempt entities, generally are exempt from federal income taxation except with respect to their unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”). Under the Tax Act, tax-exempt entities are not permitted to offset losses from one trade or business against the income or gain of another trade or business. Certain net losses incurred prior to January 1, 2018 are permitted to offset gain and income created by an unrelated trade or business, if otherwise available. Under current law, the Funds generally serve to block UBTI from being realized by their tax-exempt shareholders. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, the tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of an investment in a Fund where, for example: (i) the Fund invests in residual interests of Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”), (ii) the Fund invests in a REIT that is a taxable mortgage pool (“TMP”) or that has a subsidiary that is a TMP or that invests in the residual interest of a REMIC, or (iii) shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of section 514(b) of the Code. Charitable remainder trusts are subject to special rules and should consult their tax advisor. The IRS has issued guidance with respect to these issues and prospective shareholders, especially charitable remainder trusts, are strongly encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding these issues.

 

The Funds’ shares held in a tax-qualified retirement account will generally not be subject to federal taxation on income and capital gains distributions from a Fund until a shareholder begins receiving payments from their retirement account. Because each shareholder’s tax situation is different, shareholders should consult their tax advisor about the tax implications of an investment in the Funds.

 

Backup Withholding. A Fund will be required in certain cases to withhold at a 24% withholding rate and remit to the U.S. Treasury the amount withheld on amounts payable to any shareholder who: (i) has provided the Fund either an incorrect tax identification number or no number at all; (ii) is subject to backup withholding by the IRS for failure to properly report payments of interest or dividends; (iii) has failed to certify to the Fund that such shareholder is not subject to backup withholding; or (iv) has failed to certify to the Fund that the shareholder is a U.S. person (including a resident alien).

 

S- 57

 

Non-U.S. Investors. Any non-U.S. investors in the Funds may be subject to U.S. withholding and estate tax and are encouraged to consult their tax advisors prior to investing in the Funds. Foreign shareholders (i.e., nonresident alien individuals and foreign corporations, partnerships, trusts and estates) are generally subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or a lower tax treaty rate) on distributions derived from taxable ordinary income. A Fund may, under certain circumstances, report all or a portion of a dividend as an “interest-related dividend” or a “short-term capital gain dividend,” which would generally be exempt from this 30% U.S. withholding tax, provided certain other requirements are met. Short-term capital gain dividends received by a nonresident alien individual who is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the taxable year are not exempt from this 30% withholding tax. Gains realized by foreign shareholders from the sale or other disposition of shares of a Fund generally are not subject to U.S. taxation, unless the recipient is an individual who is physically present in the U.S. for 183 days or more per year. Foreign shareholders who fail to provide an applicable IRS form may be subject to backup withholding on certain payments from a Fund. Backup withholding will not be applied to payments that are subject to the 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) withholding tax described in this paragraph. Different tax consequences may result if the foreign shareholder is engaged in a trade or business within the United States. In addition, the tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of a tax treaty may be different than those described above.

 

Under legislation generally known as “FATCA” (the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act), the Funds are required to withhold 30% of certain ordinary dividends they pay, and, after December 31, 2018, 30% of the gross proceeds of share redemptions and certain capital gain dividends they pay, to shareholders that fail to meet prescribed information reporting or certification requirements. In general, no such withholding will be required with respect to a U.S. person or non-U.S. individual that timely provides the certifications required by the Funds or their agent on a valid IRS Form W-9 or applicable IRS Form W-8, respectively. Shareholders potentially subject to withholding include foreign financial institutions (“FFIs”), such as non-U.S. investment funds, and non-financial foreign entities (“NFFEs”). To avoid withholding under FATCA, an FFI generally must enter into an information sharing agreement with the IRS in which it agrees to report certain identifying information (including name, address, and taxpayer identification number) with respect to its U.S. account holders (which, in the case of an entity shareholder, may include its direct and indirect U.S. owners), and an NFFE generally must identify and provide other required information to the fund or other withholding agent regarding its U.S. owners, if any. Such non-U.S. shareholders also may fall into certain exempt, excepted or deemed compliant categories as established by regulations and other guidance. A non-U.S. shareholder resident or doing business in a country that has entered into an intergovernmental agreement with the U.S. to implement FATCA will be exempt from FATCA withholding provided that the shareholder and the applicable foreign government comply with the terms of the agreement.

 

A non-U.S. entity that invests in a Fund will need to provide such Fund with documentation properly certifying the entity’s status under FATCA in order to avoid FATCA withholding. Non-U.S. investors in the Funds should consult their tax advisors in this regard.

 

Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations. Under U.S. Treasury regulations, generally, if a shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC such as a Fund are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

 

S- 58

 

State Taxes. Depending upon state and local law, distributions by a Fund to its shareholders and the ownership of such shares may be subject to state and local taxes. Rules of state and local taxation of dividend and capital gains distributions from RICs often differ from the rules for federal income taxation described above. It is expected that a Fund will not be liable for any corporate tax in Delaware if it qualifies as a RIC for federal income tax purposes.

 

Many states grant tax-free status to dividends paid to you from interest earned on direct obligations of the U.S. government, subject in some states to minimum investment requirements that must be met by a Fund. Investment in Ginnie Mae or Fannie Mae securities, banker’s acceptances, commercial paper, and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities do not generally qualify for such tax-free treatment. The rules on exclusion of this income are different for corporate shareholders. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding state and local taxes applicable to an investment in a Fund.

 

FUND TRANSACTIONS

 

Brokerage Transactions. Generally, equity securities, both listed and over-the-counter, are bought and sold through brokerage transactions for which commissions are payable. Purchases from underwriters will include the underwriting commission or concession, and purchases from dealers serving as market makers will include a dealer’s mark-up or reflect a dealer’s mark-down. Money market securities and other debt securities are usually bought and sold directly from the issuer or an underwriter or market maker for the securities. Generally, the Funds will not pay brokerage commissions for such purchases. When a debt security is bought from an underwriter, the purchase price will usually include an underwriting commission or concession. The purchase price for securities bought from dealers serving as market makers will similarly include the dealer’s mark up or reflect a dealer’s mark down. When the Funds execute transactions in the over-the-counter market, they will generally deal with primary market makers unless prices that are more favorable are otherwise obtainable.

 

In addition, the Adviser may place a combined order for two or more accounts it manages, including the Funds, engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security if, in its judgment, joint execution is in the best interest of each participant and will result in best price and execution. Transactions involving commingled orders are allocated in a manner deemed equitable to each account or fund. Although it is recognized that, in some cases, the joint execution of orders could adversely affect the price or volume of the security that a particular account or the Funds may obtain, it is the opinion of the Adviser that the advantages of combined orders outweigh the possible disadvantages of combined orders.

 

For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2017 and 2018, the Funds paid the following aggregate brokerage commissions on portfolio transactions:

 

Fund 2017 2018
International Equity Fund $1,627 1 $858
International Equity Plus Fund N/A 2 N/A 2
International Small-Mid Cap Equity Fund N/A 2 N/A 2
Global Equity Fund N/A 2 N/A 2

 

1 Reflects the period from September 30, 2016 (commencement of Fund operations) to July 31, 2017.
2 Not in operation during the period.

 

S- 59

 

Brokerage Selection. The Trust does not expect to use one particular broker or dealer, and when one or more brokers is believed capable of providing the best combination of price and execution, the Adviser may select a broker based upon brokerage or research services provided to the Adviser. The Adviser may pay a higher commission than otherwise obtainable from other brokers in return for such services only if a good faith determination is made that the commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

 

Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act permits the Adviser, under certain circumstances, to cause the Funds to pay a broker or dealer a commission for effecting a transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting the transaction in recognition of the value of brokerage and research services provided by the broker or dealer. In addition to agency transactions, the Adviser may receive brokerage and research services in connection with certain riskless principal transactions, in accordance with applicable SEC guidance. Brokerage and research services include: (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance, settlement, and custody). In the case of research services, the Adviser believes that access to independent investment research is beneficial to its investment decision-making processes and, therefore, to the Funds.

 

To the extent research services may be a factor in selecting brokers, such services may be in written form or through direct contact with individuals and may include information as to particular companies and securities as well as market, economic, or institutional areas and information which assists in the valuation and pricing of investments. Examples of research-oriented services for which the Adviser might utilize Fund commissions include research reports and other information on the economy, industries, sectors, groups of securities, individual companies, statistical information, political developments, technical market action, pricing and appraisal services, credit analysis, risk measurement analysis, performance and other analysis. The Adviser may use research services furnished by brokers in servicing all client accounts and not all services may necessarily be used by the Adviser in connection with the Funds or any other specific client account that paid commissions to the broker providing such services. Information so received by the Adviser will be in addition to and not in lieu of the services required to be performed by the Adviser under the Advisory Agreement. Any advisory or other fees paid to the Adviser are not reduced as a result of the receipt of research services.

 

In some cases the Adviser may receive a service from a broker that has both a “research” and a “non-research” use. When this occurs, the Adviser makes a good faith allocation, under all the circumstances, between the research and non-research uses of the service. The percentage of the service that is used for research purposes may be paid for with client commissions, while the Adviser will use its own funds to pay for the percentage of the service that is used for non-research purposes. In making this good faith allocation, the Adviser faces a potential conflict of interest, but the Adviser believes that its allocation procedures are reasonably designed to ensure that it appropriately allocates the anticipated use of such services to their research and non-research uses.

 

From time to time, the Adviser may purchase new issues of securities for clients, including the Funds, in a fixed price offering. In these situations, the seller may be a member of the selling group that will, in addition to selling securities, provide the Adviser with research services. FINRA has adopted rules expressly permitting these types of arrangements under certain circumstances. Generally, the seller will provide research “credits” in these situations at a rate that is higher than that which is available for typical secondary market transactions. These arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor of Section 28(e).

 

For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, the Funds did not pay any commissions on brokerage transactions directed to brokers pursuant to an agreement or understanding whereby the broker provides research services to the Adviser.

 

S- 60

 

Brokerage with Fund Affiliates. The Funds may execute brokerage or other agency transactions through registered broker-dealer affiliates of either the Funds or the Adviser for a commission in conformity with the 1940 Act and rules promulgated by the SEC. The 1940 Act requires that commissions paid to the affiliate by the Funds for exchange transactions not exceed “usual and customary” brokerage commissions. The rules define “usual and customary” commissions to include amounts which are “reasonable and fair compared to the commission, fee or other remuneration received or to be received by other brokers in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities being purchased or sold on a securities exchange during a comparable period of time.” The Trustees, including those who are not “interested persons” of the Funds, have adopted procedures for evaluating the reasonableness of commissions paid to affiliates and review these procedures periodically.

 

For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2017 and 2018, the Funds did not pay any brokerage commissions on portfolio transactions effected by affiliated brokers.

 

Securities of “Regular Broker-Dealers.” The Funds are required to identify any securities of their “regular brokers and dealers” (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) that each Fund held during its most recent fiscal year. For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, the Funds did not hold any securities of their regular brokers or dealers.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate. Portfolio turnover is calculated by dividing the lesser of total purchases or sales or portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average value of portfolio securities owned during the fiscal year. Excluded from both the numerator and denominator are amounts relating to securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less. Instruments excluded from the calculation of portfolio turnover generally would include the futures contracts in which the Funds may invest since such contracts generally have remaining maturities of less than one year. The Funds may at times hold investments in other short-term instruments, such as repurchase agreements, which are excluded for purposes of computing portfolio turnover. For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2017 and 2018, the Funds’ portfolio turnover rates were as follows:

 

 

Fund

Portfolio Turnover Rates
2017 2018
International Equity Fund 145% 1 45%
International Equity Plus Fund N/A 2 N/A 2
International Small-Mid Cap Equity Fund N/A 2 N/A 2
Global Equity Fund N/A 2 N/A 2

 

1 Reflects the period from September 30, 2016 (commencement of Fund operations) to July 31, 2017.
2 Not in operation during the period.

 

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

The Board has approved policies and procedures that govern the timing and circumstances regarding the disclosure of Fund portfolio holdings information to shareholders and third parties. These policies and procedures are designed to ensure that disclosure of information regarding the Funds’ portfolio securities is in the best interests of the Funds’ shareholders, and include procedures to address conflicts between the interests of the Funds’ shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Adviser, principal underwriter or any affiliated person of the Funds, the Adviser, or its principal underwriter, on the other. Pursuant to such procedures, the Board has authorized the Adviser’s Chief Compliance Officer (the “Authorized Person”) to authorize the release of the Funds’ portfolio holdings, as necessary, in conformity with the foregoing principles. The Authorized Person, either directly or through reports by the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer, reports quarterly to the Board regarding the operation and administration of such policies and procedures.

 

S- 61

 

Pursuant to applicable law, the Funds are required to disclose their complete portfolio holdings quarterly, within 60 days of the end of each fiscal quarter (currently, each October 31, January 31, April 30 and July 31). The Funds will disclose a complete or summary schedule of investments (which includes a Fund’s 50 largest holdings in unaffiliated issuers and each investment in unaffiliated issuers that exceeds one percent of the Fund’s net asset value (“Summary Schedule”)) in their Semi-Annual and Annual Reports which are distributed to Fund shareholders. The Funds’ complete schedule of investments following the first and third fiscal quarters will be available in quarterly holdings reports filed with the SEC on Form N-Q, and the Funds’ complete schedule of investments following the second and fourth fiscal quarters will be available in shareholder reports filed with the SEC on Form N-CSR.

 

Reports filed with the SEC on Form N-Q and Form N-CSR are not distributed to Fund shareholders but are available, free of charge, on the EDGAR database on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Should a Fund include only a Summary Schedule rather than a complete schedule of investments in its Semi-Annual and Annual Reports, its Form N-CSR will be available without charge, upon request, by calling 866-778-6397.

 

In addition to the quarterly portfolio holdings disclosure required by applicable law, within 60 days of the end of each calendar quarter, the Funds will post their top 10 holdings on the internet at www.funds.sgadvisors.com. The portfolio holdings information placed on the Funds’ website generally will remain there until replaced by new postings as described above.

 

In addition to information provided to shareholders and the general public, portfolio holdings information may be disclosed as frequently as daily to certain service providers, such as the Custodian, Administrator or Transfer Agent, in connection with their services to the Funds. From time to time rating and ranking organizations, such as S&P, Lipper and Morningstar, Inc., may request non-public portfolio holdings information in connection with rating the Funds. Similarly, institutional investors, financial planners, pension plan sponsors and/or their consultants or other third-parties may request portfolio holdings information in order to assess the risks of the Funds’ portfolios along with related performance attribution statistics. The lag time for such disclosures will vary. The Funds believe that these third parties have legitimate objectives in requesting such portfolio holdings information.

 

The Funds’ policies and procedures provide that the Authorized Person may authorize disclosure of non-public portfolio holdings information to such parties at differing times and/or with different lag times. Prior to making any disclosure to a third party, the Authorized Person must determine that such disclosure serves a reasonable business purpose, is in the best interests of a Fund’s shareholders and that to the extent conflicts between the interests of a Fund’s shareholders and those of the Adviser, principal underwriter, or any affiliated person of the Funds exist, such conflicts are addressed. Portfolio holdings information may be disclosed no more frequently than monthly to ratings agencies, consultants and other qualified financial professionals or individuals. The disclosures will not be made sooner than three days after the date of the information. The Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer will regularly review these arrangements and will make periodic reports to the Board regarding disclosure pursuant to such arrangements.

 

With the exception of disclosures to rating and ranking organizations as described above, the Funds require any third party receiving non-public holdings information to enter into a confidentiality agreement with the Adviser. The confidentiality agreement provides, among other things, that non-public portfolio holdings information will be kept confidential and that the recipient has a duty not to trade on the non-public information and will use such information solely to analyze and rank the Funds, or to perform due diligence and asset allocation, depending on the recipient of the information.

 

The Funds’ policies and procedures prohibit any compensation or other consideration from being paid to or received by any party in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings information, including the Funds, the Adviser and their affiliates or recipients of the Funds’ portfolio holdings information.

 

S- 62

 

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

 

The Declaration of Trust authorizes the issuance of an unlimited number of funds and shares of each fund, each of which represents an equal proportionate interest in that fund with each other share. Shares are entitled upon liquidation to a pro rata share in the net assets of the fund. Shareholders have no preemptive rights. The Declaration of Trust provides that the Trustees may create additional series or classes of shares. All consideration received by the Trust for shares of any additional funds and all assets in which such consideration is invested would belong to that fund and would be subject to the liabilities related thereto. Share certificates representing shares will not be issued. The Funds’ shares, when issued, are fully paid and non-assessable.

 

LIMITATION OF TRUSTEES’ LIABILITY

 

The Declaration of Trust provides that a Trustee shall be liable only for his or her own willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the office of Trustee, and shall not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law. The Trustees shall not be responsible or liable in any event for any neglect or wrongdoing of any officer, agent, employee, investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Trust, nor shall any Trustee be responsible for the act or omission of any other Trustee. The Declaration of Trust also provides that the Trust shall indemnify each person who is, or has been, a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust, any person who is serving or has served at the Trust’s request as a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of another organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise to the extent and in the manner provided in the By-Laws. However, nothing in the Declaration of Trust shall protect or indemnify a Trustee against any liability for his or her willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the office of Trustee. Nothing contained in this section attempts to disclaim a Trustee’s individual liability in any manner inconsistent with the federal securities laws.

 

PROXY VOTING

 

The Board has delegated the responsibility for decisions regarding proxy voting for securities held by the Funds to the Adviser. The Adviser will vote such proxies in accordance with its proxy voting policies and procedures, which are included in Appendix B to this SAI.

 

The Trust is required to disclose annually the Funds’ complete proxy voting record during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 on Form N-PX. This voting record is available: (i) without charge, upon request, by calling 866-778-6397 and (ii) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov .

 

CODES OF ETHICS

 

The Board on behalf of the Trust has adopted a Code of Ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. In addition, the Adviser, the Administrator and the Distributor have adopted Codes of Ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1. These Codes of Ethics apply to the personal investing activities of trustees, officers and certain employees (“Access Persons”). Rule 17j-1 and the Codes are designed to prevent unlawful practices in connection with the purchase or sale of securities by Access Persons. Under each Code of Ethics, Access Persons are permitted to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Funds, but are required to report their personal securities transactions for monitoring purposes. In addition, certain Access Persons are required to obtain approval before investing in initial public offerings or private placements or are prohibited from making such investments. Copies of these Codes of Ethics are on file with the SEC, and are available to the public.

 

S- 63

 

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS AND CONTROL PERSONS

 

As of November 2, 2018, the following persons were record owners (or to the knowledge of the Trust, beneficial owners) of 5% or more of any class of the shares of the International Equity Fund. The Trust believes that most of the shares referred to below were held by the below persons in accounts for their fiduciary, agency or custodial customers. Persons beneficially owning more than 25% of the Fund’s outstanding shares may be deemed to “control” the Fund within the meaning of the 1940 Act. Shareholders controlling the Fund may have a significant impact on any shareholder vote of the Fund. Because the International Equity Plus Fund, International Small-Mid Cap Equity Fund and Global Equity Fund had not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, they did not have any owners to report.

 

The Adviser or its affiliates (a "Seed Investor") may provide initial funding to or otherwise invest in a Fund. When a Seed Investor provides "seed capital" or other capital for a Fund, it may do so with the intention of redeeming all or part of its interest in the Fund at a future point in time or when it deems that sufficient additional capital has been invested in the Fund. The timing of a redemption by a Seed Investor could benefit the Seed Investor. For example, the Seed Investor may choose to redeem its shares at a time when the Fund's portfolio is more liquid than at other times when other investors may wish to redeem all or part of their interests. In addition, a consequence of any redemption of a significant amount, including by a Seed Investor, is that investors remaining in the Fund will bear a proportionately higher share of Fund expenses following the redemption, subject to any expense limitation then in effect.

 

International Equity Fund
Name and Address Class of Shares % of Class

CYNTHIA A TUSAN &

ROBERT D TUSAN TR

U/A 04/02/2002 TUSAN FAMILY TRUST

C/O STRATEGIC GLOBAL ADVISORS, LLC

100 BAYVIEW CIRCLE, SUITE 650

NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA 92660

Institutional 78.06%

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY A/C FBO CUSTOMERS

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS

211 MAIN STREET

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-1905

Institutional 17.64%

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY A/C FBO CUSTOMERS

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS

211 MAIN STREET

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-1905

Investor 63.99%

CYNTHIA A TUSAN &

ROBERT D TUSAN TR

U/A 04/02/2002 TUSAN FAMILY TRUST

C/O STRATEGIC GLOBAL ADVISORS, LLC

100 BAYVIEW CIRCLE, SUITE 650

NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA 92660

Investor 35.91%

 

S- 64

 

APPENDIX A

 

DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

 

Description of Ratings

 

The following descriptions of securities ratings have been published by Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”), Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”), and Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”), respectively.

 

Description of Moody’s Global Ratings

 

Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default.

 

Description of Moody’s Global Long-Term Ratings

 

Aaa Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

 

Aa Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

 

A Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

 

Baa Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

 

Ba Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

 

B Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

 

Caa Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

 

Ca Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

 

C Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

 

Note : Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

 

A- 1

 

Hybrid Indicator (hyb)

 

The hybrid indicator (hyb) is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms. By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.

 

Description of Moody’s Global Short-Term Ratings

 

P-1 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

 

P-2 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

 

P-3 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

 

NP Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

 

Description of Moody’s U.S. Municipal Short-Term Obligation Ratings

 

The Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) scale is used to rate U.S. municipal bond anticipation notes of up to three years maturity. Municipal notes rated on the MIG scale may be secured by either pledged revenues or proceeds of a take-out financing received prior to note maturity. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation, and the issuer’s long-term rating is only one consideration in assigning the MIG rating. MIG ratings are divided into three levels-MIG 1 through MIG 3-while speculative grade short-term obligations are designated SG.

 

Moody’s U.S. municipal short-term obligation ratings are as follows:

 

MIG 1 This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

 

MIG 2 This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

 

MIG 3 This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

 

SG This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

 

Description of Moody’s Demand Obligation Ratings

 

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned: a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”). The second element uses a rating from a variation of the MIG scale called the Variable Municipal Investment Grade (“VMIG”) scale.

 

Moody’s demand obligation ratings are as follows:

 

A- 2

 

VMIG 1 This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

VMIG 2 This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

VMIG 3 This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

SG This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

Description of S&P’s Issue Credit Ratings

 

An S&P issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

 

Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

 

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P’s analysis of the following considerations:

 

The likelihood of payment-the capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitments on a financial obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

 

The nature of and provisions of the financial obligation; and the promise S&P imputes; and

 

The protection afforded by, and relative position of, the financial obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

 

An issue rating is an assessment of default risk but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

 

NR indicates that a rating has not been assigned or is no longer assigned.

 

A- 3

 

Description of S&P’s Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings*

 

AAA An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

 

AA An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong.

 

A An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong.

 

BBB An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

 

BB; B; CCC; CC; and C Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions.

 

BB An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

 

B An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

 

CCC An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

 

CC An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

 

C An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.

 

D An obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation's rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

 

* Ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.

 

A- 4

 

Description of S&P’s Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings

 

A-1 A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitments on these obligations is extremely strong.

 

A-2 A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory.

 

A-3 A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

 

B A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

 

C A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

 

D A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation's rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

 

Description of S&P’s Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings

 

An S&P U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P’s analysis will review the following considerations:

 

Amortization schedule-the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

 

Source of payment-the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

 

S&P’s municipal short-term note ratings are as follows:

 

SP-1 Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

 

A- 5

 

SP-2 Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

 

SP-3 Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

 

D ‘D’ is assigned upon failure to pay the note when due, completion of a distressed exchange offer, or the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions.

 

Description of Fitch’s Credit Ratings

 

Fitch’s credit ratings relating to issuers are an opinion on the relative ability of an entity to meet financial commitments, such as interest, preferred dividends, repayment of principal, insurance claims or counterparty obligations. Credit ratings relating to securities and obligations of an issuer can include a recovery expectation. Credit ratings are used by investors as indications of the likelihood of receiving the money owed to them in accordance with the terms on which they invested.

 

The terms “investment grade” and “speculative grade” have established themselves over time as shorthand to describe the categories ‘AAA’ to ‘BBB’ (investment grade) and ‘BB’ to ‘D’ (speculative grade). The terms investment grade and speculative grade are market conventions, and do not imply any recommendation or endorsement of a specific security for investment purposes. Investment grade categories indicate relatively low to moderate credit risk, while ratings in the speculative categories either signal a higher level of credit risk or that a default has already occurred.

 

Fitch’s credit ratings do not directly address any risk other than credit risk. In particular, ratings do not deal with the risk of a market value loss on a rated security due to changes in interest rates, liquidity and other market considerations. However, in terms of payment obligation on the rated liability, market risk may be considered to the extent that it influences the ability of an issuer to pay upon a commitment. Ratings nonetheless do not reflect market risk to the extent that they influence the size or other conditionality of the obligation to pay upon a commitment (for example, in the case of index-linked bonds).

 

In the default components of ratings assigned to individual obligations or instruments, the agency typically rates to the likelihood of non-payment or default in accordance with the terms of that instrument’s documentation. In limited cases, Fitch may include additional considerations (i.e. rate to a higher or lower standard than that implied in the obligation’s documentation).

 

For the convenience of investors, Fitch may also include issues relating to a rated issuer that are not and have not been rated on its webpage. Such issues are denoted ‘NR.’

 

Note: The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ ratings and ratings below the ‘CCC’ category. For the short-term rating category of ‘F1’, a ‘+’ may be appended.

 

Description of Fitch’s Long-Term Corporate Finance Obligations Ratings

 

AAA Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

 

A- 6

 

AA Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

 

A High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

 

BBB Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

 

BB Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.

 

B Highly speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.

 

CCC Substantial credit risk. ‘CCC’ ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.

 

CC Very high levels of credit risk. ‘CC’ ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.

 

C Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. ‘C’ ratings indicate exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

 

Ratings in the categories of ‘CCC’, ‘CC’ and ‘C’ can also relate to obligations or issuers that are in default. In this case, the rating does not opine on default risk but reflects the recovery expectation only.

 

Defaulted obligations typically are not assigned ‘RD’ or ‘D’ ratings, but are instead rated in the ‘CCC’ to ‘C’ rating categories, depending on their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. This approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.

 

Description of Fitch’s Short-Term Ratings

 

A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.

 

Fitch’s short-term ratings are as follows:

 

F1 Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

 

F2 Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

 

F3 Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

 

A- 7

 

B Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

 

C High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

 

RD Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.

 

D Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

 

A- 8

 

APPENDIX B

 

Strategic Global Advisors, LLC

 

Proxy and Corporate Action Voting Policies and Procedures

 

I. POLICY

 

Strategic Global Advisors, LLC (“SGA”) acts as discretionary investment adviser for various clients, including clients governed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). SGA’s authority to vote proxies or act with respect to other shareholder actions is established through the delegation of discretionary authority under our investment advisory contracts. Therefore, unless a client (including a “named fiduciary” under ERISA) specifically reserves the right, in writing, to vote its own proxies or to take shareholder action with respect to other corporate actions requiring shareholder actions, SGA will vote all proxies and act on all other actions in a timely manner as part of its full discretionary authority over client assets in accordance with these Policies and Procedures. Corporate actions may include, for example and without limitation, tender offers or exchanges, bankruptcy proceedings, and class actions. As established in its form of separate account investment advisory agreement, SGA does not vote proxies on behalf of its separate account clients. SGA may from time to time vote proxies on those institutional accounts where the client has requested SGA to vote on their behalf.

 

When voting proxies or acting with respect to corporate actions for clients, SGA’s utmost concern is that all decisions be made solely in the best interest of the client (and for ERISA accounts, plan beneficiaries and participants, in accordance with the letter and spirit of ERISA). SGA will act in a prudent and diligent manner intended to enhance the economic value of the assets of the client’s account.

 

II. PURPOSE

 

The purpose of these Policies and Procedures is to memorialize the procedures and policies adopted by SGA to enable it to comply with its fiduciary responsibilities to clients and the requirements of Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”). These Policies and Procedures also reflect the fiduciary standards and responsibilities set forth by the Department of Labor for ERISA accounts.

 

III. PROCEDURES

 

SGA’s Chief Compliance Officer is ultimately responsible for ensuring that all proxies received by SGA are voted in a timely manner and in a manner consistent with SGA’s determination of the client’s best interests. Currently, SGA utilizes a third-party proxy voting service, Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (“ISS”) to assist it in monitoring corporate actions and voting client proxies, and has adopted ISS’ proxy voting guidelines. SGA has instructed ISS to vote proxies on its behalf in accordance with these guidelines and to vote (a) any issue or proposal designated in the guidelines to be voted on a “case by case basis” and (b) any issue or proposal not listed in the guidelines, according to ISS’ recommendation.

 

Proxies for securities held within registered management investment companies (the “Fund”) that SGA manages, provided SGA has proxy voting authority, will be voted subject to any applicable investment restrictions of the Fund and, to the extent applicable, in accordance with any resolutions or other instructions approved by authorized persons of the Fund.

 

B- 1

 

SGA reserves the right to withdraw any proxy item from ISS and to vote the proxy item, if SGA determines that no material conflict of interest exists. Such proxy item will be submitted to SGA’s Brokerage Oversight Committee, which will determine the vote for each of the proposals in a manner consistent with the clients’ best interests. If SGA determines that a material conflict of interest exists, the Brokerage Oversight Committee will not vote and the proxy item will be returned to ISS for voting in accordance with ISS’ guidelines.

 

Rev. 03/31/2014

 

SGA’s Chief Compliance Officer is also responsible for ensuring that all corporate action notices or requests which require shareholder action received by SGA are addressed in a timely manner and consistent action is taken across all similarly situated client accounts.

 

A. Conflicts of Interest

 

Where a proxy proposal raises a material conflict between SGA’s interests and a client’s interest, SGA will resolve such a conflict in the manner described below:

 

(a) Vote in Accordance with the Guidelines . ISS shall vote on behalf of SGA in accordance with ISS’ pre-determined voting guidelines.

 

(b) Client Directive to Use an Independent Third Party . Alternatively, a client may, in writing, specifically direct SGA to forward all proxy matters in which SGA has a conflict of interest regarding the client’s securities to an identified independent third party for review and recommendation or to consult with an identified independent third party’s recommendations. Where such independent third party’s recommendations are received on a timely basis or are otherwise publicly available, SGA will vote all such proxies in accordance with such third party’s recommendation. If the third party’s recommendations are not timely received, ISS will vote the securities held by that client’s account in accordance with ISS’ voting guidelines.

 

The Chief Compliance Officer or a designee will review the proxy proposal for conflicts of interest as part of the overall vote review process. All material conflicts of interest so identified by SGA will be addressed as described above in this Section 3.1.

 

B. Limitations

 

In certain circumstances, in accordance with a client’s investment advisory contract (or other written directive) or where SGA has determined that it is in the client’s best interest, SGA will not vote proxies received. The following are certain circumstances where SGA will limit its role in voting proxies:

 

(c) Client Maintains Proxy Voting Authority : Where a client specifies in writing that it will maintain the authority to vote proxies itself or that it has delegated the right to vote proxies to a third party, SGA will not vote the securities and will direct the relevant custodian to send the proxy material directly to the client. If any proxy material is received by SGA, it will promptly be forwarded to the client or specified third party.

 

(d) Terminated Account : Once a client account has been terminated with SGA in accordance with its investment advisory agreement, SGA will not vote any proxies received after the termination. However, the client may specify in writing that proxies should be directed to the client (or a specified third party) for action.

 

B- 2

 

(e)   Limited Value : If SGA determines that the value of a client’s economic interest or the value of the portfolio holding is indeterminable or insignificant, SGA may abstain from voting a client’s proxies. SGA also will not vote proxies received for securities which are no longer held by the client’s account. In addition, SGA generally will not vote securities where the economic value of the securities in the client account is less than $500.

 

(f) Securities Lending Programs : When securities are out on loan, they are transferred into the borrower’s name and are voted by the borrower, in its discretion. However, where SGA determines that a proxy vote (or other shareholder action) is materially important to the client’s account, SGA may recall the security for purposes of voting.

 

(g) Unjustifiable Costs : In certain circumstances, after doing a cost-benefit analysis, SGA may abstain from voting where the cost of voting a client’s proxy would exceed any anticipated benefits to the client of the proxy proposal.

 

(h) Shareblocking Markets : Shareblocking is the practice of freezing shares from trading or lending, by both the custodian and the local sub-agent, due to proxy voting activity. Some countries’ laws prevent SGA from selling shares for a period of time before or after a shareholder meeting (shareblocking). This occurs in a number of global markets. SGA may abstain from voting foreign stocks subject to these restrictions when SGA believes the benefit from voting the shares is outweighed by the interest of maintaining client liquidity in the shares.

 

IV. RECORDKEEPING

 

In accordance with Rule 204-2 under the Advisers Act, SGA will maintain for the time periods set forth in the Rule (i) these proxy voting procedures and policies, and all amendments thereto; (ii) all proxy statements received regarding client securities (provided however, that SGA may rely on the proxy statement maintained by ISS or filed on EDGAR as its records); (iii) a record of all votes cast on behalf of clients; (iv) records of all client requests for proxy voting information; (v) any documents prepared by SGA that were material to making a decision how to vote or that memorialized the basis for the decision; and (vi) all records relating to requests made to clients regarding conflicts of interest in voting the proxy.

 

SGA will describe in its Form ADV Part 2A its proxy voting policies and procedures and will inform clients how they may obtain information on how SGA voted proxies with respect to the clients’ portfolio securities. Clients may obtain information on how their securities were voted or a copy of SGA’s Policies and Procedures by written request addressed to SGA.

 

SGA will provide such records and reports as required by the Fund for the Fund to file Form N-PX.

 

B- 3

 

PART C: OTHER INFORMATION

 

ITEM 28. EXHIBITS:

 

(a)(1) The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III’s (the “Registrant”) Certificate of Trust, dated December 4, 2013, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(1) of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-13-000669 on December 13, 2013.

 

(a)(2) Registrant’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated December 4, 2013, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(2) of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-13-000669 on December 13, 2013.

 

(b) Registrant’s Amended and Restated By-Laws, dated September 18, 2014, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (b) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 73 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-16-001760 on September 28, 2016.

 

(c) Not Applicable.

 

(d)(1)(i) Investment Advisory Agreement, dated February 19, 2014, between the Registrant and NorthPointe Capital, LLC (“NorthPointe”), relating to the NorthPointe Large Cap Value Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(1) of the Registrant’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-14-000199 on March 18, 2014.

 

(d)(1)(ii) Amended Schedule A, dated [    ], to the Investment Advisory Agreement, dated February 19, 2014, between the Registrant and NorthPointe, relating to the NorthPointe Small Cap Opportunities Fund, to be filed by amendment.

 

(d)(1)(iii) Investment Advisory Agreement, dated December 5, 2016, between the Registrant and Fiera Capital Inc. (“Fiera”), relating to the Fiera Capital Diversified Alternatives Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(1)(iii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-16-001937 on December 28, 2016.

 

(d)(1)(iv) Investment Advisory Agreement, dated September 15, 2017, between the Registrant and Logan Circle Partners L.P. (“Logan Circle Partners”), relating to the Logan Circle Partners Core Plus Fund and Logan Circle Partners Multi-Sector Fixed Income Fund (together, the “Logan Circle Partners Funds”), is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(1)(iv) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 120 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-18-000054 on January 26, 2018.

 

(d)(1)(v) Investment Advisory Agreement, dated February 26, 2015, between the Registrant and Knights of Columbus Asset Advisors LLC (“Knights of Columbus Asset Advisors”), relating to the Catholic Investor Core Bond Fund (formerly, Knights of Columbus Core Bond Fund), Catholic Investor Limited Duration Fund (formerly, Knights of Columbus Limited Duration Bond Fund), Catholic Investor Large Cap Growth Fund (formerly, Knights of Columbus Large Cap Growth Fund), Catholic Investor Large Cap Value Fund (formerly, Knights of Columbus Large Cap Value Fund), Catholic Investor Small Cap Fund (formerly, Knights of Columbus Small Cap Equity Fund) and Catholic Investor International Equity Fund (formerly, Knights of Columbus International Equity Fund) (together, the “Catholic Investor Funds”), is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(1)(v) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-15-000079 on February 26, 2015.

 

C- 1

 

(d)(1)(vi) Investment Advisory Agreement, dated October 30, 2015, between the Registrant and Chiron Investment Management, LLC (“Chiron”), relating to the Chiron Capital Allocation Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(1)(vii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-15-000852 on November 23, 2015.

 

(d)(1)(vii) Amended Schedule A, dated September 30, 2017, to the Investment Advisory Agreement, dated October 30, 2015, between the Registrant and Chiron, relating to the Chiron SMid Opportunities Fund (together with the Chiron Capital Allocation Fund, the “Chiron Funds”), is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(1)(viii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 112 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-17-000965 on September 27, 2017.

 

(d)(1)(viii) Investment Advisory Agreement, dated October 30, 2015, between the Registrant and PineBridge Investments LLC (“PineBridge”), relating to the PineBridge Dynamic Asset Allocation Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(1)(viii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 64 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-15-000935 on December 23, 2015.

 

(d)(1)(ix) Investment Advisory Agreement, dated September 22, 2016, between the Registrant and Strategic Global Advisors, LLC (“Strategic Global Advisors”), relating to the SGA International Equity Fund, SGA International Equity Plus Fund, SGA International Small-Mid Cap Equity Fund (formerly, SGA International Small Cap Equity Fund) and SGA Global Equity Fund (together, the “Strategic Global Advisors Funds”), is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(1)(viii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 73 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-16-001760 on September 28, 2016.

 

(d)(1)(x) Investment Advisory Agreement, dated November 1, 2016, between the Registrant and RWC Asset Advisors (US) LLC (“RWC”), relating to the RWC Global Emerging Equity Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(1)(ix) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-16-001937 on December 28, 2016.

 

(d)(1)(xi) Investment Advisory Agreement, dated October 19, 2016, between the Registrant and Chilton Investment Company, LLC (“Chilton”), relating to the Chilton Strategic European Equities Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(1)(x) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 77 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-16-001808 on October 28, 2016.

 

(d)(1)(xii) Investment Advisory Agreement, dated December 15, 2016, between the Registrant and GQG Partners LLC (“GQG Partners”), relating to the GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(1)(xi) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-16-001937 on December 28, 2016.

 

(d)(1)(xiii) Amended Schedule A, dated September 26, 2018, to the Investment Advisory Agreement, dated December 15, 2016, between the Registrant and GQG Partners, relating to the GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund and GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund (the “GQG Funds”), is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(1)(xiii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 147 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-013962 on September 26, 2018.

 

C- 2

 

(d)(1)(xiv) Investment Advisory Agreement, dated February 6, 2017, between the Registrant and BNP PARIBAS ASSET MANAGEMENT USA, Inc. (“BNPP AM USA”) (f/k/a Fischer Francis Trees & Watts, Inc.), relating to the BNP Paribas AM Absolute Return Fixed Income Fund, BNP Paribas AM Global Inflation-Linked Bond Fund, BNP Paribas AM Emerging Markets Total Return Fixed Income Fund, BNP Paribas AM Emerging Markets Equity Fund, BNP Paribas AM MBS Fund, BNP Paribas AM U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund and BNP Paribas AM U.S. Inflation-Linked Bond Fund (together, the “BNP Paribas AM Funds”), is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(1)(xiii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 90 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-17-000186 on March 6, 2017.

 

(d)(1)(xv) Amended Schedule A, dated June 23, 2017, to the Investment Advisory Agreement, dated February 6, 2017, between the Registrant and BNPP AM USA, relating to the BNP Paribas AM Funds, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(1)(xiv) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 117 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-17-001070 on November 28, 2017.

 

(d)(1)(xvi) Investment Advisory Agreement, dated July 17, 2017, between the Registrant and Investec Asset Management North America, Inc. (“Investec”), relating to the Investec Global Franchise Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(1)(xvii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 114 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-17-000992 on September 29, 2017.

 

(d)(1)(xvii) Amended Schedule A, dated November 20, 2018, to the Investment Advisory Agreement, dated July 17, 2017, between the Registrant and Investec, relating to the Investec Global Franchise Fund and Investec Emerging Markets Equity Fund (the “Investec Funds”), is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(1)(xvii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 158 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-016867 on November 21, 2018.

 

(d)(1)(xviii) Investment Advisory Agreement, dated May 18, 2018, between the Registrant and Penn Mutual Asset Management, LLC (“PMAM”), relating to the Penn Mutual AM Unconstrained Bond Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(1)(xvii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 130 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-007885 on May 22, 2018.

 

(d)(1)(xix) Investment Advisory Agreement, dated September 21, 2018, between the Registrant and KBI Global Investors (North America) Ltd (“KBI”), relating to the KBI Global Investors Aquarius Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(1)(xix) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 148 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-013996 on September 26, 2018.

 

(d)(1)(xx) Investment Advisory Agreement, dated November 16, 2018, between the Registrant and Mesirow Financial Investment Management, Inc. (“MFIM”), relating to the Mesirow Financial Core Bond Fund, Mesirow Financial High Yield Fund and Mesirow Financial Small Cap Value Fund (together, the “Mesirow Financial Funds”), is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(1)(xx) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 159 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-017044 on November 27, 2018.

 

C- 3

 

(d)(1)(xxi) Investment Advisory Agreement, dated [     ], between the Registrant and Aperture Investors, LLC (“Aperture”), relating to the Aperture New World Opportunities Fund, to be filed by amendment.

 

(d)(1)(xxii) Investment Advisory Agreement, dated [     ], between the Registrant and Nicholas Investment Partners, L.P. (“Nicholas”), relating to the Nicholas Partners Small Cap Growth Fund, to be filed by amendment.

 

(d)(2)(i) Amended and Restated Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement, dated December 7, 2016, between Fiera and Karya Capital Management LP (“Karya”), is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(2)(iv) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 88 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 001135428-17-000150 on February 28, 2017.

 

(d)(2)(ii) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement, dated December 5, 2016, between Fiera and Mizuho Alternative Investments, LLC (“MAI”), is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(2)(v) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 96 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-17-000442 on April 21, 2017.

 

(d)(2)(iii) Amended and Restated Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement, dated December 7, 2016, between Fiera and Acadian Asset Management LLC (“Acadian”), is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(2)(vi) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 88 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 001135428-17-000150 on February 28, 2017.

 

(d)(2)(iv) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement, dated February 26, 2015, between Knights of Columbus Asset Advisors and Boston Advisors, LLC (“Boston Advisors”), is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(2)(vi) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-15-000079 on February 26, 2015.

 

(d)(2)(v) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement, dated July 24, 2017, between BNPP AM USA and BNP PARIBAS ASSET MANAGEMENT UK Limited (“BNPP AM UK”), is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(2)(vi) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 117 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-17-001070 on November 28, 2017.

 

(d)(3)(i) Expense Limitation Agreement, dated February 19, 2014, between the Registrant and NorthPointe, relating to the NorthPointe Large Cap Value Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(2) of the Registrant’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3 (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-14-000204 on March 19, 2014.

 

(d)(3)(ii) Amended Schedule A, dated February 28, 2018, to the Expense Limitation Agreement, dated February 19, 2014, between the Registrant and NorthPointe, relating to the NorthPointe Large Cap Value Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(3)(ii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-003034 on February 28, 2018.

 

(d)(3)(iii) Expense Limitation Agreement, dated December 6, 2016, between the Registrant and Fiera, relating to the Fiera Capital Diversified Alternatives Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(3)(iv) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 85 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-17-000062 on January 27, 2017.

 

C- 4

 

(d)(3)(iv) Expense Limitation Agreement, dated September 15, 2017, between the Registrant and Logan Circle Partners, relating to the Logan Circle Partners Funds, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(3)(iv) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-003034 on February 28, 2018.

 

(d)(3)(v) Amended and Restated Expense Limitation Agreement, dated June 24, 2015, between the Registrant and Knights of Columbus Asset Advisors, relating to the Catholic Investor Funds, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(3)(v) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 45 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-15-000464 on July 14, 2015.

 

(d)(3)(vi) Amended Schedule A, dated February 29, 2016 to the Amended and Restated Expense Limitation Agreement, dated June 24, 2015, between the Registrant and Knights of Columbus Asset Advisors, relating to the Catholic Investor Funds, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(3)(viii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 88 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 001135428-17-000150 on February 28, 2017.

 

(d)(3)(vii) Expense Limitation Agreement, dated October 30, 2015, between the Registrant and Chiron, relating to the Chiron Capital Allocation Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(3)(vii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-15-000852 on November 23, 2015.

 

(d)(3)(viii) Amended and Restated Schedule A, dated February 28, 2018, to the Expense Limitation Agreement, dated October 30, 2015, between the Registrant and Chiron, relating to the Chiron Funds, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(3)(viii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-003034 on February 28, 2018.

 

(d)(3)(ix) Expense Limitation Agreement, dated December 23, 2015, between the Registrant and PineBridge, relating to the PineBridge Dynamic Asset Allocation Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(3)(viii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 64 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-15-000935 on December 23, 2015.

 

(d)(3)(x) Amended Schedule A, dated February 14, 2017, to the Expense Limitation Agreement, dated December 23, 2015, between the Registrant and PineBridge, relating to the PineBridge Dynamic Asset Allocation Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(3)(xii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 88 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 001135428-17-000150 on February 28, 2017.

 

(d)(3)(xi) Expense Limitation Agreement, dated September 22, 2016, between the Registrant and Strategic Global Advisors, relating to the Strategic Global Advisors Funds, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(3)(ix) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 73 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-16-001760 on September 28, 2016.

 

C- 5

 

(d)(3)(xii) Expense Limitation Agreement, dated November 1, 2016, between the Registrant and RWC, relating to the RWC Global Emerging Equity Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(3)(x) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-16-001937 on December 28, 2016.

 

(d)(3)(xiii) Expense Limitation Agreement, dated October 19, 2016, between the Registrant and Chilton, relating to the Chilton Strategic European Equities Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(3)(xi) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 77 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-16-001808 on October 28, 2016.

 

(d)(3)(xiv) Expense Limitation Agreement, dated December 15, 2016, between the Registrant and GQG Partners, relating to the GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(3)(xii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-16-001937 on December 28, 2016.

 

(d)(3)(xv) Amended Schedule A, dated September 26, 2018, to the Expense Limitation Agreement, dated December 15, 2016, between the Registrant and GQG Partners, relating to the GQG Funds, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(3)(xv) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 147 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-013962 on September 26, 2018.

 

(d)(3)(xvi) Expense Limitation Agreement, dated February 28, 2017, between the Registrant and BNPP AM USA, relating to the BNP Paribas AM Funds, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(3)(xvii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 90 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-17-000186 on March 6, 2017.

 

(d)(3)(xvii) Amended Schedule A, dated August 22, 2018, to the Expense Limitation Agreement, dated February 28, 2017, between the Registrant and BNPP AM USA, relating to the BNP Paribas AM Funds, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(3)(xvii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-012458 on August 24, 2018.

 

(d)(3)(xviii) Expense Limitation Agreement, dated July 17, 2017, between the Registrant and Investec, relating to the Investec Global Franchise Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(3)(xx) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 114 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-17-000992 on September 29, 2017.

 

(d)(3)(xix) Amended Schedule A, dated November 20, 2018, to the Expense Limitation Agreement, dated July 17, 2017, between the Registrant and Investec, relating to the Investec Funds, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(3)(xix) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 158 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-016867 on November 21, 2018.

 

(d)(3)(xx) Expense Limitation Agreement, dated May 18, 2018, between the Registrant and PMAM, relating to the Penn Mutual AM Unconstrained Bond Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(3)(xx) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 130 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-007885 on May 22, 2018.

 

C- 6

 

(d)(3)(xxi) Expense Limitation Agreement, dated September 21, 2018, between the Registrant and KBI, relating to the KBI Global Investors Aquarius Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(3)(xxiii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 148 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-013996 on September 26, 2018.

 

(d)(3)(xxii) Expense Limitation Agreement, dated November 16, 2018, between the Registrant and MFIM, relating to the Mesirow Financial Funds, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(3)(xxii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 159 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-017044 on November 27, 2018.

 

(d)(3)(xxiii) Expense Limitation Agreement, dated [     ], between the Registrant and Aperture, relating to the Aperture New World Opportunities Fund, to be filed by amendment.

 

(d)(3)(xxiv) Expense Limitation Agreement, dated [     ], between the Registrant and Nicholas, relating to the Nicholas Partners Small Cap Growth Fund, to be filed by amendment.

 

(e)(1)(i) Distribution Agreement, dated February 12, 2014, between the Registrant and SEI Investments Distribution Co. (“SIDCO”), is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (e) of the Registrant’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-14-000199 on March 18, 2014.

 

(e)(1)(ii) Amendment No. 1, dated December 7, 2017, to the Distribution Agreement, dated February 12, 2014, between the Registrant and SIDCO, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (e)(1)(ii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 120 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-18-000054 on January 26, 2018.

 

(f) Not Applicable.

 

(g)(1)(i) Custodian Agreement, dated February 19, 2014, between the Registrant and MUFG Union Bank, N.A. (formerly known as Union Bank, N.A.) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g) of the Registrant’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-14-000199 on March 18, 2014.

 

(g)(1)(ii) Amended Schedule I, dated October 1, 2014, to the Custodian Agreement, dated February 19, 2014, between the Registrant and MUFG Union Bank, N.A. (formerly known as Union Bank, N.A.) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(1)(ii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 15 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 001135428-14-000692 on November 4, 2014.

 

(g)(2)(i) Custodian Agreement, dated November 25, 2014, between the Registrant and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 45 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-15-000464 on July 14, 2015.

 

(g)(2)(ii) Amendment, dated October 30, 2018, to the Custodian Agreement, dated November 25, 2014, between the Registrant and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(2)(ii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 158 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-016867 on November 21, 2018.

 

C- 7

 

(h)(1)(i) Amended and Restated Administration Agreement, dated November 16, 2018, between the Registrant and SEI Investments Global Funds Services (“SEI GFS”), is filed herewith.

 

(h)(2)(i) Agency Agreement, dated March 12, 2014, between the Registrant and DST Systems, Inc., is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(4) of the Registrant’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-14-000199 on March 18, 2014.

 

(h)(2)(i)(a) Amendment No. 1, dated April 30, 2018, to the Agency Agreement, dated March 12, 2014, between the Registrant and DST Systems, Inc., is filed herewith.

 

(h)(2)(i)(b) Amendment, dated June 19, 2018, to the Agency Agreement, dated March 12, 2014, between the Registrant and DST Systems, Inc., is filed herewith.

 

(h)(2)(i)(c) Amendment, dated June 26, 2018, to the Agency Agreement, dated March 12, 2014, between the Registrant and DST Systems, Inc., is filed herewith.

 

(h)(2)(i)(d) Advisor Complex Schedule relating to the NorthPointe Large Cap Value Fund, dated March 13, 2014, to the Agency Agreement, dated March 12, 2014, between the Registrant and DST Systems, Inc., is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(2)(i)(a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 53 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-15-000574 on August 26, 2015.

 

(h)(2)(i)(e) Advisor Complex Schedule relating to the Fiera Capital Diversified Alternatives Fund, dated July 25, 2014, to the Agency Agreement, dated March 12, 2014, between the Registrant and DST Systems, Inc., is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(2)(i)(b) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 53 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-15-000574 on August 26, 2015.

 

(h)(2)(i)(f) Advisor Complex Schedule relating to the Logan Circle Partners Funds, dated December 18, 2014, to the Agency Agreement, dated March 12, 2014, between the Registrant and DST Systems, Inc., is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(2)(i)(d) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 53 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-15-000574 on August 26, 2015.

 

(h)(2)(i)(g) Advisor Complex Schedule relating to the Catholic Investor Funds, dated January 21, 2015, to the Agency Agreement, dated March 12, 2014, between the Registrant and DST Systems, Inc., is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(2)(i)(e) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 88 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 001135428-17-000150 on February 28, 2017.

 

(h)(2)(i)(h) Advisor Complex Schedule relating to the Strategic Global Advisors Funds, dated September 30, 2016, to the Agency Agreement, dated March 12, 2014, between the Registrant and DST Systems, Inc., is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(2)(i)(f) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 77 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-16-001808 on October 28, 2016.

 

C- 8

 

(h)(2)(i)(i) Advisor Complex Schedule relating to the RWC Global Emerging Equity Fund, dated December 30, 2016, to the Agency Agreement, dated March 12, 2014, between the Registrant and DST Systems, Inc., is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(2)(i)(g) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 85 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-17-000062 on January 27, 2017.

 

(h)(2)(i)(j) Advisor Complex Schedule relating to the GQG Funds, dated December 28, 2016, to the Agency Agreement, dated March 12, 2014, between the Registrant and DST Systems, Inc., is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(2)(i)(h) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 85 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-17-000062 on January 27, 2017.

 

(h)(2)(i)(k) Advisor Complex Schedule relating to the Investec Funds, dated December 11, 2017, to the Agency Agreement, dated March 12, 2014, between the Registrant and DST Systems, Inc., is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(2)(i)(h) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-003034 on February 28, 2018.

 

(h)(2)(i)(l) Advisor Complex Schedule relating to the Penn Mutual AM Unconstrained Bond Fund, dated July 2, 2018, to the Agency Agreement, dated March 12, 2014, between the Registrant and DST Systems, Inc., is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(2)(i)(j) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 148 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-013996 on September 26, 2018.

 

(h)(2)(i)(m) Advisor Complex Schedule relating to the Mesirow Financial Funds, dated [ ], to the Agency Agreement, dated March 12, 2014, between the Registrant and DST Systems, Inc., is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(2)(i)(j) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 159 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-017044 on November 27, 2018.

 

(h)(2)(i)(n) Advisor Complex Schedule relating to the Aperture New World Opportunities Fund, dated [ ], to the Agency Agreement, dated March 12, 2014, between the Registrant and DST Systems, Inc., to be filed by amendment.

 

(h)(2)(i)(o) Advisor Complex Schedule relating to the Nicholas Partners Small Cap Growth Fund, dated [ ], to the Agency Agreement, dated March 12, 2014, between the Registrant and DST Systems, Inc., to be filed by amendment.

 

(h)(2)(ii) Transfer Agency Services Agreement, dated August 18, 2015, between the Registrant and Atlantic Shareholder Services, LLC, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(2)(ii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 53 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-15-000574 on August 26, 2015.

 

(h)(2)(ii)(a) Amendment, dated November 3, 2015, to the Transfer Agency Services Agreement, dated August 18, 2015, between the Registrant and Atlantic Shareholder Services, LLC, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(2)(ii)(a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-15-000852 on November 23, 2015.

 

(h)(2)(ii)(b) Amendment No. 2, dated October 2016, to the Transfer Agency Services Agreement, dated August 18, 2015, between the Registrant and Atlantic Shareholder Services, LLC, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(2)(ii)(b) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 77 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-16-001808 on October 28, 2016.

 

C- 9

 

(h)(2)(ii)(c) Amendment No. 3, dated February 22, 2017, to the Transfer Agency Services Agreement, dated August 18, 2015, between the Registrant and Atlantic Shareholder Services, LLC, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(2)(ii)(c) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 90 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-17-000186 on March 6, 2017.

 

(h)(2)(ii)(d) Amendment No. 4, dated May 3, 2017, to the Transfer Agency Services Agreement, dated August 18, 2015, between the Registrant and Atlantic Shareholder Services, LLC, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(2)(ii)(d) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 100 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-17-000529 on May 19, 2017.

 

(h)(2)(ii)(e) Amendment No. 5, dated July 11, 2017, to the Transfer Agency Services Agreement, dated August 18, 2015, between the Registrant and Atlantic Shareholder Services, LLC, is filed herewith.

 

(h)(2)(ii)(f) Amendment No. 6, dated September 20, 2017, to the Transfer Agency Services Agreement, dated August 18, 2015, between the Registrant and Atlantic Shareholder Services, LLC, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(2)(ii)(e) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 112 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-17-000965 on September 27, 2017.

 

(h)(2)(ii)(g) Amendment No. 7, dated February 23, 2018, to the Transfer Agency Services Agreement, dated August 18, 2015, between the Registrant and Atlantic Shareholder Services, LLC, is filed herewith.

 

(h)(2)(ii)(h) Amendment No. 8, dated September 24, 2018, to the Transfer Agency Services Agreement, dated August 18, 2015, between the Registrant and Atlantic Shareholder Services, LLC, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(2)(ii)(f) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 148 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-013996 on September 26, 2018.

 

(h)(3)(i) Amended and Restated Shareholder Services Plan, dated December 10, 2015, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 68 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-16-001068 on February 26, 2016.

 

(h)(3)(ii) Amended Exhibit A, dated September 13, 2018, to the Amended and Restated Shareholder Services Plan, dated December 10, 2015, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(3)(iii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 147 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-013962 on September 26, 2018.

 

(h)(3)(iii) Amended Exhibit A, dated [ ], to the Amended and Restated Shareholder Services Plan, dated December 10, 2015, to be filed by amendment.

 

(i) Opinion and Consent of Counsel, Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, is filed herewith.

 

(j) Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, is filed herewith.

 

C- 10

 

(k) Not Applicable.

 

(l) Initial Capital Agreement, dated March 4, 2014, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (l) of the Registrant’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-14-000199 on March 18, 2014.

 

(m)(1) Amended and Restated Distribution Plan, dated March 3, 2015, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (m)(1) of the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 45 (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-15-000464 on July 14, 2015.

 

(m)(2) Amended Schedule A, dated September 13, 2018, to the Amended and Restated Distribution Plan, dated March 3, 2015, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (m)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 148 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-013996 on September 26, 2018.

 

(m)(3) Amended Schedule A, dated [     ], to the Amended and Restated Distribution Plan, dated March 3, 2015, to be filed by amendment.

 

(n)(1) Registrant’s Amended and Restated Rule 18f-3 Multiple Class Plan, dated February 12, 2014, including Schedules and Certificates of Class Designation thereto, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (n) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 12 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-14-000655 on October 7, 2014.

 

(n)(2) Schedule D and Certificates of Class Designation to the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Rule 18f-3 Plan, dated February 12, 2014, relating to the Catholic Investor Funds, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (n)(2) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 45 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-15-000464 on July 14, 2015.

 

(n)(3) Schedule F and Certificates of Class Designation to the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Rule 18f-3 Plan, dated February 12, 2014, relating to the PineBridge Dynamic Asset Allocation Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (n)(4) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 64 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-15-000935 on December 23, 2015.

 

(n)(4) Schedule G and Certificates of Class Designation to the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Rule 18f-3 Plan, dated February 12, 2014, relating to the Strategic Global Advisors Funds, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (n)(4) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 73 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-16-001760 on September 28, 2016.

 

(n)(5) Schedule H and Certificates of Class Designation to the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Rule 18f-3 Plan, dated February 12, 2014, relating to the RWC Global Emerging Equity Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (n)(5) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 76 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-16-001783 on October 21, 2016.

 

(n)(6) Schedule I and Certificates of Class Designation to the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Rule 18f-3 Plan, dated February 12, 2014, relating to the GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (n)(6) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-16-001937 on December 28, 2016.

 

C- 11

 

(n)(7) Amended and Restated Schedule I and Certificates of Class Designation to the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Rule 18f-3 Plan, dated February 12, 2014, relating to the GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (n)(7) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 147 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-013962 on September 26, 2018.

 

(n)(8) Amended and Restated Schedule J and Certificates of Class Designation to the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Rule 18f-3 Plan, dated February 12, 2014, relating to the BNP Paribas AM Funds, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (n)(7) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 103 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-17-000615 on June 23, 2017.

 

(n)(9) Amended and Restated Schedule A and Certificates of Class Designation to the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Rule 18f-3 Plan, dated February 12, 2014, relating to the NorthPointe Small Cap Opportunities Fund, to be filed by amendment.

 

(n)(10) Schedule M and Certificates of Class Designation to the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Rule 18f-3 Plan, dated February 12, 2014, relating to the KBI Global Investors Aquarius Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (n)(10) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 148 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-013996 on September 26, 2018.

 

(n)(11) Amended and Restated Schedule L and Certificates of Class Designation to the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Rule 18f-3 Plan, dated February 12, 2014, relating to the Investec Funds, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (n)(11) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 158 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-016867 on November 21, 2018.

 

(n)(12) Schedule N and Certificates of Class Designation to the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Rule 18f-3 Plan, dated February 12, 2014, relating to the Mesirow Financial Funds, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (n)(12) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 159 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-017044 on November 27, 2018.

 

(n)(13) Schedule O and Certificates of Class Designation to the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Rule 18f-3 Plan, dated February 12, 2014, relating to the Nicholas Partners Small Cap Growth Fund, to be filed by amendment.

 

(o) Not Applicable.

 

(p)(1) Registrant’s Code of Ethics is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(1) of the Registrant’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-14-000079 on February 20, 2014.

 

(p)(2) SIDCO Code of Ethics, dated September 30, 2017, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(2) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 120 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-18-000054 on January 26, 2018.

 

C- 12

 

(p)(3) SEI GFS Code of Ethics, dated February 2017, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 120 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-18-000054 on January 26, 2018.

 

(p)(4) NorthPointe Code of Ethics, dated March 2013, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(4) of the Registrant’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-14-000079 on February 20, 2014.

 

(p)(5) Fiera Code of Ethics, dated December 2017, is filed herewith.

 

(p)(6) Karya Code of Ethics, dated January 9, 2017, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(8) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 114 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-17-000992 on September 29, 2017.

 

(p)(7) MAI Code of Ethics, dated March 26, 2018, is filed herewith.

 

(p)(8) Logan Circle Partners Code of Ethics, dated April 30, 2007, as amended March 16, 2017, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(8) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-003034 on February 28, 2018.

 

(p)(9) Knights of Columbus Asset Advisors Code of Ethics, dated December 1, 2014, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(12) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-15-000079 on February 26, 2015.

 

(p)(10) Boston Advisors Code of Ethics, dated January 1, 2017, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(12) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 114 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-17-000992 on September 29, 2017.

 

(p)(11) Chiron Code of Ethics, dated February 2018, is filed herewith.

 

(p)(12) PineBridge Code of Ethics, dated July 2017, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(14) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 114 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-17-000992 on September 29, 2017.

 

(p)(13) Strategic Global Advisors Code of Ethics, dated January 25, 2018, is filed herewith.

 

(p)(14) RWC Code of Ethics, dated April 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(17) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 76 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-16-001783 on October 21, 2016.

 

(p)(15) Chilton Code of Ethics, dated September 2015, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(18) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 77 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-16-001808 on October 28, 2016.

 

C- 13

 

(p)(16) GQG Partners Code of Ethics, dated September 25, 2017, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(16) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 120 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-18-000054 on January 26, 2018.

 

(p)(17) BNPP AM USA Code of Ethics, dated December 2017, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(17) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-012458 on August 24, 2018.

 

(p)(18) BNPP AM UK Code of Ethics, dated December 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(20) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 103 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-17-000615 on June 23, 2017.

 

(p)(19) Acadian Code of Ethics, dated January 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(21) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-16-001937 on December 28, 2016.

 

(p)(20) Investec Code of Ethics, dated October 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(23) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 114 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-17-000992 on September 29, 2017.

 

(p)(21) PMAM Code of Ethics, dated February 22, 2017, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(22) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 130 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-007885 on May 22, 2018.

 

(p)(22) KBI Code of Ethics, dated November 2017, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(22) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 148 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-013996 on September 26, 2018.

 

(p)(23) MFIM Code of Ethics, dated July 2, 2018, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(23) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 159 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001398344-18-017044 on November 27, 2018.

 

(p)(24) Aperture Code of Ethics, dated [     ], to be filed by amendment.

 

(p)(25) Nicholas Code of Ethics, dated [     ], to be filed by amendment.

 

(q)(1) Powers of Attorney, each dated February 12, 2014, for Michael Beattie, William M. Doran, Jon C. Hunt, Thomas P. Lemke and Randall S. Yanker, are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (q) of the Registrant’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-14-000079 on February 20, 2014.

 

(q)(2) Power of Attorney, dated September 17, 2015, for Mr. Stephen Connors, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (q)(2) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 58 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-15-000803 on October 9, 2015.

 

C- 14

 

(q)(3) Power of Attorney, dated June 27, 2016, for Mr. Jay Nadel, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (q)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 70 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-16-001473 on July 15, 2016.

 

(q)(4) Resolution adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Registrant on February 12, 2014, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (q)(4) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 78 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-192858), filed with the SEC via EDGAR Accession No. 0001135428-16-001834 on November 4, 2016.

 

ITEM 29. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH REGISTRANT:

 

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 30. INDEMNIFICATION:

 

A Trustee, when acting in such capacity, shall not be personally liable to any Person, other than the Trust or a Shareholder to the extent provided in Article VII of the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, for any act, omission or obligation of the Trust, of such Trustee, or of any other Trustee. A Trustee shall be liable to the Trust and to any Shareholder solely for his or her own willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the office of Trustee, and shall not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law. The Trustees shall not be responsible or liable in any event for any neglect or wrong-doing of any officer, agent, employee, investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Trust, nor shall any Trustee be responsible for the act or omission of any other Trustee. The Trust shall indemnify each Person who is, or has been, a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust and any Person who is serving or has served at the Trust’s request as a trustee, officer, employee or agent of another organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise to the extent and in the manner provided in the Trust’s By-Laws.

 

All persons extending credit to, contracting with or having any claim against the Trust or the Trustees shall look only to the assets of the appropriate Series, or, if the Trustees have yet to establish Series, of the Trust for payment under such credit, contract or claim; and neither the Trustees nor the Shareholders, nor any of the Trust’s officers, employees or agents, whether past, present or future, shall be personally liable therefor.

 

Every note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate or undertaking and every other act or thing whatsoever executed or done by or on behalf of the Trust or Trustees by any of them in connection with the Trust shall conclusively be deemed to have been executed or done only in or with respect to his or their capacity as Trustee or Trustees, and such Trustee or Trustees shall not be personally liable thereon. At the Trustees’ discretion, any note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate or undertaking made or issued by the Trustees or by any officer or officers may give notice that the Certificate of Trust is on file in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and that a limitation on the liability of each Series exists and such note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate or undertaking may, if the Trustees so determine, recite that the same was executed or made on behalf of the Trust or by a Trustee or Trustees in such capacity and not individually or by an officer or officers in such capacity and not individually and that the obligations of such instrument are not binding upon any of them or the Shareholders individually but are binding only on the assets and property of the Trust or a Series thereof, and may contain such further recital as such Person or Persons may deem appropriate. The omission of any such notice or recital shall in no way operate to bind any Trustees, officers or Shareholders individually.

 

C- 15

 

Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

ITEM 31. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISERS:

 

The following lists any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which each investment adviser (including sub-advisers), and each director, officer or partner of that investment adviser (or sub-adviser), is or has been engaged within the last two fiscal years for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner, or trustee. Unless noted below, none of the investment advisers (or sub-advisers) and/or directors, officers or partners of each investment adviser (or sub-adviser) is or has been engaged within the last two fiscal years in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee.

 

ACADIAN ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC

 

Acadian Asset Management LLC (“Acadian”) serves as investment sub-adviser to the Registrant’s Fiera Capital Diversified Alternatives Fund. The principal address of Acadian is 260 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110. Acadian is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The information listed below is for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2016 and 2017.

 

Name and Position
with Investment Adviser
Name and Principal Business
Address of Other Company
Connection with
Other Company
John Chisholm, Executive Vice President, co-CEO, co-CIO

Acadian Asset Management (UK) Ltd

110 Cannon Street, 4th Floor
London
EC4N 6EU
United Kingdom

 

Acadian Asset Management (Australia) Ltd
20 Martin Place
Level 9, Suite 3
Sydney, NSW 2000
Australia

 

Acadian Asset Management (Japan)

Marunouchi Trust Tower Main
1-8-3 Marunouchi, Chiyoda-ku
Tokyo 100-0005

Japan

 

Acadian Asset Management (Singapore) Pte Ltd

8 Shenton Way, #37-02
Singapore 068811

Affiliated Directorships

 

C- 16

 

Ross Dowd, Executive Vice President, co-CEO

Acadian Asset Management (UK) Ltd

110 Cannon Street, 4th Floor
London

EC4N 6EU
United Kingdom

 

Acadian Asset Management (Australia) Ltd

20 Martin Place

Level 9, Suite 3
Sydney, NSW 2000
Australia

 

Acadian Asset Management (Japan)

Marunouchi Trust Tower Main
1-8-3 Marunouchi, Chiyoda-ku
Tokyo 100-0005

Japan

 

Acadian Asset Management (Singapore) Pte Ltd

8 Shenton Way, #37-02
Singapore 068811

Affiliated Directorships
Mark Minichiello, Executive Vice President, COO, Treasurer, Secretary

Acadian Asset Management (UK) Ltd

110 Cannon Street, 4th Floor
London

EC4N 6EU
United Kingdom

 

Acadian Asset Management (Australia) Ltd

20 Martin Place

Level 9, Suite 3
Sydney, NSW 2000
Australia

 

Acadian Asset Management (Japan)

Marunouchi Trust Tower Main
1-8-3 Marunouchi, Chiyoda-ku
Tokyo 100-0005

Japan

 

Acadian Asset Management (Singapore) Pte Ltd

8 Shenton Way, #37-02
Singapore 068811

Affiliated Directorships

 

C- 17

 

Jennifer Souza, Member of Board of Managers

OMAM Inc. (f/k/a Old Mutual (US) Holdings Inc.) (a holding company);

200 Clarendon Street, 53rd Floor

Boston, MA 02116

Senior Vice President, Director of Affiliate Management

Acadian Asset Management LLC (an investment advisor);

260 Franklin Street

Boston, MA 02110

 

Investment Counselors of Maryland, LLC (an investment advisor);

300 East Lombard Street, Suite 810

Baltimore, MD 21202

Affiliated Directorships
Christopher Hadley, Member of Board of Managers

OM Asset Management PLC (a public company traded on the NYSE);

5th Floor Millennium Bridge House

2 Lambeth Hill

London

EC4V 4GG

United Kingdom

Executive Vice President and Chief Talent Officer

OMAM Inc. (f/k/a Old Mutual (US) Holdings Inc.) (a holding company);

200 Clarendon Street, 53rd Floor

Boston, MA 02116

Executive Vice President and Chief Talent Officer

Acadian Asset Management LLC (an investment advisor)

260 Franklin Street

Boston, MA 02110

Affiliated Directorships

 

C- 18

 

Aidan Riordan, Member of Board of Managers  

OM Asset Management PLC (a public company traded on the NYSE);

5th Floor Millennium Bridge House

2 Lambeth Hill

London

EC4V 4GG

United Kingdom

Executive Vice President, Head of Affiliate Management

OMAM Inc. (f/k/a Old Mutual (US) Holdings Inc.) (a holding company);

200 Clarendon Street, 53rd Floor

Boston, MA 02116

Director, Executive Vice President, Head of Affiliate Management

Acadian Asset Management LLC (an investment advisor);

260 Franklin Street

Boston, MA 02110

 

Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC (an investment advisor);

JPMorgan Chase Tower

2200 Ross Avenue, 31st Floor

Dallas, TX 75201

 

The Campbell Group, Inc. (a holding company for Campbell Global, LLC)

One South West Columbia, Suite 1720

Portland, OR 97258

 

Copper Rock Capital Partners LLC (an investment advisor);

200 Clarendon Street, 51st Floor

Boston, MA 02116

 

Landmark Partners LLC (an investment advisor);

10 Mill Pond Lane Simsbury
Simsbury, CT 06070

 

Investment Counselors of Maryland, LLC (an investment advisor);

300 East Lombard Street, Suite 810

Baltimore, MD 21202

 

OMAM International Ltd. (f/k/a Old Mutual Asset Management International, Ltd.) (an investment advisor);

Millennium Bridge House

2 Lambeth Hill
London

EC4V 4GG
England

 

Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley LLC (an investment advisor)

6806 Paragon Pl., Ste. 300

Richmond, VA 23230

Affiliated Directorships

 

C- 19

 

Stephen Belgrad, Member of Board of Managers

OM Asset Management PLC (a public company traded on the NYSE);

5th Floor Millennium Bridge House

2 Lambeth Hill

London

EC4V 4GG

United Kingdom

President and Chief Executive Officer

OMAM Inc. (f/k/a Old Mutual (US) Holdings Inc.) (a holding company);

200 Clarendon Street, 53rd Floor

Boston, MA 02116

President and Chief Executive Officer

Acadian Asset Management LLC (an investment advisor);

260 Franklin Street

Boston, MA 02110

 

Landmark Partners LLC (an investment advisor);

10 Mill Pond Lane Simsbury
Simsbury, CT 06070

 

OMAM International Ltd. (f/k/a Old Mutual Asset Management International, Ltd.) (an investment advisor)

Millennium Bridge House

2 Lambeth Hill
London

EC4V 4GG
England

Affiliated Directorships

 

APERTURE INVESTORS, LLC

 

Aperture Investors, LLC (“Aperture”), serves as investment adviser for the Registrant’s Aperture New World Opportunities Fund. The principal address of Aperture is 250 West 55th Street, 30th Floor, New York, New York 10019. Aperture is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The information below is provided as of [date]. [To be updated by amendment.]

 

C- 20

 

Name and Position
with Investment Adviser
Name and Principal Business
Address of Other Company
Connection with
Other Company
     

 

BNP Paribas ASSET MANAGEMENT UK LIMITED

 

BNP PARIBAS ASSET MANAGEMENT UK Limited (“BNPP AM UK”) serves as investment sub-adviser to the Registrant’s BNP Paribas AM Emerging Markets Total Return Fixed Income Fund. The principal address of BNPP AM UK is 5 Aldermanbury Square, London EC2V 7BP, United Kingdom. BNPP AM UK is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The information below is provided for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2016 and 2017.

 

Name and Position
with Investment Adviser
Name and Principal Business
Address of Other Company

Connection with

Other Company

Frederic Janbon

Director

BNP Paribas Asset Management Monaco S.A.

6, Avenue de la Madone

Monaco 98000

Director

BNP Paribas Asset Management Holding S.A.

14 Rue Bergere

Paris, France 75009

Director

BNP Paribas Asset Management France

14 Rue Bergere

Paris, France 75009

Director

Iain Heeps

Chief Operating Officer

Director

Harewood Helena 1 Limited

5 Aldermanbury Square

London EC2V 7BP

Director

Harewood Helena 2 Limited

5 Aldermanbury Square

London EC2V 7BP

Director

Alicia Lovejoy

Chief Financial Officer

Harewood Helena 1 Limited

5 Aldermanbury Square

London EC2V 7BP

Director

Harewood Helena 2 Limited

5 Aldermanbury Square

London EC2V 7BP

Director

Francois Regnier

Non-Executive Director

BNP Paribas UK Limited

10 Harewood Avenue

London NW1 6AA

Director

 

BNP PARIBAS ASSET MANAGEMENT USA, INC.

 

BNP PARIBAS ASSET MANAGEMENT USA, Inc. (“BNPP AM USA”) serves as investment adviser to the Registrant’s BNP Paribas AM Absolute Return Fixed Income Fund, BNP Paribas AM Global Inflation-Linked Bond Fund, BNP Paribas AM Emerging Markets Total Return Fixed Income Fund, BNP Paribas AM Emerging Markets Equity Fund, BNP Paribas AM MBS Fund, BNP Paribas AM U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund and BNP Paribas AM U.S. Inflation-Linked Bond Fund. The principal address of BNPP AM USA is 200 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10166. BNPP AM USA is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The information below is for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2016 and 2017.

 

C- 21

 

Name and Position

with Investment Adviser

Name and Principal Business
Address of Other Company

Connection with

Other Company

Robert Hawley

Director

BNP Paribas

787 7 th Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Deputy Head of CIB Americas

 

Head of Global Markets Americas

BNP Paribas Asset Management USA Holdings Inc.

200 Park Avenue, 11 th Floor

New York, NY 10166

Director

BNP Paribas Securities Corp.

787 7 th Avenue

New York, NY 10019

President

BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage Inc.

787 7 th Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Director

BNP Paribas US Wholesale Holdings Corp.

787 7th Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Director

BNP Paribas Brazil Consulting Board

Av Presidente Juscelino Kubitschek 510 – 04543

906 Sao Paulo, Brazil

Director

BANEXI Holding Corp.

787 7th Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Director

BNP Paribas Capital Services, Inc.

787 7th Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Director

BNP Paribas CC, Inc.

787 7th Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Director

BNP Paribas VPG Master, LLC

787 7th Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Director

Pascal Biville

Director

Treasurer

BNP Paribas Asset Management France

14 Rue Bergere

Paris, France 75009

President, Director

BNP Paribas Asset Management USA Holdings Inc.

200 Park Avenue, 11th Floor

New York, NY 10166

Director

FundQuest Advisors

1 Boulevard Haussmann

Paris, France 75009

Director

BNP Paribas Capital Partners

14 Rue Bergere

Paris, France 75009

Member of Supervisory Board

BNP Paribas Asset Management NL Holding N.V.

Herengracht 595

Amsterdam, The Netherlands

1017CE

Director

Alfred Berg Asset Management AB

Nybrokajen 5

Stockholm, Sweden 107 25

Director

Banco Estado S.A. Administradora General de Fondos

Nueva York 33

piso 7, Santiago Chile

Director

BNP Paribas Asset Management Holding S.A.

14 Rue Bergere

Paris, France 75009

Delegated Chief Executive Officer

Deputy Director General

BNP Paribas Asset Management

Monaco S.A.

6, Avenue de la Madone

Monaco 98000

Deputy Director

 

C- 22

 

Name and Position

with Investment Adviser

Name and Principal Business
Address of Other Company

Connection with

Other Company

Daniel Klein

Chief Executive Officer

Director

BNP Paribas Investment Partners Trust Company

155 N. Wacker Drive, Suite 4450

Chicago, IL 60606

Director

BNP Paribas Asset Management USA Holdings Inc.

200 Park Avenue, 11 th Floor

New York, NY 10166

Director,

Chief Executive Officer/President

Dwight International School Foundation

291 Central Park West

New York, NY 10024

Director

Philippe Ditisheim

Director, Chairman

BNP Paribas Asset Management USA Holdings Inc.

200 Park Avenue, 11 th Floor

New York, NY 10166

Director, Chairman

FundQuest Advisor

1 Boulevard Haussmann

Paris, France 75009

Director

BNP Paribas Dealing Services

1 Boulevard Haussmann

Paris, France 75009

Director

BNP Paribas Asset Management Holding S.A.

14 Rue Bergere

Paris, France 75009

Executive Committee Member

 

C- 23

 

Name and Position

with Investment Adviser

Name and Principal Business
Address of Other Company

Connection with

Other Company

Robin Meister

Secretary,

Head of Legal & Compliance

BNP Paribas Asset Management USA Holdings Inc.

200 Park Avenue, 11 th Floor

New York, NY 10166

Secretary, Chief Legal and Compliance Officer

BNP Paribas Investment Partners Trust Company

155 N. Wacker Drive, Suite 4450

Chicago, IL 60606

Chief Legal Officer

Gary Friedman

Chief Financial Officer

BNP Paribas Asset Management USA Holdings Inc.

200 Park Avenue, 11 th Floor

New York, NY 10166

Chief Financial Officer / Treasurer

 

BOSTON ADVISORS, LLC

 

Boston Advisors, LLC (“Boston Advisors”) serves as investment sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Catholic Investor Large Cap Growth Fund (formerly, Knights of Columbus Large Cap Growth Fund), Catholic Investor Large Cap Value Fund (formerly, Knights of Columbus Large Cap Value Fund), Catholic Investor Small Cap Fund (formerly, Knights of Columbus Small Cap Equity Fund) and Catholic Investor International Equity Fund (formerly, Knights of Columbus International Equity Fund). The principal address of Boston Advisors is One Liberty Square, 10th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02109. Boston Advisors is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. During the fiscal years ended October 31, 2016 and 2017, no director, officer or partner of Boston Advisors engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee.

 

CHILTON INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC

 

Chilton Investment Company, LLC (“Chilton”) serves as investment adviser for the Registrant’s Chilton Strategic European Equities Fund. The principal address of Chilton is 1290 East Main Street, Stamford, Connecticut 06902. Chilton is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The information listed below is for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2016 and 2017.

 

Name and Position

with Investment Adviser

Name and Principal Business
Address of Other Company

Connection with

Other Company

Richard L. Chilton, Jr.

Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer & Chief Investment Officer

Chilton Trust Company

396 Royal Palm Way

Palm Beach, Florida 33480

Founder, Chairman, Chief Investment Officer & Director

Chilton Investment Services

1290 East Main Street

Stamford, Connecticut 06902

Founder, Chairman, Chief Investment Officer & Director

Chilton International (BVI) Ltd. Director
Chilton Strategic Value International II (BVI) Ltd. Director (Director through 12/31/17)
Chilton European International (BVI) Ltd. Director
Chilton Small Cap & Mid Cap International (BVI) Ltd. Director
Chilton Investment Partners, L.P. Partnership Board
Chilton Opportunity Trust, L.P. Partnership Board (Director through 12/31/17)
Chilton Strategic Value Partners, L.P. Partnership Board (Director through 12/31/17)
Chilton QP European Partners, L.P. Partnership Board
Chilton Small Cap & Mid Cap Partners, L.P. Partnership Board

 

C- 24

 

Name and Position

with Investment Adviser

Name and Principal Business
Address of Other Company

Connection with

Other Company

Julie Jack

Managing Director– General Counsel & Chief Compliance Officer

Chilton International (BVI) Ltd. Director
Chilton Strategic Value International II (BVI) Ltd. Director (Director through 12/31/17)
Chilton European International (BVI) Ltd. Director
Chilton Small Cap & Mid Cap International (BVI) Ltd. Director
Chilton Investment Partners, L.P. Partnership Board

Chilton Opportunity Trust, L.P.

Partnership Board (Director through 12/31/17)

Chilton Strategic Value Partners, L.P.

Partnership Board (Director through 12/31/17)
Chilton QP European Partners, L.P. Partnership Board
Chilton Small Cap & Mid Cap Partners, L.P. Partnership Board

Chilton Investment Company, Ltd.

33 Sackville Street

London

W1S 3EB

United Kingdom

Director, Vice President, Compliance Officer, FATCA Responsible Officer, Money Laundering Reporting Officer & Secretary

Chilton UCITS

6, rue Lou Hemmer

L-1748 Senningerberg

Luxembourg

Director

Jennifer Foster

Director, Executive Vice President-Co-Chief Investment Officer, Portfolio Manager

Chilton Trust Company

396 Royal Palm Way

Palm Beach, Florida 33480

Executive Vice President, Co-Chief Investment Officer & Portfolio Manager, Equities

Chilton Investment Services

1290 East Main Street

Stamford, CT 06880

Executive Vice President, Co-Chief Investment Officer & Portfolio Manager, Equities

 

C- 25

 

Name and Position

with Investment Adviser

Name and Principal Business
Address of Other Company

Connection with

Other Company

Patricia Mallon

Director

Chilton International (BVI) Ltd.

Director (Director through 12/31/17)
Chilton Strategic Value International II (BVI) Ltd. Director (Director through 12/31/17)
Chilton European International (BVI) Ltd. Director (Director through 12/31/17)
Chilton Small Cap & Mid Cap International (BVI) Ltd. Director (Director through 12/31/17)
Chilton Investment Partners, L.P. Partnership Board (Director through 12/31/17)
Chilton Opportunity Trust, L.P. Partnership Board (Director through 12/31/17)
Chilton Strategic Value Partners, L.P. Partnership Board (Director through 12/31/17)
Chilton QP European Partners, L.P. Partnership Board (Director through 12/31/17)
Chilton Small Cap & Mid Cap Partners, L.P. Partnership Board (Director through 12/31/17)

Jonathan Wainwright

Director

Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP

One World Financial Center

New York, NY 10281

Senior Counsel

Chilton Trust Company

396 Royal Palm Way

Palm Beach, Florida 33480

Director

Chilton Investment Services

1290 East Main Street

Stamford, Connecticut 06902

Director

Chilton International (BVI) Ltd. Director
Chilton Strategic Value International II (BVI) Ltd. Director (Director through 12/31/17)
Chilton European International (BVI) Ltd.

Director

Chilton Small Cap & Mid Cap International (BVI) Ltd.

Director

Chilton Investment Partners, L.P. Partnership Board

Chilton Opportunity Trust, L.P.

Partnership Board (Director through 12/31/17)

Chilton Strategic Value Partners, L.P.

Partnership Board (Director through 12/31/17)
Chilton QP European Partners, L.P. Partnership Board
Chilton Small Cap & Mid Cap Partners, L.P. Partnership Board

 

C- 26

 

Name and Position

with Investment Adviser

Name and Principal Business
Address of Other Company

Connection with

Other Company

Allison Schachter

Senior Vice President- Chief Financial Officer-Management Company

Chilton Investment Company, Ltd.

33 Sackville Street

London

W1S 3EB

United Kingdom

Director, Vice President & Treasurer

 

CHIRON INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

Chiron Investment Management, LLC (“Chiron”) serves as investment adviser for the Registrant’s Chiron Capital Allocation Fund and Chiron SMid Opportunities Fund. The principal address of Chiron is 1350 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 700, New York, New York 10019. Chiron is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. During the fiscal years ended October 31, 2016 and 2017, no director, officer or partner of Chiron engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee.

 

FIERA CAPITAL INC.

 

Fiera Capital Inc. (“Fiera”) serves as investment adviser to the Registrant’s Fiera Capital Diversified Alternatives Fund. The principal address of Fiera is 375 Park Avenue, 8th Floor, New York, New York 10152. Fiera is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The information listed below is for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2016 and 2017.

 

Name and Position

with Investment Adviser

Name and Principal Business
Address of Other Company

Connection with

Other Company

Jean-Guy Desjardins

Director

Fiera Capital Corporation

1501 McGill College Avenue, Suite 800
Montreal, Quebec
Canada H3A 3M8

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

John Valentini

Director

Fiera Capital Corporation

1501 McGill College Avenue, Suite 800
Montreal, Quebec
Canada H3A 3M8

Global Chief Financial Officer and Head of Private Alternative Investments
Pierre Blanchette
Executive Vice President, Head of Finance

Fiera Capital Corporation

1501 McGill College Avenue, Suite 800
Montreal, Quebec
Canada H3A 3M8

Head of Finance 1

Nitin N. Kumbhani

Director, Vice Chairman and Chief of Growth Equities

Apex Capital Management, Inc.

10050 Innovation Drive,

Suite 120

Dayton, OH 45342

CEO and President 2

 

1 Mr. Blanchette held this position prior to joining Fiera Capital Inc. full time.
2 Mr. Kumbhani held this position prior to the acquisition of Apex Capital Management, Inc. by Fiera Capital Corporation on June 1, 2016.

 

C- 27

 

GQG Partners LLC

 

GQG P artners LLC (“GQG Partners”) serves as investment adviser for the Registrant’s GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund and GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund. The principal address of GQG Partners is 450 East Las Olas Boulevard, Suite 750, Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33301. GQG Partners is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The information listed below is for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2017 and 2018.

 

Name and Position

with Investment Adviser

Name and Principal Business

Address of Other Company

Connection with

Other Company

Timothy Carver

CEO

GQG Global UCITS ICAV

3 George’s Dock

IFSC

Dublin D01 X5X0

Ireland

Director

Hycroft, LLC

100 Park Avenue, 16th Floor

New York, NY 10017

Senior Advisor

Paul Greenwood

Director

Pacific Current Group Ltd

1301 2nd Ave, Suite 1700

Seattle, WA 98101

North American CEO

Chief Investment Officer

Director

 

C- 28

 

Name and Position

with Investment Adviser

Name and Principal Business

Address of Other Company

Connection with

Other Company

Melodie Zalakuk

Chief Operating Officer

 

GQG Global UCITS ICAV

3 George’s Dock

IFSC

Dublin D01 X5X0

Ireland

Director

GQG Partners (Australia) Pty Ltd

450 E. Las Olas Blvd, Suite 450

Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301

Director

Robert Mathai

Director of Client Services

GQG Global UCITS ICAV

3 George’s Dock

IFSC

Dublin D01 X5X0

Ireland

Director

Greg Lyons

General Counsel

GQG Global UCITS ICAV

3 George’s Dock

IFSC

Dublin D01 X5X0

Ireland

Director

GQG Partners (Australia) Pty Ltd

450 E. Las Olas Blvd, Suite 450

Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301

Director

 

INVESTEC ASSET MANAGEMENT NORTH AMERICA, INC.

 

Investec Asset Management North America, Inc. (“Investec”) serves as investment adviser for the Registrant’s Investec Global Franchise Fund and Investec Emerging Markets Equity Fund. The principal address of Investec is 666 Fifth Avenue, 37th Floor, New York, New York 10103. Investec is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. During the fiscal years ended October 31, 2016 and 2017, no director, officer or partner of Investec engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee.

 

Karya Capital Management LP

 

Karya Capital Management LP (“Karya”) serves as investment sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Fiera Capital Diversified Alternatives Fund. The principal address of Karya is 1330 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 6A, New York, New York 10019. Karya is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The information listed below is for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2016 and 2017.

 

C- 29

 

Name and Position

with Investment Adviser

Name and Principal Business
Address of Other Company

Connection with

Other Company

Rajiv Sobti

Managing Partner and Chief Investment Officer

The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania

3620 Walnut Street

Philadelphia, PA 19104

Advisory Board Member, Huntsman Program

The University of Pennsylvania

3620 Walnut Street

Philadelphia, PA 19104

Advisory Board Member, Center for Advanced Studies in India

Laura Pentimone

Chief Compliance Officer

Ardmore Academy of Irish Dance LLC

300 Park Avenue

Rutherford, NJ 07070

Owner, Member, President

 

KBI GLOBAL INVESTORS (NORTH AMERICA) LTD

 

KBI Global Investors (North America) Ltd (“KBI”), serves as investment adviser for the Registrant’s KBI Global Investors Aquarius Fund. The principal address of KBI is 3rd Floor, 2 Harbourmaster Place, IFSC Dublin 1, Ireland. During the fiscal years ended July 31, 2017 and 2018, no director, officer or partner of KBI engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee.

 

Knights of Columbus Asset Advisors LLC

 

Knights of Columbus Asset Advisors LLC (“Knights of Columbus Asset Advisors”) serves as investment adviser for the Registrant’s Catholic Investor Core Bond Fund (formerly, Knights of Columbus Core Bond Fund), Catholic Investor Limited Duration Fund (formerly, Knights of Columbus Limited Duration Bond Fund), Catholic Investor Large Cap Growth Fund (formerly, Knights of Columbus Large Cap Growth Fund), Catholic Investor Large Cap Value Fund (formerly, Knights of Columbus Large Cap Value Fund), Catholic Investor Small Cap Fund (formerly, Knights of Columbus Small Cap Equity Fund) and Catholic Investor International Equity Fund (formerly, Knights of Columbus International Equity Fund). The principal address of Knights of Columbus Asset Advisors is One Columbus Plaza, New Haven, Connecticut 06510. Knights of Columbus Asset Advisors is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The information listed below is for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2016 and 2017.

 

Name and Position

with Investment Adviser

Name and Principal Business
Address of Other Company

Connection with

Other Company

Anthony V. Minopoli,

President and Chief Investment Officer

Knights of Columbus Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer
Michael P. Votto, Vice President and Special Counsel; formerly, Chief Compliance Officer (from 2015 to June 2016) Knights of Columbus Special Counsel
Terry A. Wettergreen, Chief Compliance Officer (effective January 2018)

Vigilant Compliance, LLC

Gateway Corporate Center, Suite 216

223 Wilmington West Chester Pike

Chadds Ford, PA 19317

Director

 

C- 30

 

LOGAN CIRCLE PARTNERS L.P.

 

Logan Circle Partners L.P. (“Logan Circle Partners”) serves as investment adviser for the Registrant’s Logan Circle Partners Core Plus Fund and Logan Circle Partners Multi-Sector Fixed Income Fund. The principal address of Logan Circle Partners is Three Logan Square, 1717 Arch Street, Suite 1500, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103. Logan Circle Partners is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. During the fiscal years ended October 31, 2016 and 2017, no director, officer or partner of Logan Circle Partners engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee.

 

MESIROW FINANCIAL INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.

 

Mesirow Financial Investment Management, Inc. (“MFIM”), serves as investment adviser for the Registrant’s Mesirow Financial Core Bond Fund, Mesirow Financial High Yield Fund and Mesirow Financial Small Cap Value Fund. The principal address of MFIM is 353 N. Clark Street, Chicago, Illinois 60654. MFIM is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The information listed below is for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017 and 2018.

 

Name and Position

with Investment Adviser

Name and Principal Business
Address of Other Company

Connection with

Other Company

Richard Price, Chairman

CIBC Bancorp USA Inc.

120 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Board Director and Committee Member

 

Mizuho Alternative Investments, LLC

 

Mizuho Alternative Investments, LLC (“MAI”) serves as investment sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Fiera Capital Diversified Alternatives Fund. The principal address of MAI is 757 Third Avenue, 8th Floor, New York, New York 10017. MAI is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. During the fiscal years ended October 31, 2016 and 2017, no director, officer or partner of MAI engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee.

 

NICHOLAS INVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.P.

 

Nicholas Investment Partners, L.P. (“Nicholas”), serves as investment adviser for the Registrant’s Nicholas Partners Small Cap Growth Fund. The principal address of Nicholas is 6451 El Sicomoro Street, Rancho Santa Fe, California 92067. Nicholas is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The information below is provided as of [date]. [To be updated by amendment.]

 

Name and Position

with Investment Adviser

Name and Principal Business
Address of Other Company

Connection with

Other Company

     

 

NORTHPOINTE CAPITAL, LLC

 

NorthPointe Capital, LLC (“NorthPointe”) serves as investment adviser for the NorthPointe Large Cap Value Fund and NorthPointe Small Cap Opportunities Fund. The principal address of NorthPointe is 39400 Woodward Avenue, Suite 190, Bloomfield Hills, Michigan 48304. NorthPointe is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The information listed below is for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2016 and 2017.

 

C- 31

 

Name and Position with
Investment Adviser
Name and Principal Business
Address of Other Company
Connection with
Other Company
Jeffrey Petherick, Partner

Albion College

611 E Porter St

Albion, MI 49224

Board of Trustees, Chairman of Investment Committee

Michael Hayden

Kinsale Capital

600 Madison Ave

Floor 24

New York, NY 10022

Director

 

PENN MUTUAL ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

Penn Mutual Asset Management, LLC (“PMAM”) serves as investment adviser for the Registrant’s Penn Mutual AM Unconstrained Bond Fund. The principal address of PMAM is 600 Dresher Road, Suite 100, Horsham, Pennsylvania 19044. PMAM is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The information listed below is for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017.

 

Name and Position

with Investment Adviser

Name and Principal Business
Address of Other Company

Connection with

Other Company

David M. O’Malley,

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Penn Series Funds, Inc.

Baltimore, MD

President

The Penn Mutual Life Insurance Company

Philadelphia, PA

Trustee, President and Chief Operating Officer

The Penn Insurance and Annuity Company

Wilmington, DE

Director, President and Chief Operating Officer

PIA Reinsurance Company of Delaware I

Horsham, PA

President

Independence Square Properties, LLC

Wilmington, DE

Director and President

Janney Montgomery Scott LLC

Philadelphia, PA

Director
Longevity Insurance Company Inc. Chairman and President

Vantis Life Insurance Company

Windsor, Connecticut

Director

Vantis Life Insurance Company of New York

Brewster, NY

Director
Penn Mutual Asset Management Multi-Series Fund (Cayman), SPC Director

 

C- 32

 

Name and Position

with Investment Adviser

Name and Principal Business
Address of Other Company

Connection with

Other Company

Eileen C. McDonnell,

Director

Penn Series Funds, Inc.

Baltimore, MD

Director and Chairperson of the Board

The Penn Mutual Life Insurance Company

Philadelphia, PA

Chief Executive Officer, Chairperson of the Board

The Penn Insurance and Annuity Company

Wilmington, DE

Chief Executive Officer, Director, and Chairperson of the Board

Independence Square Properties, LLC

Wilmington, DE

Director
Longevity Insurance Company Inc. Director

Vantis Life Insurance Company

Windsor, Connecticut

Director

Vantis Life Insurance Company of New York

Brewster, NY

Director

Susan T. Deakins,

Director

The Penn Mutual Life Insurance Company

Philadelphia, PA

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

The Penn Insurance and Annuity Company

Wilmington, DE

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

PIA Reinsurance Company of Delaware I

Horsham, PA

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Director and Chairperson of the Board
Hornor, Townsend & Kent, Inc. Director
HTK Insurance Agency, Inc. Director
Leap Systems, LLC Director

The Penn Insurance and Annuity Company

Wilmington, DE

Director

Independence Square Properties, LLC

Wilmington, DE

Director

Vantis Life Insurance Company

Windsor, Connecticut

Director

Vantis Life Insurance Company of New York

Brewster, NY

Director
Longevity Insurance Company Inc. Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

C- 33

 

Name and Position

with Investment Adviser

Name and Principal Business

Address of Other Company

Connection with

Other Company

Keith G. Huckerby,

President and Chief Marketing Officer

Penn Mutual Asset Management Multi-Series Fund (Cayman), SPC Chairperson and Director

David M. Raszeja,

Vice President, Chief Ethics and Risk Officer

Hornor, Townsend & Kent, Inc. Vice President, Chief Ethics and Risk Officer

The Penn Mutual Life Insurance Company

Philadelphia, PA

Vice President, Chief Ethics and Risk Officer

The Penn Insurance and Annuity Company

Wilmington, DE

Vice President, Chief Ethics and Risk Officer

PIA Reinsurance Company of Delaware I

Horsham, PA

Vice President, Chief Ethics and Risk Officer
Longevity Insurance Company Inc. Vice President, Chief Ethics and Risk Officer

Tyler Thur,

Treasurer and Controller

Penn Series Funds, Inc.

Baltimore, MD

Assistant Treasurer

Steven Viola,

Assistant Treasurer

Penn Series Funds, Inc.

Baltimore, MD

Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal

Accounting Officer)

Christopher G. Jahn,

Auditor

The Penn Mutual Life Insurance Company

Philadelphia, PA

Assistant Vice President, Internal Audit

The Penn Insurance and Annuity Company

Wilmington, DE

Assistant Vice President, Internal Audit

PIA Reinsurance Company of Delaware I

Horsham, PA

Assistant Vice President, Internal Audit

 

C- 34

 

Name and Position

with Investment Adviser

Name and Principal Business
Address of Other Company

Connection with

Other Company

Franklin L. Best,

Secretary

Penn Series Funds, Inc.

Baltimore, MD

Secretary
Leap Systems, LLC Secretary

The Penn Mutual Life Insurance Company

Philadelphia, PA

Vice President, General Counsel, Insurance Operations, and Corporate Secretary
Hornor, Townsend & Kent, Inc. Counsel and Secretary

The Penn Insurance and Annuity Company

Wilmington, DE

Counsel and Secretary

PIA Reinsurance Company of Delaware I

Horsham, PA

Counsel and Secretary

Independence Square Properties, LLC

Wilmington, DE

Counsel and Secretary
Longevity Insurance Company Inc. Counsel and Secretary

Jessica Swarr,

Tax Director

Leap Systems, LLC Tax Director
Hornor, Townsend & Kent, Inc. Tax Director

Independence Square Properties, LLC

Wilmington, DE

Tax Director

The Penn Insurance and Annuity Company

Wilmington, DE

Tax Director

PIA Reinsurance Company of Delaware I

Horsham, PA

Tax Director
Longevity Insurance Company Inc. Tax Director

 

C- 35

 

Name and Position

with Investment Adviser

Name and Principal Business
Address of Other Company

Connection with

Other Company

Victoria Robinson,

Chief Compliance and Risk Officer, Chief Operating Officer

Penn Series Funds, Inc.

Baltimore, MD

Chief Compliance Officer

 

PINEBRIDGE INVESTMENTS LLC

 

PineBridge Investments LLC (“PineBridge”) serves as investment adviser for the Registrant’s PineBridge Dynamic Asset Allocation Fund. The principal address of PineBridge is 399 Park Avenue, 4th Floor, New York, New York 10022. PineBridge is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The information listed below is provided as of October 31, 2016 and 2017.

 

Name and Position

with Investment Adviser

Name and Principal Business
Address of Other Company

Connection with

Other Company

Julian Sluyters

Chief Operating Officer

Lehigh University

Center for Financial Services

621 Taylor Street

Bethlehem, PA 18015

Board Member for Lehigh University’s Center for Financial Services Advisory Board

 

RWC Asset Advisors (US) LLC

 

RWC Asset Advisors (US) LLC (“RWC”) serves as investment adviser for the Registrant’s RWC Global Emerging Equity Fund. The principal address of RWC is 2640 South Bayshore Drive, Suite 201, Miami, Florida 33133. RWC is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2016 and 2017, no director, officer or partner of RWC engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee.

 

STRATEGIC GLOBAL ADVISORS, LLC

 

Strategic Global Advisors, LLC (“Strategic Global Advisors”) serves as investment adviser for the Registrant’s SGA International Equity Fund, SGA International Equity Plus Fund, SGA International Small-Mid Cap Equity Fund and SGA Global Equity Fund. The principal address of Strategic Global Advisors is 100 Bayview Circle, Suite 650, Newport Beach, California 92660. Strategic Global Advisors is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. During the fiscal years ended July 31, 2017 and 2018, no director, officer or partner of Strategic Global Advisors engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee.

 

ITEM 32. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS

(a) Furnish the name of each investment company (other than the Registrant) for which each principal underwriter currently distributing the securities of the Registrant also acts as a principal underwriter, distributor or investment adviser.

 

C- 36

 

The Registrant’s distributor, SEI Investments Distribution Co. (“SIDCO”), acts as distributor for:

 

SEI Daily Income Trust July 15, 1982
SEI Tax Exempt Trust December 3, 1982
SEI Institutional Managed Trust January 22, 1987
SEI Institutional International Trust August 30, 1988
The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund November 14, 1991
The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund II January 28, 1993
Bishop Street Funds January 27, 1995
SEI Asset Allocation Trust April 1, 1996
SEI Institutional Investments Trust June 14, 1996
City National Rochdale Funds (f/k/a CNI Charter Funds) April 1, 1999
Causeway Capital Management Trust September 20, 2001
ProShares Trust November 14, 2005
Community Capital Trust (f/k/a Community Reinvestment Act Qualified Investment Fund) January 8, 2007
TD Asset Management USA Funds Inc. July 25, 2007
SEI Structured Credit Fund, LP July 31, 2007
Global X Funds October 24, 2008
ProShares Trust II November 17, 2008
Exchange Traded Concepts Trust (f/k/a FaithShares Trust) August 7, 2009
Schwab Strategic Trust October 12, 2009
RiverPark Funds Trust September 8, 2010
Adviser Managed Trust December 10, 2010
New Covenant Funds March 23, 2012
Cambria ETF Trust August 30, 2012
Highland Funds I (f/k/a Pyxis Funds I) September 25, 2012
KraneShares Trust December 18, 2012
SEI Insurance Products Trust September 10, 2013
The KP Funds September 19, 2013
SEI Catholic Values Trust March 24, 2015
SEI Hedge Fund SPC June 26, 2015
SEI Energy Debt Fund June 30, 2015
Gallery Trust January 8, 2016
RiverPark Floating Rate CMBS Fund (f/k/a RiverPark Commercial Real Estate Fund) August 12, 2016
Schroder Series Trust February 10, 2017
Schroder Global Series Trust February 10, 2017
City National Rochdale Select Strategies Fund March 1, 2017
Metaurus Equity Component Trust October 2, 2017
Causeway ETMF Trust December 28, 2017
Impact Shares Trust March 1, 2018
City National Rochdale Strategic Credit Fund May 16, 2018
Symmetry Panoramic Trust July 23, 2018

 

SIDCO provides numerous financial services to investment managers, pension plan sponsors, and bank trust departments. These services include portfolio evaluation, performance measurement and consulting services (“Funds Evaluation”) and automated execution, clearing and settlement of securities transactions (“MarketLink”).

 

C- 37

 

(b) Furnish the Information required by the following table with respect to each director, officer or partner of each principal underwriter named in the answer to Item 25 of Part B. Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each director or officer is One Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, PA 19456.

 

Name Position and Office with Underwriter Positions and Offices with Registrant
William M. Doran Director Trustee
Paul F. Klauder Director --
Wayne M. Withrow Director --
Kevin P. Barr Director, President, & Chief Executive Officer --
Maxine J. Chou Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operations Officer, & Treasurer --
Karen E. LaTourette Chief Compliance Officer, Anti-Money Laundering Officer & Assistant Secretary --
John C. Munch General Counsel & Secretary --
Mark J. Held Senior Vice President --
John P. Coary Vice President & Assistant Secretary --
Lori L. White Vice President & Assistant Secretary --
Judith A. Hirx Vice President --
Jason McGhin Vice President --
Gary Michael Reese Vice President --
Robert M. Silvestri Vice President --

 

(c) Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 33. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS:

 

Books or other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder, are maintained as follows:

 

(a) With respect to Rules 31a-1(a); 31a-1(b)(1); (2)(a) and (b); (3); (6); (8); (12); and 31a-1(d), the required books and records are maintained at the offices of the Registrant’s custodians:

 

MUFG Union Bank, N.A. (formerly known as Union Bank, N.A.)

350 California Street

6th Floor

San Francisco, California 94104

 

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

40 Water Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109-3661

 

(b) With respect to Rules 31a-1(a); 31a-1(b)(1), (4); (2)(C) and (D); (4); (5); (6); (8); (9); (10); (11); and 31a-1(f), the required books and records are maintained at the offices of the Registrant’s administrator:

 

SEI Investments Global Funds Services

One Freedom Valley Drive

Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456

 

(c) With respect to Rules 31a-1(b)(5), (6), (9) and (10) and 31a-1(f), the required books and records are maintained at the principal offices of the Registrant’s advisers:

 

C- 38

 

Acadian Asset Management LLC

260 Franklin Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

 

Aperture Investors, LLC

250 West 55th Street, 30th Floor

New York, New York 10019

 

BNP PARIBAS ASSET MANAGEMENT UK Limited

5 Aldermanbury Square

London

EC2V 7BP

United Kingdom

 

BNP PARIBAS ASSET MANAGEMENT USA, Inc.

200 Park Ave

New York, New York 10166

 

Boston Advisors, LLC

One Liberty Square

10th Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

 

Chilton Investment Company, LLC

1290 East Main Street

Stamford, Connecticut 06902

 

Chiron Investment Management, LLC

1350 Avenue of the Americas

Suite 700

New York, New York 10019

 

Fiera Capital Inc.

375 Park Avenue

8th Floor

New York, New York 10152

 

GQG Partners LLC

450 East Las Olas Boulevard

Suite 750

Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33301

 

Investec Asset Management North America, Inc.

666 Fifth Avenue, 37th Floor

New York, New York 10103

 

Karya Capital Management LP

1330 Avenue of the Americas

Suite 6A

New York, New York 10019

 

C- 39

 

KBI Global Investors (North America) Ltd

3rd Floor, 2 Harbourmaster Place

IFSC

Dublin 1

Ireland

 

Knights of Columbus Asset Advisors LLC

One Columbus Plaza

New Haven, Connecticut 06510

 

Logan Circle Partners L.P.

Fortress Investment Group LLC

Three Logan Square

1717 Arch Street, Suite 1500

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103

 

Mesirow Financial Investment Management, Inc.

353 N. Clark Street

Chicago, Illinois 60654

 

Mizuho Alternative Investments, LLC

757 Third Avenue

8th Floor

New York, New York 10017

 

Nicholas Investment Partners, L.P.

6451 El Sicomoro Street

Rancho Santa Fe, California 92067

 

NorthPointe Capital, LLC

39400 Woodward Ave, Suite 190

Bloomfield Hills, Michigan 48304

 

Penn Mutual Asset Management, LLC

600 Dresher Road, Suite 100

Horsham, Pennsylvania 19044

 

PineBridge Investments LLC

399 Park Avenue, 4th Floor

New York, New York 10022

 

RWC Asset Advisors (US) LLC

2640 South Bayshore Drive, Suite 201

Miami, Florida 33133

 

Strategic Global Advisors, LLC

100 Bayview Circle

Suite 650

Newport Beach, California 92660

 

C- 40

 

ITEM 34. MANAGEMENT SERVICES:

 

None.

 

ITEM 35. UNDERTAKINGS:

 

Not Applicable.

 

C- 41

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for effectiveness of this Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 160 to Registration Statement No. 333-192858 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Oaks, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania on the 28th day of November, 2018.

 

  THE ADVISORS’ INNER CIRCLE FUND III  
       
  By: *  
    Michael Beattie  
    President  

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Post-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date(s) indicated.

 

*   Trustee   November 28, 2018
William M. Doran        
         
*   Trustee   November 28, 2018
Jon C. Hunt        
         
*   Trustee   November 28, 2018
Thomas P. Lemke        
         
*   Trustee   November 28, 2018
Jay C. Nadel        
         
*   Trustee   November 28, 2018
Randall S. Yanker        
         
*   President   November 28, 2018
Michael Beattie        
         
*   Treasurer, Controller & Chief Financial Officer   November 28, 2018
Stephen Connors        

 

* By: /s/ Dianne M. Descoteaux  
  Dianne M. Descoteaux  
  Attorney-in-Fact  

 

C- 42

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit Description
(h)(1)(i) Amended and Restated Administration Agreement, dated November 16, 2018, between the Registrant and SEI Investments Global Funds Services
(h)(2)(i)(a) Amendment No. 1, dated April 30, 2018, to the Agency Agreement, dated March 12, 2014, between the Registrant and DST Systems, Inc.
(h)(2)(i)(b) Amendment, dated June 19, 2018, to the Agency Agreement, dated March 12, 2014, between the Registrant and DST Systems, Inc.
(h)(2)(i)(c) Amendment, dated June 26, 2018, to the Agency Agreement, dated March 12, 2014, between the Registrant and DST Systems, Inc.
(h)(2)(ii)(e) Amendment No. 5, dated July 11, 2017, to the Transfer Agency Services Agreement, dated August 18, 2015, between the Registrant and Atlantic Shareholder Services, LLC
(h)(2)(ii)(g) Amendment No. 7, dated February 23, 2018, to the Transfer Agency Services Agreement, dated August 18, 2015, between the Registrant and Atlantic Shareholder Services, LLC
(i) Opinion and Consent of Counsel, Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
(j) Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
(p)(5) Fiera Code of Ethics, dated December 2017
(p)(7) MAI Code of Ethics, dated March 26, 2018
(p)(11) Chiron Code of Ethics, dated February 2018
(p)(13) Strategic Global Advisors Code of Ethics, dated January 25, 2018

 

C- 43

AMENDED AND RESTATED ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of the 16 day of November, 2018 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund Ill, a statutory trust formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Trust ”) and SEI Investments Global Funds Services, a statutory trust formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Administrator ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Trust has entered into an Administration Agreement dated as of February 12’h, 2014 as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (the “Original Administration Agreement”), pursuant to which the Administrator agreed to provide certain administrative services to the Trust; and

 

WHEREAS, the Trust is an open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”), consisting of separate investment portfolios (each a “ Fund ”), each of which may consist of one or more classes (each a “ Class ”) of shares of beneficial interest (“ Shares ”);

 

WHEREAS, for purposes of this Agreement, each group of Funds for which a particular Investment Adviser acts as investment adviser pursuant to a Series Schedule, shall be referred to herein as a “ Series ”;

 

WHEREAS, the Trust desires the Administrator to provide, and the Administrator is willing to provide, administrative and accounting services to such Funds of the Trust on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS the Administrator and the Trust each desire to amend and restate the Original Administration Agreement with this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the Trust, the Administrator and each Investment Adviser (solely with respect to its specific obligations herein and as relating to its Series) hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS

 

1.01 1940 Act ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

1.02 Administrator ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

1.03 Agreement ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

1.04 AML Regime ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 14.12 of this Agreement. “ AML Regime ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 14.12 of this Agreement.

 

1.05 Authorized Person ” shall include, as applicable, any trustee, Investment Adviser, director or other Person having similar status or performing similar functions, as the case may be, acting on behalf of the Fund.

 

1.06 Board of Trustees ” shall mean the board of trustees of the Funds of the Trust.

 

1.07 Confidential Information ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 11.01 of this Agreement.

 

1.08 Disclosing_Party shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 11.01 of this Agreement.

 

 

The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III Administration Agreement Page 1 of 23 
THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF SEI GLOBAL SERVICES, INC.

 

1.09 Fund ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

1.10 Fund Counsel ” shall mean the counsel to the Funds of the Trust as approved by the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

 

1.11 Gross Negligence ” means a conscious, voluntary act or omission in reckless disregard of a legal duty and the rights of, or consequences to, others.

 

1.12 Instructions ” means oral or written instructions, explanations, information, specifications or documentation actually received by the Administrator pertaining to the performance of its duties hereunder relating to a Fund and from an Authorized Person of the Fund.

 

1.13 Interested Party ” or “ Interested Parties ” means the Administrator, its subsidiaries and its affiliates and each of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, delegates and associates.

 

1.14 Investments ” shall mean such cash, securities and all other assets and property of whatsoever nature now owned or subsequently acquired by or for the account of a Fund.

 

1.15 Investment Adviser ” shall refer to each investment adviser approved by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (or successor investment adviser as may be approved by the Board of Trustees of the Trust from time to time) that is exclusively responsible for the investment program of the Series for which it serves as Investment Adviser, and which executes a Series Schedule to this Agreement, “ Organizational Documents ” means, as applicable, the, declaration of trust, certificate of trust, bylaws or other similar documentation setting forth the respective rights and obligations of trustees, officers and Shareholders of the Trust.

 

1.16 Person ” shall mean any natural person, partnership, estate, association, custodian, nominee, limited liability company, corporation, trust or other legal entity.

 

1.17 Pricing Sources ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 7 of this Agreement.

 

1.18 Proprietary Information ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 14.01 of this Agreement.

 

1.19 Reasonable Steps ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 11.01 of this Agreement.

 

1.20 Receiving Party ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 11.01 of this Agreement.

 

1.21 Shares ” refers to the shares of stock of or other equity interest in, as the case may be, a Fund.

 

1.22 Shareholder ” shall refer to a record owner of outstanding Shares of a Fund.

 

1.23 Sub-Adviser ” shall refer to each investment sub-adviser approved by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (or successor investment sub-adviser as may be approved by the Board of Trustees of the Trust from time to time) that serves as sub-adviser to an Investment Adviser of any Fund of the Trust.

 

1.24 Trust Data ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 3 of this Agreement.

 

 

The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III Administration Agreement Page 2 of 23 
THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF SEI GLOBAL SERVICES, INC.

 

1.25 Trust Materials ” means any prospectus, statement of additional information, supplement, registration statement, including material agreements as filed with Part C thereof, N-14, exemptive application, proxy statement or proxy solicitation materials, manager information statement, board materials, board minutes or other periodic report of the Trust or a Fund as applicable, or any advertising, marketing, Shareholder communication, or promotional material generated by the Trust, an Investment Adviser or sub-adviser on behalf of a Fund from time to time, as appropriate. Trust Materials shall also include all amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing. Any Trust Materials prepared by Administrator shall be subject to review by Fund Counsel. The Administrator is not responsible for Trust Materials.

 

1.26 Web Access ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 14.01 of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 2 APPOINTMENT AND CONTROL

 

2.01 Services. The Trust hereby appoints the Administrator to be, and the Administrator agrees to act as, the administrative agent of the Trust for the term and subject to the provisions hereof. The Administrator shall perform (and may delegate or sub-contract, as provided below) the services set forth in this Agreement, including the services set forth in Schedule I , which may be amended from time to time in writing by the Administrator and the Trust (“ Services ”). Each of the parties hereto agree that additional portfolios may be established within the Trust upon approval by the Board of Trustees of the Trust. Following such approval by the Board of Trustees, the portfolios will be added as additional Funds under this Agreement upon the execution and delivery of a schedule (“ Series Schedule ”) substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A by the investment adviser (“Investment Adviser”) for each Series and the Trust. Each Series Schedule shall cause the terms and conditions of this Agreement to apply with respect to each applicable Series and the Trust authorizes the Investment Adviser to enter into each Series Schedule to this Agreement that shall set forth any additional rights and obligations applicable to the Investment Adviser and with respect to the Series identified in such Series Schedule.

 

2.02 Authority/Instructions . Each of the activities engaged in under the provisions of this Agreement by the Administrator on behalf of any Fund in the Trust shall be subject to the overall direction and control of the Board of Trustees, any Authorized Person of a Fund or any person authorized to act on the Trust’s behalf including, without limitation, the Board of Trustees of the Trust and the Investment Adviser with respect to a Fund within its Series; provided, however, that the Administrator shall have the general authority to do all acts deemed in the Administrator’s good faith belief to be necessary and proper to perform its obligations under this Agreement. In performing its duties hereunder, the Administrator shall observe and comply with all applicable resolutions and/or directives of the Trust’s Board of Trustees of which it has notice, and applicable laws which may from time to time apply to the Services rendered by the Administrator. The Administrator shall not provide any services related to the management, investment advisory or sub-advisory functions of any Fund of the Trust and shall have no liability relating to the foregoing.

 

Each Fund shall furnish the Administrator with any and all Instructions deemed necessary by the Administrator in the performance of its duties hereunder, and the Administrator shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith without gross negligence, reckless disregard or willful misconduct in accordance with such Instructions. The Administrator, in performing its duties hereunder, shall be entitled to fully rely on the accuracy and validity of any and all Instructions furnished to it by a Fund.

 

 

The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III Administration Agreement Page 3 of 23 
THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF SEI GLOBAL SERVICES, INC.

 

2.03 Third Parties; Affiliates. The Administrator may delegate to, or sub-contract with, third parties or affiliates certain administrative or other functions it deems necessary to perform its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, all fees and expenses incurred in any delegation or sub-contract shall be paid by the Administrator. The Trust acknowledges that during the term of this Agreement, the services to be performed by the Administrator may be completed by one or more of the Administrator’s affiliates or third parties located in or outside of the United States of America.

 

2.04 Trust Data . Each Fund of a Trust shall be solely responsible for the accuracy, completeness, and timeliness of all data and other information provided to the Administrator by or on behalf of the Fund pursuant to this Agreement (including, without limitation, (i) prices, (ii) sufficient transaction supporting documentation, (iii) detailed accounting methodologies with respect to a Fund’s Investments as approved by the Fund’s auditors, (iv) trade and settlement information from prime brokers and custodians, and (v), Fund information provided directly or indirectly by an Investment Adviser or Sub-Adviser) (collectively, “ Trust Data ”). All Trust Data shall be provided to the Administrator by a Fund on a timely basis and in a format and medium reasonably requested by the Administrator from time to time. Each Fund shall have an ongoing obligation to promptly update all Trust Data applicable to the Fund so that such information remains complete and accurate. All Trust Data shall be prepared and maintained, by or on behalf of the Trust, in accordance with applicable law, applicable Trust Materials and generally accepted accounting principles. The Administrator shall be entitled to rely on all Trust Data and shall have no liability for any loss, damage or expense incurred by any Fund or any other Person to the extent that such loss, damage or expense arises out of or is related to Trust Data that is not timely, current, complete and accurate.

 

SECTION 3 REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE TRUST

 

3.01 The Trust represents and warrants that:

 

3.01.01. it has full power, right and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly approved by all requisite actions on its part, including by the Board of Trustees of the Trust, and no other proceedings on its part are necessary to approve this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it; this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with the Agreement’s terms;

 

3.01.02. it is not a party to any, and there are no, pending or threatened legal, administrative, arbitral or other proceedings, claims, actions or governmental or regulatory investigations or inquiries (collectively, “ Actions ”) of any nature against it or its properties or assets which could, individually or in the aggregate, have a material effect upon its business or financial condition. There is no injunction, order, judgment, decree, or regulatory restriction imposed specifically upon it or any of its properties or assets which could prohibit its execution or performance of this Agreement;

 

3.01.03. it is not in default under any contractual or statutory obligations whatsoever (including the payment of any tax) which, individually or in the aggregate, could materially and adversely affect, or is likely to materially and adversely affect, its business or financial condition;

 

 

The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III Administration Agreement Page 4 of 23 
THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF SEI GLOBAL SERVICES, INC.

 

3.01.04. it has obtained all consents and given all notices (regulatory or otherwise) and has made all required regulatory filings necessary to carry on its business and is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations;

 

3.01.05. it has a valid engagement with an independent auditor, custodian and broker and will provide additional information regarding such service providers, including information regarding the terms of its agreements with such service providers, upon request;

 

3.01.06. as of the close of business on the Effective Date, the Trust has authorized the issuance of an indefinite number of Shares and has elected to register an indefinite number of shares in accordance with Rule 24f-2 under the 1940 Act;

 

3.01.07. if necessary, any Shareholder approval of this Agreement has been obtained;

 

3.01.08. it has notified the Administrator of any and all separate agreements, arrangements or undertakings between the Trust and any third party that could have an impact on the Administrator’s performance of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement; and

 

3.02 The Trust covenants and agrees that:

 

3.02.01. Upon request, it will furnish the Administrator from time to time with complete copies, authenticated or certified, of each of the following:

 

(a) Copies of the following documents:

 

(1) The Trust’s current Declaration of Trust and of any amendments thereto, certified by the proper official of the state in which such document has been filed;

 

(2) The Trust’s current bylaws and any amendments thereto; and

 

(3) Copies of resolutions of the Board of Trustees covering the approval of this Agreement, authorization of a specified officer of the Trust to execute and deliver this Agreement and authorization for specified officers of the Trust to instruct the Administrator.

 

(b) A list of all the officers of the Trust, together with specimen signatures of those officers who are authorized to instruct the Administrator in all matters;

 

(c) Copies of the current prospectus and statement of additional information for each Fund and other Trust Materials as requested; and

 

(d) The expense budget for each Fund for the current fiscal year.

 

The Trust shall promptly provide the Administrator with notice of any material updates of or changes to any of the foregoing documents or information, including an updated written copy of such document or information. Until the Administrator receives such updated information or document, the Administrator shall have no obligation to implement or rely upon such updated information or document.

 

 

The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III Administration Agreement Page 5 of 23 
THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF SEI GLOBAL SERVICES, INC.

 

3.02.02. it shall timely perform or oversee the performance of all obligations identified in this Agreement as obligations of the Trust, including, without limitation, providing the Administrator with all Trust Data and Organizational Documents reasonably requested by the Administrator;

 

3.02.03. it will notify the Administrator as soon as reasonably practical in advance of any matter which could materially affect the Administrator’s performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement, including any amendment to the documents referenced in Section 4.02.01 above;

 

3.02.04. it will comply in all material respects with all applicable requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the 1940 Act, and any laws, rules and regulations of governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Trust;

 

3.02.05. any reference to the Administrator or this Agreement in the Trust Materials shall be limited solely to the description provided by the Administrator in writing from time to time or such other description as the parties shall mutually agree in advance and in writing, or which is required by applicable law or regulation;

 

3.02.06. it shall be solely responsible for its compliance with applicable investment policies, the Trust Materials, and any laws and regulations governing the manner in which its assets may be invested, and shall be solely responsible for any losses attributable to non-compliance with the Trust Materials, and applicable policies, laws and regulations governing the Trust, its activities or the duties, actions or omissions of each Investment Adviser; and

 

3.02.07. it will promptly notify the Administrator of updates to its representations and warranties hereunder.

 

SECTION 4 REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE ADMINISTRATOR

 

4.01 The Administrator represents and warrants that:

 

4.01.01. It is duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the state of its jurisdiction.

 

4.01.02. it has full power, right and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly approved by all requisite action on its part, and no other proceedings on its part are necessary to approve this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it; this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with the Agreement’s terms.

 

4.02 Cybersecurity . The Administrator represents, warrants, covenants and agrees that:

 

4.02.01 from the Effective Date and for so long as this Agreement is in effect, (i) it has access to and shall maintain the facilities, computers, equipment, and personnel reasonably necessary to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement and (ii) it has implemented a written information security program that includes commercially reasonable administrative, technical and physical safeguards designed to protect the safety, security and confidentiality of information of its clients;

 

 

The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III Administration Agreement Page 6 of 23 
THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF SEI GLOBAL SERVICES, INC.

 

4.02.02 the Administrator’s use and dissemination of personal information in connection with the Administrator’s business shall be conducted in accordance in all material respects with applicable privacy policies published or otherwise adopted by the Administrator and laws applicable to the Administrator;

 

4.02.03 it shall: (i) take Reasonable Steps to ensure that information of and about the Trust or any of the Trust’s investors is reasonably protected against loss and against unauthorized access, use, modification, disclosure or other misuse; (ii) take Reasonable Steps to protect the confidentiality, integrity and security of its software, databases, systems, networks and Internet sites and all information stored or contained therein or transmitted thereby from potential unauthorized use, access, interruption or modification by third parties; (iii) encrypt all such information while in transit outside of the Administrator’s computing systems or networks; and (iv) maintain business continuity controls and plans that are reviewed not less than annually. Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrator shall provide in writing to the Trust, upon reasonable request: (w) a summary of its then current written information security program; (x) confirmation that, to the Administrator’s knowledge, no unauthorized access, interruption or modification to, loss, or destruction of Confidential Information of the Trust or non-public personal information provided by or on behalf of the Trust (each, a “ Data Breach ”) has occurred; (y) a current summary of its business continuity / disaster recovery plan and the results of the most recent test of such business continuity / disaster recovery plan; and (z) a written privacy policy governing the manner by which the Administrator collects, uses and transfers “nonpublic personal information” (as defined in such published privacy policy) and other Confidential Information. As used herein, “ Reasonable Steps ” means steps that a party takes to protect its own, similarly confidential or proprietary information of a similar nature, which steps shall in no event be less than a reasonable standard of care.

 

4.02.04 it shall notify the Trust as soon as reasonably practicable after: (i) the Administrator becomes aware of any Data Breach, and shall provide information about such Data Breach as reasonably requested by the Trust.

 

SECTION 5 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

5.01 The duties of the Administrator shall be confined to those expressly set forth herein, and no implied duties are assumed by or may be asserted against the Administrator hereunder. The Administrator and its affiliates, including their respective officers, directors, agents and employees, shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or trading error or for any act or omission in carrying out its duties hereunder, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or Gross Negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder. Under no circumstances shall the Administrator be liable to the Trust, Investment Adviser, Sub-Adviser or any Fund for any special, incidental, consequential, indirect or punitive damages, , lost profits or loss of business of any kind whatsoever (including, without limitation, attorney and accountant fees) under any provision of this Agreement.

 

 

The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III Administration Agreement Page 7 of 23 
THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF SEI GLOBAL SERVICES, INC.

 

5.02 So long as the Administrator, or its agents, acts without willful misfeasance, bad faith or Gross Negligence in the performance of its duties, and without reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder, the Trust assumes full responsibility on behalf of each Fund and shall indemnify the Administrator and hold it harmless from and against any and all actions, suits and claims, whether groundless or otherwise, and from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, charges, reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, payments, expenses and liabilities (including reasonable investigation expenses) arising directly or indirectly out of any act or omission of the Administrator in carrying out its duties hereunder. The indemnity and defense provisions set forth herein shall indefinitely survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

5.03 The indemnification rights hereunder shall include the right to reasonable advances of defense expenses in the event of any pending or threatened litigation with respect to which indemnification hereunder may ultimately be merited. If in any case the Trust may be asked to indemnify or hold the Administrator harmless, the Administrator shall promptly advise the Trust of the pertinent facts concerning the situation in question, and the Administrator will use all reasonable care to identify and notify the Trust promptly concerning any situation which presents or appears likely to present the probability of such a claim for indemnification, but failure to do so shall not affect the rights hereunder.

 

5.04 The Trust shall be entitled to participate at its own expense or, if it so elects, to assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any claims subject to this indemnity provision. If the Trust elects to assume the defense of any such claim, the defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by the Trust and satisfactory to the Administrator, whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event that the Trust elects to assume the defense of any suit and retain counsel, the Administrator shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it. If the Trust does not elect to assume the defense of a suit, it will reimburse the Administrator for the fees and expenses of any counsel retained by the Administrator.

 

5.05 The Administrator may apply to the Trust, an Investment Adviser (solely with respect to its applicable Series) or any Person acting on the Trust’s behalf at any time for instructions and may consult Fund Counsel or with accountants, counsel and other experts with respect to any matter arising in connection with the Administrator’s duties hereunder, and the Administrator shall not be liable or accountable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith in accordance with such instruction or consultation. Also, the Administrator shall not be liable for actions taken pursuant to any document which it reasonably believes to be genuine and to have been signed by an Authorized Person or Authorized Persons. The Administrator shall not be held to have notice of any change of authority of any officer, employee or agent of the Trust until receipt of written notice thereof. To the extent that the Administrator consults with the Trust’s counsel or accountants pursuant to this provision, any such expense shall be borne by the Trust. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as imposing upon the Administrator any obligation to seek such instructions or advice, or to act in accordance with such advice when received.

 

5.06 Subject to the oversight and direction of the Board of Trustees, the Administrator will maintain oversight of a compliance program for the Trust consistent with Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 that includes a Trust Chief Compliance Officer (CCO) and such additional Compliance Officers as deemed appropriate from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fund Compliance Services provided through the Administrator under this Agreement are administrative in nature and do not constitute, nor shall they be construed as constituting, legal advice or the provision of legal services for or on behalf of any Fund or any other person. The Fund Compliance Services performed under this Agreement will be at the request and direction of the Board of Trustees, a Fund or its Chief Compliance Officer, as applicable.

 

 

The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III Administration Agreement Page 8 of 23 
THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF SEI GLOBAL SERVICES, INC.

 

Each Investment Adviser will be responsible for the development of compliance policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws, as such term is defined under Rule 38a-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, for each Fund for which it serves as Investment Adviser. The Administrator shall have no responsibility for the investment decisions of any Fund and the Administrator shall have no obligation to ensure compliance by any Fund with the policies, restrictions, guidelines, or disclosures applicable to the Fund or any other term or condition of the original documents, operating documents, policies and procedures of any fund or its registration statement. Further, the Administrator shall have no liability to the Trust for any loss or damage suffered by the Trust as a result of any breach of investment policies, objectives, guidelines or restrictions applicable to a Fund or any misstatement or omission in the registration statement. The Trust acknowledges that any reporting by the Administrator to the Fund’s Board does not constitute a duty to monitor compliance of any Fund and the Administrator shall not be liable for ensuring compliance by any Fund with any legislation or regulations or exemptions from legislation or regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to a Fund.

 

5.07 The Administrator may, from time to time, provide to the Trust services and products (“ Specia l Third Party Services ”) from external third party sources that are telecommunication carriers, Pricing Sources, data feed providers or other similar service providers (“ Special Third Party Vendors ”). The Trust and each Investment Adviser acknowledges and agrees that the Special Third Party Services are confidential and proprietary trade secrets of the Special Third Party Vendors. Accordingly, the Trust and Investment Advisers shall honor requests by the Administrator and the Special Third Party Vendors to protect their proprietary rights in their data, information and property including requests that the Trust and Investment Advisers place copyright notices or other proprietary legends on printed matter, print outs, tapes, disks, film or any other medium of dissemination. The Trust and each Investment Adviser further acknowledges and agrees that all Special Third Party Services are provided on an “AS IS WITH ALL FAULTS” basis solely for such internal use in connection with the Trust, and as an aid in connection with the receipt of the Services. The Trust and each Investment Adviser may use Special Third Party Services as normally required on view-only screens and hard copy statements, reports and other documents necessary to support Fund Shareholders, however they shall not distribute any Special Third Party Services to other third parties. THE SPECIAL THIRD PARTY VENDORS AND THE ADMINISTRATOR MAKE NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE, OR ANY OTHER MATTER WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE SPECIAL THIRD PARTY SERVICES. NEITHER THE ADMINISTRATOR NOR THE SPECIAL THIRD PARTY VENDORS SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES SUFFERED BY THE TRUST, INVESTMENT ADVISER OR ANY FUND IN THE USE OF ANY OF THE SPECIAL THIRD PARTY SERVICES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LIABILITY FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR SIMILAR DAMAGES.

 

5.08 The Administrator shall have no liability for its reliance on Trust Data or the performance or omissions of unaffiliated third parties such as, by way of example and not limitation, transfer agents, sub-transfer agents, custodians, prime brokers, placement agents, third party marketers, asset data service providers, Investment Advisers or sub-advisers, current or former third-party service providers, Pricing Sources, software providers, printers, postal or delivery services, telecommunications providers and processing and settlement services. The Administrator may rely on and shall have no duty to investigate or confirm the accuracy or adequacy of any information provided by any of the foregoing third parties.

 

 

The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III Administration Agreement Page 9 of 23 
THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF SEI GLOBAL SERVICES, INC.

 

5.09 The Administrator shall have no obligations with respect to any laws relating to the distribution, purchase or sale of Shares. Further, the Trust assumes full responsibility for the preparation, contents and distribution of its Trust Materials and its compliance with any applicable laws, rules, and regulations.

 

5.10 THE TRUST AND THE ADMINISTRATOR HAVE FREELY AND OPENLY NEGOTIATED THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING THE PRICING, WITH THE KNOWLEDGE THAT THE LIABILITY OF THE PARTIES IS TO BE LIMITED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT.

 

5.11 The provisions of this Section 6 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 6 VALUATION

 

The method of valuation of securities and the method of computing the Net Asset value shall be as set forth in each Fund’s registration statement. The Administrator is entitled to rely on the price and value information (hereinafter “ Valuation Information ”) provided by brokers and custodians, Investment Advisers, Sub-Advisers or any third-party pricing services selected by the Administrator, an Investment Adviser, Sub-Adviser or the Trust (collectively hereinafter referred to as the “ Pricing Sources ”) as reasonably necessary in the performance of the Services. The Administrator shall have no obligation to obtain Valuation Information from any sources other than the Pricing Sources and may rely on estimates provided by a Fund’s Investment Adviser, or Sub-Adviser. The Administrator shall have no liability or responsibility for the accuracy of the Valuation Information provided by a Pricing Source or the delegate of a Pricing Source and the Trust shall indemnify and defend the Administrator against any loss, damages, costs, charges or reasonable counsel fees and expenses in connection with any inaccuracy of such Valuation Information. The Trust shall not use Valuation Information for any purpose other than in connection with the Services provided in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 7 ALLOCATION OF CHARGES AND EXPENSES

 

7.01 The Administrator. The Administrator shall furnish at its own expense the personnel necessary to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

7.02 Fund Expenses . The Trust on behalf of each Fund, assumes and shall pay or cause to be paid all expenses of a Fund not otherwise allocated in this Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, Fund expenses incurred shall be borne by the Funds and include, but are not limited to, initial organization and offering expenses; costs of maintaining corporate existence; taxes; costs of preferred shares; expenses of conducting repurchase orders for the purpose of repurchasing fund shares; transfer agency, custodial and dividend disbursing expenses; interest; compensation and expenses of the Trust’s trustees and compliance officers; brokerage fees and commissions; fees associated with Securities and Exchange Commission filings, including EDGAR fees and securities pricing data and expenses; regulatory fees; state and federal registration fees and fees for blue sky services; advisory, sub-advisory, administration and shareholder servicing fees; insurance premiums; fidelity bond premiums; costs relating to use of vendors to meet fund regulatory requirements, including liquidity vendors; costs relating to printing and delivery of materials in connection with meetings of the Trust’s trustees; costs relating to printing; Fund legal, accounting and audit expenses; and extraordinary expenses, including litigation affecting any Fund and legal obligations relating thereto for which the Fund may have to indemnify its Trustees or officers. In certain instances an Investment Adviser of a Fund in the Trust may elect to be responsible for certain Fund expenses but in no circumstance will any Fund expenses be borne by the Administrator. The Administrator may determine in its sole discretion which Fund expenses may be allocated to multiple Funds in the Trust or across all Funds in the Trust.

 

 

The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III Administration Agreement Page 10 of 23 
THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF SEI GLOBAL SERVICES, INC.

 

SECTION 8 COMPENSATION

 

8.01 Fees . Each Fund shall pay to the Administrator compensation for the services performed by the Administrator pursuant to this Agreement, the fees set forth in the applicable Series Schedule, each of which Series Schedule shall be considered a part hereof, and incorporated herein. No Fund shall have a right of set-off. The fees set forth on each Series Schedule are determined based on the characteristics of the Fund(s) included on such Series Schedule as of the effective date of such Series Schedule. Any material change to the characteristics to a Fund may give rise to an adjustment to the fees. In the event of such a change, the parties shall negotiate any adjustment to the fees payable hereunder in good faith. The Trust shall cause each Fund to pay the Administrator’s fees monthly in U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties. The Administrator is hereby authorized to, and may, at its option, automatically debit its fees due from a Fund’s cash account(s). The Trust shall cause the foregoing fees to be paid despite the existence of any dispute among the parties. If a Series Schedule becomes effective subsequent to the first day of any calendar month or terminates before the last day of any calendar month, the Administrator’s compensation for that part of the month in which such Series Schedule is in effect shall be prorated in a manner consistent with the calculation of the fees as set forth in the applicable Series Schedule. The Trust shall cause each Fund to pay interest on all amounts past due in an amount equal to the lesser of the maximum amount permitted by applicable law or the month fee of one and one-half percent (1 ½%)times the amount past due multiplied by the number of whole or partial months from the date on which such amount was first due up to and including the day on which payment is received by the Administrator.

 

SECTION 9 DURATION AND TERMINATION

 

9.01 Term and Renewal . This Agreement shall become effective as of the Effective Date and shall remain in effect with respect to each Series, for the full duration of the Initial Term and each Renewal Term each as set forth and defined in the applicable Series Schedule, unless terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Series Schedule, or otherwise terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10 .

 

9.02 Termination for Cause .

 

9.02.01. This Agreement may be terminated by the Trust or Administrator by giving at least ninety days prior notice in writing to the other parties if at any time the other party shall have been first (i) notified in writing that such party shall have materially failed to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement (such notice shall be of the specific asserted material breach) (“ Breach Notice ”) and (ii) the party receiving the Breach Notice shall not have remedied the noticed failure within ninety days after receipt of the Breach Notice requiring it to be remedied.

 

9.03 Effect of Termination.

 

9.03.01. The termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to any rights that may have accrued hereunder to any party hereto prior to such termination.

 

 

The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III Administration Agreement Page 11 of 23 
THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF SEI GLOBAL SERVICES, INC.

 

9.03.02. After termination of this Agreement and upon payment of all accrued fees, reimbursable expenses and other moneys owed to the Administrator, the Administrator shall send to the Trust, or as it shall direct, all books of account, records, registers, correspondence, documents and assets relating to the affairs of or belonging to the Trust in the possession of or under the control of the Administrator or any of its agents or delegates.

 

9.03.03. In the event any and all accrued fees, reimbursable expenses and other moneys owed to the Administrator hereunder remain unpaid in whole or in part for more than thirty days past due, the Administrator, without further notice, may take any and all actions it deems necessary to collect such amounts due, and any and all of its collection expenses, costs and fees shall be paid by the applicable Fund(s), including, without limitation, administrative costs, attorney’s fees, court costs, collection agencies or agents and interest.

 

SECTION 10 CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

10.01 Non-Exclusive . The services of the Administrator rendered to the Trust are not deemed to be exclusive. The Administrator is free to render such services to others. The Administrator shall not be deemed to be affected by notice of, or to be under any duty to disclose to the Trust or Person acting on the Trust’s behalf, information which has come into its possession or the possession of an Interested Party in the course of or in connection with providing administrative or other services to any other person or in any manner whatsoever other than in the course of carrying out its duties pursuant to this Agreement.

 

10.02 Rights of Interested Parties . Subject to applicable law, nothing herein contained shall prevent:

 

10.02.01. an Interested Party from buying, holding, disposing of or otherwise dealing in any Shares for its own account or the account of any of its customers or from receiving remuneration in connection therewith, with the same rights which it would have had if the Administrator were not a party to this Agreement;

 

10.02.02. an Interested Party from buying, holding, disposing of or otherwise dealing in any securities or other investments for its own account or for the account of any of its customers and receiving remuneration in connection therewith, notwithstanding that the same or similar securities or other investments may be held by or for the account of the Trust;

 

10.02.03. an Interested Party from receiving any commission or other remuneration which it may negotiate in connection with any sale or purchase of Shares or Investments effected by it for the account of the Trust; provided, however, that the amount of such commission or other remuneration is negotiated at arm’s length; and

 

10.02.04. an Interested Party from contracting or entering into any financial, banking or other transaction with the Trust or from being interested in any such contract or transaction; provided, however, that the terms of such transaction are negotiated at arm’s length.

 

SECTION 11 CONFIDENTIALITY

 

11.01 Confidential Information . The Administrator , the Trust and each Investment Adviser (in such capacity, the “ Receiving Party ”) acknowledge and agree to maintain the confidentiality of Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined) provided to the Receiving Party by the Administrator, the Trust and Investment Adviser (in such capacity, the “ Disclosing Party ”) in connection with this Agreement. The Receiving Party shall not disclose or disseminate the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information to any Person other than those employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors and licensees of the Receiving Party, or with respect to the Administrator as a Receiving Party, to those employees, agents, technology service providers, contractors, subcontractors, licensors and licensees of any agent or affiliate, who have a need to know it in order to assist the Receiving Party in performing its obligations, or to permit the Receiving Party to exercise its rights under this Agreement. In addition, the Receiving Party (a) shall take all Reasonable Steps to prevent unauthorized access to the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, and (b) shall not use the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, or authorize other Persons to use the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, for any purposes other than in connection with performing its obligations or exercising its rights hereunder. As used herein, “Reasonable Steps” means steps that a party takes to protect its own confidential or proprietary information of a similar nature, which steps shall in no event be less than a reasonable standard of care.

 

 

The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III Administration Agreement Page 12 of 23 
THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF SEI GLOBAL SERVICES, INC.

 

The term “ Confidential Information ,” as used herein, means any of the Disclosing Party’s proprietary or confidential information provided in connection with this Agreement including, without limitation, any non-public personal information (as defined in Regulation S-P) of a Sub-Adviser or of the Disclosing Party, its affiliates, their respective clients or suppliers, or other Persons with whom they do business, that may be obtained by the Receiving Party, the terms of (or any exercise of rights granted by) this Agreement, the Trust’s portfolio, trading or position information, technical data; trade secrets; know-how; business processes; product plans; product designs; service plans; services; customer lists and customers; markets; software; developments; inventions; processes; formulas; technology; designs; drawings; and marketing, distribution or sales methods and systems; sales and profit figures or other financial information that is disclosed, directly or indirectly, to the Receiving Party by or on behalf of the Disclosing Party, whether in writing, orally, electronically or by other means and whether or not such information is marked as confidential.

 

11.02 Exclusions . Notwithstanding the foregoing, information shall not be Confidential Information and shall not be subject to such confidentiality obligations if it: (a) is already known to the Receiving Party free of any restriction at the time it is obtained from the Disclosing Party, (b) is subsequently learned from an independent third party free of any restriction and without breach of this Agreement; (c) is or becomes publicly available through no wrongful act of the Receiving Party; (d) is independently developed by or for the Receiving Party without reference to or use of any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party; (e) is received by a Receiving Party and/or its affiliates pursuant to business and/or service relationships separate from this Agreement (hereinafter “Other Services”), the confidentiality of which shall be governed only by any contract or agreement related to such Other Services; or (f) is required to be disclosed pursuant to an applicable law, rule, regulation, government requirement or court order, or the rules of any stock exchange (provided, however, that the Receiving Party shall advise the Disclosing Party of such required disclosure promptly upon learning thereof in order to afford the Disclosing Party a reasonable opportunity to contest, limit and/or assist the Receiving Party in crafting such disclosure).

 

11.03 Permitted Disclosure. The Receiving Party shall advise its employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors and licensees, and shall require its affiliates to advise their employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors and licensees, of the Receiving Party’s obligations of confidentiality and non-use under this Section 11 , and shall be responsible for ensuring compliance by its and its affiliates’ employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors and licensees with such obligations. In addition, the Receiving Party shall require all Persons that are provided access to the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, other than the Receiving Party’s accountants and legal counsel, to execute confidentiality or non-disclosure agreements containing provisions substantially similar to those set forth in this Section 11 . The Receiving Party shall promptly notify the Disclosing Party in writing upon learning of any unauthorized disclosure or use of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information by such Persons.

 

 

The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III Administration Agreement Page 13 of 23 
THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF SEI GLOBAL SERVICES, INC.

 

11.04 Effect of Termination. Upon the Disclosing Party’s written request following the termination of this Agreement, the Receiving Party promptly shall return to the Disclosing Party, or destroy, all Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party provided under or in connection with this Agreement, including all copies, portions and summaries thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, (a) the Receiving Party may retain one copy of each item of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information for purposes of identifying and establishing its rights and obligations under this Agreement, for archival or audit purposes and/or to the extent required by applicable law, and (b) the Administrator shall have no obligation to return or destroy Confidential Information of the Trust that resides in save tapes of Administrator; provided, however, that in either case all such Confidential Information retained by the Receiving Party shall remain subject to the provisions of Section 11 for so long as it is so retained. If requested by the Disclosing Party, the Receiving Party shall certify in writing its compliance with the provisions of this Section 11.

 

SECTION 12 ROLE OF ADMINISTRATOR STAFF

 

12.01 Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to appoint the Administrator and/or its officers, directors or employees as the attorneys of the Trust or of any Fund; form any attorney-client relationships or be deemed to constitute the provision of legal advice.

 

12.02 The Trust and each Fund registered with the Trust acknowledges that in-house attorneys of the Administrator exclusively represent the Administrator and rely on Fund Counsel to review all services provided by in-house attorneys of the Administrator, including any services performed pursuant to a mutually agreed upon Statement of Work between the Administrator and a Fund, and to provide independent judgment on each Fund’s behalf.

 

12.03 Due to the fact that no attorney-client relationship exists between in-house attorneys of the Administrator and either the Trust or any Fund, any information provided to attorneys of the Administrator may not be privileged and may be subject to compulsory disclosure under certain circumstances.

 

SECTION 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

13.01 Internet Access. Data and information may be made electronically accessible to the Trust, Investment Advisers and/or Sub-Adviser(s) and its Shareholders through Internet access to one or more web sites provided by the Administrator (“ Web Access ”). As between the Trust and Administrator, the Administrator shall own all right, title and interest to such Web Access, including, without limitation, all content, software, interfaces, documentation, data, trade secrets, design concepts, “look and feel” attributes, enhancements, improvements, ideas and inventions and all intellectual property rights inherent in any of the foregoing or appurtenant thereto including all patent rights, copyrights, trademarks, know-how and trade secrets (collectively, the “Proprietary Information”) . The Trust recognizes that the Proprietary Information is of substantial value to the Administrator and shall not use or disclose the Proprietary Information except as specifically authorized in writing by the Administrator. Use of the Web Access by the Trust or its agents or Shareholders will be subject to any additional terms of use set forth on the web site. All Web Access and the information (including text, graphics and functionality) on the web sites related to such Web Access is presented “As Is” and “As Available” without express or implied warranties including, but not limited to, implied warranties of non-infringement, merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The Administrator neither warrants that the Web Access will be uninterrupted or error free, nor guarantees the accessibility, reliability, performance, timeliness, sequence, or completeness of information provided on the Web Access.

 

 

The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III Administration Agreement Page 14 of 23 
THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF SEI GLOBAL SERVICES, INC.

 

13.02 Independent Contractor. In making, and performing under, this Agreement, the Administrator shall be deemed to be acting as an independent contractor of the Trust and neither the Administrator nor its employees shall be deemed an agent, affiliate, legal representative, joint venturer or partner of the Trust or any Investment Adviser. No party is authorized to bind any other party to any obligation, affirmation or commitment with respect to any other Person.

 

13.03 Assignment; Binding Effect . The Trust may not assign, delegate or transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, this Agreement (in whole or in part), or any of the Trust’s obligations hereunder, without the prior written consent of the Administrator, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Administrator may assign or transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to an affiliate of the Administrator or to any person or entity who purchases all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Administrator to which this Agreement relates, provided that such affiliate, person or entity agrees in advance and in writing to be bound by the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement. Subject to the foregoing, all of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each party’s successors and permitted assigns. Any assignment, delegation, or transfer in violation of this provision shall be void and without legal effect.

 

13.04 Agreement for Sole Benefit of the Administrator , the Trust and each Investment Adviser. This Agreement is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Administrator, the Trust and solely with respect to its Series, each Investment Adviser, and will not be deemed to be for the direct or indirect benefit of the clients or customers of the Administrator, the Trust or any Investment Adviser. The clients or customers of the Administrator, the Trust or any Investment Adviser will not be deemed to be third party beneficiaries of this Agreement nor to have any other contractual relationship with the Administrator by reason of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Adviser is a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement solely for purposes of Section 11.01 of this Agreement.

 

13.05 Governing Law; Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction. To the extent that the applicable laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, or any of the provisions of this Agreement, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the latter shall control. Each party to this Agreement, by its execution hereof, (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the state courts of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania or the United States District Courts for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania for the purpose of any action between the parties arising in whole or in part under or in connection with this Agreement, and (ii) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such action, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such action brought in one of the above-named courts should be dismissed on grounds of forum non conveniens, should be transferred or removed to any court other than one of the above-named courts, or should be stayed by reason of the pendency of some other proceeding in any other court other than one of the above-named courts, or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.

 

 

The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III Administration Agreement Page 15 of 23 
THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF SEI GLOBAL SERVICES, INC.

 

13.06 Equitable Relief . Each party agrees that any other party’s violation of the provisions of Section 11 ( Confidentiality ) may cause immediate and irreparable harm to the other party for which money damages may not constitute an adequate remedy at law. Therefore, the parties agree that, in the event either party breaches or threatens to breach said provision or covenant, the other party shall have the right to seek, in any court of competent jurisdiction, an injunction to restrain said breach or threatened breach, without posting any bond or other security.

 

13.07 Dispute Resolution . Whenever any party desires to institute legal action against another party concerning this Agreement, it shall provide written notice to that effect to such other parties. The party providing such notice shall refrain from instituting said legal proceedings for a period of thirty days following the date of provision of such notice. During such period, the parties shall attempt in good faith to amicably resolve their dispute by negotiation among their executive officers. This Section 14.07 shall not prohibit any party from seeking, at any time, equitable relief as permitted under Section 14.06 .

 

13.08 Notice . All notices provided for or permitted under this Agreement (except for correspondence between the parties related to operations in the ordinary course) shall be deemed effective upon receipt, and shall be in writing and (a) delivered personally, (b) sent by commercial overnight courier with written verification of receipt, or (c) sent by certified or registered U.S. mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, to the party to be notified, at the address for such party set forth below, or at such other address of such party specified in the opening paragraph of this Agreement. Notices to the Administrator shall be sent to the attention of: General Counsel, SEI Investments Global Funds Services, One Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456, with a copy, given in the manner prescribed above, to the Administrator relationship manager assigned to the applicable Fund. Notices to the Trust shall be sent to the Person(s) indicated on Schedule II, and notices to an Investment Adviser shall be sent to the persons specified in the applicable Series Schedule.

 

13.09 Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement supersedes all prior or contemporaneous representations, discussions, negotiations, letters, proposals, agreements and understandings between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, whether written or oral. This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by a written instrument duly executed by an authorized representative of each of the parties.

 

13.10 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability in such jurisdiction, without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. If a court of competent jurisdiction declares any provision of this Agreement to be invalid or unenforceable, the parties agree that the court making such determination shall have the power to reduce the scope, duration, or area of the provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace the provision with a provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the original intention of the parties, and this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified.

 

13.11 Waiver. Any term or provision of this Agreement may be waived at any time by the party entitled to the benefit thereof by written instrument executed by such party. No failure of either party hereto to exercise any power or right granted hereunder, or to insist upon strict compliance with any obligation hereunder, and no custom or practice of the parties with regard to the terms of performance hereof, will constitute a waiver of the rights of such party to demand full and exact compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

 

The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III Administration Agreement Page 16 of 23 
THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF SEI GLOBAL SERVICES, INC.

 

13.12 Anti-Money Laundering Laws . In connection with performing the Services set forth herein, the Administrator may provide information that the Trust may rely upon in connection with the Trust’s compliance with applicable laws, policies and regulations aimed at the prevention and detection of money laundering and/or terrorism activities (hereinafter, the “ AML Regime ”). The Trust and the Administrator agree that the Trust shall be responsible for its compliance with such AML Regime. It shall be a condition precedent to providing Services to the Trust under this Agreement and the Administrator shall have no liability for non-performance of its obligations under this Agreement unless it is satisfied, in its absolute discretion, that it has sufficient and appropriate information and material to discharge its obligations under the AML Regime, and that the performance of such obligations will not violate any AML Regime applicable to it. Without in any way limiting the foregoing, the Trust acknowledges that the Administrator is authorized to return a Shareholder’s Investment in any Fund and take any action necessary to restrict payment of redemption proceeds to the extent necessary to comply with its obligations pursuant to the AML Regime.

 

13.13 Force Majeure . No breach of any obligation of a party to this Agreement (other than obligations to pay amounts owed) will constitute an event of default or breach to the extent it arises out of a cause, existing or future, that is beyond the control and without negligence of the party otherwise chargeable with breach or default, including without limitation : work action or strike; governmental action; lockout or other labor dispute; flood; war; riot; theft; act of terrorism, earthquake or natural disaster Either party desiring to rely upon any of the foregoing as an excuse for default or breach will, when the cause arises, give to the other party prompt notice of the facts which constitute such cause; and, when the cause ceases to exist, give prompt notice thereof to the other party.

 

13.14 Equipment Failures . In the event of equipment failures beyond the Administrator’s control, the Administrator shall take reasonable and prompt steps to minimize service interruptions but shall have no liability with respect thereto. The Administrator shall develop and maintain a plan for recovery from equipment failures which may include contractual arrangements with appropriate parties making reasonable provision for emergency use of electronic data processing equipment to the extent appropriate equipment is available.

 

13.15 Headings . All Section headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, do not form a part of this Agreement and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

13.16 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. Each such counterpart shall be deemed an original, and it shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one such counterpart. This Agreement shall be deemed executed by both parties when any one or more counterparts hereof or thereof, individually or taken together, bears the original facsimile or scanned signatures of each of the parties.

 

13.17 Limited Recourse . The Trust has been established with segregated liability between its Funds. The Trust and Administrator acknowledge that any amounts due or payable to the Administrator under this Agreement or any Series Schedule, howsoever arising, will be payable only out of the assets of the Fund to which such amounts are attributable, or in the sole discretion of an Investment Adviser, directly out of the assets of the Investment Adviser, and in no circumstances will the assets of one Fund be used to discharge the liabilities of any other Fund of the Trust.

 

 

The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III Administration Agreement Page 17 of 23 
THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF SEI GLOBAL SERVICES, INC.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Administrator’s recourse against the Trust in respect of any claims which may be brought against, suffered or incurred by the Administrator, its permitted delegates, servants or agents shall be limited to the Fund established in respect of Shares to which the claims relate, and the Administrator shall have no recourse directly to the Trust or any other Fund in respect of any such claims or to any assets of any Investment Adviser. If, following the realization of all of the assets of the relevant Fund and subject to the application on such realization proceeds in payment of all claims relating to the relevant Fund (if any) and all other liabilities (if any) to the Trust ranking pari passu with or senior to the claims which have recourse to the relevant Fund, the claims are not paid in full:

 

(a) the amount outstanding in respect of the claims relating to the relevant Fund shall be automatically extinguished;

 

(b) the Administrator shall have no further right of payment in respect thereof; and

 

(c) the Administrator shall not be able to petition for the winding-up of the Trust or the termination of any other Fund as a consequence of any such shortfall.

 

PROVIDED HOWEVER that sub-clauses (a) and (b) above shall not apply to any assets of any Fund that may be subsequently held or recouped by the Fund.

 

[The remainder of this page has intentionally been left blank.]

 

 

The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III Administration Agreement Page 18 of 23 
THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF SEI GLOBAL SERVICES, INC.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

ADMINISTRATOR   TRUST:  
           
SEI INVESTMENTS GLOBAL FUNDS SERVICES   THE ADVISORS’ INNER CIRCLE FUND III  
           
By: /s/ John Alshefski   By: /s/ Michael Beattie  
Name: John Alshefski   Name: Michael Beattie  
Title: SVP   Title: President  

 

 

The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III Administration Agreement Page 19 of 23 
THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF SEI GLOBAL SERVICES, INC.

 

SCHEDULE I

 

List of Services

 

1. Maintain the Trust’s accounting books and records;

 

2. Obtain Fund security valuations from appropriate sources consistent with the Trust’s pricing and valuation policies, and calculate net asset value of each Fund and class;

 

3. Compute yields, total return, expense ratios, portfolio turnover rate and average dollar-weighted portfolio maturity, as appropriate;

 

4. Track and validate income and expense accruals, analyze and modify expense accrual changes periodically, and process expense disbursements to vendors and service providers;

 

5. Perform cash processing such as recording paid-in capital activity, perform necessary reconciliations with the transfer agent and the custodian, and provide cash availability data to the Investment Adviser, if requested;

 

6. Calculate required ordinary income and capital gains distributions, coordinate estimated cash payments, and perform necessary reconciliations with the transfer agent;

 

7. Provide standardized performance reporting data to the Trust and each Investment Adviser;

 

8. Provide performance, financial and expense information for registration statements and proxies;

 

9. Communicate net asset value, yield, total return or other financial data to appropriate third party reporting agencies, and assist in resolution of errors reported by such third party agencies;

 

10. Update accounting system to reflect rate changes, as received from a Fund’s Investment Adviser, sub-adviser or respective designee, on variable interest rate instruments;

 

11. Accrue expenses of each Fund according to instructions received from the Trust’s treasurer or other authorized representative (including officers of the a Fund’s Investment Adviser);

 

12. Determine the outstanding receivables and payables for all (1) security trades, (2) portfolio share transactions and (3) income and expense accounts in accordance with the budgets provided by the Trust or its Investment Adviser;

 

13. Prepare the Trust’s financial statements for review by fund management and independent auditors, manage annual and semi-annual report preparation process, prepare Forms N-SAR, N-Q, N-CSR, N-CEN, N-PORT and 24f-2, provide Fund performance data for annual report, coordinate printing and delivery of annual and semi-annual reports to Shareholders, and file Forms N-SAR, N-Q, N-CSR, N-CEN, N-PORT and 24f-2 with the SEC via EDGAR.

 

14. Monitor each Fund’s compliance with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to status as a regulated investment company;

 

15. Prepare and file federal and state tax returns for the Trust other than those required to be prepared and filed by the Trust’s transfer agent or custodian.

 

16. Provide data for year-end 1099’s and supplemental tax letters;

 

 

The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III Administration Agreement Page 20 of 23 
THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF SEI GLOBAL SERVICES, INC.

 

17. Provide such fund accounting and financial reports in connection with quarterly meetings of the Board of Trustees as the Board of Trustees may reasonably request;

 

18. Excluding proxy statements that arise due to Investment Adviser or sub-adviser changes in control, manage the Trust’s proxy solicitation process, including evaluating proxy distribution channels, coordinating with outside service provider to distribute proxies, tracking Shareholder responses and tabulating voting results, and managing the proxy solicitation vendor if necessary;

 

19. Provide individuals to serve as ministerial officers of the Trust, as requested;

 

20. Provide principal financial officer for purposes of Sarbanes-Oxley;

 

21. Provide a liquidity risk management program coordinator to administer Trust-level liquidity policies and procedures and facilitate board reporting and compliance oversight relating to fund-level liquidity risk management programs

 

22. Coordinate with the Trust’s counsel on filing of the Trust’s registration statements and proxy statements, and coordinate printing and delivery of the Trust’s prospectuses and proxy statements;

 

23. Provide consultation to the Trust on regulatory matters relating to the operation of the Trust as requested and coordinate with the Trust’s legal counsel regarding such matters;

 

24. Assist legal counsel to the Trust in the development of policies and procedures relating to the operation of the Trust;

 

25. Act as liaison to legal counsel to the Trust and, where applicable, to legal counsel to the Trust’s independent trustees;

 

26. Coordinate with Trust counsel in the preparation, review and execution of contracts between the Trust and third parties, such as the Trust’s Investment Adviser, transfer agent, and custodian, and record-keepers or Shareholder service providers;

 

27. Assist the Trust in handling and responding to routine regulatory examinations with respect to records retained or services provided by the Administrator, and coordinate with the Trust’s legal counsel in responding to any non-routine regulatory matters with respect to such matters;

 

28. Provide consulting with respect to the ongoing design, development and operation of the Trust, including new Funds or Share classes and/or load structures and financing, as well as changes to investment objectives and policies for existing Funds;

 

29. Coordinate as necessary the registration or qualification of Shares with appropriate state securities authorities;

 

30. Except with respect to special board meetings called at the request of an Investment Adviser, manage the preparation for and conducting of Board of Trustees meetings by (i) coordinating the Trust’s Board of Trustees’ schedule and book production and distribution process, (ii) subject to review and approval by the Trust and its counsel, preparing meeting agendas, (iii) preparing the relevant sections of the Board of Trustees materials required to be prepared by the Administrator, (iv) assisting to gather and coordinate special materials related to annual contract renewals and approval of rule 12b-1 plans for and as directed by the Board of Trustees or Trust counsel, (v) attending Board of Trustees meetings, and (vi) performing such other Board of Trustees meeting functions as shall be agreed by the parties in writing (in this regard, the Trust shall provide the Administrator with notice of regular meetings at least six (6) weeks before such meeting and as soon as practicable before any special meeting of the Board of Trustees);

 

 

The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III Administration Agreement Page 21 of 23 
THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF SEI GLOBAL SERVICES, INC.

 

31. Cooperate with, and take all reasonable actions in the performance of its duties under this Agreement to ensure that all necessary information is made available to the Trust’s independent public accountants in connection with the preparation of any audit or report requested by the Trust, including the provision of a conference room at the Administrator’s location if necessary (in this regard, the Trust’s independent auditors shall provide the Administrator with reasonable notice of any such audit so that (i) the audit will be completed in a timely fashion and (ii) the Administrator will be able to promptly respond to such information requests without undue disruption of its business); and

 

32. On a T+2 post-trade basis and based on the information available to the Administrator, periodically monitor the Funds for compliance with applicable limitations as set forth in the Trust’s or any Fund’s then current Prospectus or Statement of Additional Information (this provision shall not relieve the Trust’s Investment Adviser and sub-advisers, if any, of their primary day-to-day responsibility for assuring such compliance, including on a pre-trade basis).

 

33. Additional Reports and Services.

 

a. Upon reasonable notice and as mutually agreed upon, the Administrator may provide additional reports upon the request of the Trust or its Investment Adviser, which may result in additional charges, the amount of which shall be agreed upon between the parties prior to the provision of such report.
b. Upon reasonable notice and as mutually agreed upon, the Administrator may provide such additional services with respect to a Fund, which may result in an additional charge, the amount of which shall be agreed upon between the parties prior to the provision of such service.

 

34. Fund Compliance Services. Subject to the approval and oversight of the Board of Trustees, the Administrator will maintain oversight of a compliance program for the Trust consistent with Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 that includes a Trust Chief Compliance Officer (CCO) responsible for administering the Trust’s policies and procedures adopted under Rule 38a- 1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”). The CCO and Fund compliance officers (“Fund Compliance Team”) will conduct an initial due diligence review of each Investment Adviser and sub-adviser of a Fund and will provide information to the Board of Trustees regarding the policies and procedures that each Investment Adviser and sub-adviser has adopted pursuant to Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act on behalf of the Fund(s) for which it serves as Investment Adviser or sub-adviser (“Fund Compliance Programs”). The Fund Compliance Team will facilitate quarterly and annual reporting to the Board of Trustees regarding the operation and effectiveness of the Fund Compliance Programs and will serve as a liaison between the Investment Adviser or sub-adviser and the Board of Trustees regarding material compliance matters that arise relating to the Fund Compliance Programs.

 

***

 

 

The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III Administration Agreement Page 22 of 23 
THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF SEI GLOBAL SERVICES, INC.

 

Enhanced Services:

Upon request by a Fund, the Administrator may, at its discretion, provide the following enhanced services. In the sole discretion of the Administrator, the provision of any enhanced services by the Administrator may be subject to the completion of a Statement of Work detailing the terms relating to the performance of any Enhanced Services.

 

a) Perform administrative functions associated with account opening, name change, conversion, merger, market-specific licensing renewals, and account closing documentation for foreign custody market registration provided to the Administrator by the Fund’s custodian.
b) Perform administrative functions associated with the completion of tax documentation required by the custodian or sub-custodian for tax reclaim applications in foreign markets that the Fund’s adviser requests the Fund be able to trade in including forms, signatures and appropriate certifications.
c) Perform administrative functions associated with the completion of, and subject to adviser review, proxy documentation as required by the custodian or sub-custodian for it to process voting requirements in foreign markets that the Fund’s adviser requests the Fund be able to trade in, including forms, signatures and appropriate certifications.
d) Perform initial review of due diligence materials in connection with Fund reorganizations.
e) Prepare preliminary drafts of any of the following Trust Materials for review and completion by Fund Counsel:

 

(i) Prospectuses, Summary Prospectuses, Statements of Additional Information, Registration Statements, including Part C, and supplements and annual updates thereto
(ii) Registration statement disclosure pertaining to special issues or related performance information
(iii) Proxy statements
(iv) N-14s
(v) Manager information statements
(vi) Board meeting minutes
(vii) Board meeting materials or materials relating to written consents
(viii) Exemptive orders

 

f) Contact the SEC staff to obtain comments relating to Fund filings, prepare initial draft of comment letters and revision of Fund filings to reflect staff comments, each subject to review and completion by Fund Counsel.
g) Pursuant to individual Statements of Work, provide information relating to new regulations or changes in regulations and compliance with such regulations. Any such information shall be administrative in nature and shall not constitute, nor shall it be construed to constitute, legal advice or the provision of legal services for or on behalf of any Fund or any person.

 

[END OF EXHIBIT A]

 

 

The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III Administration Agreement Page 23 of 23 
THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF SEI GLOBAL SERVICES, INC.

 

  

SCHEDULE II

 

Notice Instruction Form

 

TO WHOM NOTICES SHOULD BE SENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 14.08 OF THE AGREEMENT:

 

Name of Party or Parties:    
     
Name of Contact:    
     
Address:    
     
Telephone No.:    
     
Facsimile No.:    
     
Email Address:    

 

 

[NAME OF TRUST] Administration Agreement Page 1 of 8   

THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF

SEI INVESTMENTS GLOBAL FUNDS SERVICES

 

  

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF SERIES SCHEDULE

 

SERIES SCHEDULE DATED ____________, 20___ TO

ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER ____, 2018

BETWEEN

THE ADVISORS’ INNER CIRCLE FUND III,

AND

[NAME OF INVESTMENT ADVISER] (THE “INVESTMENT ADVISER”)

ON BEHALF OF THE [NAME OF FUND(S)]

AND

SEI INVESTMENTS GLOBAL FUNDS SERVICES

 

Series of Funds: [NAME OF FUND(S)], and any additional fund established within this Series subsequent to the date hereof (each a Fund).
Fees:

The following fees are due and payable monthly to Administrator pursuant to Section 8 of the Agreement out of the assets of each Fund, except to the extent the Investment Adviser agrees to waive its fees or reimburse a Fund’s expenses, in which case such fees shall be paid by the Investment Adviser. Each Fund in the Series will be charged the greater of its Asset Based Fee or its Annual Minimum Fee, in each case calculated in the manner set forth below. In the sole discretion of the Administrator, the Administrator may require a Statement of Work in order to specify the terms relating to the performance of any Enhanced Services set forth in Schedule I of the Administration Agreement, as amended from time to time.

 

Asset Based Fee:

[        ] basis points on the first [        ] million in assets;

[        ] basis points for assets between [     ] million and [     ] million;

[     ] basis points for all assets in excess of [     ] million

The Asset Based Fee shall be calculated based on the aggregate average daily net assets of the Fund during the relevant period.

 

Annual Minimum Fee:

The initial Annual Minimum Fee shall be determined based upon the number of Funds within the Series as of the date on which the Series is launched, as follows:

 

  Up to three Funds: $______ per Fund
  Four or more Funds:

$______ per Fund

 

 

The Annual Minimum Fee shall thereafter be increased at a rate of $______ per additional Fund for each Fund added after the date on which the Series is launched.

 

The foregoing Annual Minimum Fees assume that each Fund includes one class of shares of beneficial interest (each, a “ Class ”) In the event a Fund is comprised of more than one Class, such Fund will be assessed an additional annual fee equal to $15,000 per Class.

 

New Fund Fees:

There will be a one-time additional service charge of $10,000 for services provided by Administrator in assisting and coordinating the launch of each new Fund on behalf of the Investment Adviser, such fee to be paid by the Investment Adviser by electronic wire transfer of immediately available funds to the wire instructions set forth below in advance of Administrator beginning performance of the new Fund organizational services.

 

Wells Fargo Bank NA

Winston-Salem, NC

ABA # 053000219

SEI Investments Company

Acct#2079900401288

Ref: [INVESTMENT ADVISER NAME] - New Fund

 

 

[NAME OF TRUST] Administration Agreement Page 2 of 8   

THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF

SEI INVESTMENTS GLOBAL FUNDS SERVICES

 

  

Investment Adviser Maintenance Fee:

To the extent that the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “ Board ”) has approved a Fund within the Series and approved the Investment Adviser as the Fund’s adviser, and such Fund is not Live (as defined below) by the date that is the three month anniversary of the date of the last such approval (the “ Approval Date ”), then the Investment Adviser shall pay SEI a relationship maintenance fee equal to $1,000 per month for each month that the Fund is not Live and such fee shall be retroactive to include each of the first three months following the Approval Date. For purposes of the foregoing, a Fund shall be deemed to be “Live” as of the date on which Administrator first calculates such Fund’s official net asset value.

 

Annual CPI Increase:

The fees payable hereunder shall be subject to one annual increase at Administrator’s discretion, equal to the percentage increase in the Philadelphia Consumer Price Index since the effective date of the Series Schedule with respect to the first such increase and since the date of the immediately preceding increase with respect to all subsequent increases; provided, however, that Administrator shall notify the Series’ Investment Adviser of its intent to effectuate any such increase at least thirty days prior to December 21 st of the then current year.

 

Reorganization Fees:

The Investment Adviser shall pay Administrator a transaction charge equal to $50,000 in connection with each Reorganization Event to which the Series or any Fund thereof is a party. For purposes of the foregoing, a Reorganization Event ” means any material change in the organizational structure of the Series or any Fund thereof, including, without limitation, any merger, acquisition or divestiture of all or any portion of the assets of the Series or any Fund as well as any acquisition or merger by the Series or a Fund of any other fund or assets into the Series or Fund.

 

Operational Automation:

A critical component of Administrator’s services is Fund valuations. Automated trade delivery and receipt between fund advisers and Administrator is critical to high quality service. Accordingly, Administrator and the Investment Adviser agree to use best efforts to implement automated trade delivery and receipt as soon as practicable after each Fund’s establishment in the Trust.

 

Term: The term of this Schedule shall continue in effect with respect to each Fund for a period of five years from and after the date on which the Administrator first calculates a Fund’s official net asset value (the “ Initial Term ”). Following expiration of the Initial Term, this Schedule shall continue in effect for successive periods of three years (each, a “ Renewal Term ”).

 

 

[NAME OF TRUST] Administration Agreement Page 3 of 8   

THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF

SEI INVESTMENTS GLOBAL FUNDS SERVICES

 

  

Termination:

This Schedule may be terminated only: (a) by any party at the end of the Initial Term or the end of any Renewal Term on one hundred eighty days prior written notice to the other parties hereto; (b) by any party hereto on such date as is specified in written notice given by the terminating party, in the event of a material breach of this Agreement by another party, provided the terminating party has notified the breaching party of such material breach at least ninety days prior to the specified date of termination and the breaching party has not remedied such breach by the specified date; or (c) as to any Fund, upon forty-five days prior written notice, effective (i) upon the reorganization or merger of a Fund into another entity, provided that Administrator or one of its affiliates enters into a written agreement to provide administration services on behalf of such surviving entity, (ii) upon any “change of control” of the Investment Adviser by sale, merger, reorganization, acquisition or other disposition of substantially all of the assets of the Investment Adviser to a third party, provided that Administrator or one of its affiliates enters into a written agreement to provide administration services on behalf of the third party or surviving entity (or purposes of this paragraph, the term “change of control” shall mean any transaction that results in the transfer of right, title and ownership of twenty five percent (25%) or more of the equity interests of the Investment Adviser to a third party), or (iii) by the non-breaching party, upon any material breach of the Administration Agreement which remains uncured 45 days after the breaching party has received notice by the non-breaching party of such breach.

 

Early Termination:

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this paragraph, the parties may agree to terminate this Schedule with respect to a particular Fund on or before the expiration of the then current term (hereinafter, an “ Early Termination ”). In the event the parties agree to an Early Termination, the parties will agree upon the effective date of such Early Termination and, on or before such effective date, the applicable Fund shall (i) not be in material breach of the Agreement (including this Schedule) and (ii) pay the Buyout Amount to Administrator in the manner set forth below. As used herein, the term “ Buyout Amount ” shall mean the amount that is equal to (1) the average monthly fee payable by each Fund to Administrator hereunder during the six-month period (or such shorter period if fewer than six months have elapsed since the effective date of this Schedule) immediately preceding the mutual agreement called for in this paragraph multiplied by (2) the number of months remaining in the then current term (including any Renewal Term to which the applicable Fund is already committed). The Fund shall pay the Buyout Amount to Administrator on or before the effective date of the Early Termination by means of wire or other immediately available funds.

 

Investment Adviser Expense Repayment:

Any and all out of pocket fees, costs, or expenses advanced by Administrator, in its sole discretion on behalf of a Fund or the undersigned Investment Adviser, as a result of any failure to fully satisfy and comply with any and all applicable Fund expense caps or expense ratio limits, shall be the responsibility of the Investment Adviser and shall be promptly repaid to Administrator (“ Repayment Obligation’ ). Any such Repayment Obligation of the Investment Adviser shall survive: (i) the termination of the Agreement and this Schedule thereto, (ii) any merger or liquidation of any subject Fund, unless and until the Repayment Obligation is indefeasibly paid in full.

 

 

[NAME OF TRUST] Administration Agreement Page 4 of 8   

THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF

SEI INVESTMENTS GLOBAL FUNDS SERVICES

 

  

Publicity:

Except to the extent required by applicable Law, neither the Administrator nor the Investment Adviser shall issue or initiate any press release arising out of or in connection with this Series Schedule or the Services rendered pursuant to the Agreement; provided, however, that if no special prominence is given or particular reference made to any Fund over other clients, nothing herein shall prevent the Administrator from (i) placing any Fund’s or the Investment Adviser’s name and/or company logo(s) (including any registered trademark or service mark) on the Administrator’s client list(s) (and sharing such list(s) with current or potential clients of the Administrator) and/or marketing material which will include such entities’ name, logo and those services provided to the Fund(s) by the Administrator; (ii) using any Fund or the Investment Adviser as reference; or (iii) otherwise orally disclosing that a Fund or Investment Adviser is a client of the Administrator at presentations, conferences or other similar meetings. If the Administrator desires to engage in any type of publicity other than as set forth in subsections (i) through (iii) above or if the Investment Adviser desires to engage in any type of publicity, the party desiring to engage in such publicity shall obtain the prior written consent of the other party hereto, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

 

Assumptions:

Each Fund shall use commercially reasonable efforts to implement automatic trade communication to Administrator and automated custody reconciliation as soon as practicable following the date of this Schedule.

 

The Investment Adviser acknowledges and accepts that the Trust structure in place facilitates the administrative service offering by Administrator and that certain Trust level service provider agreements currently in place (e.g., Transfer Agency Agreement, Custody Agreement) are entered into and agreed to between the Trust and the applicable service provider and that the services being provided otherwise benefit the Fund. The Investment Adviser acknowledges and agrees that it has reviewed and understands the general terms and conditions of these service provider agreements and consents to the obligations, applicable fees and the services to be provided to the Fund under such Agreements.

 

Investment Adviser Representations and Covenants

The Investment Adviser represents and warrants that

 

a)   it has full power, right and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly approved by all requisite actions on its part, including by the Board of Trustees of the Trust, and no other proceedings on its part are necessary to approve this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it; this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with the Agreement’s terms;

 

 

[NAME OF TRUST] Administration Agreement Page 5 of 8   

THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF

SEI INVESTMENTS GLOBAL FUNDS SERVICES

 

  

 

b)   it is not a party to any, and there are no, pending or threatened legal, administrative, arbitral or other proceedings, claims, actions or governmental or regulatory investigations or inquiries (collectively, “ Actions ”) of any nature against it or its properties or assets which could, individually or in the aggregate, have a material effect upon its business or financial condition. There is no injunction, order, judgment, decree, or regulatory restriction imposed specifically upon it or any of its properties or assets which could prohibit its execution or performance of this Agreement;

 

c)   it is not in default under any contractual or statutory obligations whatsoever (including the payment of any tax) which, individually or in the aggregate, could materially and adversely affect, or is likely to materially and adversely affect, its business or financial condition

 

d)   it has obtained all consents and given all notices (regulatory or otherwise) and has made all required regulatory filings necessary to carry on its business and is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations;

 

e)   it has notified the Administrator of any and all separate agreements, arrangements or undertakings between the Trust and any third party that could have an impact on the Administrator’s performance of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement;

 

f)   on behalf of each Fund for which it serves as Investment Adviser, shall furnish the Administrator with any and all Instructions deemed necessary by the Administrator in the performance of its duties hereunder, and the Administrator shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith without gross negligence, reckless disregard or willful misconduct in accordance with such Instructions. The Administrator, in performing its duties hereunder, shall be entitled to fully rely on the accuracy and validity of any and all Instructions furnished to it by a Fund.

 

g)   it shall be solely responsible for the accuracy, completeness, and timeliness of all data and other information provided to the Administrator by or on behalf of a Fund pursuant to this Agreement (“Trust Data”). All Trust Data shall be provided on a timely basis and in a format and medium reasonably requested by the Administrator from time to time. The Investment Adviser agrees that it shall have an ongoing obligation to promptly update all Trust Data that it provides to the Administrator applicable to a Fund so that such information remains complete and accurate. The Investment Adviser agrees that the Administrator shall be entitled to rely on all Trust Data provided by it and shall have no liability for any loss, damage or expense incurred by any Fund or any person to the extent that such loss, damage or expense arises out of or is related to Trust Data that is not timely, current, complete or accurate.

 

 

[NAME OF TRUST] Administration Agreement Page 6 of 8   

THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF

SEI INVESTMENTS GLOBAL FUNDS SERVICES

 

  

 

h)   to the best of its knowledge, no existing shareholder of any Fund to which this Series Schedule is applicable is a designated national and/or blocked person as identified on the Office of Foreign Assets Control’s list maintained by the U.S. Department of Treasury (found at http://www.treas.gov.ofac ) or any other relevant regulatory of law enforcement agencies, as applicable. The Investment Adviser agrees to immediately notify the Chief Compliance Officer of the Trust if it becomes aware of any change to this representation.

 

i)   It will provide any information or materials reasonably requested by the Trust, The Board of Trustees or Fund Compliance officers in connection with the services provided in the Trust’s Administration Agreement.

 

Investment Adviser Specific Obligations

The Investment Adviser shall be responsible for providing the following information to the Administrator as indicated:

 

1.   A list of contact persons (primary, backup and secondary backup) of each Series’ Investment Adviser, and, if applicable, sub-adviser, who can be reached until 6:30 p.m. ET with respect to valuation matters.

 

2.   Copies of all Trust Data reasonably requested by the Administrator or necessary for the Administrator to perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

 

3.   Notices to the Investment Adviser pursuant to Section 13.08 of the Agreement shall be sent to:

 

  Name of Contact:    
       
  Address:    
       
  Telephone No.:    
       
  Facsimile No.:    
       
  Email Address:    

 

 

[NAME OF TRUST] Administration Agreement Page 7 of 8   

THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF

SEI INVESTMENTS GLOBAL FUNDS SERVICES

 

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Series Schedule to the Administration Agreement dated November ___, 2018 by their duly authorized representatives as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

THE ADVISORS’ INNER CIRCLE FUND III,

On behalf of the

 
       
BY:    
  Name:    
  Title:    
       
SEI INVESTMENTS GLOBAL FUNDS SERVICES  
       
BY:    
  Name:    
  Title:    
       
AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED BY:  
       
[NAME OF INVESTMENT ADVISER], Adviser to [NAME OF FUNDS]
       
BY:    
  Name:    
  Title:    

 

 

[NAME OF TRUST] Administration Agreement Page 8 of 8   

THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF

SEI INVESTMENTS GLOBAL FUNDS SERVICES

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

AGENCY AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO AGENCY AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of the 30th day of April, 2018 (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”) by and between THE ADVISORS’ INNER CIRCLE FUND III, a business trust existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, having its principal place of business at One Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456 (the “ Trust ”) and DST SYSTEMS, INC., a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, having its principal place of business at 333 West 11th Street, 5th Floor, Kansas City, Missouri 64105 (“ DST ”). Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement (defined below).

 

WHEREAS, the Trust and DST are parties to that certain Agency Agreement, effective as of March 12, 2014 (the “Agreement”).

 

WHEREAS, the Trust and DST wish to further amend the terms of the Agreement as outlined below.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, undertakings, covenants and conditions set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Trust and DST agree as follows:

 

1. Section 7.J . The Agreement is hereby amended to add a new Section 7.J. as follows:

 

“DST’s performance will be measured against the Performance Standards sets forth in Attachment I attached to the Amendment entered into by the parties upon the Amendment Effective Date.

 

2. Section 21.A - Termination of Agreement. The reference to March 31, 2019 as the expiration date of the Agreement in Section 21.A. of the Agreement is hereby modified to be March 31, 2022.

 

3. Section 21.G . A new Section 21.G is hereby adopted as follows:

 

In the event DST terminates this Agreement or elects to have the Agreement not renew, DST shall, upon Servicing Company’s request, continue to provide the Services as well as such termination and wind down assistance services reasonably requested by Servicing Company to facilitate Servicing Company’s deconversion in an orderly manner to enable continued operation of Servicing Company’s business without undue interruption or adverse effect for up to twelve months after expiration or any termination of this Agreement (the “Termination Assistance Period”). During the Termination Assistance Period, the Services shall be provided pursuant to the fee schedule for such Services in effect during the period immediately preceding the Termination Assistance Period.

 

4. Section 22.C.(7). The Agreement is hereby amended to add a new Section 22.C.(7) as follows:

 

“In the event the Trust obtains information from DST or the TA2000 System which is not intended for the Trust, the Trust agrees to (i) promptly, and using reasonable efforts within one business day after discovery, notify DST that unauthorized information has been made available to the Trust; (ii) not review, disclose, release, or in any way, use such unauthorized information; (iii) provide DST reasonable assistance in retrieving such unauthorized information and/or destroy such unauthorized information; and (iv) thereafter deliver to DST a certificate executed by an authorized officer of the Trust certifying that all such unauthorized information in the Trust’s possession or control has been delivered to DST or destroyed as required by this provision.”

 

 

 

5. Exhibit A - Fee Schedule . Exhibit A: Fee Schedule to the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

(a) Section I.A (MINIMUM FEE) . Section I.A. (MINIMUM FEE) is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced as set forth below:

 

A. MINIMUM FEE

 

During the initial 12 month period beginning as of the effective date with respect to each individual advisor’s fee schedule $15,000 per CUSIP
   

Beginning in the 13 th month following the effective date with respect to each individual advisor’s fee schedule

 
CUSIPS 1 - 6 $20,000 per CUSIP
CUSIPS 7 and greater $12,000 per CUSIP

 

(b) Section 1.B. (ACCOUNT MAINTENANCE AND PROCESSING FEES) . Section 1.B. (ACCOUNT MAINTENANCE AND PROCESSING FEES) is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced as set forth below:

 

B. ACCOUNT MAINTENANCE AND PROCESSING FEES

 

Non Level 3 Open Accounts 0 – 10,000 Accounts $18.70
  10,001 – 30,000 Accounts $17.00
  30,001 and greater Accounts $15.30
Level 3 Open Accounts 0 – 1,500 Accounts $10.20
  1,501 – 3,000 Accounts $8.50
  3,001 – 4,500 Accounts $6.80
  4,501 and greater Accounts $5.10
Closed Accounts   $1.28

 

(c) Section 1.D (OTHER SERVICES). Section 1.D (OTHER SERVICES) is hereby amended to delete the fees with respect to Ad-Hoc Reporting and replace such fees as follows:

 

Ad-Hoc Reporting $200 per report

 

(d) NOTES TO THE ABOVE FEE SCHEDULE. Exhibit A is hereby amended to delete paragraph 2, “Fee Increases” under the heading “NOTES TO THE ABOVE FEE SCHEDULE” in its entirety and replace it as follows:

 

“2. Fee Increases

 

The fees payable under each Advisor Complex Schedule shall increase annually, effective as of each anniversary of the effective date of such Advisor Complex Schedule, by an amount equal to the percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index for all Urban Consumer (CPI-U) in the Kansas City, Missouri-Kansas Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area, All Items, Base 1981-1984=100, as reported by the Bureau of Labor Statistics (“BLS”), since the last anniversary date, less three percent (3%). For example, if the percentage increase in CPI-U reported by the BLS is five percent (5%), the Fee Increase charged by DST shall equal two percent (2%). In the event the percentage increase in CPI-U by the BLS is less than 3%, no CPI-U shall be applied.”

 

 

 

6. Individual Advisor Complex Schedules. The parties each acknowledge and agree that the individual Advisor Complex Schedules entered into pursuant to the Agreement on or before the Amendment Effective Date shall be amended to provide for the discounts set forth below. The effective date of such new schedules shall be determined by the Trust in its sole discretion; provided, that the Trust and DST shall mutually agree upon the changes to such existing fee schedules that will result in discounts from the fees in effect as of the Amendment Effective Date consistent with the percentages set forth below.

 

Fund Family Year New Fee Schedule is Expected SEI Proposal (percentage)
Logan Circle 2018 15%
Knights of Columbus 2019 15%
NorthPointe 2019 15%
Fiera 2019 15%
SGA 2019 15%

 

7. Attachment I . Attachment I attached to this Amendment is hereby adopted and made a part of the Agreement.

 

8. Effect on Agreement. As of the Amendment Effective Date, this Amendment shall be effective to amend the Agreement and to the extent of any conflict between the terms and conditions of the Agreement and this Amendment, the terms and conditions of this Amendment shall govern.

 

9. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. Each such counterpart shall be deemed an original, and it shall not be necessary in making proof of this Amendment to produce or account for more than one such counterpart. This Amendment shall be deemed executed by each party when any one or more counterparts hereof or thereof, individually or taken together, bears the original, facsimile or scanned signatures of each of the parties.

 

10. Terminology. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” will be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The words “herein”, “hereof’, “hereunder” and similar terms will refer to this Amendment unless the context requires otherwise.

 

11. Ratification of Agreement. Except as expressly amended and provided herein, all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Agreement are hereby ratified and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

12. Capitalized Terms. All capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment will be deemed to be defined as set forth in the Agreement.

 

13. Authorization . Each party hereby represents and warrants to the other that the person or entity signing this Amendment on behalf of such party is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment and to legally bind the party on whose behalf this Amendment is signed to all of the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Amendment.

 

 

 

14. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be construed according to and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first written above.

 

THE ADVISORS’ INNER CIRCLE FUND III   DST SYSTEMS, INC.  
           
By: /s/ Michael Beattie   By: /s/ Christopher G. Shaw  
           
Printed Name: Michael Beattie   Printed Name: Christopher G. Shaw  
           
Title: President   Title: Managing Director  
           
Date: 4/30/18   Date: 4/30/18  

 

 

 

Attachment 1

 

Service Level Agreement

PERFORMANCE STANDARDS

 

1. Data Collection and Performance Calculation

 

DST will measure DST’s performance of each Key Performance Indicator (“ KPI ”) against the performance standards (“ Performance Standards ”) as set forth below.

 

DST shall, on a regular basis, collect and compile data regarding its performance for each KPI. DST will record the number of items processed in each calendar month and the number of items processed in each calendar month that did not meet the applicable Performance Standard as set forth in section B below. An item shall be deemed to be processed in the calendar month in which the last action occurs with respect to the applicable transaction event.

 

2. Performance Reporting

 

Within ten calendar days after the end of each calendar month, DST shall deliver to the Customer, a report (the “ Performance Report ”) indicating any violation(s) of the Performance Standard applicable to each KPI.

 

(a) Performance Shortfalls

 

In the event that DST violates the Performance Standard for any KPI (hereinafter, a “ Performance Shortfall ”), DST shall contact the Trust to discuss the causes of the Performance Shortfall and the remedial actions that shall be taken to improve performance. Within a mutually agreeable period after such discussion, DST shall prepare and present to the Trust a corrective action plan to address and correct the cause of the Performance Shortfall.

 

(b) Performance Standard Exceptions

 

DST will be excused from failure to satisfy a Performance Standard and such failure shall not constitute a Performance Shortfall if performance within the stated KPI is adversely affected by (a) a change in the standards of a third party processing agent outside of the control of DST; (b) circumstances or events subject to Force Majeure; or (c) DST’s obligations to comply with any law. Additionally, DST may be excused from meeting a Performance Standard for activities considered special projects, and, project scope, timelines, and resource requirements shall be reviewed with DST in advance of project initiation as mutually agreed in advance.

 

3. Key Performance Indicators; Performance Standards

 

The KPI and Performance Standards listed below are subject to change upon mutual agreement of DST and the Trust.

 

 

 

Key Performance Indicator

DST Responsibility

Service Level* Measurement Method**

Measurement Window

Call Center Speed to Answer A human DST representative must answer incoming calls from a Trust representative into the DST call center within the agreed upon Service Level Calls to DST call center answered in an average of 25 seconds or less Total time to answer all calls to call center during Measurement Window/ total # of calls to call center during Measurement Window (example: 500 seconds/50 calls = 10 second average) Calendar month

 

* The Service Level shall only apply in connection with Fund Families (defined below) for whom DST receives at least ten (10) calls during the applicable Measurement Window.
** As used herein, the term Fund Family refers to any one or more portfolios that are advised or sub-advised by one advisor or a group of affiliated advisors and that are established within any of the trusts that make up the Advisors’ Inner Circle series trust fund complex.

AMENDMENT

TO

AGENCY AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

ADVISORS’ INNER CIRCLE FUND III

AND

DST SYSTEMS, INC.

 

THIS AMENDMENT (this “Amendment”) to the AGENCY AGREEMENT to be effective as of June 19 , 2018 (the “Effective Date”) by and between ADVISORS’ INNER CIRCLE FUND III, a business trust existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, having its principal place of business at one Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456 (the “Trust”) and DST SYSTEMS, INC., a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, having its principal place of business at 333 West 11 th Street, 5 th Floor, Kansas City, MO 64105 (“DST”).

 

WHEREAS, the Trust and DST entered into that certain Agency Agreement on the 12 th day of March, 2014 (as previously amended, the “Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Parties now desire to amend the terms of the Agreement and each Schedule, Exhibit, or other attachment to the Agreement as outlined below.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, Trust and DST agree to amend the Agreement upon execution of this Amendment as follows:

 

1. Section 9 - Certain Covenants of DST and the Trust.

 

1.1 Section 9. Section 9 as currently appearing in the Agreement is hereby amended to add a new sub-section I, provided as follows:

 

“DST shall comply with Exhibit E (Information Security Program), which is made a part of this Agreement and applies to the Services. With respect to any claims for losses, damages, costs or expenses which may arise directly or indirectly from the Information Security Program as outlined in Exhibit E which DST has implemented or omitted, DST shall be presumed to have fulfilled its obligations if it has followed, in all material respects, at least its obligations as described in the Information Security Program attachment hereto as Exhibit E.”

 

2. Exhibit E - Information Security Program.

 

2.1 Exhibit E . The Agreement is hereby amended and Exhibit E - Information Security Program is hereby added to the Agreement, attached hereto.

 

 

 

3. Effect on Agreement. As of the Effective Date, this Amendment shall be effective to amend the Agreement and to the extent of any conflict between the Agreement and any prior Amendments, this Amendment supersedes and replaces the Agreement.

 

4. Execution in Counterparts/Facsimile Transmission. This Amendment may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original and all of which, collectively, will be deemed to constitute one and the same Amendment. This Amendment may also be signed by exchanging facsimile copies of this Amendment, duly executed, in which event the Parties hereto will promptly thereafter exchange original counterpart signed copies hereof.

 

5. Terminology. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” will be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The words “herein”, “hereof’, “hereunder” and similar terms will refer to this Amendment unless the context requires otherwise.

 

6. Agreement in Full Force and Effect. Except as specifically modified by this Amendment, the terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and the Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, and all of its terms, including, but not limited to any warranties and representations set forth therein, if any, are hereby ratified and confirmed by Trust and DST as of the Effective Date.

 

7. Capitalized Terms. All capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment will be deemed to be defined as set forth in the Agreement.

 

8. Authorization. Each Party hereby represents and warrants to the other that the person or entity signing this Amendment on behalf of such Party is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment and to legally bind the Party on whose behalf this Amendment is signed to all of the te1ms, covenants and conditions contained in this Amendment.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first written herein above.

 

ADVISORS’ INNER CIRCLE FUND III   DST SYSTEMS, INC.  
           
By: /s/ James Bernstein   By: /s/ Christopher G. Shaw  
           
Name: James Bernstein   Name: Christopher G. Shaw  
           
Title: Vice President & Assistant Secretary   Title: Managing Director  
           
Date:     Date:    

 

 

 

EXHIBIT E

 

INFORMATION SECURITY PROGRAM

 

This Exhibit is made subject to the terms of the Agreement, and to the extent the terms hereunder conflict with the terms of the Agreement, the terms of this Exhibit shall prevail. The requirements of this Exhibit are applicable if and to the extent that DST creates, has access to, or receives from or on behalf of T1ust any Trust Confidential Information (as defined in the Agreement) in electronic format.

 

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms have the same meaning as set forth in the Agreement unless specifically defined below:

 

1.1 DST Security Assessment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.

 

1.2 Mitigate ” means DST’s deployment of security controls as necessary, in its discretion, which are reasonably designed to reduce the adverse effects of threats and reduce risk exposure.

 

1.3 Remediation ” or “ Remediate ” means that DST has resolved a Security Exposure or Security Incident, such that the vulnerability no longer poses a risk to Trust Confidential Information.

 

1.4 Security Exposure ” means an identified vulnerability that may be utilized to compromise Trust Confidential Information.

 

1.5 Security Incident ” means any confirmed breach, misuse, misappropriation of, or unauthorized disclosure of or access to Trust Confidential Information.

 

2. General Requirements.

 

2.1 Security Program. DST shall maintain a comprehensive information security program under which DST documents, implements and maintains the physical, administrative, and technical safeguards reasonably designed and implemented to: (a) comply with U.S. laws applicable to DST’s business and (b) protect the confidentiality, integrity, availability, and security of Trust Confidential Information.

 

2.2 Policies and Procedures. DST shall maintain written information security management policies and procedures reasonably designed and implemented to identify, prevent, detect, contain, and correct violations of measures taken to protect the confidentiality, integrity, availability, or security of Trust Confidential Information. Such policies and procedures will, at a minimum:

 

(i) assign specific data security responsibilities and accountabilities to specific individual(s);

 

 

 

(ii) describe acceptable use of DST’s assets, including computing systems, networks, and messaging;

(iii) provide authentication rules for the format, content and usage of passwords for end users, administrators, and systems;

(iv) describe logging and monitoring of DST’s production environment, including logging and monitoring of physical and logical access to DST’s networks and systems that process or store Trust Confidential Information;

(v) include an incident response process;

(vi) enforce commercially reasonable practices for user authentication;

(vii) include a formal risk management program which includes periodic risk assessments; and

(viii) provide an adequate framework of controls reasonably designed to safeguard Trust Confidential Information.

 

2.3 Subcontractors . To the extent that any subcontractor engaged by DST to provide services under the Agreement has access to, or receives from or on behalf of Trust any Trust Confidential Information in electronic format, DST shall enter into a written agreement with such subcontractor, which agreement shall contain provisions regarding maintaining the confidentiality of the Trust Confidential Information which are substantially compliant with, and at least as protective as, those terms set forth in the Agreement (including this Exhibit), to the extent the terms of the Agreement and this Exhibit would be relevant to the subcontractor’s services provided.

 

2.4 IT Change and Configuration Management. DST shall employ its own reasonable processes, for change management, code inspection, repeatable builds, separation of development and production environments, and testing plans. Code inspections will include a comprehensive process reasonably designed and implemented to identify vulnerabilities and malicious code. In addition, DST shall ensure that processes are documented and implemented for purposes of vulnerability management, patching, and verification of system security controls prior to their connection to production networks.

 

2.5 Physical and Environmental Security . DST shall: (i) restrict entry to DST’s area(s) where Trust Confidential Information is stored, accessed, or processed solely to DST’s personnel or DST authorized third party service providers for such access; and (ii) implement commercially reasonable practices for infrastructure systems, including fire extinguishing, cooling, and power, emergency systems and employee safety.

 

2.6 DST Employee Training. and Access. DST shall: (i) train its employees on the acceptable use and handling of Trust’s Confidential Information; (ii) provide annual security education for its employees and maintain a record of employees that have completed such education; and (iii) implement a formal user registration and de-registration procedure for granting and revoking access to DST’s information systems and services; and upon termination of any of DST’s employees, DST shall revoke such employee’s access to DST’s domain following termination of such individual and revoke such individual’s access to Trust Confidential Information as soon as possible and in accordance with DST’s internal policies and procedures.

 

 

 

2.7 Change Notifications. DST may, in its sole discretion, revise DST information security policies and procedures based on internal company security and compliance related risk assessment decisions, provided such revisions do not materially degrade the controls associated with DST’s information security services provided to Trust as of the date of execution of this Exhibit.

 

2.8 Data Retention. DST shall not retain any Trust Confidential Information following completion of the applicable services provided under the Agreement, except to the extent: (a) required by U.S. law; (b) expressly required or permitted by Trust in writing: (c) required by DST’s document retention policies; (d) to the extent necessary to comply with Trust’s or DST’s legal or regulatory obligations; or (e) as otherwise permitted in accordance with the Agreement.

 

3. Due Diligence Supporting Materials; Security Assessment.

 

3.1 Due Diligence Supporting Materials. In response to Trust’s due diligence efforts, DST will provide copies of its: (i) SIG; (ii) if applicable, once annually, the SOC 1, Type II report, prepared in accordance with Statement on Standards for Attestation Engagements (SSAB) No. 16, Reporting on Controls at a Service Organization; (iii) information security policy and control standards summary; and (iv) network penetration vendor attestation letter. DST will be reasonably available to answer any additional questions of Trust, up to forty (40) hours per year, that are not already addressed by providing the documentation set forth within this Section 3.1 and would not require DST, in its sole good faith discretion, to disclose information that it deems highly sensitive.

 

3.2 DST Security Assessment. As part of DST’s Security Assessment, DST will: (i) conduct regular vulnerability scans on externally-facing applications that may receive, access, process or store Trust Confidential Information at DST’s expense; (ii) evaluate the results of the vulnerability scans and Remediate Security Exposures deemed material by DST’s personnel as reasonably approp1iate, taking into account facts and circumstances surrounding such issues; and (iii) Mitigate Security Exposures discovered and deemed material by DST’s personnel within a reasonably appropriate time period. In addition, DST will at least once per year, perform penetration testing on its externally-facing systems that may receive, access, process or store Trust Confidential Information, and will provide Trust with a letter confirming the testing has been performed. Trust is not permitted to conduct penetration testing or other code scanning on DST’s environment and software.

 

4. Security Incident Response.

 

4.1 Mitigation and Remediation of Security Incidents. DST will Mitigate or Remediate any Security Incident in accordance with its internal security policies and procedures.

 

4.2 Security Incident Response. DST shall maintain formal processes reasonably .designed and implemented to detect, identify, investigate, report, respond to, Mitigate, and Remediate Security Incidents in a timely manner.

 

 

 

4.3 Security Incident Notification. DST shall promptly notify Trust but in no event later than 72 hours following discovery of any Security Incident(s). Such notification shall include the extent and nature of such intrusion, disclosure, or unauthorized access, the identity of the compromised Trust Confidential Information (to the extent it can be ascertained), how DST was affected by the Security Incident, and its response to such Security Incident. DST shall use continuous and diligent efforts to remedy the cause and the effects of such Security Incident in an expeditious manner and deliver to Trust a root cause analysis and future incident Mitigation plan with regard to any such incident. DST shall reasonably cooperate with Trust’s investigation and response to each Security Incident. If Trust reasonably determines in its sole discretion that it may need or be required to notify any individual(s) as a result of a Security Incident, Trust shall have the right to control all such notifications and DST shall bear all direct costs associated with the notification, including printing, mailing, service-center responses, and one-year of credit monitoring per affected individual, to the extent the notification and corresponding actions are required by U.S. law, and subject to the limitation of liability set forth in the Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, unless otherwise required by U.S. law, no such notifications shall be made by DST without Trust’s prior written consent and Trust shall, together with DST, determine the content and delivery of all such notifications. For the avoidance of doubt, DST shall be solely responsible for all costs and expenses, subject to the limitations of liability under the Agreement that Trust and/or DST may incur to the extent that they are attributable to or arise from DST’s breach of its confidentiality obligations under the Agreement.

 

4.4 Cooperation With Regulators. DST shall promptly cooperate with the Trust and any of the Trust affiliates’ regulators at DST’s expense (only if DST is determined to be responsible for a Security Incident) to prevent, investigate, cease, Remediate, or Mitigate any Security Incident, including, but not limited to, investigating, bringing claims or actions, and giving information and testimony.

 

5. Miscellaneous. This Exhibit cannot be modified except by written instrument executed by both parties. This Exhibit may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

AMENDMENT TO

AGENCY AGREEMENT BETWEEN

ADVISORS’ INNER CICLE FUND III

AND

DST SYSTEMS, INC.

 

THIS AMENDMENT (this “Amendment”) to the AGENCY AGREEMENT to be effective as of June 26 , 2018 (the “Effective Date”) by and between ADVISORS’ INNER CIRCLE FUND III , a business trust existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, having its principal place of business at One Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456 (the “Trust”) and DST SYSTEMS, INC., a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, having its principal place of business at 333 West 11 Street, 5 th Floor, Kansas City, MO 64105 (“DST”).

 

WHEREAS, the Trust and DST entered into that certain Agency Agreement on the 12 th day of March, 2014, as amended (the “Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, in order to enhance DST’s investment-company transfer agency and shareholder services, DST has developed the “TA2000 Omnibus Transparency” investment-company recordkeeping system that provides investment companies with omnibus-account transparency services; and

 

WHEREAS, the TA2000 Omnibus Transparency services system: (1) among other services, identifies, monitors, evaluates, and generates reports regarding underlying omnibus-account investors and investor trading activity (including frequent and excessive trading) within omnibus shareholder accounts established by financial intermediaries with an investment company; and (2) among other features, provides the mechanisms (a) to receive data from the financial intermediaries, (b) to monitor trades by the investor accounts that reside beneath the omnibus-account positions for market-timing activity, and (c) to determine when redemption fees are necessary; and

 

WHEREAS, the Trust desires to utilize the TA2000 Omnibus Transparency services system; and

 

WHEREAS, the Parties now desire to amend the terms of the Agreement and each Schedule, Exhibit or other attachment to the Agreement as outlined below.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, Trust and DST agree to amend the Agreement upon execution of this Amendment as follows:

 

1. Exhibit A-Fee Schedule.

 

1.1 Section IV - Other Service Fees. Section IV - Other Service Fees as currently appearing in the Agreement is hereby amended to add the following:

 

“TA2000 Omnibus Transparency

$275,000 per year, plus:
o 0 to 1M accountlets Bundled
o 1M - 2M accountlets $0.10 per accountlets per year
o > 2M accountlets $0.05 per accountlets per year”

 

 

1 The annual fee of $275,000 will include respective annual fee for TA2000 Omnibus Transparency Services provided under the following agreements, as amended: (i) the Agency Agreement dated April I, 2006 between Advisors Inner Circle Fund I and DST Systems, Inc.; (ii) the Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2006 between Advisors Inner Circle Fund II and DST Systems, Inc.; and (iii) the Agency Agreement dated August 13, 2004 between Bishop Street Funds and DST Systems, Inc.

 

   

 

2. Effect on Agreement. As of the Effective Date, this Amendment shall be effective to amend the Agreement and to the extent of any conflict between the Agreement and any prior Amendments, this Amendment supersedes and replaces the Agreement.

 

3. Separate Termination of TA2000 Omnibus Transparency Services. Upon providing six (6) months’ written notice to DST, the Trust may terminate the TA2000 Onmibus Transparency Services to be provided by DST to the Trust as an Optional Service under Section II in the Agreement. This termination of TA2000 Omnibus Transparency Services shall not be considered to be a termination, either in part or in full, of the Agreement under Section 21, “Termination of Agreement,” of the Agreement. In the event of a termination solely with respect to TA2000 Omnibus Transparency Services under this Section 3 of this Amendment, no termination fee shall be owed by the Trust to DST.

 

4. Execution in Counterparts/Facsimile Transmission. This Amendment may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original and all of which, collectively, will be deemed to constitute one and the same Amendment. This Amendment may also be signed by exchanging facsimile copies of this Amendment, duly executed, in which event the Parties hereto will promptly thereafter exchange original counterpart signed copies hereof.

 

5. Terminology. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” will be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The words “herein”, “hereof’, “hereunder” and similar terms will refer to this Amendment unless the context requires otherwise.

 

6. Agreement in Full Force and Effect, Except as specifically modified by this Amendment, the terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and the Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, and all of its terms, including, but not limited to any warranties and representations set forth therein, if any, are hereby ratified and confirmed by Trust and DST as of the Effective Date.

 

7. Capitalized Terms. All capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment will be deemed to be defined as set forth in the Agreement.

 

8. Authorization . Each Party hereby represents and warrants to the other that the person or entity signing this Amendment on behalf of such Party is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment and to legally bind the Party on whose behalf this Amendment is signed to all of the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Amendment.

 

2  

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be execut e d by their duly authorized representatives as of the date fir s t written herein above.

 

ADVISORS’ INNER CIRCLE FUND III   DST SYSTEMS, INC.  
           
By: /s/ James Bernstein   By: /s/ Christopher G. Shaw  
           
Name: James Bernstein   Name: Christopher G. Shaw  
           
Title: Vice President & Assistant Secretary   Title: Managing Director  
           
Date: June 26, 2018   Date: 6/26/18  

 

3  

AMENDMENT TO TRANSFER AGENCY SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

Amendment No. 5 (this “ Amendment No. 5 ”), dated as of July 11, 2017, by and between Atlantic Shareholder Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Atlantic ”), and The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III, a statutory trust organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Trust ”).

 

W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H :

 

WHEREAS, effective as of August 18, 2015, Atlantic and the Trust entered into a Transfer Agency Services Agreement (the “ Original Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Original Agreement was amended pursuant to an Amendment , dated as of November 3, 2015, and Amendment No. 2, dated as of October 1, 2016, and Amendment No. 3, dated as of February 22, 2017, and Amendment No. 4, dated as of May 3, 2017 (the Original Agreement, as amended, the “ Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 15(a) of the Agreement, each of Atlantic and the Trust desires that the Agreement be amended in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Amendment.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements herein set forth, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree that the Agreement shall be and hereby is amended as follows:

 

Section 1. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement.

 

Section 2. Amendment of Appendix A . Appendix A to the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as set forth in the Appendix A attached hereto.

 

Section 3. Agreement as Amended . The term “Agreement” as used in the Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the Agreement as amended hereby and this Amendment No. 5 shall be effective as of the date first above written.

 

Section 4. Full Force and Effect . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Amendment No. 5 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Amendment No. 5, and the Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

 

 

 

Section 5. Governing Law . This Amendment No. 5 shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

 

Section 6. Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment No. 5 may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original , and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

Section 7. Ratification, Adoption and Approval . In all respects not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Amendment No. 5, the Agreement is hereby ratified, adopted, approved and confirmed.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment No. 5 to be executed in their names and on their behalf by and through their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

 

  ATLANTIC SHAREHOLDER SERVICES, LLC  
         
  By: /s/ Christopher Koons  
    Name: Christopher Koons  
    Title: Senior Vice President  
         
  THE ADVISORS’ INNER CIRCLE FUND III  
         
  By: /s/ Lisa K. Whittaker  
    Name: Lisa K. Whittaker  
    Title: VP & Assistant Secretary  

 

 

 

APPENDIX A: FUNDS OF THE TRUST

 

Fund Name Class Name CUSIP Symbol Applicable Fee Schedule
Amundi Smith Breeden Total Return Bond Fund Institutional Class Shares 0077IX591   Schedule A
  Retirement Class Shares 0077Ix617    
PineBridge Dynamic Asset Allocation Fund Institutional Class Shares 0077IX575 PDAIX Schedule A
  Investor Servicing Shares 0077IX567 PDAVX  
Chiron Capital Allocation Fund Class I Shares 0077IX583 CCAPX Schedule A
Chilton Strategic European Equities Fund Institutional Class Shares 00771X435 CHEUX Schedule B
BNP Paribas AM Absolute Return Fixed Income Fund Institutional Shares 00771X385 BNPFX Schedule A
BNP Paribas AM Absolute Return Fixed Income Fund Investor Shares 00771X377 BNPGX Schedule A
BNP Paribas AM Absolute Return Fixed Income Fund Retail Shares 00771X369 BNPHX Schedule A
BNP Paribas AM Global Inflation-Linked Bond Fund Institutional Shares 00771X351 BNPIX Schedule A
BNP Paribas AM Global Inflation-Linked Bond Fund Investor Shares 00771X344 BNPJX Schedule A
BNP Paribas AM Global Inflation-Linked Bond Fund Retail Shares 00771X336 BNPKX Schedule A
BNP Paribas AM Emerging Markets Debt Fund Institutional Shares 00771X328 BNPLX Schedule A

 

 

 

BNP Paribas AM Emerging Markets Debt Fund Investor Shares 00771X310 BNPMX Schedule A
BNP Paribas AM Emerging Markets Debt Fund Retail Shares 00771X294 BNPNX Schedule A
BNP Paribas AM Emerging Markets Equity Fund Institutional Shares 00771X286 BNPOX Schedule A
BNP Paribas AM Emerging Markets Equity Fund Investor Shares 00771X278 BNPPX Schedule A
BNP Paribas AM Emerging Markets Equity Fund Retail Shares 00771X260 BNPQX Schedule A
BNP Paribas AM MBS Fund Institutional Shares 00771X252 BNPRX Schedule A
BNP Paribas AM MBS Fund Investor Shares 00771X245 BNPSX Schedule A
BNP Paribas AM MBS Fund Retail Shares 00771X237 BNPTX Schedule A
BNP Paribas AM U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund Institutional Shares 00771X229 BNPUX Schedule A
BNP Paribas AM U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund Investor Shares 00771X211 BNPVX Schedule A
BNP Paribas AM U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund . Retail Shares 00771X195 BNPWX Schedule A
BNP Paribas AM US Inflation-Linked Bond Fund Institutional Shares 00774Q106 BNPBX Schedule A
BNP Paribas AM US Inflation-Linked Bond Fund Investor Shares 00774Q205 BNPDX Schedule A

 

 

 

BNP Paribas AM US Inflation-Linked Bond Fund Retail Shares 00774Q304 BNPEX Schedule A
MFG Low Carbon Global Fund Institutional Shares 00771X187 MGEGX Schedule A
MFG Low Carbon Global Fund Service Shares 00771X179 MGKGX Schedule A
MFG Low Carbon Global Fund Class Y Shares 00771X161 MGYGX Schedule A
MFG Infrastructure Fund Institutional Shares 00771Xl53 MGESX Schedule A
MFG Infrastructure Fund Service Shares 00771X146 MGKSX Schedule A
MFG Infrastructure Fund Class Y Shares 00771X138 MGYSX Schedule A

AMENDMENT TO TRANSFER AGENCY SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

Amendment No. 7 (this “ Amendment No. 7 ”). dated as of February 23, 2018, by and between Atlantic Shareholder Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Atlantic ”), and The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III, a statutory trust organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Trust ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, effective as of August 18, 2015, Atlantic and the Trust entered into a Transfer Agency Services Agreement (the “ Original Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Original Agreement was amended pursuant to an Amendment, dated as of November 3, 2015, and Amendment No. 2, dated as of October 1, 2016, and Amendment No. 3, dated as of February 22, 2017, and Amendment No. 4, dated as of May 3, 2017, and Amendment No. 5, dated as of July 1, 2017, and Amendment No. 6, dated as of September 20, 2017 (the Original Agreement, as amended, the “ Agreement ”):

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 15(a) of the Agreement, each of Atlantic and the Trust desires that the Agreement be amended in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Amendment.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements herein set forth, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree that the Agreement shall be and hereby is amended as follows:

 

Section 1. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement.

 

Section 2. Amendment of Section 8 of the Agreement . Section 8, “Proprietary and Confidential Information,” of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

Section 3. Amendment to Appendix B . Appendix B to the Agreement is amended by adding to the end thereof a new Section 10 that shall read in its entirety as follows:

 

“10 Shareholder Internet Access

 

For Funds that elect the optional “Shareholder Internet Access” optional service, Atlantic shall make available a secure website that will allow such Funds’ shareholders to access certain account information, process purchase and redemption transactions, perform certain account maintenance and receive account statements, transaction confirmations and tax forms by electronic delivery.”

 

 

 

Section 4. Agreement as Amended . The term “Agreement” as used in the Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the Agreement as amended hereby, and this Amendment No. 7 shall be effective as of the date first above written.

 

Section 5. Full Force and Effect . If any term, provision, covenant, or restriction of this Amendment No. 7 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants, and restrictions of this Amendment No. 7, and the Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated.

 

Section 6. Governing Law . This Amendment No. 7 shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

 

Section 7. Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment No. 7 may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

Section 8. Ratification, Adoption, and Approval . In all respects not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Amendment No. 7, the Agreement is hereby ratified, adopted, approved, and confirmed.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]

 

2  

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment No. 7 to be executed in their names and on their behalf by and through their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

 

  ATLANTIC SHAREHOLDER SERVICES, LLC
       
  By: /s/ Christopher Koons  
    Name: Christopher Koons  
    Title: Senior Vice President  
       
  THE ADVISORS’ INNER CIRCLE FUND III
       
  By: /s/ James Bernstein  
    Name: James Bernstein  
    Title: Vice President & Assistant Secretary  

 

3  

 

EXHIBIT A: AMENDED AND RESTATED SECTION 8 OF THE AGREEMENT

 

SECTION 8. PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

(a) Atlantic agrees on behalf of itself and its directors, officers, and employees to treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust, all records and other information relative to the Trust and prior, present, or potential shareholders of the Trust (and clients of said shareholders), and not to use such records and information for any purpose other than the performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, except (i) after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Trust, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed and may not be withheld, conditioned or delayed where Atlantic may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, (ii) when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities approved by the Trust, or (iii) when so requested by the Trust. Records and other information which have become known to the public through no wrongful act of Atlantic or any of its employees, agents or representatives, and information that was already in the possession of Atlantic prior to receipt thereof from the Trust or its agent, shall not be subject to this paragraph.

 

(b) Further, Atlantic will adhere to the privacy policies adopted by the Trust pursuant to Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, as may be modified from time to time. In addition, Atlantic will comply with any other limitations or restrictions on disclosure of portfolio holdings or other information of the Trust set forth in the Trust’s prospectus and statement of additional information. In this regard, Atlantic shall have in place and maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards reasonably designed to protect the security, confidentiality and integrity of, and to prevent unauthorized access to or use of, records and information relating to the Trust and its shareholders.

 

(c) Atlantic will comply fully with all applicable laws, regulations and government orders relating to confidential information and any personally identifiable information relating to any Trust shareholder (“Shareholder Data”). Without limiting Atlantic’s obligation of confidentiality as described in this Agreement, Atlantic will be responsible for establishing and maintaining an information security program (“Data Safeguards”) that is designed to: (i) protect the security and confidentiality of Shareholder Data; (ii) protect against anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of the Shareholder Data; and (iii) protect against unauthorized access to or use of the Shareholder Data. Atlantic further agrees that it will monitor and test its Data Safeguards from time to time, and further agrees to adjust its Data Safeguards from time to time in light of relevant circumstances or the results of any relevant testing or monitoring. If Atlantic suspects or becomes aware of any unauthorized access to any Shareholder Data by any unauthorized person or third party, or becomes aware of any other security breach relating to Shareholder Data held or stored by Atlantic under this Agreement or in connection with the performance of the services performed by Atlantic under this Agreement (“Data Breach”), Atlantic will promptly notify the Trust and shall fully cooperate with the Trust, at Atlantic’s expense, to prevent or stop such Data Breach. In the event of such Data Breach, Atlantic shall fully and promptly comply with applicable laws, and shall take the appropriate steps to remedy such Data Breach. Atlantic will defend, indemnify and hold the Trust, its officers, trustees, employees and agents, harmless from and against any and all third party claims, suits, causes of action, liability, loss, costs and damages, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising out of any third party claim arising from breach by Atlantic of its obligations contained in this Section 8(c), except to the extent resulting from the acts or omissions of the Trust, its officers, trustees, employees or agents.

 

4

 

 

November 28, 2018

 

The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III

One Freedom Valley Drive

Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456

 

Re: Opinion of Counsel regarding Post-Effective Amendment No. 160 to the Registration Statement filed on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 (File No. 333-192858)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III (the “Trust”), a Delaware statutory trust, in connection with the above-referenced registration statement (as amended, the “Registration Statement”), which relates to the Trust’s units of beneficial interest, with no par value per share (collectively, the “Shares”), of the following portfolios of the Trust: GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund, GQG Partners US Select Quality Equity Fund, SGA International Equity Fund, SGA International Equity Plus Fund, SGA International Small-Mid Cap Equity Fund and SGA Global Equity Fund (the “Funds”). This opinion is being delivered to you in connection with the Trust’s filing of Post-Effective Amendment No. 160 to the Registration Statement (the “Amendment”) with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). With your permission, all assumptions and statements of reliance herein have been made without any independent investigation or verification on our part except to the extent otherwise expressly stated, and we express no opinion with respect to the subject matter or accuracy of such assumptions or items relied upon.

 

In connection with this opinion, we have reviewed, among other things, copies of the following documents:

 

(a) a certificate of the State of Delaware certifying that the Trust is validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware;

 

(b) the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”) and Amended and Restated By-Laws (the “By-Laws”);

 

(c) a certificate executed by Dianne M. Descoteaux, the Secretary of the Trust, certifying as to, and attaching copies of, the Declaration of Trust and By-Laws and certain resolutions adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Trust authorizing the issuance of the Shares of the Funds; and

 

(d) a printer’s proof of the Amendment.

 

 

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius llp

 

1701 Market Street

Philadelphia, PA 19103-2921

United States

+1.215.963.5000

+1.215.963.5001

 

 

 

In our capacity as counsel to the Trust, we have examined the originals, or certified, conformed or reproduced copies, of all records, agreements, instruments and documents as we have deemed relevant or necessary as the basis for the opinion hereinafter expressed. In all such examinations, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons executing documents, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all original or certified copies, and the conformity to original or certified copies of all copies submitted to us as conformed or reproduced copies. As to various questions of fact relevant to such opinion, we have relied upon, and assume the accuracy of, certificates and oral or written statements of public officials and officers and representatives of the Trust. We have assumed that the Amendment, as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, will be in substantially the form of the printer’s proof referred to in paragraph (d) above.

 

Based upon, and subject to, the limitations set forth herein, we are of the opinion that the Shares, when issued and sold in accordance with the terms of purchase described in the Registration Statement, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not concede that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the 1933 Act.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form N-1A of The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III of our report dated September 27, 2018, relating to the financial statements and financial highlights, which appears in GQG Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund’s Annual Report on Form N-CSR for the year ended July 31, 2018. We also consent to the references to us under the headings "Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" and "Financial Highlights" in such Registration Statement.

 

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

November 28, 2018

 

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form N-1A of The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III of our report dated September 27, 2018, relating to the financial statements and financial highlights, which appears in SGA International Equity Fund’s Annual Report on Form N-CSR for the year ended July 31, 2018. We also consent to the references to us under the headings "Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" and "Financial Highlights" in such Registration Statement.

 

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

November 28, 2018

 

FIERA CAPITAL INC.

 

Code of Ethics

 

December 2017

 

The Code of Ethics (this “ Code ”) is the property of Fiera Capital Inc. (the “ Firm ”) and must be returned to the Firm should an employee’s association with the Firm terminate for any reason. The contents of the Code are confidential and should not be revealed to third parties. The Code is intended to give sufficient information and guidance such that an employee may gain an understanding of the standards of business conduct applicable to employees as well as the regulatory rules and requirements that the Firm is subject to. Circumstances vary and practices evolve. To retain flexibility and relevance, new policies, guidance and amendments may be promulgated by email or even verbally before ultimately being incorporated into the Code. Such communications should be considered to be as valid and binding as the formal guidance contained in the Code. Where the information or guidance contained in the Code or in the Firm’s Compliance Manual (the “ Manual ”) does not appear to address your particular situation you should consult with the Firm’s Chief Compliance Officer.

 

 

   

 

Fiera Capital Inc. Code of Ethics

 

   

TABLE OF CONTENTS  
Background and Scope 3
Summary of Employee Reporting Obligations 4
Standards of Business Conduct 4
Compliance with Applicable Securities Laws 4
Insider Trading Policy 5
Personal Securities Transactions and Reporting Policy 8
Reporting Violations and Remedial Actions 13
External Activities & Conflicts of Interest Policy 14
Gifts and Entertainment Policy 16
Definitions 20

 

 

 Page 2

 

Fiera Capital Inc. Code of Ethics

 

   

I. BACKGROUND AND SCOPE

 

Fiera Capital Inc. (the “Firm”) has adopted this Code of Ethics (the “Code”), which sets forth the Firm’s Standards of Business Conduct, Insider Trading Policy, Personal Securities Transaction Policy, External Activities Policy, and Gifts and Entertainment Policy. The Code is premised on the principle that Fiera Capital Inc. (the “ Firm ”) owes a fiduciary duty to its Clients and is designed to comply with Section 204A and Rule 204A-1 of the Advisers Act and Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act. The definitions for all defined terms in this Code are provided in the Definitions Section at the end of the Code.

 

All Employees must comply with this Code. Please carefully review the Code, including the Definitions at the end of this document, and contact a member of the Compliance Team if you have any questions.

 

A. Applicability to Mutual Fund Covered Persons

 

The scope of the Code and its operation reflect the fact that a separate code of ethics (the “Registered Fund Code”) has been adopted for each of the Firm’s affiliated mutual funds (each an “Affiliated Mutual Fund”). An Affiliated Mutual Fund is defined as any registered investment company advised or sub-advised by the Firm. The provisions of the Registered Fund Code are applicable to each such Affiliated Mutual Fund and its Covered Persons only to the extent such Covered Person is not otherwise covered by the Code. “Covered Persons” means: (1) the directors, trustees and officers of the Affiliated Mutual Fund; (2) any person who, in connection with his regular functions or duties, participates in the selection of, or regularly obtains information regarding, the securities currently being purchased, sold or considered for purchase or sale by the Affiliated Mutual Fund; and (3) any natural person in a control relationship to the Affiliated Mutual Fund or its investment adviser who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Affiliated Mutual Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of securities by the Affiliated Mutual Fund; provided, however , the term “Covered Persons” does not include persons who are subject to the Code.

 

B. Applicability to Fiera Associated Persons

 

Except as otherwise set forth in the PA Manual, Fiera Associated Persons shall only be subject to the Code of Conduct adopted by their respective firm (“Affiliated Code”), together with those portions of the PA Manual addressing personal trading, reporting thereon and other provisions required to be included in a Rule 17j-1 compliant code of ethics (the “PA Manual Code”). Both the Affiliated Code and the PA Manual Code shall be enforced and supervised in accordance with their respective terms.

 

C. Material Changes

 

In the event of a material change to the Code, the Affiliated Code, or the PA Manual Code, as the case may be, the CCO shall inform each Affiliated Mutual Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer of such change and ensure that the change is approved by each Affiliated Mutual Fund’s board of directors no later than six months after the change is adopted. In addition, annually, the CCO will provide to each Affiliated Mutual Fund’s board of directors a written report that: (1) describes any issues arising under the Code, the Affiliated Code, or the PA Manual Code since the last report to the Affiliated Mutual Fund’s board of directors, including information about material violations of the Code, the Affiliated Code or the PA Manual Code and any sanctions imposed in response to the material violations; and (2) certifies that the Firm has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code, the Affiliated Code and the PA Manual Code.

 

 

 Page 3

 

Fiera Capital Inc. Code of Ethics

 

   

II. SUMMARY OF EMPLOYEE REPORTING OBLIGATIONS

 

Under this Code, all Employees are subject to certain reporting obligations. These are described in more detail herein and include the following:

 

 

  Within 10 Days of Date of Hire Annually Quarterly  
Compliance Manual Acknowledgement X X - Section III
Holdings Reporting X X - Section VI A.1
Transactions Reporting - - X Section VI A.2
Bad Actor and ADV Questionnaires X X - Section VII B
Conflicts Questionnaire X X - Section VIII A-B
Gifts and Entertainment Reporting - X X Section IX A-D
Political Contributions Reporting X X X Appendix C of Manual

 

III. STANDARDS OF BUSINESS CONDUCT

 

The Code sets forth standards of business conduct that the Firm requires of its Employees relating to the fiduciary obligations of the Firm and its Employees. The Firm demands the highest standards of ethical conduct and care by all of its Employees. The Firm’s reputation is one of its most important assets. Maintaining the trust and confidence of clients is a vital responsibility.

 

The Code incorporates the following general principles that all Employees are expected to uphold:

 

All Employees must, at all times, comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations, as well as the Firm’s Compliance Manual (the “Manual”) and Code.
All Employees must act with integrity and in an ethical manner when dealing with the public, current and prospective clients and investors, and fellow Employees.
All Employees must adhere to the highest standards with respect to any potential conflicts of interest with clients and/or investors – simply stated, no Employee should ever enjoy a benefit at the detriment of any client or investor.
All Employees must cooperate to the fullest extent reasonably requested by the CCO so as to enable: (i) the CCO to discharge his/her respective duties under the Manual and the Code and (ii) the Firm to comply with the federal securities laws to which it is subject.
All Employees must maintain the confidentiality of information concerning the identity of securities owned and traded by clients and financial circumstances of our clients, as well as any other confidential and protected information.
All Employees must notify the CCO promptly in the event that the Employee may have failed to comply with (or becomes aware of another person’s failure to comply with) the policies and procedures set forth in the Firm’s Manual or Code.

 

Employees are expected to read and understand the Manual, including the Code, and are required to acknowledge receipt and review of the Manual within 10 days of employment and annually thereafter.

 

IV. COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS

 

In addition to the general principles of conduct stated in the Code and the specific trading restrictions and reporting requirements described herein, the Code requires all Employees to comply with applicable federal securities laws. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Employee shall:

 

Defraud a client in any manner
Mislead a client, including by making a statement that omits material facts
Engage in any act, practice or course of conduct which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon a client

 

 

 Page 4

 

Fiera Capital Inc. Code of Ethics

 

   

Engage in any manipulative practice with respect to a client
Engage in any manipulative practice with respect to securities, including price manipulation
Engage in any other act or omission that would constitute a violation of any applicable federal securities law

 

V. INSIDER TRADING POLICY

 

Insider trading is broadly defined as trading in a security while in possession of material non-public information in breach of a duty of trust and confidence or other similar duty. Insider trading laws in the United States also prohibit trading of information by a third-party who obtained material non-public information from an insider in breach of a duty owed by the insider to the issuer or some other source of the information. A gift of material non-public information to the third-party from the insider may be enough to find that the insider breached his/her duty for an improper purpose.

 

As an investment adviser, the Firm is obligated under Section 204A of the Advisers Act to establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed, taking into consideration the nature of such investment adviser’s business, to prevent the misuse of material non-public information by any persons associated with the Firm. This section of the Code describes the Firm’s written policies and procedures designed to prevent insider trading and the misuse of material non- public information. If, at any time, you have questions or concerns about this Code, you should consult the Compliance Team or the Firm’s CCO.

 

A. Scope of the Policy

 

The Firm prohibits employees, principals and other associates of the Firm from misusing material non- public information, including but not limited by engaging in insider trading or improperly disseminating material non-public information to third-parties not associated with the adviser. Such conduct is detrimental to the Firm’s business and violates the law.

 

The following is a non-exhaustive list of the categories of conduct that constitute misuse of material non-public information. Any conduct that may fall under these categories violates this Code and the law:

 

Trading by an insider while in possession of material non-public information in violation of a duty owed to the issuer or the source of the information;
Trading by a tippee, who received material non-public information from an insider in violation of the insider’s duty to the issuer or source of information; or
The unauthorized disclosure of material non-public information to third-parties, including family and friends who are not associated with the adviser.

 

B. To Whom Does This Policy Apply?

 

This policy covers all Employees as well as any family member accounts, trusts, partnerships or corporate entities over which the employee has direct or indirect control. It also applies to transactions engaged in by corporations in which the employee is a 10% or greater stockholder.

 

C. What is “Material Non-Public Information”?

 

Determining whether information is “material non-public information” is a fact intensive inquiry, and you should always consult the Compliance Team when confronted with the possibility that you may have come in contact with material non-public information, even if your exposure to such information was inadvertent.

 

 

 Page 5

 

Fiera Capital Inc. Code of Ethics

 

   

1. Non-Public Information

 

Information is considered “non-public” when it is not generally available to the public, and the owner would not make it available in response to a request for that information.

 

2. Materiality

 

Generally, “material information” in the insider trading context is defined as information that may be considered important, or cause one to pause, in making an investment decision. The following types of information generally may be regarded as “material”:

 

Dividend or earnings announcements
Write-downs or write-offs of substantial assets
Significant additions to reserves for bad debts or contingent liabilities
Expansion or curtailment of company or major division operations
Merger, joint venture or acquisition announcements
New product/service announcements
Discovery or research developments
Criminal, civil and government allegations and indictments
Pending labor disputes
Debt service or liquidity problems
Bankruptcy or insolvency problems
Tender offers, stock repurchase plans, etc.
Information concerning upcoming research analyst recommendations (upgrades/downgrades) prior to dissemination
Recapitalization

 

Information provided by a company could be material because of its expected effect on a particular class of a company’s securities, all of the company’s securities, the securities of another company, or the securities of several companies. The misuse of material non-public information applies to all types of securities, including, but not limited to, equity, debt, commercial paper, government securities and options.

 

D. At What Point Might Information No Longer Be Considered Non-Public?

 

Once non-public information has been effectively distributed to the investing public, it can no longer be classified as material non-public information. However, the distribution of material non-public information must occur through commonly recognized channels for the classification to change. In addition, the information must not only be publicly disclosed, there must be adequate time for the public to receive and digest the information. Lastly, non-public information does not change to public information solely by selective dissemination.

 

1. Disclosing Material Non-Public Information to Third-Parties

 

The Firm prohibits the disclosure of material non-public information to third parties, including friends and family, without the authorization of the CCO. Because of the significant civil and criminal penalties that might attach for violations of the insider trading laws, and because we want to avoid the appearance of any improprieties, all employees must notify the CCO when they come in contact with information that might be considered material and non-public.

 

E. Rumors

 

Rumors do not necessarily constitute public information. If the so-called “rumor” is reported in the financial press or available in a Google or other web search, then you might consider it public.

 

 

 Page 6

 

Fiera Capital Inc. Code of Ethics

 

   

However, if it is not disseminated in a manner that constitutes “public” information as described above there is the risk that the information is non-public and, if it is both material and was disclosed to the recipient, directly or indirectly, through the breach of a duty, then it is likely that the rumor is material non-public information. One acceptable way to determine whether a “rumor” is publicly available would be to do a web search on it or to call the issuer’s public relations officer and inquire as to whether the company has publicly confirmed or denied the rumor. You should not contact any other officer or employee of the issuer to determine the accuracy of a rumor because a confirmation or a denial of the rumor could, in itself, constitute non-public information. However, you should contact the Compliance Team prior to conducting any research.

 

F. Relationships with Clients or Investors

 

Given the Firm’s standing in the investment community, it may retain executives of public companies and other well connected individuals as clients. While the Firm may occasionally converse with these individuals as part of the normal course of its research/due diligence process, Portfolio Managers must be aware that the relationship could incentivize those individuals to divulge additional information (including material non-public information) or may lead to accidental disclosure of such information, In such situations, you should contact the Firm’s CCO immediately.

 

G. Penalties for Trading on Material Non-Public Information

 

Severe penalties exist for firms and individuals that engage in the misuse of material non-public information, including civil injunctions, treble damages, disgorgement of profits and jail sentences. Further, fines for individuals and firms found liable of Insider Trading are levied in amounts up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided, and up to the greater of $1,000,000 or three times the profit gained or loss avoided, respectively.

 

H. Procedures for the Possession of Material Non-Public Information

 

If an Employee has questions as to whether they are in possession of material non-public information, they must inform the Compliance Team as soon as possible. From this point, the Employee, Compliance Team and other parties (as needed) will conduct research to determine if the information is likely to be considered important to individuals/entities in making investment decisions, and whether the information has been publicly disseminated. In addition, the Compliance Team may add the issuer and/or underlying public security to the Firm’s Restricted List. The Firm’s Restricted List is described in additional detail in the Personal Securities Transactions Policy of the Code.

 

Given the severe penalties imposed on individuals and firms engaging in Insider Trading, Employees:

 

Shall immediately report the potential receipt of material non-public information to the CCO.
Shall not trade the securities of any company in which they possess material non-public information about the company.
Shall not trade in any synthetic instruments that give the Firm’s clients exposure to the securities of any company in which they possess material non-public information about the company.
Shall not trade the securities of any company in which they are deemed insiders who may possess material Non-Public Information about the company.
Shall not proceed with any research, trading, etc. until the CCO informs the Employee of the appropriate course of action.
Shall not discuss any potentially material non-public information with colleagues or third- parties, except as specifically required by their position and instructed by the CCO.

 

 

 Page 7

 

Fiera Capital Inc. Code of Ethics

 

   

Upon the termination of employment for any reason, Employees must promptly turn over to the Firm all documents and other materials, in whatever form maintained (e.g., hard copy files, electronic files, portable storage drive, etc.), containing, reflecting, or otherwise relating in any way to, material non- public information. These prohibitions regarding the trading on, and disclosure of, material non-public information extend even beyond an employee’s termination.

 

VI. PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS AND REPORTING POLICY

 

The Code sets forth the Firm’s policies concerning Employee personal securities transactions and reporting obligations. These policies apply to all Access Persons of the Firm. Due to the Firm’s structure, all Employees are presumed to be Access Persons and, as such, all Employees are subject to these requirements.

 

A. Personal Securities Reporting Obligations

 

With respect to reporting obligations, in order for the Firm to determine if there are any indications of scalping, frontrunning, or the appearance of any conflicts of interest, each Employee is subject to certain reporting obligations concerning his/her personal securities holdings and transactions. The Firm requires the following reporting obligations, which are described in more detail below:

 

     Initial Holdings Report – Must be submitted within 10 days of date of employment

•     Annual Holdings Report – Must be submitted annually by February 14 of each year end

    Quarterly Transaction Reports – Must be submitted within 30 days of each quarter end

 

1. Initial and Annual Holdings Reports

 

The Firm requires each Employee to disclose his or her Covered Accounts and holdings in Reportable Securities (as such terms are defined below) via the following holdings reports:

 

Initial Holdings Report. Each Employee must submit an Initial Holdings Report within 10 days of his or her start date with the Firm. The Initial Holdings Report requires Employees to disclose their Covered Accounts and current holdings in Reportable Securities. The holdings reported must be current as of a date not more than 45 days prior to the Employee’s start date.

 

Annual Holdings Report. Each Employee must submit an Annual Holdings Report by February 14 of each year. The Annual Holdings Report requires Employees to disclose their updated holdings in Reportable Securities and must be current as of at least December 31 of each year.

 

The Initial and each Annual Holdings Report must be submitted electronically via StarCompliance. Upon commencement of employment, Employees will receive more information on how to activate their StarCompliance account, as well as how to complete and submit the applicable reports.

 

With respect to the items that must be reported, the following definitions apply:

 

Covered Accounts: Employees must provide the name of any broker, dealer or bank with which the Employee maintains an account that holds or can hold any security (including a 401(k), an IRA account, a 529 college savings plan, an Automated Investment Plan or Non- Discretionary account) for the Employee’s direct or indirect benefit (a “Covered Account”). For the purpose of clarity, this includes all accounts that hold or can hold any type of security, regardless of whether the security is a Reportable Security.

 

Note: All brokerage accounts held by financial institutions are deemed Covered Accounts, unless the CCO determines one of the exceptions apply.

 

 

 Page 8

 

Fiera Capital Inc. Code of Ethics

 

   

Employees are considered to have an indirect benefit in any account of a member of the Employee’s immediate family who resides with the Employee or in any account over which the Employee has control, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, or has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in the account, including the direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from the account. Immediate family includes the Employee’s spouse, child, step-child, grandchild, parent, step-parent, sibling, son/daughter-in-law, or brother/sister-in-law (this definition includes adoptive relationships). For examples of indirect Beneficial Ownership, refer to Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Exchange Act.

 

Reportable Securities Holdings: Employees must disclose all holdings in Reportable Securities (as defined below). The report must include the title and type of security, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, number of shares, and principal amount of each Reportable Security. This includes all Reportable Securities in which the Employee has direct or indirect beneficial ownership. All securities are a Reportable Security, unless the security is one of the following:

 

Direct obligations of the government of the United States;
Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements;
Shares issued by money market funds;
Shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end funds, and which are not an Affiliated Fund. The Firm’s Affiliated Funds are listed in Appendix A.

 

Note: All Mutual Funds and ETFs are considered Reportable Securities.

 

StarCompliance has relationships with certain brokers, which allow holding and transaction information for accounts held with such brokers to be reported automatically to StarCompliance via electronic broker feeds. In such cases, once the broker feed for an Employee’s account has been established, rather than manually input the requested information, the Employee will only be required to review and confirm that the information reported by the broker feed is correct. Each Employee is responsible for reviewing their holdings and transactions for accuracy and completeness.

 

2. Quarterly Transactions Reports

 

Employees are required to submit a Transaction Report for each calendar quarter. The Transaction Report must be submitted electronically via StarCompliance and is due within 30 days after the end of the applicable calendar quarter. The Transaction Report must disclose all transactions involving a Reportable Security, in which the Employee had, or as a result of the transaction acquired, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership. When completing the Transaction Report via StarCompliance, the site will generate a report containing the transactions that occurred during the quarter, as reported to it by the applicable broker feeds. Employees are required to review these transactions and correct any errors or input any missing transactions, including transactions for which no feeds are available, and then submit a final report attesting to its completeness and accuracy. Employees who had no transactions are still required to submit a Transaction Report attesting that there were no transactions.

 

3. Exceptions to the Personal Trading Reporting Requirements

 

Employees are required to submit all of the required reports for all personal Reportable Securities transactions, unless any of the following exceptions apply:

 

(a) Non-Discretionary Accounts. For both the Initial/Annual Holdings Report and Quarterly Transactions Reports, Employees are not required to disclose Reportable Securities held in a Covered Account that is Non-Discretionary (a “Non-Discretionary Account”). A Non- Discretionary Account is a Covered Account that is managed on a fully discretionary basis by a person other than the Employee and with respect to which the Employee has no direct or indirect influence or control. In order to rely on this exception, the Employee must provide sufficient documentation (such as a completed Investment Management Agreement) to verify that the terms of the account do not permit the Employee to exercise investment authority over the account. This exception is limited to the requirement to report holdings in Reportable Securities, but it does not relieve Employees of the obligation to report the existence of Covered Accounts. Employees must report all Covered Accounts on their Initial and Annual Holdings Reports, regardless of whether the account is a Non-Discretionary Account; however, Employees are only required to report the existence of the Non-Discretionary Account, but do not have to disclose the holdings within the account, unless requested to do so by the CCO. The CCO may periodically request to see holdings in a Non-Discretionary Account.

 

 

 Page 9

 

Fiera Capital Inc. Code of Ethics

 

   

(b) Exempt Retirement Accounts. For both the Initial/Annual Holdings Report and Quarterly Transactions Reports, Employees are not required to disclose holdings or transactions in Exempt Retirement Accounts (as defined below). Exempt Retirement Accounts are any IRA, 401(k), variable annuity, or other qualified retirement plan account that (i) can only invest in securities of unaffiliated mutual funds or non-reportable securities; or (ii) is managed by an independent third party that cannot be controlled, influenced or directed by the Employee regarding the purchase or sale of specific securities. IRAs, 401(k), variable annuities and other qualified retirement plan accounts are considered discretionary accounts because the Employee may have some influence or control; however, Employees are not required to submit account statements for any such account if the account can hold only unaffiliated mutual funds or the Employee cannot directly or indirectly control the purchase of specific securities. Only the existence of the account should be reported. A retirement account over which the Employee has broad investment discretion may be treated as an Exempt Retirement Account. (For example, if an Employee has the ability to request broad allocation parameters to a third party manager (e.g., 60% equities and 40% debt) without knowing the specific securities that may be traded by the account, then such an arrangement may qualify as an Exempt Retirement Account.) Please contact the CCO for additional information. The CCO may periodically request to see holdings and transactions in an Exempt Retirement Account.

 

(c) 529 College Savings Plans. For both the Initial/Annual Holdings Report and Quarterly Transactions Reports, Employees are not required to include any holdings or transactions in Reportable Securities effected in 529 College Savings Plans. The CCO may periodically request to see holdings and transactions in 529 College Savings Plan.

 

(d) Automatic Investment Plans . For Quarterly Transaction Reports, Employees are not required to include any transactions in Reportable Securities effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan. Employees are still required to report their initial or annual holdings in such plans. An Automatic Investment Plan includes programs in which regular period purchases or withdrawals are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation, including any dividend reinvestment plan. The CCO may periodically request to see transactions in an Automatic Investment Plan.

 

Employees may not rely on the above exceptions until the CCO has approved the account as an exempt account. In addition, Employees relying on the above exceptions may be required to make additional representations each quarter with respect to these accounts. The CCO will determine on a case-by- case basis whether an account qualifies for any of these exceptions.

 

 

 Page 10

 

Fiera Capital Inc. Code of Ethics

 

   

4. Review of Reports

 

The Firm will maintain a file for each Employee that contains the Employee’s submitted reports, which shall include any duplicate trade confirmations and account statements provided and documentation with respect to all requests for permission to make a securities trade and whether such approval was granted or denied. The Compliance Team will closely monitor Employees’ investment patterns to detect any abuses of the Firm’s personal securities transactions policy.

 

B. Personal Securities Account Requirements

 

In order to efficiently monitor Employee personal trading activity, the Firm has engaged StarCompliance for automated monitoring services. The Firm has worked with StarCompliance to establish direct feeds with brokers that are supported by the StarCompliance reporting platform.

 

1. Mandatory Direct Feed Policy (Effective July 1, 2017)

 

Effective July 1, 2017, Employees are not permitted to engage in any personal trading of Reportable Securities that are held in a Covered Account for which a direct broker feed has not been established with StarCompliance. Employees are responsible for reporting all accounts via StarCompliance and must notify Compliance if an account does not appear to be feeding properly. Employees should contact the Compliance Team with any questions. This policy does not apply to any Covered Account that is a Non-Discretionary Account, Automatic Investment Plan, 529 College Savings Plan, or Exempt Retirement Account. With very limited exceptions, and on a case-by-case basis, the CCO may permit an Employee to engage in Reportable Securities Transactions in a Covered Account for which a direct feed has not been setup, provided that additional reporting obligations may be required.

 

5. Firm-Approved Broker Policy (Effective January 1, 2018)

 

Effective January 1, 2018, no Employee is permitted to maintain a Covered Account that holds, or can hold, Reportable Securities, unless such account is with a Firm approved broker (each a “Firm- Approved Broker”). Firm-Approved Brokers will be brokers with whom StarCompliance has good relationships for effective and proven direct-feed implementation and operation. The Compliance Team will maintain the list of Firm-Approved Brokers, which will be circulated periodically and is also available upon request.

 

If any new Employee has a Covered Account with a broker that is not on the list of Firm-Approved Brokers, such Employee will have 90 days to transition the Covered Account to a Firm-approved Broker. As applicable, the same time period applies for any Firm-Approved Broker that is later removed from the Firm’s list of Firm-Approved Brokers.

 

The Firm-Approved Broker Policy does not apply to any Covered Account that is a Non-Discretionary Account, 529 college savings plan, an Exempt Retirement Plan, or Automatic Investment Plan.

 

C. Personal Securities Pre-Clearance Requirements

 

1. Pre-Clearance Requirements

 

Every Employee must obtain pre-clearance from the Firm prior to acquiring or selling, directly or indirectly, any Reportable Security. Please refer to the definition of a Reportable Security in Section A of the Code. This pre-clearance requirement applies to all Reportable Securities unless the security is one of the following:

 

Interests in 529 college savings plans
Transactions in index options effected on a broad-based index
Shares issued by open-end funds and ETFs that are not Affiliated Mutual Funds or Affiliated ETFs
Transactions occurring in a Covered Non-Discretionary Account
Transactions occurring in an Automatic Investment Plan
Transactions occurring in an Exempt Retirement Account

 

 

 Page 11

 

Fiera Capital Inc. Code of Ethics

 

   

If an Employee has any uncertainty as to whether pre-clearance is required with respect to a particular security the Employee must contact the Compliance Team.

 

2. Pre-Clearance Request Procedures

 

Employees must submit the pre-clearance request via StarCompliance in advance of the proposed transaction. If the request mechanism via StarCompliance is unavailable, the CCO will provide an alternative option for submitting the request. The Firm reserves the right to withhold approval of any proposed transaction that may have the appearance of improper conduct.

 

Once pre-clearance is granted to an Employee, such Employee may only transact in that security in the current trading day. 1 If the Employee wishes to transact in that security after the respective market close, he or she must again obtain pre-clearance. With respect to limited partnerships, limited liability companies and similar entities, once pre-clearance is granted an employee may transact in that entity through the planned subscription date or the period indicated in the pre-clearance request.

 

All personal trades, either pre or post execution, will be reviewed through StarCompliance.

 

D. Personal Trading Restrictions

 

Certain personal securities transactions in Securities are expressly prohibited and others may be granted approval on a limited, case-by-case basis. The CCO may require an Employee to reverse any transactions in violation of this policy, based on the various facts and circumstances around such transaction.

 

1. Blackout Periods

 

Employees are prohibited from buying or selling a Reportable Security within seven calendar days before or after the Firm trades in the same or equivalent security (an “Active Securities Transaction”). An Active Securities Transaction by Employees inadvertently effected during the period described above will not be considered a violation of the Code so long as the transaction was effected in accordance with the preclearance procedures in the Code and without prior knowledge of trading by the Firm in the same or an equivalent Security. Notwithstanding, the Compliance Team may require an Employee to undo an Active Securities Transaction based on the various facts and circumstances around such Active Securities Transaction. The CCO under very limited circumstances, and after careful consideration, may grant an exception to this blackout periods policy.

 

2. Restricted List and Affiliated Funds List

 

The Firm maintains a restricted list (“Restricted List”) and affiliated funds list (“Affiliated Funds List”) in StarCompliance containing the names of issuers (including the underlying securities) in which Employees are prohibited from conducting any trading activity on behalf of themselves and any client accounts they manage. Restricted securities typically include, but are not limited to:

 

Shares of Fiera Capital Corporation
Securities in which the Firm may possess Material Non-Public Information
Securities in a publically traded company, if such company, or any senior employee of such company, is a client of the Firm
Shares of an Affiliated Mutual Fund

 

The above list is not exhaustive and the Firm reserves the right to add additional Securities to the Restricted List. The CCO under limited circumstances, and after careful consideration, may grant an exception to such policy. The Compliance Team is responsible for maintaining the Restricted List and will periodically review and update as necessary. In addition, the Firm will monitor Client and employee trading activity to identify suspicious trading activities in issuers or securities found on the Restricted List.

 

 

1 The current trading day is defined as the 24 hour period between 4:01pm and 4:00pm the following day.

 

 

 Page 12

 

Fiera Capital Inc. Code of Ethics

 

   

3. Affiliated Mutual Funds

 

Employees invested in any Affiliated Mutual Funds are required to hold positions for a period of no less than thirty (30) days and to trade in compliance with all requirements outlined in the Affiliated Mutual Fund’s prospectus. For any questions, please see the Compliance Team.

 

4. Fiera Capital Corporation

 

Transactions involving securities issued by Fiera Capital Corporation (“FCC”) are subject to additional reporting requirements. Employees invested in, or that intend to invest in any securities issued by FCC, such as Fiera Capital Corporation company stock, are required to first receive pre-clearance from the FCC Compliance Team. Once that approval is obtained, the Employee must pre-clear the purchase/sale of the security in the StarCompliance system and receive approval from the Compliance Team of the Firm. For any questions, please see the Compliance Team.

 

VII. REPORTING VIOLATIONS AND REMEDIAL ACTIONS

 

The Firm takes the potential for conflicts very seriously. Improper actions by the Firm or its Employees could have severe negative consequences for the Firm, its clients and investors, and Employees. Impropriety, or even the appearance of impropriety, could negatively impact all Employees, including people who had no involvement in the problematic activities. Accordingly, Employees are required to promptly report to the CCO any of the following:

 

A. Improper or Suspicious Activities

 

Employees are required to promptly report any improper or suspicious activities, including any suspected violations of the Code, to the CCO. An Employee’s identification of a material compliance issue will be viewed favorably by the Firm’s Senior Management. Management is aware of the consequence that may result from this requirement, and shall take action against any Employee that seeks retaliation against another for reporting violations or potential issues. All reports of potential issues will be treated as being made on an anonymous basis. Any reports of potential problems will be thoroughly investigated by the Compliance Team, who will report directly to Senior Management on the matter. Any problems identified during the review will be addressed in ways that reflect the Firm’s fiduciary duty to its clients.

 

If any violation of the Firm’s Code, and in particular the Personal Securities Transactions Policy, is determined to have occurred, the Firm may impose sanctions and take such other actions as senior management deems appropriate. These actions may include requiring that the trades in question be reversed, requiring the disgorgement of profits, issuing a letter of caution or warning, issuing a suspension of personal trading rights, suspension of employment (with or without compensation), imposing a fine, making a civil referral to the SEC, making a criminal referral, termination of employment or any combination of the foregoing. All sanctions and other actions taken shall be in accordance with applicable employment laws and regulations. Any profits shall be paid to the applicable client(s), if any, as Senior Management shall determine to be appropriate.

 

If the CCO determines that a material violation of the Code has occurred, the CCO will promptly report the violation, and any associated action(s), to Senior Management. If Senior Management determines that the material violation may involve a fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative act with respect to a Mutual Fund, the Firm will report its findings to the Mutual Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer and, if necessary and appropriate, the Mutual Fund’s board of directors pursuant to Rule 17j-1.

 

 

 Page 13

 

Fiera Capital Inc. Code of Ethics

 

   

B. Personal Disciplinary Information

 

All Employees are required to complete a Bad Actor and ADV Questionnaire. The initial Bad Actor and ADV Questionnaire must be submitted within 10 days of the Employee’s date of hire and annually thereafter.

 

VIII. EXTERNAL ACTIVITIES & CONFLICTS OF INTEREST POLICY

 

All Employees are subject to this External Activities and Conflicts of Interest Policy. In order to ensure the Firm is properly monitoring all conflicts of interest, Employees must complete a Conflicts Questionnaire, disclosing any Outside Business Activities or other potential conflicts of interest. Employees must complete and submit an initial Conflicts Questionnaire within 10 days of the Employee’s date of hire and quarterly thereafter.

 

A. Outside Business Activities

 

An Employee’s service on a board of directors of an outside company, as well as any other outside activities generally, could lead to the potential of conflicts of interest and insider trading problems and may otherwise interfere with an Employee’s duties to the Firm. Accordingly, Employees must obtain prior authorization from the CCO prior to engaging in any Outside Business Activity.

 

Outside Business Activity is defined as any services you perform for any entity other than the Firm (including both commercial and non-profit organizations), especially, but not limited to, any entity from which you:

 

Receive compensation;
Take an active role in making management decisions;
Serve as an officer, director, or general partner;
Provide advice about investments; and/or
Spend a substantial amount of time engaging in such outside activities

 

In order to obtain prior authorization, Employees must report all Outside Business Activity to the CCO via the StarCompliance reporting platform. The CCO or his/her designees will review the reported Outside Business Activity and authorization to engage in such activities will be granted on a case-by- case basis, subject to careful consideration of potential conflicts of interest, disclosure obligations, and any other relevant regulatory issues.

 

If an Employee receives approval to engage in an Outside Business Activity and subsequently becomes aware of a material conflict of interest that was not disclosed when the approval was granted, the conflict must be promptly brought to the attention of the CEO. If the Employee ceases engaging in an approved Outside Business Activity or if there is a material change in the Employee’s roles and responsibilities in connection with such Outside Business Activity, the Employee is responsible for reporting such change to the CCO via StarCompliance.

 

Employees must report all Outside Business Activity as part of the Firm’s Conflict Questionnaire. An initial Conflicts Questionnaire must be submitted within 10 days of the Employee’s date of hire and on a quarterly basis thereafter.

 

B. Family Member Conflicts of Interest

 

In addition to reporting Outside Business Activities, Employees must also disclose any potential conflicts of interest arising out of familial relationships. Specifically, Employees must disclose whether:

 

The Employee’s Spouse or any Immediate Family currently conduct business with the Firm
The Employee’s Spouse or any Immediate Family currently works for a public company

 

 

 Page 14

 

Fiera Capital Inc. Code of Ethics

 

   

This information is included on the Conflicts Questionnaire. An initial Conflicts Questionnaire must be submitted within 10 days of the Employees date of employee and quarterly thereafter.

 

C. Diversion of the Firm’s Business or Investment Opportunities

 

An Employee may not acquire or receive personal gain or profit from any business opportunity that comes to his or her attention as a result of his or her association with the Firm and in which he or she knows that the Firm might be expected to participate or have an interest, without:

 

Disclosing in writing all necessary facts to the CCO;
Offering the particular opportunity to the Firm; and
Obtaining written authorization to participate from Senior Management.

 

D. Loans

 

No Employees may borrow from or become indebted to any person, business or company having business dealings or a relationship with the Firm, except with respect to customary personal loans (such as home mortgage loans, automobile loans, and lines of credit), unless the arrangement is disclosed in writing and receives prior approval from the CCO.

 

No Employee may use the Firm (or its affiliates’) name, position in a particular market, or goodwill to receive any benefit on loan transactions without the prior express written consent of the CCO.

 

E. Dealings with Government and Industry Regulators

 

The Firm forbids payments of any kind by the Firm, its Employees, or any agent or other intermediary to any government official, self-regulatory official, corporation or other similar person or entity, within the United States or abroad, for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business, or for the purpose of receiving favorable consideration.

 

All Employees are required to cooperate fully with management in connection with any internal or independent investigation and any claims, actions, arbitrations, litigations, investigations or inquiries involving the Firm. Employees are expected, if requested, to provide the Firm with reasonable assistance, including, but not limited to, meeting or consulting with the Firm and its representatives, reviewing documents, analyzing facts, or appearing or testifying as witnesses or interviewees.

 

F. Use of Firm Property

 

No Employee may utilize property of the Firm, or utilize the services of the Firm, or its Employees, for his or her personal benefit or the benefit of another person or entity, without written approval of Senior Management. For this purpose, “property” means both tangible and intangible property, including funds, premises, equipment, supplies, information, business plans, business opportunities, confidential research, intellectual property, proprietary processes, and ideas for new research or services.

 

G. Protection of the Firm’s Name

 

Employees should at all times be aware that the Firm’s name, reputation and credibility are valuable assets that must be safeguarded from any potential misuse. Care should be exercised to avoid the unauthorized or inappropriate use of the Firm’s name.

 

H. Involvement in Litigation or Proceedings

 

Employees must advise the CCO immediately if they become involved in, or threatened with, litigation or an administrative investigation or proceeding of any kind, are subject to any judgment, order or arrest, or are contacted by any regulatory authority.

 

 

 Page 15

 

Fiera Capital Inc. Code of Ethics

 

   

I. Prior Employment Arrangements

 

Employees are expected to act with professionalism, to avoid any improper disclosure of proprietary information, and to satisfy all other obligations owed to the Firm (or its affiliates) and to any prior employers. Employees should discuss any concerns regarding their prior employment with the CCO. Such concerns may include, but are not limited to, possession of Material Non-Public Information from a prior employer, a non-solicitation and/or non-compete clause in the Employee’s previous employment agreement, and any prior political contributions made by the Employee.

 

IX. GIFTS AND ENTERTAINMENT POLICY

 

As a fiduciary, the Firm must act in the best interest of its clients. At times, the unmonitored giving or receiving of gifts and entertainment may create an appearance that the Firm and its Employees make decisions for clients that are based on personal, rather than client, benefit. Employees are responsible for complying with this policy. The Compliance Team is responsible for oversight of this policy.

 

In general, Employees may not accept a gift or receive entertainment from, or give a gift or provide entertainment to, any individual, enterprise, or organization that conducts or seeks to conduct business with the Firm, or that competes with the Firm, unless all of the following criteria are satisfied:

 

The receipt or provision of the Gift or Entertainment is consistent with good business practices
The Gift or Entertainment could not be construed as a bribe, would not corrupt the judgment of the recipient, and does not obligate the recipient in any way
Public disclosure of the gift or entertainment would not embarrass the Firm
The Gift or Entertainment is not in the form of cash or its equivalent
The Gift or Entertainment was not solicited by the recipient

 

Employees must always avoid any activity that gives rise to a question whether the Firm’s objectivity as a fiduciary has been compromised. Even if an actual conflict of interest does not exist, the mere appearance of a conflict may result in clients’ loss of confidence. As such, in addition to the above- listed general principles, Employees must comply with all restrictions and reporting obligations below.

 

A. Employees’ Receipt and Provision of Gifts

 

A “Gift” is an item of any value that a third party provides (or an Employee provides to a third party) that has a direct or indirect existing or potential business relationship with the Firm, where the giver of the item of value does not participate in the enjoyment or consumption of the items. Examples of a Gift include fruit or candy or similar items sent around the holidays to an Employee, tickets to a sporting event for an Employee, flowers sent as an expression of “get well,” or lunches brought to the Firm’s office by service providers for an Employee.

 

No Employee may receive a Gift from or provide a Gift to any person or entity with which the Firm does business if such Gift would violate any of the above-listed general principles. For all other Gifts, the following requirements and reporting obligations apply:

 

Gifts Given and Received over $250 Require Pre-Clearance. Employees must seek pre- clearance from the Compliance Team to accept or provide Gifts with a known or estimated value over $250 (either one single gift, or in aggregate on an annual basis from a single individual or entity). The value of a gift is the market value. When the market value is unknown, Employees should provide their best estimate. Employees must submit the pre-clearance request electronically via StarCompliance. The Firm expects that that it will bear the costs of Employee travel and lodging associated with conferences, research trips and other business-related travel. If these costs are borne by a person or entity other than the Firm, they should be treated as Gifts to the Employee.

 

 

 Page 16

 

Fiera Capital Inc. Code of Ethics

 

   

All Gifts Given and Received Must be Reported. Employees must report all Gifts that are received or given, by disclosing the Gift via the StarCompliance reporting form. This applies regardless of whether the Gift falls under the $250 threshold. If for any reason StarCompliance is unavailable, the Employee must report such Gift directly to the CCO. Gifts such as holiday baskets or lunches delivered to the Firm’s offices which are received on behalf of the whole Firm and not a specific Employee do not require reporting. Promotional items of nominal value that typically clearly display the giver’s company logo also need not be reported. Examples of promotional gifts include mugs, hats and umbrellas.

 

Gifts Given or Received by Registered Representatives. Employees who serve as a Registered Representative are subject to additional FINRA rules with respect to giving or receiving Gifts, which require a lower threshold limit for Gifts. Specifically, FINRA Rule 3220 prohibits Registered Representatives from giving or receiving anything of value in excess of $100 per year to any person, principal, proprietor, employee, agent, or representative of another person, where such item is in relation to the business of the Firm.

 

The $100 limit is based on a calendar year and must be aggregated on a per-individual basis. The following examples illustrate how the policy should be applied. The examples are based on the following fact pattern:

 

Rep A and Rep B are both Registered Representatives at the Firm. The Firm conducts business with Service Provider X. Contact Y and Contact Z are employees of Service Provider X.

 

o Example 1: Rep A gave Contact Y a gift valued at $80 in March. In the same calendar year, Rep B wants to also give Contact Y a gift. In order to comply with the annual gift limits, Rep B must limit the value of the Gift to no more than $20.

 

o Example 2: Rep A and Rep B want to also send the Gifts in Example 1 to Contact Z. The fact that Rep A and Rep B have already met the $100 limit for Contact Y does not prohibit Rep A and Rep B from providing Gifts to Contact Z. The Gifts to Contact Z will not violate the policy, as long as they do not exceed an aggregate value of $100 for the calendar year.

 

o Example 3: Contact Y gave Rep A gift valued at $80 in March. In the same calendar year, Contact Z wants to also send a Gift to Rep A. If Contact Z sends this Gift, Rep A will only be permitted to accept it if it is valued at $20 or less.

 

o Example 4: Contact Y and Z want to also send the Gifts in example 3 to Rep B. The fact that Rep A has already met the limit for Gifts from any employees at Service Provider X, does not prohibit Rep B from accepting Gifts from any employees at Service Provider X. As such, Rep B is permitted to accept a Gift from Contact Y and Contact Z, as long as the total aggregate value does not exceed $100 for the calendar year.

 

Because Gift values must be aggregated, Registered Representatives are required to obtain pre-clearance prior to giving any Gifts, regardless of value . All other reporting requirements apply.

 

Personal Gifts Given or Received by Clients Who Are Friends and Family Do not Need to be Reported or Pre-cleared. Gifts that are given or received for life events (e.g. baby showers, weddings, anniversaries, and graduations), major holidays and birthdays do not need to be reported or pre-cleared in instances where the third party is a long standing friend or relative, as long as it is in the context of the personal relationship and not in the context of a business relationship and the giver incurs the expense personally. If the cost of the gift given by an Employee is incurred by the Firm, the exclusion does not apply.

 

Additional restrictions apply with respect to Gifts received or given to Government Officials. Refer to Section IX C for more details.

 

 

 Page 17

 

Fiera Capital Inc. Code of Ethics

 

   

B. Employees’ Receipt and Provision of Entertainment

 

The term “Entertainment” is distinguished from Gifts, in that Entertainment refers to items of value that are given to a recipient with the intent that the giver will participate with recipient in the enjoyment of the item. Examples include a sporting event or meal where the person or entity providing such activity will be present.

 

Entertainment is only appropriate when used to foster and promote business relationships with the Firm. No Employee may provide or accept extravagant or excessive Entertainment to or from an investor, prospective investor, or any person or entity that does or seeks to do business with or on behalf of the firm. Employees may provide or accept a business Entertainment event, provided that the Entertainment is of reasonable value. Additional pre-clearance and reporting requirements may apply:

 

Entertainment Given or Received over $250 Require Pre-Clearance. Employees must seek pre-clearance from the CCO to accept or provide Entertainment that will or is likely to exceed $250 per recipient. The value of the event is the higher of the actual cost or market value. When the value is unknown, Employees should provide their best estimate. Pre-clearance is not required when Employees are invited to events which are not planned in advance and the timing of the event does not allow for the submission of a timely pre-clearance request. All such events must however be reported in accordance with the reporting requirements below.

 

Entertainment Given or Received over $100 Must be Reported. Employees must report all Entertainment that is received or given when the value of the Entertainment is above a $100.00 de minimis threshold. Any Entertainment given or received that is above the $100.00 threshold is considered reportable and must be disclosed via the StarCompliance Entertainment reporting form. This applies regardless of whether the Entertainment falls under the $250 threshold required for pre-clearance. If for any reason StarCompliance is unavailable, the Employee must report such Entertainment directly to the CCO. Lunches and other meals provided to clients or other third parties on the Firm’s premises do not need reporting. Entertainment should be reported to the Compliance Team within two weeks following the event.

 

Events involving Friends and Family Do not Need to be Reported or Pre-cleared. Events such as birthdays and weddings and other similar life events do not need to be reported or pre-cleared in instances where the third party is a long standing friend or relative, as long as the event occurs in the context of the personal relationship and not in the context of a business relationship and the host incurs the expense of the event personally. If the cost of the event is incurred by the Firm, the exclusion does not apply.

 

C. Government Officials, ERISA, State and Local Pension Plans, Union, and Taft- Hartley Accounts

 

Notwithstanding the above, the Firm and its Employees are prohibited from giving or receiving any Gifts or Entertainment to any U.S or foreign government official, or representatives of ERISA accounts, union accounts, state and local pension plans or Taft-Hartley accounts, unless such Gifts or Entertainment are approved by the CCO or the CCO’s designee. No exceptions apply .

 

D. Registered Fund Advisory Personnel

 

Traders or other Employees involved in providing advisory services to an Affiliated Mutual Fund (“Registered Fund Advisory Personnel”) are prohibited from giving or receiving any Gifts or Entertainment, unless such Gifts or Entertainment are approved by the CCO or the CCO’s designee. No exceptions apply .

 

 

 Page 18

 

Fiera Capital Inc. Code of Ethics

 

   

E. Recordkeeping and Violations

 

The Firm will maintain a log on StarCompliance of all reports or requests under this policy. The CCO may require any Gift in violation of this policy be returned to the provider or any Entertainment expense provided in violation of this policy be repaid by the Employee.

 

 

 Page 19

 

Fiera Capital Inc. Code of Ethics

 

   

DEFINITIONS

 

Access Person – Any Supervised Person who has access to non-public information regarding any client’s trading or any reportable fund’s holdings, who is involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or who has access to non-public securities recommendations. Due to the Firm’s structure, all of the Firm’s Employees are presumed to be Access Persons. The definition of Access Persons herein shall also include other persons who agree to be treated as such under a separate agreement or written undertaking. Independent contractors are treated as Access Persons on a case-by-case basis. For the purpose of the Code, independent directors or Non-Resident Directors are not considered Supervised Persons, and therefore, are not Access Persons.

 

Advisers Act – Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

 

Affiliated Code – The code of conduct adopted by Fiera Capital Corporation.

 

Affiliated Mutual Fund(s) – The registered investment companies advised or sub-advised by the Firm listed in Appendix A.

 

Automatic Investment Plan – A program in which regular trades are made automatically in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An Automatic Investment Plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.

 

Beneficial Interest – Employees are considered to have beneficial ownership of securities if they have or share a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in the securities. Employees have a pecuniary interest in securities if they have the ability, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit from a securities transaction. An individual generally has a Beneficial Interest in all securities held directly or indirectly, as well as those owned directly or indirectly by Immediate Family Members sharing the same household. Examples are provided within the Personal Securities Transaction Policy.

 

CEO – The Firm’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

CCO – The Firm’s Chief Compliance Officer.

 

Compliance Team – The CCO and any employees reporting to the CCO and/or the Firm’s General Counsel, such as employees holding the following, or similar titles: Compliance Officer; Compliance Associate, Paralegal; Compliance Analyst; Associate General Counsel; or Senior Associate General Counsel.

 

Employees – The Firm’s officers, principals and employees (including interns), as well as Fiera Associated Persons.

 

ERISA – The Employee Retirement Income and Savings Act of 1974, as amended.

 

Exempt Retirement Accounts —An IRA, 401(k) plan, variable annuity or other qualified retirement plan accounts that can hold only unaffiliated mutual funds or for which the Employee can determine the investment allocations, but cannot control the purchase of specific securities.

 

Federal Securities Laws – The Federal Securities Laws includes the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, any rules adopted by the SEC under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to investment companies and investment advisers, and any rules adopted thereunder by the SEC or the Department of the Treasury.

 

 

 Page 20

 

Fiera Capital Inc. Code of Ethics

 

   

Fiera Associated Persons – Employees of Fiera Capital Corporation that perform services for Clients who have agreed to comply with the PA Manual with respect to services performed for Clients.

 

Gift - An item of value that a third party provides (or an Employee provides to a third party) where there is no business communication involved in the enjoyment of the gift. Examples are provided within the Gifts and Entertainment Policy.

 

Entertainment – An item of value that a third party provides (or an Employee provides to a third party), where the giver intends to participate in the enjoyment of the item with the recipient. Examples are provided within the Gifts and Entertainment Policy.

 

Immediate Family – An Employee’s spouse, child, step-child, grandchild, parent, step- parent, sibling, son/daughter-in-law, or brother/sister-in-law (this definition includes adoptive relationships).

 

Investment Company Act – The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

Insider Trading – Trading personally or on behalf of others on the basis of Material Non- Public Information, or improperly communicating Material Non-Public Information to others.

 

IPO – An initial public offering. An IPO is an offering of Securities registered under the Securities Act where the issuer, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

Manual —The Compliance Manual adopted by the Firm. This include the Compliance Manual and all appendices to the Compliance Manual.

 

Material Non-Public Information – Information that (i) has not been made generally available to the public, and that (ii) a reasonable investor would likely consider important in making an investment decision. Consult the Firm’s CCO if you are unsure whether information constitutes Material Non-Public Information.

 

Nonpublic Personal Information – Regulation S-P defines “nonpublic personal information” to include personally identifiable financial information that is not publicly available, as well as any list, description, or other grouping of consumers derived from nonpublic personally identifiable financial information.

 

Non-resident Director -- Any director of the Firm who (a) is not an officer, employee or shareholder of the Firm, (b) does not maintain a business address at the Firm, (c) does not, in the ordinary course of his business, receive or have access to current information regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Firm, information regarding recommendations concerning the purchase or sale of securities by the Firm or information regarding securities being considered for purchase or sale by the Firm, and (d) does not, in the ordinary course of his business, receive or have access to current information regarding the portfolio holdings of any investment fund the Firm or its control affiliates manage or of any investment fund in which the Firm’s clients have invested.

 

 

 Page 21

 

Fiera Capital Inc. Code of Ethics

 

   

PA Manual – The Participating Affiliate Compliance Policies and Procedures attached as Appendix P to the Manual.

 

Private Placement – Also known as a “Limited Offering.” An offering that is exempt from registration pursuant to sections 4(2) or 4(6) of the Securities Act, or pursuant to Rules 504, 505, or 506 of Regulation D.

 

Registered Fund Advisory Personnel – Any traders or other fund advisory personnel involved in providing services to an Affiliated Mutual Fund

 

Security – Any note, stock, treasury stock, security future, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, pre-organization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a Security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a “Security”, or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guaranty of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any of the foregoing. Any questions about whether an instrument is a Security for purposes of the Federal Securities Laws should be directed to the CCO.

 

SEC – The Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act – The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Senior Management – The CEO and/or the Firm’s Board of Directors.

 

Supervised Person – An adviser’s Supervised Persons are its partners, officers, directors (or other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions) and Employees, as well as any other persons who provide advice on behalf of the adviser and are subject to the adviser’s supervision and control. For the purposes of the Code, independent directors are not considered supervised persons.

 

 

 Page 22

 

Fiera Capital Inc. Code of Ethics

 

   

Appendix A – Affiliated Mutual Funds

 

As of December 1, 2017, the following are the Firm’s Affiliated Mutual Funds:

 

APEXcm Small Mid Cap Growth Fund (APSGX)

 

City National Rochdale Emerging Markets Fund (RIMIX, CNRYX)

 

Fiera Capital Diversified Alternatives Fund (FCARX, FCAIX)

 

Fiera Capital STRONG Nations Currency Fund (SCAFX, SCRFX)

 

Fiera Capital Global Equity Focused Fund (FCGIX, FCGEX)

 

Fiera Capital International Equity Fund (FCIRX, FCIUX, FCIWX)

 

Touchstone International Growth Fund (TIAPX, TAGCX, TSPYX, TSIGX)

 

Touchstone Small Cap Growth Value Fund (MXCIX, MXCAX, MXCSX, MXAIX)

 

 

 Page 23

March 26, 2018

 

MIZUHO ALTERNATIVE INVESTMENTS, LLC

 

CODE OF ETHICS

(INCLUDING PERSONAL TRADING POLICY AND
INSIDER TRADING POLICY)

 

I. INTRODUCTION.

 

This Code of Ethics is predicated on the principle that Mizuho Alternative Investments, LLC (“ MAI ”) owes a fiduciary duty to its clients. Accordingly, MAI must avoid activities, interests and relationships that run contrary to the best interests of clients. To that end, and in accordance with Section 204A of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “ Advisers Act ”) and Rule 204A-1 thereunder, as well as Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “ Investment Company Act ”), MAI has adopted this Code of Ethics to establish policies and procedures promoting ethical practices and conduct by “ Access Persons ” (as defined below, but covering, for example, most officers, employees and long-term onsite consultants) and attempting to prevent violations of the Federal Securities Laws, 1 including the Advisers Act and the Investment Company Act. MAI and all Access Persons are subject to the Code of Ethics.

 

Each Access Person is required to read the Code of Ethics and annually certify compliance with its provisions and reporting requirements. Any questions with respect to MAI’s Code of Ethics should be directed to the Chief Compliance Officer (CCO). Acknowledgement of and compliance with the Code of Ethics are conditions of employment with or engagement by MAI. Any questions concerning MAI’s Code of Ethics should be directed to the CCO. Violations of this Code of Ethics shall be escalated to the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of MAI as necessary. As discussed in greater detail below, Access Persons must promptly report any violations of the Code of Ethics to the CCO. All reporting of Code of Ethics violations will be treated as being made on an anonymous basis.

 

II. DEFINITIONS.

 

The following terms used without definition in this Code of Ethics have the following meanings:

 

Access Person – means all Employees (and long-term onsite consultants) (i) who have access to non-public information regarding any client’s purchase or sale of securities, who are involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or have access to such recommendations that are non-public, or (ii) who, in connection with their regular functions or duties, make, participate in, or obtain information regard the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by a Reportable Fund, or whose functions relate to the making of any such recommendation with respect to such purchases or sales.

 

 

1 Federal Securities Laws ” means the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, any rules adopted by the SEC under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to investment funds and investment advisers, and any rules adopted thereunder by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) or the Department of the Treasury.

 

   

 

Advisers Act – means the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

 

Automatic Investment Plan – means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An Automatic Investment Plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan (DRIP).

 

Beneficial Interest – An Access Person is considered to have a Beneficial Interest in a security if he or she has or shares, directly or indirectly, a pecuniary interest in the security, as defined by the provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder. Access Persons have a pecuniary interest in securities if they have the ability to directly or indirectly profit from a securities transaction, including, but not limited to, transactions in securities held by an immediate family member sharing the same household. An immediate family member is any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and includes adoptive relationships.

 

CCO – means MAI’s Chief Compliance Officer. Please refer to MAI’s current organizational chart for the name of the individual holding this title.

 

CEO – means MAI’s Chief Executive Officer. Please refer to MAI’s current organizational chart for the name of the individual holding this title.

 

COO – means MAI’s Chief Operating Officer. Please refer to MAI’s current organizational chart for the name of the individual holding this title.

 

Covered Security - means any security as defined under Section 2(a)(36) of the Investment Company Act, except: (A) direct obligations of the government of the United States; (B) bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; and (C) shares issued by Mutual Funds.

 

Employee(s) – means MAI’s officers and employees. Employee also includes long-term onsite consultants who are Access Persons as the context may require.

 

Exchange Act – means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Exempt Account – means any securities account over which the Access Person does not have any direct or indirect influence or control. Please see Section IV.A.3.

 

2  

 

Exempt Transaction – means certain transactions that do not require pre-trade clearance and are not subject to mandatory reporting under the Personal Trading Policy. Please see Section IV.A.4.

 

Federal Securities Laws – means the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, any rules adopted by the SEC under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to investment funds and investment advisers, and any rules adopted thereunder by the SEC or the Department of the Treasury.

 

Initial Public Offering – means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

Investment Company Act – means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

MAI – means Mizuho Alternative Investments, LLC.

 

Mutual Fund - means an open-end investment company registered under the Investment Company Act (other than an exchange-traded fund (ETF)).

 

Personal Account – means any securities account maintained with or by an issuer or broker in which an Access Person has a Beneficial Interest, other than an account over which the Access Person does not have any direct or indirect influence or control.

 

Personal Security Transaction – means an Access Person’s trade (direct or indirect) in any Reportable Security in which the Access Person has a Beneficial Interest or acquires a Beneficial Interest by virtue of the trade.

 

PTCC – means the Personal Trading Control Center, an online tool available to Access Persons for compliance-related submissions, requests and materials. Specifically, Access Persons may use PTCC to submit certifications, trade pre-clearance requests, accounts, holdings and transaction reports and to access MAI’s Regulatory Compliance Manual.

 

Pre-Clearance Exempted Security – means any type of security that is exempt from pre-clearance under MAI’s Personal Security Transaction Policy, i.e. , U.S. Treasury bills, notes and bonds, municipal bonds, money market instruments, Mutual Funds (open-end investment companies, including Reportable Funds), ETFs (closed-end and open-end investment companies, including Reportable Funds), securities purchased pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan, and shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more Mutual Funds.

 

3  

 

Private Placement – means an offering of securities that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Sections 4(2) or 4(6) thereof or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

 

Registered Fund – means an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act.

 

Reportable Fund – means (a) any Registered Fund for which MAI serves as the investment adviser as defined in Section 2(a)(20) of the Investment Company Act ( i.e. , in most cases MAI would need to be approved by the Registered Fund’s board of directors before it could serve); or (b) any Registered Fund whose investment adviser or principal underwriter controls MAI, is controlled by MAI, or is under common control with MAI. Currently, MAI advises a single Reportable Fund: Rothschild Larch Lane Alternatives Fund (Tickers: RLLBX/RLLIX).

 

Reportable Securities – means any security , as that term is defined in Section 202(a)(18) of the Advisers Act, except that it does not include:

 

o Direct obligations of the government of the United States of America (such as Treasury bills, notes and bonds);

 

o Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements;

 

o Shares issued by money market funds;

 

o Shares issued by Mutual Funds, other than Reportable Funds; and

 

o Shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more Mutual Funds, none of which are Reportable Funds. 2

 

Restricted List – means a list of securities that MAI has determined are generally not acceptable for trading by Employees and Access Persons.

 

Securities Act – means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Security Held or to be Acquired - means: (A) any Covered Security which, within the most recent fifteen (15) calendar days: (i) is or has been held by a registered investment company; or (ii) is being or has been considered by the such registered investment company or its investment adviser for purchase by such registered investment company; and (B) any option to purchase or sell, and any security convertible into or exchangeable for, a Covered Security described in paragraph (A) of this definition.

 

 

2 Generally, this would only apply to Mutual Funds embedded within variable insurance products, such as variable life insurance policies or variable annuities.

 

4  

 

Watch List – means a list of securities where MAI has determined that trading by Employees and Access Persons should be subject to additional scrutiny and/or restrictions.

 

III. GUIDING PRINCIPLES AND STANDARDS OF CONDUCT.

 

All Employees of MAI (and long-term onsite consultants) will act with competence, dignity and integrity, in an ethical manner, when dealing with clients, the public, prospects, third-party service providers and fellow Employees and consultants. The following set of principles frame the professional and ethical conduct that MAI expects from its Employees and consultants:

 

Act with integrity, dignity, competence, diligence, respect and in an ethical manner with the public, clients, prospective clients, third-party service providers, and fellow Employees;

 

Place the integrity of the investment profession, the interests of clients, and the interests of MAI above one’s own personal interests;

 

Adhere to the fundamental principle that you should not take inappropriate advantage of your position;

 

Avoid any actual or potential material conflict of interest prior to consulting with senior management;

 

Disclose all material conflicts of interest to clients;

 

Conduct all personal securities transactions in a manner consistent with this Code of Ethics;

 

Use reasonable care and exercise independent professional judgment when conducting investment analysis, making investment recommendations, taking investment actions, and engaging in other professional activities;

 

Practice and encourage others to practice in a professional and ethical manner, such as will reflect favorably on you and the profession;

 

Promote the integrity of and uphold the rules governing the capital markets;

 

Maintain and improve your professional competence and strive to maintain and improve that of other investment professionals; and

 

Comply with all applicable provisions of the Federal Securities Laws.

 

Additionally, Rule 17j-1(b) under the Investment Company Act prohibits an investment adviser (including a sub-adviser) to a Registered Fund, or an affiliated person of such adviser, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by such person of any Security Held or to be Acquired by such Registered Fund:

 

5  

 

To employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Registered Fund;

 

To make any untrue statement of a material fact to the Registered Fund or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to the Registered Fund, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

 

To engage in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on the Registered Fund; or

 

To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Registered Fund. “ Security Held or to be Acquired ” means: (A) any Covered Security which, within the most recent fifteen (15) calendar days: (i) is or has been held by a registered investment company; or (ii) is being or has been considered by the such registered investment company or its investment adviser for purchase by such registered investment company; and (B) any option to purchase or sell, and any security convertible into or exchangeable for, a Covered Security described in paragraph (A) of this definition. “ Covered Security ” means any security as defined under Section 2(a)(36) of the Investment Company Act, except: (A) direct obligations of the government of the United States; (B) bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; and (C) shares issued by Mutual Funds.

 

IV. PERSONAL TRADING POLICY.

 

The Personal Trading Policy covers any securities transactions in Reportable Securities for a Personal Account maintained by an Access Person. As a general rule, Access Persons may not engage in any securities transaction for a Personal Account when the transaction will cause harm to the interests of one or more of our clients.

 

All Employees must assume that they are Access Persons unless told otherwise by the CCO. In general, temporary employees (such as summer interns) and short-term consultants (whether onsite or offsite) will not be treated as Access Persons. Long-term onsite consultants will be treated as Access Persons.

 

A. Personal Accounts; Personal Securities Transactions.

 

Any securities account maintained with or by an issuer or broker in which an Access Person has a Beneficial Interest is a “ Personal Account ” for purposes of MAI’s Personal Trading Policy, other than an account over which the Access Person does not have any direct or indirect influence or control, as defined in Section IV.A.3.

 

6  

 

1. Reportable Securities.

 

MAI requires Access Persons to provide periodic reports regarding transactions and holdings in any security , as that term is defined in Section 202(a)(18) of the Advisers Act (“ Reportable Security ”), except that it does not include:

 

Direct obligations of the government of the United States of America (such as Treasury bills, notes and bonds);

 

Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements;

 

Shares issued by money market funds;

 

Shares issued by Mutual Funds, other than Reportable Funds; and

 

Shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more Mutual Funds, none of which are Reportable Funds. 3

 

Note : Exchange-traded funds (ETFs) (whether open-end or closed-end) are all considered Reportable Securities for purposes of the Personal Trading Policy.

 

Note : Currently, MAI advises a single Reportable Fund: Fiera Capital Diversified Alternatives Fund (formerly known as Rothschild Larch Lane Alternatives Fund) (Tickers: FCAIX/FCARX).

 

2. Beneficial Ownership.

 

Access Persons are considered to have a Beneficial Interest in Reportable Securities if they have or share a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in the securities, as defined by the provisions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and the rules and regulations thereunder. Access Persons have a pecuniary interest in securities if they have the ability to directly or indirectly profit from a securities transaction.

 

The following are examples of indirect pecuniary interests in securities:

 

Securities held by members of an Access Person’s immediate family sharing the same household. Immediate family means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law. Adoptive relationships are included;

 

An Access Person’s interest as a general partner in securities held by a general or limited partnership; and

 

 

3 Generally, this would only apply to Mutual Funds embedded within variable insurance products, such as variable life insurance policies or variable annuities.

 

7  

 

An Access Person’s interest as a manager or managing member in the securities held by a limited liability company.

 

Additional guidance on various types of legal arrangements that may give rise to beneficial ownership can be found below:

 

(a) Legal Entities

 

Access Persons do not have an indirect pecuniary interest in securities held by entities in which they hold an equity interest unless they are a controlling equity holder or they have or share investment control over the securities held by the entity.

 

(b) Trusts.

 

The following circumstances constitute beneficial ownership by Access Persons of securities held by a trust:

 

Ownership of securities as a trustee where either the Access Person or members of the Access Person’s immediate family have a vested interest in the principal or income of the trust;

 

Ownership of a vested beneficial interest in a trust; and

 

An Access Person’s status as a settlor or grantor of a trust, unless the consent of all of the beneficiaries is required in order for the Access Person to revoke the trust.

 

If you have any questions about the application of the foregoing rules to your specific situation, please speak to the CCO.

 

3. Exempt Accounts.

 

Any securities account over which the Access Person does not have any direct or indirect influence or control are considered Exempt Accounts and not subject to mandatory reporting under the Personal Trading Policy. In addition, securities transactions effected in an Exempt Account do not require pre-trade clearance. Some examples of Exempt Accounts include the following:

 

Presuming that his or her relatives do not reside in the same household as the Access Person, accounts of family members outside of the immediate family would be Exempt Accounts, as long as the Access Person does not have any Beneficial Interest in those accounts.

 

Similarly, a “blind trust” or other arrangement where a professional investment adviser is responsible for all investment decisions would be an Exempt Account. In such cases, Access Persons must provide to the CCO copies of investment advisory agreements, powers of attorney, or similar documentation demonstrating that the Access Person does not have the authority to direct transactions for the securities account to qualify as an Exempt Account. In evaluating whether the documents provided establish that an account is an Exempt Account, the CCO may condition Exempt Account treatment on requiring the Access Person to report the Exempt Account as Personal Account and reporting Personal Securities Transactions in the Exempt Account in accordance with Section IV.F.

 

8  

 

4. Exempt Transactions.

 

The following transactions are considered Exempt Transactions and therefore do not require pre-trade clearance and are not subject to mandatory reporting under the Personal Trading Policy:

 

Any Reportable Security purchased pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan, such as a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRIP).

 

B. CFTC-regulated Investment Instruments.

 

MAI’s policy is not to permit any non-customer or proprietary trading in CFTC- regulated investment instruments, including, but not limited to, commodity futures and options on futures. Under this Personal Trading Policy, trading in CFTC-regulated investment instruments for a Personal Account maintained by an Access Person is prohibited . Access Persons must attest to their compliance with this prohibition on a quarterly basis. (Please note that this prohibition does not include investments in public or private investment funds that are treated as “commodity pools” by applicable regulation. Any such investments in private investment funds (such as “hedge funds”) must be pre-cleared and reported under this Personal Trading Policy.)

 

C. ICOs and Crypto Currencies.

 

An Access Person may invest into initial coin offerings (“ICOs”) and trade in crypto currencies, provided that an Access Person has to report to the CCO on quarterly basis within 30 days of each calendar quarter-end his/her holdings of crypto currencies, coins and tokens as of the end of the relevant calendar quarter. An Access Person, in his/her discretion, may report through PTCC or via email to the CCO. An Access Person is required to hold acquired crypto currencies, coins and tokens pursuant to the requirements set forth below in Section IV.H. The holding period set forth in Section IV.H. does not apply to any coin or token (i) that was not originally acquired by the Access Person, but rather was “air dropped” into his/her account/wallet or (ii) in the event such coin or token is exchanged/redeemed for a service or a product.

 

D. Pre-Clearance of Personal Security Transactions.

 

1. In General.

 

An Access Person must have written pre-clearance for each Personal Security Transaction effected by that Access Person before executing that Personal Security Transaction (unless the transaction occurs in a Pre-Clearance Exempted Security). While an Access Person may have a Beneficial Interest in Reportable Securities where the Personal Security Transaction was effected by an Access Person’s immediate family member sharing the same household, only in the case where an Access Person personally effects (or directs an agent to effect) the Personal Security Transaction is written pre- clearance required. MAI reserves the right to disapprove any Personal Security Transaction and may not grant clearance for a Personal Security Transaction for any number of reasons, including, but not limited to, the appearance of impropriety.

 

9  

 

All pre-clearance requests must be submitted online using the Personal Trading Control Center™ (“ PTCC ”) and must be approved by the CCO (or someone designated by the CCO). The CCO’s pre-clearance requests must be approved by the COO (or someone designated by the COO). Please refer to Attachment A for an indicative form of MAI’s Personal Trading Pre-Clearance Form.

 

Once pre-clearance is granted, the Employee will have three (3) trading days following approval to execute the trade (the “ Pre-Clearance Period ”). The Pre- Clearance Period will generally include the day pre-clearance is granted, depending on whether the transaction approval was granted during the trading day or after the close of trading. If the trade is not fully executed during the Pre-Clearance Period and the Employee wishes to continue transacting in the relevant Reportable Security after the Pre-Clearance Period has expired, he or she must again obtain pre-clearance for such Personal Security Transaction using PTCC. In view of the Pre-Clearance Period, an Employee may want to consider using a “market,” “day” or “immediate-or-cancel” order, rather than a “limit” or “good-til-cancelled” order, to obtain assurance that the trade will be executed within the allotted time.

 

Unless otherwise noted, no pre-clearance is required for any Personal Security Transaction in a Pre-Clearance Exempted Security (as discussed below).

 

2. Pre-Clearance Exempted Securities.

 

Personal Security Transaction in the following securities are exempt from the requirement under this Personal Trading Policy to obtain written pre-clearance prior to execution, unless the security also appears on the Watch List (as defined below) :

 

U.S. Treasury bills, notes and bonds;

 

Municipal bonds;

 

Money market instruments;

 

Mutual Funds (open-end investment companies, including Reportable Funds);

 

ETFs (closed-end and open-end investment companies, including Reportable Funds);

 

Any Reportable Security purchased pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan, such as a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRIP); and

 

10  

 

Shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more Mutual Funds. 4

 

Warning : In certain circumstances, one or more Pre-Clearance Exempted Securities may appear on the Watch List. Access Persons are cautioned to check the Watch List before engaging in any Personal Security Transaction.

 

E. Pre-Clearance of Investments in Private Placements and Initial Public Offerings.

 

An Access Person may not acquire, directly or indirectly, any Beneficial Interest in any Private Placement or Initial Public Offering without first obtaining prior approval from the CCO (or from the COO in case the Access Person concerned is the CCO) in order to preclude any possibility of the Access Person profiting improperly from his or her activities on behalf of a client. The CCO will (a) obtain from the Access Person full details of the proposed transaction (including written certification that the investment opportunity did not arise by virtue of the Access Person’s activities on behalf of a client), and (b) conclude, after review, that no clients have any foreseeable interest in purchasing the Reportable Security. A record of the approval by the CCO will be kept in accordance with this Code of Ethics. All pre-clearance requests must be submitted online using PTCC. Please refer to Attachment B for an indicative form of the Private Placement and IPO Request and Reporting Form. Access Persons must also complete a pre-clearance request using MAI’s Personal Trading Pre-Clearance Form (see Attachment A ).

 

All pre-clearance requests must be submitted to MAI’s CCO or someone so designated by the CCO with the CCO’s oversight. MAI’s CCO will submit all of his or her pre-clearance requests to MAI’s Chief Operator Officer (COO) for approval. Once pre-clearance is granted to an Access Person, the authorization is good from the date it is granted until: (i) for a Private Placement, the closing date; or (ii) for an Initial Public Offering, the opening of trading on the trading day following the Initial Public Offering.

 

F. Reporting of Securities Transactions in Personal Accounts.

 

In order to comply with Rule 204A-1 and Rule 17j-1, each Access Person of MAI must submit the following reports to the CCO (or to the COO in case the Access Person concerned is the CCO) reporting all Personal Accounts (any securities account maintained with or by an issuer or broker in which an Access Person has a Beneficial Interest) and showing all holdings of and transactions in Reportable Securities in which the person has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect Beneficial Interest, except for Exempt Transactions (as described in Section IV.A.3). As a practical matter, this will include any securities account maintained at any bank, brokerage firm, or similar financial institution, including accounts at financial institutions maintained outside the United States. This information will be maintained in the strictest confidence and reviewed only for purposes of reviewing compliance with this Code of Ethics.

 

4 Generally, this would only apply to Mutual Funds embedded within variable insurance products, such as variable life insurance policies or variable annuities.

 

11  

 

1. Initial and Annual Holdings Reports.

 

New MAI Access Persons are required to report all of their Personal Accounts and Reportable Securities holdings not later than ten (10) calendar days after the commencement of their employment. (See Attachment C for an indicative form of the Initial Holdings Report.) The Initial Holdings Report must be current as of a date not more than 45 calendar days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person.

 

Existing Access Persons are required to provide MAI with a complete list of all of their Personal Accounts and Reportable Securities holdings on an annual basis, or on or before February 14 th (as determined by MAI) of each year. The report must be current as of December 31 st , which is a date no more than 45 calendar days from the final date the report is due to be submitted. (See Attachment D for an indicative form of the Annual Holdings Report.)

 

Each holdings report (both the initial and annual) must contain, at a minimum:

 

the title and type of Reportable Security, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP or RIC number, number of shares, and principal amount of each reportable security in which the Access Person has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;

 

the name of any broker, dealer, or bank with which the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the Access Person’s direct or indirect benefit; and

 

the date the Access Person submits the report.

 

In addition, existing Access Persons are required to provide MAI with a complete list of all of their holdings of crypto currencies, coins and tokens on a quarterly basis within 30 days of each quarter-end.

 

Each such holdings report must contain, at a minimum:

 

the title and type of crypto currency, coin or token, the wallet or similar media where it is held, amount of currency, coin or token, their value as of the date of the report or the quarter-end, if available, and value in the USD, if available; and

 

the date the Access Person submits the report.

 

12  

 

2. Quarterly Transaction Reports.

 

MAI Access Persons are required to report all of their Personal Securities Transactions to MAI within thirty (30) calendar days of the end of the calendar quarter during which the transactions occurred. Any new Personal Accounts must also be reported within thirty (30) calendar days of the end of the calendar quarter during which the Personal Account was established. (See Attachment E for an indicative form of the Quarterly Transaction Report.)

 

With respect to each Personal Securities Transactions, each Quarterly Transaction Report must contain, at a minimum:

 

The title and amount of the Reportable Security involved;

 

Number of shares;

 

Exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP or RIC number;

 

Interest rate and maturity date, if applicable;

 

The date and nature of the transaction ( e.g., purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition);

 

The price at which the transaction was effected;

 

The name of the broker, dealer, or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected (if any); and

 

The date the report was submitted.

 

With respect to each Personal Account, each Quarterly Transaction Report must contain, at a minimum:

 

The name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established the account;

 

The date the account was established; and

 

The date the report was submitted.

 

3. Personal Securities Transaction Account Data Feeds; Duplicate Confirmations and Account Statements.

 

MAI uses PTCC, an automated solution for personal trading compliance provided by Compliance Science. ® An integral part PTCC is the centralized receipt and processing of daily broker account information. For personal trading accounts for employees of firms in the securities industry, brokers are required by industry regulation to provide duplicate account information to the employees’ compliance departments. To facilitate this, most major brokers provide a secure electronic feed to PTCC with the necessary account information. If a broker data feed is not available, the Access Person may enter the trades manually into PTCC or submit an electronic file to PTCC. With respect to ICOs and crypto currencies, an employee may use PTCC or submit the required report via electronic mail directly to the CCO.

 

13  

 

Each Access Person is required to cooperate with the CCO in initializing and maintaining an electronic data feed to PTCC from brokers and custodians that maintain Personal Accounts and execute Personal Securities Transactions for that Access Person. Cooperation includes, among other things, (i) via PTCC, reporting the name of the account, the account number and the name of the broker or custodian, and (ii) signing consent or authorization forms that may be required by the broker or custodian prior to delivering securities transaction information via automated data feed. The CCO will contact brokers directly to initiate new data feeds or to add or remove Access Persons from existing feeds. The CCO may also ask the Access Person to contact his or her broker (for example, if the broker required that special action be taken by the account holder before processing the data feed request).

 

In cases where a broker or custodian maintains one or more Personal Accounts for an Access Person in which the Access Person can execute Personal Securities Transactions in Reportable Securities, but the broker or custodian is unable or unwilling to provide transaction and holdings information via an automated electronic data feed, MAI may require the broker or custodian to send statements directly to MAI, or in lieu thereof, for the Access Person to provide copies of broker account statements. The CCO will notify the Access Person in question of MAI’s requirements in his or her particular case.

 

Please note that MAI will not require duplicate confirmations and/or account statements from Mutual Fund-only 401ks, IRAs, or 529s or similar Mutual Fund-only accounts. However, the existence of these accounts must still be reported as Personal Accounts via PTCC, even if they do not contain Reportable Securities.

 

If an Access Person is required to instruct his or her broker(s) to send to MAI duplicate broker trade confirmations and duplicate month-end account statements for the Access Person’s Personal Accounts, these must be received by the CCO no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the end of each calendar month. A form letter to brokerage firms requesting duplicate trade confirmations and duplicate account statements is attached as Attachment F .

 

In cases where a broker is not willing or able to send MAI duplicate broker trade confirmations and duplicate month-end account statements for the Access Person’s Personal Accounts, the Access Person must provide the relevant information for the trade to the CCO by supplying MAI with a copy of a month-end account statement for each Personal Account for which MAI has not received duplicate broker trade confirmations and duplicate month-end account statements directly from the broker. Please note that the receipt of duplicate trade confirmations and monthly accounts statements is not a substitute for reporting Personal Accounts and Personal Securities Transactions via PTCC.

 

14  

 

G. Watch List; Restricted List.

 

To aid in compliance with trading prohibitions and restrictions, MAI will compile, update and distribute a list, as needed from time to time and for internal use only, of securities where MAI has determined that trading by Employees and Access Persons should be subject to additional scrutiny and/or restrictions (the “ Watch List ”). Securities may be placed on the Watch List for any of several reasons, including that:

 

MAI may have a significant position in the security and the additional purchase or sale of the security may trigger regulatory disclosure obligations;

 

MAI may have a significant position in the security and trading by Access Persons in close proximity to trades in the same security executed by MAI for client accounts may be viewed as “front running” or “scalping” a client; or

 

The security may be critical to a firm trading strategy.

 

To aid in compliance with trading prohibitions and restrictions, MAI will compile, update and distribute a list, as needed from time to time and for internal use only, of securities that MAI has determined are generally not acceptable for trading by Employees and Access Persons (the “ Restricted List ”). Securities may be placed on the Restricted List for any of several reasons, including that MAI may have material, non- public information relating to the issuer of the security.

 

1. The Rationale.

 

Unmonitored trading in securities in which client accounts (or MAI accounts) hold significant positions could cause unintended legal or regulatory problems for MAI or our clients. Significant problems can also arise when trading occurs in securities about which MAI has material, non-public information. In addition, certain transactions in which MAI engages on behalf of clients may require, for either business or legal reasons, that none of the client accounts or Personal Accounts trade in a particular security for a specified period of time. For these reasons, MAI prohibits trading in Personal Accounts involving securities on MAI’s Watch List or Restricted List absent written approval from the CCO.

 

2. Maintenance of the Watch List and the Restricted List.

 

The Watch List and the Restricted List will be compiled and maintained by the CCO and circulated to Employees via PTCC. All Employees of MAI are required to report to the CCO immediately upon learning of an issuer whose securities should be included on the Watch List or the Restricted List.

 

3. Confidentiality Agreements.

 

From time to time, MAI may enter into confidentiality agreements with respect to specific transactions that directly or indirectly apply to our Employees. Before MAI enters into a confidentiality agreement, a copy of the agreement should be sent to the CCO for review. If necessary, the relevant company or target will be added to the Restricted List. Each Employee of MAI must abide by any confidentiality agreement applicable to MAI.

 

15  

 

4. Confidentiality of the Watch List and the Restricted List.

 

The composition of the Watch List and the Restricted List is confidential information and may not be disclosed to anyone, except in accordance with this Code. An Employee should never tell a broker or friend that he or she couldn’t buy or sell a security because it is on MAI’s Watch List or Restricted List. Indeed, if you discover that you cannot engage in a proposed trade suggested by someone else ( e.g. , a broker or co- trustee), you should be careful to use language that does not signal why you are not engaging in the proposed trade.

 

H. Investment Holding Period.

 

1. In General.

 

Access Persons are required to hold positions in Reportable Securities ( excluding Pre-Clearance Exempt Securities) in their Personal Accounts for a minimum period for thirty (30) calendar days. Access Persons will not be permitted to close ( e.g. , sell long or cover short) a position in a Reportable Security (excluding Pre-Clearance Exempt Securities) in a Personal Account within 30 calendar days of the date the position was established. With respect to option exercises, Access Persons may tack on the option holding period to meet the minimum holding period requirement. Similarly, when closing a position in an options contract upon expiration while entering into a new position in the contract for the following quarter (a “roll”), holdings periods for the two contracts will be tacked together. The trade date of each purchase and sale will be the date used to determine when that position was established. For Pre-Clearance Exempt Securities, please see Section IV.D.2

 

A “last in, first out” accounting method will be used to match purchases and sales. Long purchases will be matched with long sales, and short sales will be matched with short covers, but not the other way around. (For example, a long sale followed by a long purchase within 30 calendar days would not be matched.)

 

In view of the minimum holding period, an Employee may wish to consider avoiding “stop” or “stop-limit” orders that might result in an unanticipated closing transaction during the 30-calendar day holding period.

 

2. Financial Hardship Exemptions.

 

An Access Person may liquidate a position within 30 calendar days of the date the position was established, if the subsequent liquidating transaction will result in a financial loss equal to or greater than 15% of the cost basis to establish the position (excluding commission costs and fees). In addition, an Access Person also may be permitted to liquidate a position before the end of the 30-calendar day holding period if he or she may be subject to financial hardship if required to maintain the position. Specific hardship cases will require separate approval from the CCO, while the 15% loss rule is self- executing and Employees and Access Persons may avail themselves of it if their circumstances meet the definition. Please use caution in calculating the existence and applicability of a 15% loss.

 

16  

 

I. Additional Waivers and Exceptions.

 

An Access Person may request a waiver or exception in writing to the CCO of any provision of this Code, including a request for special approval to engage in a Personal Securities Transaction otherwise prohibited by the Code of Ethics. The CCO may consult with the CEO when considering any such requests.

 

J. Trading and Review.

 

The CCO will monitor each Access Person’s trading activities and review each Access Person’s holdings and transaction reports to detect any violation of the foregoing Personal Trading Policy. If MAI discovers that an Employee is personally trading contrary to the policies and procedures set forth above, the Employee will meet or otherwise communicate with the CCO to review the facts surrounding the transactions. This meeting will help MAI to determine the appropriate course of action.

 

A summary of the provisions of the Personal Trading Policy can be found in Attachment I .

 

V. PROHIBITION ON INSIDER TRADING.

 

A. Background.

 

Section 204A of the Advisers Act requires every investment adviser to establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed, taking into consideration the nature of such investment adviser’s business, to prevent the misuse of material, non-public information by such investment adviser or any person associated with such investment adviser. In accordance with Section 204A, MAI has instituted procedures to prevent the misuse of material, non-public information.

 

Although “insider trading” is not defined in Federal Securities Laws, it is generally thought to consist of trading either personally, or on behalf of others, on the basis of material, non-public information, or communicating material, non-public information to others, in violation of the law. In the past, securities laws have been interpreted to prohibit the following activities:

 

Trading by an insider while in possession of material, non-public information;

 

Trading by a non-insider while in possession of material, non-public information, where the information was disclosed to the non-insider in violation of an insider’s duty to keep it confidential or was misappropriated;

 

Communicating material, non-public information to others in breach of a duty to protect the information or communicating misappropriated information; and

 

17  

 

Trading by a non-insider while in possession of material, non-public information with respect to a tender offer received from the offeror, target or a related person of the offeror or target.

 

Insider trading includes trades made to avoid a loss as well as to earn a profit. Violations of these provisions may result in civil and criminal penalties, including fines and jail sentences. Any questions about MAI’s Insider Trading Policy should be directed to the CCO.

 

B. Whom Does the Policy Cover?

 

This policy covers all of MAI’s Employees as well as any transactions in securities by family members, trusts or corporations or other legal entities directly or indirectly controlled by an Employee. This Policy also covers all trading by MAI on its own behalf or on behalf of its advisory clients.

 

C. What Information Is Material?

 

Individuals may not be held liable for trading on inside information unless the information is material. “Material information” is generally defined as information for which there is a substantial likelihood that an investor would consider it important in making his or her investment decisions, or information that is reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a company’s securities. Advance knowledge of the following types of information is generally regarded as “material”:

 

Dividend or earnings announcements

 

Write-downs or write-offs of assets

 

Additions to reserves for bad debts or contingent liabilities

 

Expansion or curtailment of company or major division operations

 

Merger and joint venture announcements

 

A change in debt ratings

 

New product or service announcements

 

Discovery or research developments

 

Criminal, civil and government investigations and indictments

 

Pending labor disputes

 

Debt service or liquidity problems

 

Bankruptcy or insolvency problems

 

18  

 

Tender offers, stock repurchase plans, and other recapitalizations

 

Expansion or contraction of operations

 

Significant management developments

 

Development of a new product

 

Pending securities transactional order flow

 

The list above is not exhaustive. It is merely illustrative of the types of information that could be considered material. Except in obvious cases of insignificant information, inside information should be presumed to be material unless it has been previously concluded otherwise.

 

Information provided by a company could be material because of its expected effect on a particular class of a company’s securities, all of the company’s securities, the securities of another company, or the securities of several companies. Information may be provided through officers, employees or consultants. The misuse of material, non-public information applies to all types of securities, including equity, debt, commercial paper, government securities and options.

 

Material information does not have to relate to a company’s business. For example, material information about the contents of an upcoming newspaper column may affect the price of a security, and therefore be considered material.

 

D. What Information Is Non-Public?

 

In order for issues concerning insider trading to arise, information must not only be material, but also must be non-public. “Non-public” information generally means information that has not been made available to the investing public. Once material, non- public information has been effectively distributed to the investing public, it is no longer classified as material, non-public information. However, the distribution of non-public information must occur through commonly recognized channels for the classification to change. In addition, the information must not only be publicly disclosed, but also there must be adequate time for the public to receive and digest the information. Lastly, non- public information does not change to public information solely by selective dissemination.

 

MAI’s Employees should be aware that, even where there is no expectation of confidentiality, a person may become an insider upon receiving material, non-public information. Whether the “tip” made to the Employee makes him or her a “tippee” depends on whether the corporate insider/fiduciary expects to benefit personally, either directly or indirectly, from the disclosure. The “benefit” is not limited to a present or future monetary gain; it could be a reputational benefit or an expectation of a quid pro quo from the recipient by a gift of the information. Employees may also become insiders or tippees if they obtain material, non-public information by happenstance, such as at social gatherings or by overhearing conversations.

 

19  

 

E. Penalties for Trading on Insider Information.

 

Severe penalties exist for firms and individuals that engage in the act of insider trading, including civil injunctions, treble damages, disgorgement of profits and jail sentences. Further, fines for individuals and firms found guilty of insider trading are levied in amounts up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided, and up to the greater of $1 million or three times the profit gained or loss avoided, respectively.

 

F. Procedures to Follow If an Employee Believes That He or She Possesses Material, Non-Public Information.

 

If an Employee has questions as to whether he or she is in possession of material, non-public information, the Employee must inform the CCO as soon as possible. At this point, the CCO will conduct research to determine if the information is likely to be considered important to investors in making investment decisions, and whether the information has been publicly disseminated. Given the severe penalties imposed on individuals and firms engaging in insider trading, Employees:

 

Will not trade the securities of any company in which they are deemed insiders who may possess material, non-public information about the company, either on their own behalf or on behalf of MAI or its advisory clients;

 

Will not engage in transactions in the securities of any company, except in accordance with MAI’s Personal Trading Policy and the securities laws;

 

Will submit personal security trading reports in accordance with the Personal Trading Policy;

 

Will not disclose any material, non-public information to third parties in violation of the Federal Securities Laws;

 

Will not discuss any potentially material, non-public information with colleagues, except as specifically required by their position;

 

Will immediately report the potential receipt of material, non-public information to the CCO; and

 

Will not proceed with any research or trading until the CCO informs the Employee of the appropriate course of action.

 

VI. CODE OF ETHICS CERTIFICATION; ANNUAL COMPLIANCE QUESTIONNAIRE.

 

Every Employee must sign at the commencement of employment a Code of Ethics Certification acknowledging that the Employee has read, understands and agrees to abide by the Code of Ethics. A copy of the Certification is attached as Attachment G . Thereafter, every Employee must complete and sign the Code of Ethics Certification at least once each year. Furthermore, any and all amendments to the Code will be promptly provided to Employees and every Employee must sign the Certification at the time of amendment acknowledging that the Employee has read, understands and agrees to abide by the amendments to the Code. These Certifications must be returned promptly to the CCO.

 

20  

 

Every Employee must sign at the commencement of employment an Annual Compliance Questionnaire, requesting disclosure about material compliance information and obligations. A copy of the Annual Compliance Questionnaire is attached as Attachment H . Thereafter, every Employee must complete and sign the Annual Compliance Questionnaire at least once each calendar year. These Annual Compliance Questionnaires must be returned promptly to the CCO.

 

VII. DISCLOSURE.

 

MAI will describe its Code of Ethics to clients in Part 2A of Form ADV and, upon request, furnish clients, investors, prospective clients, and prospective investors with a copy of the Code of Ethics. All client requests for MAI’s Code of Ethics will be directed to the CCO.

 

VIII. RECORDKEEPING.

 

MAI will maintain records in the manner and to the extent set forth below, which records will be available for appropriate examination by representatives of the Securities and Exchange Commission or MAI’s management:

 

A copy of this Code of Ethics and any other code which is, or at any time within the past five years has been, in effect will be preserved in an easily accessible place;

 

A record of any violation of this Code of Ethics and of any action taken as a result of such violation will be preserved in an easily accessible place for a period of not less than five years following the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs;

 

A record of all written acknowledgements (annual and update certifications) as required by this Code of Ethics for each person who is currently, or with the past five years was, an Employee of MAI;

 

A copy of each report made pursuant to this Code of Ethics by an Employee, including any information provided in lieu of reports, will be preserved by MAI for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the report is made or the information is provided, the first two years in an easily accessible place;

 

A list of all persons who are, or within the past five years have been, required to make reports pursuant to this Code of Ethics, and who are or were responsible for reviewing these reports, will be maintained in an easily accessible place; and

 

21  

 

MAI will preserve a record of any decision to approve the acquisition of any Private Placement or Initial Public Offering by Employees for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted, the first two years in an easily accessible place.

 

IX. REPORTING VIOLATIONS.

 

MAI takes very seriously the potential for conflicts of interest caused by personal investing or other matters covered herein. As such, MAI requires its Employees to promptly report any violations of the Code of Ethics to the CCO. MAI’s management is aware of the potential matters that may arise as a result of this requirement, and will take action against any Employee that seeks retaliation against another for reporting violations of the Code of Ethics.

 

The CCO will report violations of the Code of Ethics to the Registered Fund’s CCO and/or board as requested and pursuant to Rule 17j-1.

 

MAI has zero tolerance for retaliatory actions and therefore may subject offenders to more severe action than set forth below. In order to minimize the potential for such behavior, all reports of Code of Ethics violations will be treated as being made on an anonymous basis .

 

X. SANCTIONS.

 

Acts believed to be in violation of these policies and procedures must be reported immediately to the CCO, who will promptly undertake an investigation of the pertinent facts. No person will participate in a determination of whether he or she has committed a violation of this Code or in the imposition of any sanction against himself or herself. In the event it is determined that a violation has occurred, the CCO may:

 

Issue a warning letter for first time violations of a less serious nature;

 

Require that the trades in question be reversed;

 

Require the disgorgement of profits;

 

Issue a suspension of personal trading rights;

 

Report acts to appropriate regulatory bodies if such reporting is required and advisable;

 

Suspend the individual from active duties, without compensation, pending further review or proceedings;

 

Terminate the employment or business relationship of the individual for serious or repeated violations; or

 

Take any other action deemed appropriate or necessary and in the best interest of MAI or its clients.

 

22  

 

All sanctions and other actions taken will be in accordance with applicable employment laws and regulations. Any profits forfeited will be paid to the applicable client(s), if any, or given to a charity, as the CCO may determine is appropriate.

 

XI. COMPLIANCE INQUIRIES

 

The CCO will be responsible for administering the Code of Ethics. If you have any questions with respect to the policies set forth herein, you should consult with the CCO.

 

23  

 

Attachment A

 

For Illustration Only – All Actual Requests Handled Through Compliance Science’s Personal Trading Control Center™ (“PTCC”)

 

Personal Trading Pre-Clearance Form

 

This Personal Trading Pre-Clearance Form documents that the proposed transaction is not a conflicting transaction. Pre-clearance must be granted prior to placing a trade, and is only good for three business days.

 

1. Buy _______________  Sell _______________  Short _______________  Cover _______________  

 

2. Security ____________________________________________________________

 

3. Common Stock _______________  Option _______________  Debt _______________  Other _______________

 

4. If applicable, is the security an IPO?          Yes ____________  No ____________

 

5. Ticker Symbol ______________________

 

6. Number of Shares/Contracts/Principal ____________________

 

7. Brokerage Account Number ________________________________

Custodian __________________________________________

 

8. Any transaction described above establishing a position in a security is not undertaken on the basis of material, non-public information or confidential information regarding the activities of any client account. Employee has no inside information or other knowledge pertaining to this proposed transaction that would constitute a violation of the Code of Ethics.

 

9. Any transaction described above establishing a position in a security is undertaken with the intention of holding such position for not less than thirty (30) calendar days.

 

Employee    (PRINT NAME)  
         
Signed        
      Date  

 

By signing below, the individual verifies that, based on upon all available information, the proposed transaction described above does not appear to violate the Code of Ethics.

 

       
Chief Compliance Officer   Date  

 

A- 1  

 

Attachment B

 

For Illustration Only – All Actual Requests Handled Through Compliance Science’s Personal Trading Control Center™ (“PTCC”)

 

Private Placement or Initial Public Offering Request and Reporting Form

 

  Name of Issuer:    
       
  Type of Security:    
       
  Public Offering Date:    
    (for proposed IPO investments only)  

 

By signing below, I certify and acknowledge the following:

 

1. I am not investing in this Private Placement or Initial Public Offering to profit improperly from my position as an employee;

 

2. The investment opportunity did not arise by virtue of my activities on behalf of a client; and

 

3. To the best of my knowledge, no clients have any foreseeable interest in purchasing this security.

 

Furthermore, by signing below, I certify that I have read the Code of Ethics and believe that the proposed trade fully complies with the requirements of the Personal Trading Policy. I understand the firm reserves the right to direct me to rescind a trade even if approval is granted. I also understand that a violation of the Code of Ethics will be grounds for disciplinary action or dismissal and may also be a violation of federal and/or state securities laws.

 

Date:     Signature:    
           
      Print Name:    

 

Internal Use Only

 

_____ Approved _____ Not Approved Person Approving ______________________

 

Reasons Supporting Decision to Approve/Not Approve: ________________________________

 

______________________________________________________________________________

 

______________________________________________________________________________

 

B- 1  

 

Attachment C

 

Initial Holdings Report

 

For Illustration Only – All Actual Reporting Handled Through Compliance Science’s Personal Trading Control Center™ (“PTCC”)

 

Date of Employment: ______________________________ (month/day/year)

 

The following is a list of current holdings as of a date not more than 45 calendar days prior to the date I became an employee:

 

SECURITY TYPE TICKER/CUSIP SHARES PRINCIPAL AMOUNT CUSTODIAN
           
           
           
           
           

 

** Please note that ALL accounts must be listed.

 

This report (i) excludes holdings with respect to securities held in accounts over which I have no direct or indirect influence or control, and (ii) is not an admission that I have or had any direct or indirect beneficial interest in the securities listed above.

 

Date:     Signature:    
           

 

Print Name:    

 

C- 1  

 

Attachment D

 

Annual Holdings Report

 

For Illustration Only – All Actual Reporting Handled Through Compliance Science’s Personal Trading Control Center™ (“PTCC”)

 

The following is a list of current holdings, as of ___________________, which is no more than 45 calendar days prior to the submission date of this Report:

 

SECURITY TYPE TICKER/CUSIP SHARES PRINCIPAL AMOUNT CUSTODIAN
           
           
           
           
           

 

** Please note that ALL accounts must be listed.

 

This report (i) excludes holdings with respect to securities held in accounts over which I have no direct or indirect influence or control, and (ii) is not an admission that I have or had any direct or indirect beneficial interest in the securities listed above.

 

Date:     Signature:    
           

 

Print Name:    

 

D- 1  

 

Attachment E

 

 

Quarterly Securities Transaction Report

 

For Illustration Only – All Actual Reporting Handled Through Compliance Science’s Personal Trading Control Center™ (“PTCC”)

 

For the Calendar Quarter Ended: _______________________ (month/day/year)

 

During the quarter referred to above, the following transactions were effected in securities in which I may be deemed to have had, or by reason of such transaction acquired, a direct or indirect beneficial interest, and which are required to be reported pursuant to the Code of Ethics.

 

SECURITY TICKER/ CUSIP DATE SHARES PRINCIPAL AMOUNT BUY/SELL PRICE CUSTODIAN
               
               
               
               
               
               

 

This report (i) excludes holdings with respect to securities held in accounts over which I have no direct or indirect influence or control, and (ii) is not an admission that I have or had any direct or indirect beneficial interest in the securities listed above.

 

Date:     Signature:    
           

 

Print Name:    

 

E- 1  

 

Attachment F

 

Sample of Brokerage Letter

 

<DATE>

 

<NAME OF CUSTODIAN>

<ADDRESS>

<CITY, STATE ZIP>

 

Re: Account Number:    
       
  Account Name:    

 

To Whom It May Concern,

 

As of <DATE>, please send to the undersigned monthly brokerage account statements, in electronic format if possible, for the above named account.

 

Please mail the account statements to:

 

Attn: Chief Compliance Officer
Mizuho Alternative Investments, LLC
757 Third Avenue, 8 th floor
New York, NY 10017
mai.compliance@mizuhocbus.com

 

If you have any questions or concerns, please feel free to give me a call at (xxx) xxxx. Thank you for your immediate attention to this matter.

 

Sincerely,

 

<Name>

 

Cc: Chief Compliance Officer

 

F- 1  

 

Attachment G

 

For Illustration Only – All Actual Requests Handled Through Compliance Science’s Personal Trading Control Center™ (“PTCC”)

 

Code of Ethics Certification

 

To the Chief Compliance Officer:

 

1. I hereby acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Code of Ethics, as supplemented, amended or restated through the date hereof.

 

2. I have read and understand the Code of Ethics and recognize that I am subject thereto.

 

Date Submitted:    
     
Print Name of Certifying Person:    
     
Signature:    

 

G- 1  

 

Attachment H

 

For Illustration Only – All Actual Requests Handled Through Compliance Science’s Personal Trading Control Center™ (“PTCC”)

 

Annual Compliance Questionnaire

 

Please answer the following questions accurately for the past year or since you began employment at the firm if less than a year ago. Where indicated, explain your response by attaching additional sheets.

 

Question Yes No
1. Are you or any member of your immediate family employed by a financial services company that provides products or services to Mizuho Alternative Investments, LLC (MAI)?    
2. Do you or any member of your immediate family serve as a general partner or managing member for an investment-related pooled investment vehicle?    
3. Do you or any member of your immediate family have some other business or personal relationship with, or substantive investment in, a financial services company that provides products or services to MAI?    
4. Do you or any member of your immediate family serve as trustee, executor, or in a similar capacity for any of MAI’s advisory clients or for an investor in one of MAI’s advised investment funds (such as a non-profit or foundation)?    
5. Do you or any member of your immediate family have any other business or personal relationship with any of MAI’s advisory clients or for an investor in one of MAI’s advised investment funds?    
6. Are you or any member of your immediate family employed by any government entity and do you or such member have any input on investment decisions to be made by that government entity (such as a state or municipal pension plan)?    
7. Do you or any member of your immediate family serve as officers or directors of any organizations (including private companies, public companies, and not-for-profit organizations)?    
8. Are you aware of any conflicts of interest that have not already been disclosed to the Chief Compliance Officer (CCO) involving MAI, you or your immediate family members and any client or investor?    

 

H- 1  

 

Attachment H

 

Question Yes No
9. Have you complied with MAI’s requirements regarding the disclosure and approval of outside business activities?    
10. Are you aware of any potentially material, non-public information that has not been previously disclosed to the CCO? (If yes, please indicate the capacity in which you received the information, but do not include the specific information in question.)    
11. Have you improperly transmitted proprietary information between MAI and any prior employers or other individuals or entities?    
12. Have you reported all of the political contributions that you made in the past two years, if you were required to report them?    
13.

In the past 10 years, have you been convicted of or plead guilty or no contest in a domestic, foreign, or military court to any:

•    Felony

•    Misdemeanor involving investments or an investment-related business, or any fraud, false statements, filings or omissions, wrongful taking of property, bribery, perjury, forgery, counterfeiting, extortion, or a conspiracy to commit any of these

offenses?

   
14.

In the past 10 years, has any federal regulatory agency, the U.S. Postal Service, any state regulatory agency, or any foreign financial regulatory authority found you to have:

•    Made a false statement or omission, or been dishonest, unfair, or unethical?

•    Been involved in a violation of investment-related regulations or statutes?

•    Been a cause of an investment-related business having its authorization to do business denied, suspended, revoked, or restricted?

   
15.

In the past 10 years, has any federal regulatory agency, the U.S. Postal Service, any state regulatory agency, or any foreign financial regulatory authority:

•    Entered an order or injunction against you in connection with an investment-related activity or the making of false representations?

•    Denied, suspended, or revoked your registration or license, or otherwise prevented you, by order, from associating with an investment-related business or restricted your activity?

   
16.

In the past 10 years, has any self-regulatory organization or commodities exchange found you to have:

•    Made a false statement or omission?

•    Been involved in a violation of its rules (other than a violation designated as a “minor rule violation” under a plan approved by the SEC)?

•    Been the cause of an investment-related business having its authorization to do business denied, suspended, revoked, or restricted?

   

 

H- 2  

 

Attachment H

 

Question Yes No
17. Has an authorization to act as an attorney, accountant, or federal contractor granted to you ever been revoked or suspended?    
18.

In the past 10 years, has any domestic or foreign court:

•    Enjoined or restrained you in connection with any investment or securities-related activity, or in connection with any false SEC filing?

•    Found that you were involved in a violation of investment-related statutes or regulations?

•    Dismissed, pursuant to a settlement agreement, an investment- related civil action brought against you by a state or foreign financial regulatory authority?

   
19. Are you now the subject of any proceeding that could result in a “yes” answer to any of the preceding questions?    
New employees should skip the remaining questions and explain any marks in shaded boxes below the table.
20. During the past 12 months, have you reported all personal securities transactions and reportable accounts in accordance with MAI’s reporting policies and any policy exceptions granted to you by the CCO?    
21. During the past 12 months, have you reported gifts and entertainment in accordance with MAI’s reporting policies?    
22. During the past 12 months, have you traded on or improperly transmitted any material, non-public information?    
23. During the past 12 months, have you become aware of any violation of MAI’s Code of Ethics that you did not disclose to the CCO?    

 

H- 3  

 

Attachment H

 

Question Yes No
24.

To the best of your knowledge, during the past 12 months, has MAI or any of its employees (including yourself) materially violated the company’s written policies and procedures regarding:

•    Account opening and closing;

•    Advertising and promotional materials;

•    Anti-money laundering;

•    Books and records;

•    Business continuity and disaster recovery planning;

•    Custody and safeguarding of assets;

•    Disclosure documents;

•    Electronic communications;

•    Fee billing;

•    Identification, reporting, and resolution of trade errors;

•    Insider trading;

•    Investor relations and complaints;

•    Media communications

•    Outside business activities;

•    Political contributions;

•    Portfolio management;

•    Privacy and identity theft;

•    Proxy voting;

•    Soft dollars;

•    Solicitation arrangements;

•    Trading and trade errors; or

•    Valuation

   

 

To the Chief Compliance Officer:

 

1. I certify that I have filled out the foregoing truthfully and accurately.
2. I have read and understand the foregoing and the Code of Ethics and recognize that I am subject thereto.

 

Date Submitted:    
     
Print Name:    
     
Signature:    

 

H- 4  

 

Attachment I

 

Summary of Personal Trading Reporting Requirements and Substantive Restrictions

 

This summary is provided for your convenience. If you have any questions or are unsure of what is required by the Code of Ethics, please review the more specific provisions found in the Code of Ethics, or please speak to the CCO.

 

Instrument Trading Prohibited Pre-Trade Clearance 5 Trading in This Security Require Quarterly Reporting of Each Transaction Security Needs to be Reported in an Account Holding Report 30-Day Holding Period 6
U.S. Treasury bills, notes and bonds No No No Yes No
Money market instruments No No No Yes No
Open-end registered investment companies, excluding Reportable Funds (Mutual Funds) No No No Yes No
Close-end registered investment companies No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Mutual Funds that are Reportable Funds No No Yes Yes No
Large cap stocks No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Mid and small cap stocks No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Corporate bonds No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Municipal bonds No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Non-U.S. bonds No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Foreign investment funds No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Private investments 7 No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Initial public offerings No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Single-name options No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Index options No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Security ETFs No No Yes Yes No
Commodity ETFs No No Yes Yes No
ETNs No Yes Yes Yes Yes
ICOs & Crypto Currencies No No No Yes Yes
Equity index futures Yes        

 

 

5 Please check Watch List first.
6 Please check Watch List first.
7 For example, private equity investments, venture capital investments, or hedge fund investments.

 

I- 1  

 

Attachment I

 

Currency futures Yes        
Bond and rates futures Yes        
Non-financial futures (agricultural/energy/metals) Yes        

 

I- 2  

CHIRON INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

 

 

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

 

 

Section I. General 3
Section II. Standard of Conduct 3
Section III. Reporting Violations 4
Section IV. Definitions of Access Person 5
Section V. General Principles Regarding Securities Transactions of Supervised Persons 5
Section VI. Sanctions 11
Section VII. Annual Review 11
Section VIII. Reports of Material Changes to the Code 12
Section IX. Retention of Records 12
Section X. Notices 13
Section XI Review 13
Section XII Disclosure 13
STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING 14
Section XIII. Background 14
Section XIV. Statement of Firm Policy 14
Section XV. Procedures To Implement Statement 16
Rumors and Manipulative Trading Practices 17
Section XVI. Rumors 17
Section XVII. Manipulative Trading Practices 17
Appendix A 19

 

 

Code of Ethics Amended October 2018
Not for Public Distribution  Page 1 of 20

 

CODE OF ETHICS AT A GLANCE

 

What is required of me under the Code of Ethics? Among other things, you must:

Comply with applicable law, including the Federal securities laws (see page 3).
Behave consistently with the Chiron’s fiduciary obligations by putting Client interests first (see page 3).
Pre-clear and disclose your personal securities transactions as well as any in which you have a beneficial ownership interest (see page 19 for definition of beneficial ownership).
o Pre-clear and disclose any transactions in covered securities (see page 6).
Disclose all covered accounts (including beneficial ownership) and all holdings in covered securities. Accounts must be disclosed upon hire, as they are opened, and as part of the annual disclosure report. (see page 10).
Annually acknowledge that you understand and have complied with the Code (see page 4 and 12).

 

What am I prohibited from doing under the Code of Ethics? Among other things, you may not engage in the following:

Insider Trading, as described elsewhere in the Code of Ethics (see page 14).
Communication of non-public information in violation of a duty of confidentiality (see page 15).
Front-running Client trades, or otherwise taking inappropriate advantage of Client information. (see page 7).
Personal securities transactions conducted through undisclosed brokerage or other accounts (see page 10).
Certain other transactions, including: trading within five (5) days, before or after, a client trade, etc. (see page 8).

 

Schwab Compliance Technologies:

Chiron utilizes Schwab Compliance Technologies (“SCT”) for all pre-clearance requests, quarterly/annual disclosures of accounts and holdings, certifications, etc. SCT may be accessed by the link below:

 

https://client.schwabct.com/login.do

 

 

Code of Ethics Amended October 2018
Not for Public Distribution  Page 2 of 20

 

CODE OF ETHICS

CHIRON INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

 

Section I. General

 

In compliance with Rule 204A-1 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Chiron Investment Management (“Chiron”) has adopted this Code of Ethics (the “Code of Ethics” or the “Code”) in order to establish the standard of conduct expected of all Supervised Persons in light of Chiron’s duties to its Clients. It also establishes reporting and other requirements for personal securities transactions. The Chief Compliance Officer (the “CCO”) may designate such deputy compliance officers or compliance analysts as the CCO may deem necessary or appropriate to fulfill the responsibilities of the CCO under this Code of Ethics.

 

The term “Supervised Person” includes (i) any partner, member, officer, director (or other person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions) or employee of Chiron and (ii) any other person who provides investment advice on behalf of Chiron and is subject to Chiron’s supervision and control.

Certain persons who Chiron retains as “consultants” may be Supervised Persons. Supervised Persons are sometimes referred to as “employees.” 1

 

No person covered by this Code shall engage in any act, practice or course of conduct, which would violate the provisions of the federal and state securities laws. Any violation of the Code, including engaging in a prohibited transaction or failing to file required reports, may result in disciplinary action including, but not limited to, suspension of personal trading privileges, disgorgement of profits, payment of a fine, censure and, when appropriate, suspension or termination of employment and/or referral to appropriate governmental agencies. Access Persons (defined below) should be aware that they may be held personally liable for any improper or illegal activities they commit during the course of their employment, and may be subject to civil penalties such as fines, regulatory sanctions, including suspension, as well as criminal penalties.

 

To the extent applicable, this Code of Ethics adopts the defined terms (if not otherwise defined herein), provisions and restrictions of Chiron’s Compliance Manual.

 

Section II. Standard of Conduct

 

This Code is based on the principle that the officers, directors, members and employees of Chiron have a fiduciary duty to place the interests of its Clients first, to conduct all personal securities transactions consistently with this Code and in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of their position of trust and responsibility, and to conduct their personal securities transactions in a manner that does not interfere with the portfolio transactions of any advisory Client or otherwise take unfair advantage of their relationship to any advisory Client. Persons covered by this Code must adhere to this general principle as well as comply with the specific provisions of this Code. Persons covered by this Code, including Supervised Persons, are required to comply with all federal securities laws.

 

 

1 Certain temporary employees of the Firm and certain independent consultants also may be subject, in certain circumstances, to some or all of the provisions of this Code of Ethics, in the discretion of and to the extent determined by the Chief Compliance Officer. Any such person is included in the terms “Employee” or “you” with respect to any applicable provisions of this Code of Ethics.

 

 

Code of Ethics Amended October 2018
Not for Public Distribution  Page 3 of 20

 

All Supervised Persons are expected to be familiar and comply with the laws and regulations applicable to their day-to-day responsibilities, including U.S. federal securities laws and regulations. If a Supervised Person has any question with respect to any such law or regulation, he or she should consult this Code, the Compliance Manual or the CCO. While the CCO is a resource, she is not giving legal advice, and any authorization which may be granted for trading under the Code does not assure compliance with the totality of the Code.

 

The CCO is responsible for obtaining annual certifications from all Supervised Persons that they have acted in accordance with the policies and procedures set forth in this Code of Ethics during the previous calendar year and that each Supervised Person has read and understands the firm’s Code of Ethics.

 

Other Relevant Policies

 

Although not formally part of this Code, Chiron maintains a number of policies and procedures governing Supervised Persons. These include, among others:

 

•   Policy on Gifts and Business Entertainment

•   Pay to Play Policy

•   Outside Business Activities

 

Section III. Reporting Violations

 

Each Supervised Person is required by law to promptly notify the CCO in the event such Supervised Person knows or has reason to believe that such Supervised Person (himself/herself) or any other Supervised Person has violated any provision of this Code.

 

Chiron is committed to fostering a culture of compliance. Chiron therefore urges any employee to contact the CCO for any reason. No employee will be penalized and their status at Chiron will not be jeopardized by communicating with the CCO. Reports of violations or suspected violations also may be submitted anonymously to the CCO, by using the Confidential Reporting Form via Schwab Compliance Technologies (“SCT”). Any retaliatory action taken against any person who reports a violation or a suspected violation of this Code is itself a violation of this Code and cause for appropriate corrective action, including dismissal.

 

If a Supervised Person knows or has reason to believe that the CCO has violated any provision of this Code, such Supervised Person must promptly notify the Chief Executive Officer, and is not required to so notify the CCO.

 

The CCO is Kristen Richards and may be contacted via email at Kristen.Richards@chironim.com.

 

 

Code of Ethics Amended October 2018
Not for Public Distribution  Page 4 of 20

 

Section IV. Definitions of Access Person

 

In order to avoid actual and perceived conflicts of interests with Clients as well as the laws relating to insider trading, Chiron has adopted a strict personal securities transactions policy. This Policy governs any investment by an “Access Person” in securities, including any interest or instrument commonly known as a security, including stocks, bonds, options, warrants, financial commodities, futures, other derivative products, cryptocurrencies and interests in privately placed offerings, limited partnerships and other entities, for which the Access Person has direct or indirect beneficial ownership. See Appendix A for a complete definition description of beneficial ownership.

 

The following Supervised Persons are “ Access Persons ”:

 

A. All of the elected managers and officers of Chiron and the elected managers, members of the Board and other officers of Chiron Global Investors, LLC, the parent company of Chiron and their immediate family 2 ; and

 

B. Any Supervised Person:

 

1) Who has access to non-public information regarding any Client’s investment or purchase or sale of securities; or
2) Who is involved in making investment or securities recommendations to Clients, or who has access to such recommendations that are non-public.

 

Except as otherwise noted, Chiron’s restrictions on personal investment transactions apply to all Access Persons. Currently, every Supervised Person is deemed to be an Access Person.

 

C. Advisors to Chiron (“Chiron Advisors”) includes any natural person or entity that serves in the limited capacity of an advisory role to Chiron. Such Chiron Advisors may be members of certain Chiron Committees and receive general information regarding Chiron Clients and the strategies being employed by Chiron for its Clients, however, Chiron Advisors will not receive information regarding day to day trading in the Client portfolios. To date, Chiron deems the Chairman and Vice-Chairman of Chiron to be Chiron Advisors. All other Access Persons are deemed to be Chiron Employees.

 

Section V. General Principles Regarding Securities Transactions of Supervised Persons

 

No Supervised Person may engage in a transaction in a security that is also the subject of a transaction by a Client if such Supervised Person’s transaction would disadvantage or appear to disadvantage the Client. The following specific restrictions apply to all trading activity by Supervised Persons:

 

 

2 Chiron reserves the right to exclude persons who otherwise meet the definition; for example, such person is not involved in Chiron on a regular basis, does not have access to the trade blotter of Chiron, etc. The Board of Managers of Chiron shall make this determination in each case after consulting with the CCO.

 

 

Code of Ethics Amended October 2018
Not for Public Distribution  Page 5 of 20

 

A. Pre-clearance Procedures

 

How do I Pre-Clear a Personal
Securities Transaction?

 

1.  Login to the SCT portal

2.   Select “Create a pre-clearance” under “Quick Links”

3.   Enter the details of the proposed transactions and submit a request.

4.   If and when an approval is received, place your order. Be sure to check the details of your approval and make sure your order is for the same security and direction as the approval you received.

5.   Only execute your trade during the approval window. You will receive notification from SCT once your approval has expired.

Each Access Person must clear in advance any personal investment transaction in (1) any security, currency or instrument, including initial public offerings, limited offerings, private placement investments and (2) any other security or other product that the CCO has designated as a pre-clearance security or product (together, a “ Pre-clearance Security ”). Chiron Advisors are exempt from the pre-clearance requirements for specified securities/instruments as described below.

 

An Access Person must clear in advance all Pre- clearance Security transactions, including the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Pre-clearance Security, by completing and submitting the Pre-clearance Form provided through SCT. Both the CCO and CIO must approve the Security transaction before it can be executed. An Access Person will be required to make certain certifications each time he or she trades a Pre-clearance Security, including that he or she has no knowledge that would violate the General Principles set forth above.

 

1. Clearance is effective (for securities other than initial public offerings or scheduled secondary/limited offerings), unless earlier revoked, until the earlier of (1) the close of business on the second trading day, beginning on and including the day on which such clearance was granted (if clearance was granted prior to the close of the NYSE), or (2) such time as the Access Person learns that the information provided to Compliance in such Access Person’s request for clearance is not accurate. If the transaction is not completed within this time period, including limit orders, such Access Person must seek a new pre-clearance, including one for any uncompleted portion of the initially approved transaction.

 

Clearance may be revoked at any time and is deemed revoked if, subsequent to receipt of clearance, the Access Person has knowledge that a security to which the clearance relates is being considered for purchase or sale by a Client. The CCO and/or CIO may refuse to pre-clear a transaction if either deems the transaction to involve a conflict of interest, possible diversion of investment opportunity or an appearance of impropriety.

 

Post-transaction approval is not permitted . If Chiron determines that an Access Person completed a trade before approval or after the clearance window expires, such Access Person will be considered to be in violation of this Code.

 

2. Pre-clearance is required for any transaction in a security, currency or instrument including a hedge fund, limited offering, initial public offering or private placement investment. An additional Pre-clearance is not required for a reinvestment in a private placement for which approval has been granted. However, such transaction is required to be reported on a quarterly basis pursuant to Section V.E.1.

 

 

Code of Ethics Amended October 2018
Not for Public Distribution  Page 6 of 20

 

3. Cryptocurrencies, including futures on cryptocurrencies, must be pre-cleared.

 

4. For Chiron Advisors, only, the following securities and associated transactions are exceptions from the pre-clearance requirements, however such transactions are subject to the reporting requirements as set forth in this Code:

 

Publicly traded equities which are deemed to be large-cap companies, large-cap is defined as $15 billion or greater capitalization
Eligible Exchange-Traded Funds (“Eligible ETFs”), an Eligible ETF maintains fifty (50) or more underlying holdings
All fixed-income/debt/lending transactions
Hedge Funds/Private Equity Funds/Venture Capital Funds
Cryptocurrencies
Derivatives

 

B. Prohibited Actions and Transactions

 

Clearance will not be granted under Section A with respect to the following prohibited actions and transactions. Engaging in any such actions or transactions by Access Persons will result in sanctions.

 

How do I know if a particular company is included on Chiron’s Restricted List(s)?

 

Compliance does not publish the contents of the Restricted List(s) because, under certain circumstances, the inclusion of a particular name could itself convey non-public information. You should pre-clear all of your Personal Securities Transactions as required under the Code. Compliance uses the pre-clearance process to ensure that requests to trade securities of issuers on an applicable Restricted List are reviewed.

1) Any transaction in a security in anticipation of an order from or on behalf of a Client (front running) is prohibited;

 

2) Any transaction of a security included on the Restricted List of issuers maintained by Chiron is prohibited. Chiron’s “Restricted List” shall include the name of any company as to which a Chiron Employee may have material information which has not been publicly disclosed, as well as any securities which are deemed to be ‘restricted’ by the CCO;

 

3) Any transaction in a security which the Access Person knows or has reason to believe is being purchased or sold, or is being considered for purchase or sale, by or on behalf of a Client is prohibited until the Client’s transaction has been completed or consideration of such transaction is abandoned, including any security for which a pending buy or sell open order exists on the trading desk/blotter for any Client, without regard to the knowledge of the Access Person;

 

Securities/trades executed by Chiron Advisors are exempt from Sections V. B. 4-6, however, all Chiron Employees remain subject to all of Section B.

 

 

Code of Ethics Amended October 2018
Not for Public Distribution  Page 7 of 20

 

4) Any transaction in a security during the period which begins five (5) business days before and ends five (5) business days after any Client has traded in that security;

 

5) Any short selling or option trading that is economically opposite any pending transaction for any Client is prohibited;

 

6) Any transaction in a security that would result in such Access Person profiting in the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of the same (or equivalent) security within 60 calendar days; and

 

7) All other transactions (including securities to be acquired in an Private Placement, Limited Offering or Initial Public Offering (IPO)), other than certain Exceptions described below, must be pre-cleared by the CCO and the CIO.

 

a) Pursuant to Section B.3, if a Client is trading/participating in an IPO, a Chiron Employee’s request to trade/participate in the same IPO will be denied;

 

b) Pursuant to Section B.3, if a Client is trading/participating in an IPO, a Chiron Advisor’s request to trade/participate in the same IPO may or may not be approved, subject to factors of the specific IPO, including size, name, etc.; and

 

c) Chiron Advisors must pre-clear an investment in a private placement/private equity if the investment is within twelve (12) months of a potential IPO. Factors to be considered for pre-clearance requests that meet this criteria include, but are not limited to, the structure of the investment, will the holding of the Chiron Advisor be held in a structure/account over which the Chiron Advisor does not have control, will the investment be subject to a lock-up period.

 

Chiron, its employees and related persons may not knowingly buy or sell securities from or to Clients of Chiron. Chiron, its employees and related persons are not permitted to “front-run” or self-deal to the disadvantage of a Client. A related person may be a husband, wife, domestic partner, minor child or a relative sharing the same house, as well as any person for whom an employee provides material support.

 

No Access Person may purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, for his or her own account, or any account in which he or she may have a beneficial interest, products that are, at that time, restricted by the CCO, without review of the transaction by the CCO.

 

C. Trading Restrictions

 

In addition to the more general restrictions discussed above, Chiron has adopted other restrictions on personal investment transactions.

 

Without approval from the CCO and CIO, no Access Person may, for his or her own account or for any account in which he or she may have a beneficial interest:

 

1) Purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any security that is subject to firm-wide restriction because of, for example, the possession of material non-public information;

 

 

Code of Ethics Amended October 2018
Not for Public Distribution  Page 8 of 20

 

2) Buy or sell based upon, or while in possession of, material non-public information regarding the issuer or security; and

 

3) Buy or Sell any Pre-clearance Securities without pre-clearance approval.

 

D. Exempt Securities or Transactions

 

The following securities and any associated transactions are exempt from the pre-clearance and reporting requirements (“ Exempt Securities ”):

 

Do I need to pre-clear a transaction in a Discretionary Account if I acquire prior knowledge on a “one-off” basis?

 

Yes. The pre-clearance exemption for Discretionary Accounts is based upon the Covered Person not having actual knowledge of any transaction until after the transaction is executed. Therefore, notwithstanding the exemption, if a Covered Person becomes aware of any transaction in a discretionary account before it is executed, the person must seek pre-clearance of that transaction (if pre-clearance of the transaction would otherwise be required) before it is executed.

1) Direct Obligations of the U.S. Government ( i.e. , treasury securities);

 

2) Bank Certificates of Deposit;

 

3) Bankers’ Acceptances;

 

4) Commercial Paper;

 

5) High quality short-term debt obligations, including repurchase agreements;

 

6) Shares issued by registered money market funds;

 

7) Shares issued by open-end investment companies ( i.e. , mutual funds). However, transactions in Reportable Funds, funds for which Chiron serves as an Investment Adviser, (i.e., Chiron Capital Allocation Fund and Chiron SMid Opportunities Fund), must be reported to Compliance;

 

8) 529 Plans/Qualified Tuition Plans

 

9) Shares issued by unit investments trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end funds;

 

10) Securities purchased through an automatic dividend reinvestment plan;

 

11) Purchase of securities by exercise of rights issued to the holders of a class of securities pro rata, to the extent they are issued with respect to securities for which an Access Person has beneficial ownership;

 

12) Acquisitions or dispositions of securities as the result of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, merger, consolidation, spin-off or other similar corporate distribution or reorganization applicable to all holders of a class of securities for which an Access Person has beneficial ownership;

 

13) Securities purchased or sold in an account for which an Access Person has beneficial ownership, and for which the Access Person, via a written contract, has granted complete discretionary authority to an independent third party.

 

 

Code of Ethics Amended October 2018
Not for Public Distribution  Page 9 of 20

 

14) Such other classes of transactions as may be exempted from time to time by the CCO based upon a determination that the transactions are unlikely to violate Rule 204A-1 under the Advisors Act; and

 

15) All other securities are Covered Securities (“Covered Securities).

 

E. Reporting of Transactions

 

1) Quarterly Personal Securities Transactions Reports

 

All Access Persons must file with the CCO a Personal Securities Transactions Report by the 30 th day of January, April, July and October or, if that day is not a business day, then the first business day thereafter. In each Personal Securities Transactions Report, the Access Person must report all personal investment transactions in which he or she has a beneficial interest and which were transacted during the quarter, other than those in Exempt Securities or via Exempt Transactions. As well, each Access Person must also report all accounts opened and/or closed during the quarter.

 

Every Access Person must file a Personal Securities Transactions Report when due even if such person made no purchases or sales of securities during the period covered by the report. An Access Person is charged with the responsibility for making the Personal Securities Transactions Reports. Any effort by the CCO to facilitate the reporting process does not change or alter that responsibility. The Personal Securities Transactions Report must be on the form provided by Chiron. Chiron utilizes SCT to generate the report for all Access Persons. It is still the responsibility of an Access Person to verify the information and include any missing transactions.

 

In lieu of filing such a Personal Securities Transactions Report, an Access Person may arrange for all the brokerage firms at which the Access Person maintains an account in which he or she has a beneficial interest to supply to Chiron, on a timely basis, duplicate copies of trade confirmations and copies of periodic broker account statements which state the name of his or her account and account number. Any securities transactions (other than those in Exempt Securities or via Exempt Transactions) that are not reported on such account statements must be reported on a Personal Securities Transactions Report.

 

An Access Person must provide a list using the SCT system of all his or her brokerage accounts to the CCO . An Access Person is responsible for updating their accounts within 10 (ten) business days of opening a new brokerage account .

 

What should I do when opening a new investment account?

Login to the SCT portal

1. Select “Personal Brokerage Account Disclosure” under “Forms”

2. Enter the details of the new brokerage account and submit

3. If you are a registered representative with Foreside, you will need to seek prior approval on their web-based system before opening any new account

 

Please note : The CCO may request more detailed information concerning any Personal Securities Transaction Reports, brokerage statements and/or confirmations and/or Annual Holding Reports supplied to the CCO (in abstract form or otherwise) should the CCO believe that such holding, purchase or sale may indicate a potential concern to the obligations of Chiron as set forth in this Code of Ethics, the Compliance Manual and/or any certifications hereto. Each Access Person shall comply with any such request of the CCO.

 

 

Code of Ethics Amended October 2018
Not for Public Distribution  Page 10 of 20

 

2) Certain Exceptions

 

Quarterly Reports need not be filed with respect to:

 

a) Transactions in an account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control (i.e., those done through a managed account or blind trust, see the Discretionary Accounts form on SCT for further information required if an account meets this exception);
b) Transactions that are reported on broker trade confirmations or account statements that are provided to Chiron no later than 30 days after the end of the applicable calendar quarter; and
c) An “automatic investment plan” is a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An automatic investment plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.

 

3) Annual Holdings Report

 

All Access Persons must also complete an annual holdings report due no later than 45 days after the completion of each calendar year (the “ Annual Holdings Report ”). This Annual Holdings Report must include a listing of all securities in which an Access Person has a beneficial interest as of the 45 days preceding the filing date of the report, other than Exempt Securities. New Access Persons must provide an Annual Holdings Report within ten (10) business days of the commencement of such person’s employment or becoming classified an Access Person.

 

How do I submit my initial, quarterly and annual disclosure forms and certifications?

 

Initial disclosure forms and certifications may be submitted electronically through SCT as explained during initial Compliance training and via a follow-up

If an Access Person is on maternity leave or any other approved leave, he or she will have five (5) business days after their return to complete and turn in any and all transactions/holdings reports that may have been due while they were on leave.

 

Section VI. Sanctions

 

Upon discovering a violation of this Code, Chiron may impose sanctions as it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, a letter warning disgorgement of profits, termination of trading privileges or suspension or termination of the Access Person.

 

Section VII. Annual Review

 

Pursuant to Rule 17j-1(c)(2)(ii) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, with respect to any Client that is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act, Chiron will, no less frequently than annually, furnish to each such investment company’s board of directors/trustees a written report that (i) describes any issues arising under this Code or procedures since the last report to the board, including but not limited to information about material violations of the Code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to the material violations; and (ii) certifies that Chiron has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent its Supervised Persons from violating this and Code.

 

 

Code of Ethics Amended October 2018
Not for Public Distribution  Page 11 of 20

 

Section VIII. Reports of Material Changes to the Code

 

Within a reasonable period of time of making any material change to this Code, but in no event longer than six months after making a material change, the CCO or a designee will report to the directors/trustees of each investment company that is a Client, the nature of such changes.

 

Section IX. Retention of Records

 

A. The CCO will maintain, for a period of six (6) years unless specified in further detail below, the records listed below. The records will be maintained at Chiron’s principal place of business in an easily accessible but secure place, including via electronic methods as more fully described in the Compliance Manual.

 

1) A record of the names of persons who are currently, or within the past six years were, Supervised Persons of Chiron, subject to this Code during that period, as well as the persons required to review related reports, must be maintained in an easily accessible place;

 

Who has access to the information I provide pursuant to the Code?

 

Disclosures filed pursuant to the Code are secured in a systems to which access is limited. However, your disclosures will be reviewed by appropriate Compliance and other personnel of Chiron to verify compliance with the Code. Reports may also be shared with your manager, or other members of senior management and may be subject to disclosure as required by law, such as in response to litigation and governmental inquires. Additional information may be required to clarify the nature of particular transactions.

2) The initial and annual Certificate of Compliance signed by all persons subject to this Code acknowledging receipt of copies of such Code and acknowledging they

are subject to it and will comply with its terms. All such Certificates of each Supervised Person must be kept for six years after the individual ceases to be a Supervised Person;

 

3) A copy of each Code that has been in effect at any time during the six (6) year period, must be maintained in an easily accessible place;

 

4) A copy of each report made by a Supervised Person pursuant to this and Code, including any broker trade confirmations or account statements that were submitted in lieu of such persons’ quarterly transaction reports must be maintained for at least six years, the first two years in an easily accessible place;

 

5) A record of all known violations of the Code and of any actions taken as a result thereof, regardless of when such violations were committed, must be maintained in an easily accessible place for at least six years;

 

6) A record of any decision to approve or deny the acquisition of securities subject to Pre-clearance and must be maintained for at least six (6) years after the approval is granted; and

 

 

Code of Ethics Amended October 2018
Not for Public Distribution  Page 12 of 20

 

7) A record of all reports made by the CCO related to this Code, including, but not limited to, each report required by paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act must be maintained for at least six (6) years after the report is made, the first two years in an easily accessible place.

 

Section X. Notices

 

For purposes of this Code, all notices, reports, requests for clearance, questions, contacts or other communications to the CCO shall be considered delivered if given to the CCO.

 

The CCO is Kristen Richards and her contact information is Kristen.Richards@chironim.com.

 

Section XI Review

 

This Code shall be reviewed by the CCO on an annual basis to ensure that it is meeting its objectives, is functioning fairly and effectively, and is not unduly burdensome to Chiron or Supervised Persons. Supervised Persons are encouraged to contact the CCO with any comments, questions or suggestions regarding implementation or improvement of the Code.

 

Section XII Disclosure

 

Each registered investment adviser is required to describe its Code of Ethics in its Form ADV Part 2 and, upon request, to furnish current or potential Clients with a copy of the Code of Ethics. Chiron will comply with this requirement, as required.

 

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

 

 

Code of Ethics Amended October 2018
Not for Public Distribution  Page 13 of 20

 

STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING

 

Section XIII. Background

 

Insider trading - trading securities while in possession of material, non-public information or improperly communicating such information to others may expose a person to stringent penalties. Criminal sanctions may include a fine of up to $5,000,000 and/or 20 years’ imprisonment. The Commission may recover the profits gained, or losses avoided, through insider trading, obtain a penalty of up to three times the illicit windfall, and/or issue an order permanently barring any person found to have engaged in insider trading from the securities industry. In addition, investors may sue seeking to recover damages for insider trading violations.

 

Regardless of whether a federal inquiry occurs, Chiron views seriously any violation of the Statement on Insider Trading (the “ Statement ”). Any such violation constitutes grounds for disciplinary sanctions, including dismissal and/or referral to civil or governmental authorities for possible civil or criminal prosecution.

 

The law of insider trading is complex; a Supervised Person legitimately may be uncertain about the application of the Statement in a particular circumstance. Supervised Persons should direct any questions relating to the Statement to the CCO. A Supervised Person must also notify the CCO immediately if he or she knows or has reason to believe that a violation of the Statement has occurred or is about to occur.

 

Section XIV. Statement of Firm Policy

 

Buying or selling securities on the basis of material non-public information is prohibited. This would include purchasing or selling (i) for a Supervised Person’s own account or one in which the Supervised Person has direct or indirect influence or control, or (ii) for the account of a Client. If any Supervised Person is uncertain as to whether information is “material” or “non-public,” such person should consult the CCO.

 

Disclosing material, non-public information to inappropriate personnel, whether or not for consideration ( i.e ., tipping) is prohibited. Material, non-public information must be disseminated on a “need to know basis” only to appropriate personnel. This would include any confidential discussions between the issuer and personnel of Chiron. The CCO should be consulted if a question arises as to who may be an appropriate or inappropriate recipient of material, non-public information.

 

Assisting anyone transacting business on the basis of material, non-public information through a third party is prohibited. The following summarizes principles important to this Statement:

 

1) What is “Material” Information?

 

Information is “material” when there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making his or her investment decisions. Generally, this is information of which disclosure will have a substantial effect on the price of a company’s securities. No simple “bright line” test exists to determine whether information is material; assessments of materiality involve highly fact specific inquiries. Supervised Persons should direct any questions regarding the materiality of information to the CCO.

 

 

Code of Ethics Amended October 2018
Not for Public Distribution  Page 14 of 20

 

Material information often relates to a company’s results and operations, including, for example, dividend changes, earnings results, changes in previously released earnings estimates, significant merger or acquisition proposals or agreements, major litigation, liquidation problems and extraordinary management developments. Material information may also relate to the market for a security. Information about a significant order to purchase or sell securities, in some contexts, may be deemed material; similarly, pre- publication information regarding reports in the financial press may also be deemed material.

 

2) What is “Non-public” Information?

 

Information is “non-public” until it has been disseminated broadly to investors in the marketplace. Tangible evidence of such dissemination is the best indication that the information is public. For example, information is public after it has become available to the general public through a public filing with the Commission or some other government agency, or available to the Dow Jones “tape” or The Wall Street Journal or some other general circulation publication, and after sufficient time has passed so that the information has been disseminated widely.

 

3) Identifying Insider Information:

 

I think I may have inadvertently received material non-public information. What should I do?

 

If you think that you might have received material, non-public information from any source (including, without limitation, an officer, director or employee of a public company, consultant, analyst or broker), you should take the following steps:

•  Report the information immediately to Kristen Richards, Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer.

•  Do not purchase or sell any securities potentially impacted by the information on behalf of yourself or others, including Clients, until Chiron has made a determination as to the need for trading restrictions.

•  Do not communicate the material, non-public information inside or outside Chiron (even to your manager) other than to Kristen Richards.

After review of the issue, Chiron will determine whether any trading restrictions apply and what action, if any, Chiron should take.

Before executing any trade for oneself or others, including any Clients, a Supervised Person must determine whether he or she has access to material, non- public information. If a Supervised Person believes he or she might have access to material, non-public information, he or she should take the following steps:

 

a) Immediately alert the CCO, so that the applicable issuer/security may be placed on the Restricted List if appropriate;

 

b) Do not purchase or sell the securities on his or her behalf or for others, including any Clients; and

 

c) Do not communicate the information inside or outside of Chiron, other than to the CCO.

 

The CCO will review the issue, determine whether the information is material and non-public, and, if so, what action Chiron should take.

 

4)   Contacts With Public Companies; Tender Offers

 

Contacts with public companies represent part of Chiron’s research efforts and Chiron may make investment decisions on the basis of its conclusions formed through such contacts and analysis of publicly available information. Difficult legal issues may arise, however, when a Supervised Person, in the course of these contacts, becomes aware of material, non-public information. For example, a company’s chief financial officer could prematurely disclose quarterly results, or an investor relations representative could make a selective disclosure of adverse news to certain investors. In such situations, Chiron must make a judgment about its further conduct. To protect oneself, Clients, and Chiron itself, a Supervised Person should immediately contact the CCO if he or she believes he or she may have received material, non-public information.

 

 

Code of Ethics Amended October 2018
Not for Public Distribution  Page 15 of 20

 

Are there any special considerations to keep in mind with respect to insider trading Laws outside the U.S.?

 

Yes. You should keep in mind that insider trading laws vary from country to country, and that local authorities can and do assert their jurisdiction over particular transactions regardless of where a buyer or seller of securities rules.

You should always be mindful of the sensitivities surrounding confidential or non-public information, especially if this information could impact a security’s market price. Refer any questions to Compliance.

Tender offers represent a particular concern in the law of insider trading for two reasons. First, tender offer activity often produces extraordinary movement in the price of the target company’s securities. Second, the Commission has adopted a rule expressly forbidding trading and “tipping” while in possession of material, non-public information regarding a tender offer received from the company making the tender offer, the target company, or anyone acting on behalf of either. Supervised Persons must exercise particular caution any time that they become aware of non-public information relating to a tender offer.

 

Section XV. Procedures To Implement Statement

 

A. All Supervised Persons must make a diligent effort to ensure that a violation of the Statement does not either intentionally or inadvertently occur. In this regard, all Supervised Persons are responsible for:

 

1) Reading, understanding and consenting to comply with the insider trading policies contained in this Statement. (Supervised Persons will be required to sign an acknowledgment that they have read and understood their responsibilities under the Code);

 

2) Ensuring that no trading occurs for their account, for any account over which they have direct or indirect influence or control, for any Client’s account, or in securities for which they have material, non-public information;

 

3) Not disclosing insider information obtained from any source whatsoever to inappropriate persons. Disclosure to family, friends or acquaintances will be grounds for immediate termination and/or referral to civil or governmental authorities for possible civil or criminal prosecution;

 

4) Consulting the CCO when questions arise regarding insider trading or when potential violations of the Statement are suspected;

 

5) Advising the CCO of all outside activities, directorships, or major ownership (over 5%) in a public company. No Supervised Person may engage in any outside activities as employee, proprietor, partner, consultant, trustee, officer or director without prior written consent of the CCO (Outside Business Activity Disclosure/Pre-Clearance may be found on SCT);

 

 

Code of Ethics Amended October 2018
Not for Public Distribution  Page 16 of 20

 

6) Being aware of, and monitoring, any Clients who are shareholders, directors, and/or senior officers of public companies. Any unusual activity including a purchase or sale of restricted stock must be brought to the attention of the CCO; and

 

7) Preventing accidental dissemination of material non-public information, by adhering to the following guidelines:

 

a) Inform management when unauthorized personnel enter the premises;

 

b) Lock doors at all times in areas that have confidential and secure files;

 

c) Refrain from discussing sensitive information in public areas;

 

d) Refrain from leaving confidential information on message devices;

 

e) Maintain control of sensitive documents including hand-outs and copies intended for internal dissemination only;

 

f) Ensure that faxes and e-mail messages containing sensitive information are properly sent, and confirm that the recipient has received the intended message; and

 

g) Do not allow passwords to be given to unauthorized personnel.

 

RUMORS AND MANIPULATIVE TRADING PRACTICES

 

Section XVI. Rumors

 

Supervised Persons are prohibited from circulating false rumors and rumors of a sensational character that reasonably may be expected to affect market conditions for one or more securities, sectors, or markets, or improperly influencing any person or entity. Intentionally creating, passing or using false rumors may violate the antifraud provisions of Federal Securities Laws, and such conduct is contradictory to this Code, as well as Chiron’s expectations regarding appropriate behavior of its Supervised Persons.

 

Unsubstantiated information published in a newspaper or announced on radio or television, however, may be repeated only after approval from the CCO is obtained, and if the source and the unsubstantiated nature of the information are disclosed. Please consult with the CCO if you have questions regarding the appropriateness of any communications.

 

Section XVII. Manipulative Trading Practices

 

Section 9(a)(2) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) and Rule 10b-5 thereunder make it unlawful for any person, acting alone or with others, to trade any security in order to create actual or apparent active trading in such security, or raise or depress the price of the security.

 

 

Code of Ethics Amended October 2018
Not for Public Distribution  Page 17 of 20

 

Supervised Persons are prohibited from engaging in actual or apparent trading in a security for the purpose of (i) inducing the purchase or sale of such security by others; or (ii) causing the price of a security to move up or down. The Exchange Act does not prohibit otherwise lawful activity that has the incidental result of changing the supply or demand or the intrinsic value of a security.

 

The CCO will monitor Client and employee trading for any suspected breaches of Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5.

 

 

Code of Ethics Amended October 2018
Not for Public Distribution  Page 18 of 20

 

APPENDIX A

“Beneficial Ownership”

 

For purposes of this Code, Beneficial Ownership has the same meaning as that set forth in Rule 16(a)-1(a)(2) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934. In general, a “beneficial owner” of a security is any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship (such as, for example, with that person’s spouse, domestic partner, children or other close familial relationship), agreement or otherwise, has or shares any direct or indirect pecuniary interest, and by reason of which such Access Person should be regarded at the true owner, although such securities/instruments/interests (“Security” or “Securities”) may not be registered or standing on the books of the issuer in the name of the Access Person.

 

The existence of Beneficial Ownership is clear in certain situations, such as: securities held in street name by brokers for an Access Person’s account, bearer securities held by an Access Person, securities held by custodians, pledged securities and securities held by relatives or others for an Access Person. An Access Person is also considered the beneficial owner of securities held by certain family members. The SEC has indicated that an individual is considered the beneficial owner of securities owned by such individual’s Immediate Family. The Immediate Family member’s ownership of the securities may be direct (i.e., in the name of the family member) or indirect.

 

For example, Securities held:

 

(i) For an individual’s benefit in the names of others, such as nominees, trustees and other fiduciaries;
(ii) By any partnership of which an individual is a partner; and
(iii) By any corporation which is controlled by an individual (directly or through intermediaries), would be deemed to be Beneficially Owned by said individual.

 

Similarly, an individual obtains benefits equivalent to ownership from, and thus is generally regarded as the Beneficial Owner of, Securities:

 

(i) Held in the name of a spouse, a minor child or a relative of the person or spouse; and
(ii) Where income derived from those Securities is applied to maintain a common home or to meet expenses that the person would otherwise meet from other sources.

 

Interests that confer Beneficial Ownership of a Security include having or sharing with another:

 

(i) Voting power, including the power to vote or to direct the voting of the Security; and/or
(ii) Investment power, including the power to dispose or to direct the disposition of such Security.

 

An individual is also deemed to be the Beneficial Owner of Securities that such individual has the right to acquire Beneficial Ownership of:

 

(i) Through the exercise of an option, warrant or right (including options traded on options exchanges) exercisable within 60 days;
(ii) Through the conversion of Securities that are immediately convertible or will become convertible within 60 days;

 

 

Code of Ethics Amended October 2018
Not for Public Distribution  Page 19 of 20

 

(iii) Pursuant to the automatic termination within 60 days of a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement.

 

In addition, Beneficial Ownership is conferred if voting or investment power is shared with one or more other persons and, therefore, the same shares of stock may be deemed Beneficially Owned by a number of persons.

 

The SEC regards Securities held in trust for others as Beneficially Owned by the trustee if the trustee has or shares voting or investment power with respect to such Securities.

 

Immediate Family of an individual means any of the following persons who reside in the same household as the individual, or for which the individual provides or contributes in a meaningful way to the daily living expenses:

 

Child grandparent son-in-law
Stepchild spouse daughter-in-law
Grandchild sibling brother-in-law
Parent mother-in-law sister-in-law
Stepparent father-in-law domestic partner

 

Immediate Family includes adoptive relationships and any other relationships (whether or not recognized by law) that the CCO determines could lead to possible conflicts of interest, diversions of investment opportunity or appearances of impropriety that this Code is intended to prevent.

 

 

Code of Ethics Amended October 2018
Not for Public Distribution  Page 20 of 20

APPENDIX K: CODE OF ETHICS

 

Strategic Global Advisors, LLC (“SGA”), which is registered as an investment adviser with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), has adopted the following Code of Ethics (this “Code”).

 

I. Purpose Of cODE OF ETHICS

 

Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), requires SEC registered investment advisers to establish, maintain and enforce a written code of ethics that, at a minimum, sets the standard of business conduct that SGA requires of its Supervised Persons, requires Supervised Persons to comply with applicable federal securities laws, 1 and sets forth provisions regarding personal securities transactions by Access Persons.

 

In addition, Section 204A of the Advisers Act requires registered investment advisers such as SGA to establish, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent the misuse of material, non-public information. Furthermore, SGA and each of its Supervised Persons has a fiduciary obligation to SGA’s clients to protect the confidentiality of all proprietary, sensitive or other confidential information communicated to SGA or such Supervised Persons by its clients. Finally, because SGA and each of its Supervised Persons is a fiduciary to SGA’s clients, SGA and such Supervised Persons must maintain the highest ethical standards and refrain from engaging in activities that may create actual or apparent conflicts of interest between SGA or such Supervised Persons, on the one hand, and SGA’s clients, on the other.

 

To ensure that federal securities laws are not violated, that client confidences are maintained, and that conflicts of interest are avoided, SGA has adopted the policies and procedures set forth in this Code. The policies and procedures set forth in this Code are intended to articulate SGA’s policies, educate the Supervised Persons about the issues and SGA’s policies, establish procedures for complying and monitoring compliance with those policies and procedures, and ensure to the extent feasible that SGA satisfies its obligations in this area. By doing so, SGA hopes to ensure that the highest ethical standards are maintained by SGA and its Supervised Persons and that the reputation of SGA is sustained.

 

II. Fiduciary Obligations in General

 

As a fiduciary to SGA’s clients, each Supervised Person must avoid actual and apparent conflicts of interest with SGA’s clients. Such conflicts of interest could arise if securities are bought or sold for personal accounts in a manner that would significantly compete with the purchase or sale of securities for client accounts, or if securities are bought or sold for client accounts in a manner that is advantageous to such personal accounts. Also, the SEC has determined that it is a conflict of interest for an investment adviser’s employees to personally take advantage of a limited investment opportunity without first considering whether the investment is appropriate for any of SGA’s clients. If so, SGA’s employees are first obligated to make such limited opportunity available to SGA’s clients. More information describing such conflicts of interest and the compliance procedures for avoiding such conflicts of interest are set forth below.

 

 

1 “Federal securities laws” means the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”), the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Investment Company Act”), the Advisers Act, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLB Act”), any rules adopted by the SEC under these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to investment companies and investment advisers, and any rules adopted thereunder by the SEC or the Department of the Treasury.

  

  1

 

Fraudulent activities by Supervised Persons are prohibited. Specifically, any Supervised Person, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by such Supervised Person of a security held or to be acquired by an SGA client may not:

 

Employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud SGA’s clients;

 

Make any untrue statement of a material fact to SGA’s clients or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to SGA’s clients, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

 

Engage in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on SGA’s clients; or

 

Engage in any manipulative practice with respect to SGA’s clients.

 

If you have any questions regarding this Code, please contact the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

This Code requires Supervised Persons to report or disclose to and/or seek approval from the Chief Compliance Officer for certain activities. In the case of the Chief Compliance Officer, the Chief Compliance Officer will report to and seek approval from the President, who will review such activities. The President will also serve as a backup to the Chief Compliance Officer in the absence of the Chief Compliance Officer during vacations, extended illness, or incapacity. However, neither the President nor the Chief Compliance Officer may approve their own activities.

 

III. Definitions

 

For purposes of this Code:

 

A. “Access Person” shall mean: (a) any Supervised Person: (i) who has access to nonpublic information regarding any clients' purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any reportable fund, or (ii) who is involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or who has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic; and (b) SGA’s managers and officers.

 

The Chief Compliance Officer will maintain a list of individuals currently and formerly deemed to be Access Persons.

 

B. Automated Investment Plan ” means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An automatic investment plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.

 

C. Beneficial Ownership ” is interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) in determining whether a person has beneficial ownership of a security for purposes of Section 16 of the 1934 Act. In general, beneficial ownership means that a person, directly, or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in the securities. A pecuniary interest means the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the securities. An indirect pecuniary interest includes (i) securities held by a member of a person’s immediate family sharing the same household, (ii) a persons’ interest in securities held by a trust, and (iii) a person’s right to acquire securities through the exercise of a derivative security. The definition of “beneficial ownership” is complex, and if you have any question whether you have a beneficial interest in a security, please consult with the Chief Compliance Officer. Any report filed under this Code may state that the report is not to be construed as an admission that the person making the report has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security to which the report relates.

 

  2

 

D. Contribution” is defined as any gift, subscription, loan, advance, or deposit of money or anything of value made for: (i) The purpose of influencing any election for federal, state or local office; (ii) Payment of debt incurred in connection with any such election; or (iii) Transition or inaugural expenses of the successful candidate for state or local office.

 

E. “Covered Associate” of an investment adviser is defined as: (i) Any general partner, managing member or executive officer, or other individual with a similar status or function; (ii) Any employee who solicits a government entity for the investment adviser and any person who supervises, directly or indirectly, such employee; and (iii) Any political action committee controlled by the investment adviser or by any of its Covered Associates.

 

F. “Equity Security” means any stock or similar security; or any security future on any such security; or any security convertible, with or without consideration, into such a security, or carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase such a security; or any such warrant or right; or any stock or similar security, certificate of interest or participation in any profit sharing agreement, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, voting trust certificate or certificate of deposit for an equity security, limited partnership interest, interest in a joint venture, or certificate of interest in a business trust; any security future on any such security; or any security convertible, with or without consideration into such a security, or carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase such a security; or any such warrant or right; or any put, call, straddle, or other option or privilege of buying such a security from or selling such a security to another without being bound to do so.

 

G. “Foreign Equity Security” means any equity security of a foreign issuer and is to include ordinary shares, depositary shares evidenced by American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipt (“GDRs”), European Depositary Receipt (“EDRs”), and open-ended collective investment schemes, such as exchange-traded funds, investing in securities of foreign issuers.

 

H. Initial Public Offering (IPO) ” means an offering of securities registered under the 1933 Act, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

 

I. Inside Information ” means material, nonpublic information (i.e., information which is not available to investors generally) that a reasonable investor would consider to be important in deciding whether to buy, sell or retain a security, including for example non-public information relating to a pending merger, acquisition, disposition, joint venture, contract award or termination, major lawsuit or claim, earnings announcement or change in dividend policy, significant product development, or the gain or loss of a significant customer or supplier. Any non-public information may be inside information regardless of whether it is developed internally or obtained from others (e.g., the issuer, current or prospective customers, suppliers or business partners). Information is considered non-public until the market has had a reasonable time after public announcement to assimilate and react to the information.

 

  3

 

J. Limited Offering ” means an offering that is exempt from registration under the 1933 Act pursuant to Sections 4(2) or 4(6) or Rule 504, 505 or 506. Limited Offerings are sometimes referred to as private placements of securities.

 

K. Personal Account ” means any securities and futures account of an Access Person in which the Access Person has a direct or indirect pecuniary interest and which account holds Reportable Securities. An account established for the benefit of the following will be presumed to be a Personal Account unless the Access Person and the Chief Compliance Officer agree otherwise in writing: (1) an Access Person; (2) the spouse of an Access Person; (3) any child of any Access Person under the age of 21 of an Access Person, whether or not residing with the Access Person; (4) any other family member of the Access Person residing in the same household with the Access Person or to whose financial support the Access Person makes a significant contribution; and (5) any other account in which the Access Person has a direct or indirect beneficial interest (e.g. joint accounts, trustee accounts, partnerships, investment clubs, estates or closely held corporations in which the Access Person has a beneficial interest).

 

L. “Prohibited Security” means any US or Foreign Equity Security and any Exchange Traded Fund that is a Security Held or to be Acquired (as defined below).

 

M. Publicly Traded Security ” means any equity or debt instrument traded on an exchange, through NASDAQ or through the “Pink Sheets,” any option to purchase or sell such equity or debt instrument, any index stock or bond group option that includes such equity or debt instrument, and futures contract on stock or bond groups that includes such equity or debt instrument, and any option on such futures contract. A Publicly Traded Security also means any security traded on foreign security exchanges, and publicly traded shares of registered closed-end investment companies, unit trusts, partnership and similar interests, notes, warrants, or fixed income instruments, and bonds and debt obligations issued by foreign governments, states, or municipalities. Securities issued by mutual funds, U.S. treasury bonds, notes and bills, U.S. savings bonds and other instruments issued by the U.S. government, debt instruments issued by a banking institution (such as bankers’ acceptances, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other high-quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements) and U.S. and foreign currency (collectively, “Non-covered Securities”) are not considered Publicly Traded Securities for the purpose of this Code.

 

N. Purchase or sale of a security ” includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a security.

 

O. Reportable Security ” means a Security, except that it does not include: (1) direct obligations of the Government of the United States; (2) bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments (including repurchase agreements); (3) shares issued by money market funds; (4) shares issued by open-end funds other than exchange-traded funds; and (5) shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end mutual funds other than exchange-traded funds.

 

P. Security ” means any note, stock, treasury stock, security future, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a “security”, or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guaranty of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any of the foregoing.

 

  4

 

Q. Security Held or to be Acquired ” includes: (1) any Reportable Security which, within the most recent 15 days: (a) is or has been held by any client of SGA in an account managed by SGA; or (b) is being or has been considered by SGA for purchase on behalf of any client of SGA; and (2) any option to purchase or sell, and any security convertible into or exchangeable for, a Reportable Security described in clauses (1) or (2) above.

 

R. “Supervised Person” shall mean any officer or manager (or other person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), or employee, or any other person who provides investment advice on SGA’s behalf and is subject to SGA’s supervision or control.

 

IV. Insider Trading

 

It is unlawful to engage in “Insider Trading.” This means, in general, that no “insider” may (1) purchase or sell a security on the basis of material, nonpublic information or (2) communicate material, nonpublic information about a company to another person where the communication leads to, or is intended to lead to, a purchase or sale of securities of such company. Because SGA does not have an investment banking division or affiliate, it is anticipated that Supervised Persons will not routinely receive “inside information.” From time to time, however, Supervised Persons may receive such information. To educate Supervised Persons, more information describing “Insider Trading” and the penalties for such trading is set forth below. Compliance procedures regarding the use of inside information by Supervised Persons are also described.

 

A. Insider Trading Defined

 

The term “Insider Trading” is generally used to refer to (1) a person’s use of material, nonpublic information in connection with transactions in securities and (2) certain communications of material, nonpublic information.

 

The laws concerning Insider Trading generally prohibit:

 

The purchase or sale of securities by an insider, on the basis of material, nonpublic information;

 

The purchase or sale of securities by a non-insider, on the basis of material, nonpublic information where the information was disclosed to the non-insider in violation of an insider’s duty to keep the information confidential or was misappropriated; or

 

The communication of material, nonpublic information in violation of a confidentiality obligation where the information leads to a purchase or sale of securities.

 

  5

 

1. Who is an Insider?

 

The concept of “insider” is broad. It generally includes officers, directors, partners, employees and controlling shareholders of a company or other entity. In addition, a person can be considered a “temporary insider” of a company or other entity if he or she enters into a confidential relationship in the conduct of the company’s or entity’s affairs and, as a result, is given access to information that is intended to be used solely for such company’s or entity’s purposes. A temporary insider can include, among others, an entity’s attorneys, accountants, consultants, investment bankers, commercial bankers and the employees of such organizations. In order for a person to be considered a temporary insider of a particular entity, the entity must expect that the person receiving the information keep the information confidential and the relationship between the entity and the person must at least imply such a duty. Analysts are usually not considered insiders of the entities that they follow, although if an analyst is given confidential information by an entity’s representative in a manner which the analyst knows or should know to be a breach of that representative’s duties to the entity, the analyst may become a temporary insider.

 

2. What is Material Information?

 

Trading on the basis of inside information is not a basis for liability unless the information is “material.” Material information is generally defined as information that a reasonable investor would likely consider important in making his or her investment decision, or information that is reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a company’s securities. Information that should be considered material includes, but is not limited to: dividend changes, earnings estimates, changes in previously released earnings estimates, significant merger or acquisition proposals or agreements, major litigation, liquidity problems and extraordinary management developments. Material information does not have to relate to a company’s business; it can be significant market information. For example, a reporter for The Wall Street Journal was found criminally liable for disclosing to others the dates on which reports on various companies would appear in The Wall Street Journal and whether or not those reports would be favorable.

 

3. What is Nonpublic Information?

 

Information is nonpublic unless it has been effectively communicated to the market place. For information to be considered public, one must be able to point to some fact to show that the information has been generally disseminated to the public. For example, information found in a report filed with the SEC or appearing in Dow Jones , Reuters Economic Services , The Wall Street Journal or another publication of general circulation is considered public. Market rumors are not considered public information.

 

4. What is “Trading on the Basis of” Material Nonpublic Information?

 

Generally, a purchase or sale of a security is made “on the basis of” material nonpublic information about that security or issuer if the person making the purchase or sale was aware of the material nonpublic information when the person made the purchase of sale.

 

  6

 

B. Penalties for Insider Trading

 

Penalties for trading on or communicating material, nonpublic information are severe, both for the individuals involved in the unlawful conduct and for their employers. A person can be subject to some or all of the penalties set forth below even if he or she does not personally benefit from the violation. Penalties include:

 

civil injunctions;

 

disgorgement of profits;

 

jail sentences;

 

fines for the person who committed the violation of up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided (per violation or illegal trade), whether or not the person actually benefited from the violation; and

 

fines for the employer or other controlling person of the person who committed the violation of up to the greater of $1,000,000 or three times the amount of the profit gained or loss avoided (per violation or illegal trade).

 

In addition, any violation of the procedures set forth in this Code can be expected to result in serious sanctions by SGA, including dismissal of the persons involved.

 

C. Policy Statement Regarding Insider Trading

 

SGA expects that each of its Supervised Persons will obey the law and not trade on the basis of material, nonpublic information. In addition, SGA discourages its Supervised Persons from seeking or knowingly obtaining material, nonpublic information.

 

D. Procedures to Prevent Insider Trading

 

If any Supervised Person receives any information which may constitute material, nonpublic information, the Supervised Person (1) may not buy or sell any securities, including options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for such securities, for a Personal Account or a client account, (2) may not communicate such information to any other person, including family members and friends (other than the Chief Compliance Officer) and (3) must discuss promptly such information with the Chief Compliance Officer (CCO). If the information is deemed material, nonpublic the CCO will add the company to the firm’s material, nonpublic information restricted trading list which is part of pre-trade compliance checklist.

 

It is a good practice for each Supervised Person who routinely contacts issuers or analysts to identify himself or herself as being associated with SGA and identify SGA as an investment management firm, and, after the conversation, make a memorandum memorializing the conversation with the issuer or analyst (including the beginning of the conversation where such Supervised Person identified himself as associated with SGA).

 

  7

 

V. Other Confidential Information

 

Certain information obtained by SGA that does not constitute “inside” information still constitutes confidential information that must be protected by SGA and its Supervised Persons. Compliance procedures regarding the use and treatment of that confidential information are set forth below.

 

A. Confidential Information Defined

 

As noted above, even if SGA and its Supervised Persons do not receive material, nonpublic information (i.e., “inside information”), such persons may receive other confidential or sensitive information from or about SGA’s clients, and they will also receive confidential or proprietary information about SGA’s affairs.

 

Confidential Information ” means any non-public information concerning SGA’s activities or developed by SGA or received by SGA under an express or implied agreement or understanding the information will be treated in confidence or used only for a limited purpose, regardless of whether or not it would be considered to be important by any other person.

 

Confidential Information may be in written, audio, video or computer readable form, or may be acquired through conversations in which a Supervised Person is a party or which he or she has overheard. Such Confidential Information may include, among other things, information entrusted to SGA by its clients, including his or her name and related financial information, the names of securities SGA intends to buy or sell, and new product information or business plans.

 

Given the breadth of the above, all information that a Supervised Person obtains through SGA should be considered confidential unless that information is specifically available to the public.

 

B. Policy Statement Regarding Use and Treatment of Confidential Information

 

All Confidential Information, whatever the source, may be used only in the performance of the Supervised Person’s duties with SGA. Confidential Information may not be used for any personal purpose, including the purchase or sale of securities for a Personal Account.

 

C. Procedures Regarding Use and Treatment of Confidential Information

 

Supervised Persons have an obligation to be aware of, and sensitive to their treatment of Confidential Information. To safeguard this information:

 

Precautions must be taken to avoid storing Confidential Information in plain view in public areas of SGA’s facilities, including the reception areas, conference rooms and kitchens, and Supervised Persons must remove Confidential Information from these areas where it may be seen by visitors or other third parties.

 

Visitors must be escorted in and out of the office by Supervised Persons.

 

Particular care must be exercised when Confidential Information must be discussed in public places, such as restaurants, elevators, taxicabs, trains or airplanes.

 

Unless required by law, Confidential Information may not be shared with any person, including any spouse or other family member, who is not a Supervised Person (or is not otherwise subject to a confidentiality agreement with SGA) and who does not have a reason relating to such Supervised Person’s responsibilities within SGA to know that information.

 

  8

 

VI. Personal trading

 

A. Fiduciary Duty to Avoid Conflicts of Interest with Client Accounts

 

Because SGA and each of its Access Persons is a fiduciary of SGA’s clients, such persons must avoid actual and apparent conflicts of interest with SGA’s clients. A client’s interest takes precedence over the personal interests of SGA and its Access Persons. If a potential conflict arises, SGA and the Access Person must resolve the matter in the client’s favor.

 

An actual or apparent conflict of interest could arise when both an Access Person and SGA, on behalf of a client, engage in a transaction involving the same security. In such cases, transactions for client accounts must take precedence over personal transactions.

 

Conflicts of interest also may arise when an Access Person becomes aware of Limited Offerings, such as private placements, or offerings in interests in limited partnerships or any thinly traded securities, whether public or private. Because of the inherent potential for conflict, Limited Offerings demand extreme care and are subject to closer scrutiny in the pre-approval procedures discussed below.

 

B. Policy Statement Regarding Personal Trading

 

SGA recognizes that the personal investment transactions of its Access Persons and members of their immediate families demand the application of a strict code of ethics. Consequently, SGA requires that all personal investment transactions be carried out in a manner that will not endanger the interest of any client or create any apparent or actual conflict of interest between SGA and its Access Persons, on the one hand, and the client, on the other hand. Thus, SGA has adopted the procedures set forth below.

 

C. Personal Account Exemptions for Publicly Traded Securities

 

If an Access Person certifies in writing that (1) the certifying Access Person does not influence the investment decisions for any specified account of a spouse, child or dependent person and (2) the person or persons making the investment decisions for such account do not make such decisions, in whole or in part, upon information that the certifying Access Person has provided, the Chief Compliance Officer may, in his or her discretion, determine that such an account is not the Access Person’s Personal Account and that purchases and sales of Publicly Traded Securities for such account are not subject to the pre-clearance requirements of this Code set forth below.

 

Similarly, if an Access Person certifies in writing that trading in an account in which he or she has direct or indirect beneficial ownership is managed by someone other than the Access Person, such as a third party who exercises complete investment discretion in managing the account, the Chief Compliance Officer, may, in his or her discretion, determine that purchases and sales of Publicly Traded Securities for such account are not subject to the pre-clearance requirements of this Code set forth below. In addition, written verification by the third party involved in the management of the account may also be required in certain circumstances. If the Access Person has any role in the managing the account, then this exception does not apply.

 

  9

 

Finally, if an Access Person engages SGA to manage an account on a fully discretionary basis, purchases and sales of Publicly Traded Securities for such account will not be subject to the pre-clearance requirements of this Code set forth below.

 

Securities held or traded in an excepted account are nonetheless required to be included in the Access Person’s initial, annual and quarterly reports. Any actual or appearance of a conflict of interest in the trading in the Access Person’s excepted accounts may render these accounts subject to all of the provisions of this Code.

 

D. Procedures Regarding Personal Trading

 

1. Prohibited Personal Transactions

 

SGA generally prohibits purchases or sales of Prohibited Securities that are or will be held in an Access Person’s Personal Account. This prohibition is intended to protect both SGA and its Access Persons from even the appearance of impropriety with respect to any personal transactions.

 

If you have any doubt as to whether the prohibition requirement applies to a particular security, please check with the Chief Compliance Officer before entering into that transaction.

 

The prohibition on personal trading shall not apply to Personal or Proprietary Accounts managed by SGA for the sole purpose of incubating or launching new strategies which invest in a universe of Securities different from the universe of Securities applied in managing existing client accounts.

 

At times, an Access Person may be unable to avoid trading in a Prohibited Security for the Access Person’s Personal Account, such as when an Access Person needs to sell a Prohibited Security that was owned prior to becoming an Access Person of SGA. When an Access Person is unable to avoid trading in a Prohibited Security, the Access Person must follow the pre-clearance policies below.

 

2. Pre-Clearance

 

Even when an Access Person is unable to avoid trading in a Prohibited Security, as referenced above, or when an Access Person desires to purchase a Limited Offering or IPO, SGA requires written pre-clearance of purchases and sales of (i) all Prohibited Securities that are or will be held in an Access Person’s Personal Account and (ii) all Limited Offerings or IPOs that are or will be beneficially owned by its Access Persons. This pre-clearance is intended to protect both SGA and its Access Persons from even the appearance of impropriety with respect to any personal transactions.

 

At this time, pre-clearance is not required for personal trading in securities other than Prohibited Securities, Limited Offerings, or IPOs.

 

If you have any doubt as to whether the pre-clearance requirement applies to a particular security, please check with the Chief Compliance Officer before entering into that transaction.

 

  10

 

The pre-clearance requirement is satisfied by completing the appropriate pre-clearance form. The Intention to Execute Access Person Personal Trades form is to be used in most cases, with the exception of investments in Limited Offerings or IPOs, which requires completion of the Intention to participate in a Limited Investment Opportunity form (the “Limited Investment Opportunity Form”). A copy of each form is attached as Exhibit A. SGA will treat the pre-clearance process as Confidential Information and will not disclose this information except as required by law or for appropriate business purposes, and Access Persons must do the same with respect to approvals or denials of any request for pre-clearance.

 

As part of the pre-clearance process, each Access Person wishing to buy or sell a security for a Personal Account must first confirm that he or she is not in receipt of any material, nonpublic information (i.e., “inside information”) that would affect the price of that security. Pre-clearance is not automatically granted for every trade. Trades for Personal Accounts generally must be consistent with recommendations and actions that SGA has taken on behalf of its clients. Therefore, without the prior approval of the Chief Compliance Officer, an Access Person may not take a position in a security contrary to the position taken by SGA for its clients.

 

Approval of a trade in a Personal Account means that, to the best of the Chief Compliance Officer’s knowledge:

 

The security is not then being considered for purchase or sale by SGA for any client. A security is “being considered for purchase or sale” when a recommendation to purchase or sell a security has been made and communicated to the trading desk.

 

The security is not in the process of being purchased or sold for a client of SGA, unless (1) such purchases or sales have been substantially completed, or (2) the transaction in the Personal Account that is managed by SGA, will be blocked with the client trades, in accordance with SGA’s Trade Allocation Procedures.

 

The security was not purchased by any client of SGA within 7 calendar days prior to the purchase by the Access Person.

 

If within the 7 calendar day period following a personal trade, a decision is made to purchase or sell the same security for a client of SGA, the trade should be done for the client and an explanation of the circumstances must be reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

3. Execution of Trades

 

The pre-clearance form must be completed on the day the Access Person intends to initiate a transaction and the trade must be executed by the following trade date. If for some reason an Access Person cannot initiate trade instructions on that date, or the trade cannot be executed by the following trade date, then a new form must be completed and the appropriate authorization must be obtained again.

 

  11

 

4. Limited Investment Opportunities

 

When an Access Person intends to effect a transaction that is an investment in a Limited Offering (e.g., a private placement, limited partnership (including hedge funds)), an IPO or any thinly traded public security (each, a “Limited Investment Opportunity”), the Access Person must first consider whether or not the planned investment is one that is appropriate for any clients of SGA. Generally, SGA’s strategies would not include Limited Investment Opportunities. However, if a client’s account restrictions do not prohibit the acquisition of the security, the Limited Investment Opportunity may be an appropriate investment for the client. Therefore, the Access Person must complete the Limited Investment Opportunity Form (attached as Exhibit A) and, through the Form, bring the Limited Investment Opportunity to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer, to allow him or her to determine if the Limited Investment Opportunity should be offered to the clients of SGA. Access Persons should be aware that completion of the Limited Investment Opportunity Form serves as confirmation that the Access Person has considered the interests of the clients of SGA.

 

An Access Person must complete a Limited Investment Opportunity Form for all transactions in which an Access Person may acquire beneficial ownership in the security being offered by the Limited Investment Opportunity, regardless of whether or not such security will be held in the Access Person’s Personal Account.

 

The date on which the Limited Investment Opportunity Form is completed will generally be considered to be the trade date. However, in many cases, the trade date may not have been established by the issuer or seller of the Limited Offering or IPO at the time the trade is initiated. The Access Person should then indicate that the trade date will be the date on which the seller or issuer finalizes the trade. As long as the Limited Investment Opportunity Form is completed within 15 days prior to the closing date of the transaction, the Access Person will be considered to be in compliance with this Code. This is also the case if an Access Person is the seller of a security originally purchased by such Access Person in a Limited Investment Opportunity such as a Limited Offering.

 

5. Exceptions to the Pre-clearance Requirements

 

The following types of investments are not required to be pre-cleared. However, none of the transactions listed below are exempt from the periodic reporting requirements discussed below.

 

Blocked Trades . If a proposed trade in a security for a Personal Account that is managed by SGA is blocked with client trades in that security in compliance with SGA’s Trade Allocation Procedures, the trade may be executed without obtaining pre-approval on the standard form and without determining that the proposed trade complies with the requirements above. However, such transactions must be reported on the Access Person’s Quarterly Transaction Report, and any holdings acquired in this manner must also be reported on the Annual Holdings Report.

 

Non-Volitional Transactions . The pre-clearance requirements do not apply to transactions as to which an Access Person does not exercise investment discretion at the time of the transaction. For example, if a security owned by an Access Person is called by the issuer of that security, the transaction does not have to be pre-cleared and the security may be delivered without pre-clearance. Similarly, if an option written by an Access Person is exercised, then the stock may be delivered pursuant to that option without pre-clearing the transaction. However, if it is necessary to purchase securities in order to deliver them, the purchase of the securities must be pre-cleared. If the rules of an exchange provide for automatic exercise or liquidation of an in-the-money derivative instrument upon expiration, the exercise or liquidation of that position by the exchange does not require pre-clearance. All non-volitional transactions are required to be reported on the Access Person’s Quarterly Transaction Report and, if necessary, the Annual Holdings Report.

 

  12

 

Automated Investment Plans . Purchases that are part of an established periodic Automated Investment Plan do not have to be pre-cleared, but participation in the plan should be pre-cleared prior to the first purchase. If an Access Person’s spouse participates in such a plan at his or her place of employment, the Access Person must pre-clear participation in the plan upon commencement of employment, or upon the spouse’s commencement of participation in the plan. Investments made through an automated investment plan must be reported on an Access Person’s Quarterly Transaction Report and on his or her Annual Holdings Report.

 

Tender Offers . Tendering shares pursuant to a public tender offer is subject to special rules. If the tender offer is for 100% of the outstanding shares of a particular class, pre-clearance is not required with respect to securities of that class. If the tender offer is for less than 100% of the outstanding shares of a particular class, pre-clearance is required. (SGA may be participating in the transaction on behalf of client accounts and an Access Person’s participation could reduce the number of shares able to be tendered on behalf of a client.) In either case, tender offers must be reported on an Access Person’s Quarterly Transaction Report and, if necessary, the Annual Holdings Report.

 

E. Reports of Personal Transactions (for all Reportable Securities)

 

1. Submission of Reports . In order for SGA to monitor compliance with this Code, each Access Person shall submit, or shall cause to be submitted, to the Chief Compliance Officer the following reports:

 

a. Initial Holdings Report . Each Access Person shall submit to the Chief Compliance Officer a complete and accurate Initial Holdings Report in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B within 10 days of becoming an Access Person, with information current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date of his or her employment. The Initial Holdings Report includes all Reportable Securities the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership of upon commencement of employment by SGA, regardless of whether or not the Reportable Securities are held in the Access Person’s Personal Account. The Initial Holdings Report must contain, at a minimum, the following information:

 

The name of each Reportable Security and type of security.

 

As applicable, the ticker symbol or CUSIP number.

 

  13

 

As applicable, the number of shares or principal amount of each Reportable Security.

 

The name of any broker, dealer, or bank with which the Access Person maintains an account in which any Reportable Securities.

 

The Access Person’s signature and the date the Initial Holdings Report is being submitted.

 

b. Duplicate Confirmations and Account Statements . Each Access Person shall authorize the brokerage firm or other firm where such Access Person’s Personal Accounts are maintained to send to the Chief Compliance Officer duplicate confirmations of all transactions in Reportable Securities effected for such Access Person’s Personal Accounts. A form letter to be used for this purpose is attached hereto as Exhibit C.

 

In addition, each Access Person shall cause all of his or her brokers or other custodians to submit at least quarterly account statements for each of his or her Personal Accounts to SGA. The account statements shall be sent directly by the broker or other custodian to the Chief Compliance Officer regardless of whether any trading activity took place in the Personal Account during the quarter.

 

c. Quarterly Transaction Reports . Each Access Person must submit Quarterly Transactions Reports in the form attached as Exhibit D within 30 days of the each calendar quarter end for all transactions during the quarter in Reportable Securities. The Quarterly Transaction Reports must contain, at a minimum, the following information:

 

The trade date of the transaction and the name of each Reportable Security.

 

As applicable, the ticker symbol or CUSIP number, interest rate and maturity date, number of shares, and principal amount of each Reportable Security.

 

The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or other type of acquisition or disposition).

 

The price of the Reportable Security at which the transaction was effected.

 

The name of the broker, dealer, bank or transfer agent with or through which the transaction was effected.

 

Each transaction report must also contain the following information with respect to any account established by the Access Person in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person: The name of the broker, dealer, or bank with which the Access Person established the account and the date the account was established.

 

  14

 

The signature of the Access Person and the date the report is being submitted.

 

d. Annual Holdings Report . Each Access Person shall submit a complete and accurate Annual Holdings Report in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E. The Annual Holdings Report is due within a reasonable period of time after the fiscal year end and the information in the Annual Holdings Report must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the Annual Holdings Report is submitted. If there are not any changes to outside brokerage accounts, at a minimum, the Annual Holdings Report must contain the same information as required in the Initial Holdings Report.

 

2. Review and Retention of Reports

 

The Chief Compliance Officer or other designee shall review each duplicate confirmation, transaction report and holdings report, and compare the transactions reported against the Pre-approval Forms that were prepared during the month or the quarter, as the case may be, to determine whether any violations of SGA’s policies or of the applicable securities laws took place. If there are any discrepancies between trade confirmations and Pre-approval Forms, the Chief Compliance Officer or other designee shall contact such Access Person to resolve the discrepancy. Upon discovering a violation of these procedures, SGA may impose such sanctions as it deems appropriate, including a letter of censure or suspension, a fine or termination of the employment of the violator. Where a violation of procedures affects a client account, SGA may require the trade to be unwound and any profits disgorged to the client account.

 

VII. oTHER BUSINESS CONDUCT

 

A. Directorships Require Approval

 

Supervised Persons should discuss with the Chief Compliance Officer any invitations to serve on the board of directors for any private or public operating company (non-profits, excepted). Care in this area is necessary because of the potential conflict of interest involved and the potential impediment created for accounts managed by SGA in situations where Supervised Persons serving on boards obtain material nonpublic information in connection with their directorship, thereby effectively precluding the investment freedom that otherwise would be available to clients of SGA. Each Supervised Person should advise the Chief Compliance Officer annually of any operating company directorship held by that Supervised Person.

 

B. No Special Favors

 

No Supervised Person may purchase or sell securities pursuant to any reciprocal arrangement arising from the allocation of brokerage or any other business dealings with a third party. Accepting information on or access to personal investments as an inducement to doing business with a specific broker on behalf of clients of SGA – regardless of the form the favor takes – is strictly prohibited. Personal transactions which create the appearance of special favoritism should be avoided.

 

C. Restrictions on Gifts

 

1. Policy Statement . A conflict of interest occurs when the personal interests of Supervised Persons interfere or could potentially interfere with their responsibilities to SGA and its clients. The overriding principle is that Supervised Persons should not accept inappropriate gifts, favors, entertainment, special accommodations, or other things of material value that could influence their decision-making or make them feel beholden to a person or firm. Similarly, Supervised Persons should not offer gifts, favors, entertainment or other things of value that could be viewed as overly generous or aimed at influencing decision-making or making a client feel beholden to the firm or the supervised person.

 

  15

 

2. Gifts and Entertainment.

 

a. Gifts. Supervised Persons may not give or accept gifts in excess of $100 to or from another individual without the prior written approval of the Chief Compliance Officer or their designee. Gifts to or from the same individual will be aggregated over the course of each calendar year and will be subject to the $100 threshold. Receiving cash gifts, checks, gift certificates or gift cards that are either convertible into cash or not directly associated with a retailer are prohibited. A gift of de minimis value (e.g., a pen, notepad or modest desk ornament) or a promotional item of nominal value that displays the firm’s logo (e.g., an umbrella, tote bag or shirt) is not subject to the approval requirement as long as its value is substantially below the $100 threshold; provided , however , that giving or receiving nominal or promotional items in bulk will be considered a gift and will be subject to the $100 threshold and approval requirement. A personal gift given or received (e.g., a wedding gift, congratulatory gift or holiday gift) is subject to the $100 threshold and approval requirement unless there is exclusively a family or personal relationship between the person giving the gift and the recipient. Even if a Supervised Person declines to accept a gift that would otherwise have required approval, the Supervised Person must report the proffered gift to the Chief Compliance Officer or their designee. All gifts given and/or received in excess of $100 must be reported to the Chief Compliance Officer or their designee.

 

b. Entertainment. Supervised Persons may provide an occasional business meal, a ticket to a sporting event or the theater (with prior written approval of the Chief Compliance Officer or their designee), or comparable entertainment that is neither so frequent nor so extensive as to raise any question of propriety and is not preconditioned on achievement of a sales target or other incentive. The Supervised Person must be present at the entertainment event; otherwise, it is considered to be a gift and is subject to the $100 threshold and approval requirement described above. All entertainment given and/or received in excess of $100 must be reported to the Chief Compliance Officer or their designee.

 

The Chief Compliance Officer or their designee is responsible for logging all reportable gifts and entertainment. If a Supervised Person is unsure of the value of any gift, the gift should be considered subject to approval as described above.

 

D . Political Contributions

 

Covered Associates are prohibited from making any direct or indirect (e.g. through another person, firm, family member, or political action committee) political contribution, either personally or on behalf of SGA, to any political party, elected official or candidate with the intention of obtaining or maintaining any business for SGA. Any political contribution made by a Covered Associate to an elected official or candidate, state or local political party, or political action committee must be pre-approved by the CCO. See the Political Contributions policy in SGA’s compliance policies and procedures for complete policies and procedures with respect to political contributions. Among other things, those procedures require a two-year “look-back” for political contributions made by Supervised Persons from the time they become Covered Associates.

 

  16

 

E. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

 

From time to time, the firm may engage in marketing activities with foreign nationals or sovereign wealth funds. Whether in connection with such activities or otherwise, neither the firm nor any Supervised Person will make any direct or indirect payment to any foreign government official or employee, any foreign political party or party official, or any candidate for foreign political office in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any advantage. Neither the firm nor any Supervised Person shall knowingly make any payment to any person or entity that would cause the firm or its clients to be in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, as amended from time to time, or similar acts or laws of the country in question.

 

VIII. REPORTS TO MUTUAL FUNDS

 

Per Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act, investment advisers to mutual funds must annually provide to the mutual fund’s board of directors a written report that:

 

1. Describes any issues arising under the code of ethics or procedures since the last report to the board of directors, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to the material violations; and

 

2. Certifies that the investment adviser has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Fund Access Persons from violating the code.

 

IX. Miscellaneous

 

A. Importance Of Adherence To Procedures

 

It is very important that all Supervised Persons adhere strictly to this Code. Any violations may result in serious sanctions, including dismissal from SGA.

 

B. Annual Circulation/Acknowledgment of Receipt of Code and Amendments

 

This Code shall be circulated at least annually to all Supervised Persons, and at least annually each Supervised Person shall be asked to certify in writing pursuant to the form attached hereto as Exhibit F that he or she has received and followed this Code. Each Supervised Person will also be asked to certify to the receipt of any amendments to the Code circulated during the year.

 

C. Reporting of Violation of the Code

 

All Supervised Persons should report promptly to the Chief Compliance Officer any violation of this Code. All such reports will be treated confidentially to the extent permitted by law and SGA shall not retaliate against any individual who reports a violation of this Code.

 

  17

 

D. Retention of Records

 

SGA shall retain all documents produced by the Chief Compliance Officer as required by this Code and all documents required to be submitted by Supervised Persons under this Code, including all duplicate confirmations and any documents referred to or incorporated therein, as part of the books and records required by the Advisers Act and the rules thereunder.

 

E. Questions

 

Any questions regarding this Code should be referred to the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

  18

 

List of Exhibits

 

Exhibit A Request for Pre-approval of Purchase or Sale of Publicly Traded Securities for Personal Account
  Request for Pre-approval of Purchase or Sale of a Limited Investment Opportunity
Exhibit B Initial Holdings Report
Exhibit C Broker or other custodian duplicate confirmation request form letter
Exhibit D Quarterly Transaction Report
Exhibit E Annual Holdings Report
Exhibit F Annual Acknowledgment

 

  19

 

Exhibit A

  

Intention to Execute Access Person Personal Trades in Publicly Traded Securities

 

Access Person Name:     Account Name:    

 

Date Buy Sell Shares/
Amount 2
Security Name Symbol Broker Price
               
               

 

I confirm that I am not in possession of any Inside Information (as defined in SGA’s Code of Ethics) concerning this security or its issuer.

 

Access Person Signature:    

 

 

Who should submit this form?

All Access Persons.

 

What trades require approval?

US and Foreign Equity Securities, including stocks, convertible bonds and options; ETFs held or to be acquired for a client account; mutual fund shares for mutual funds advised or sub-advised by SGA.

 

Whose trades are covered?

Trades for Personal Accounts, including any account in which an Access Person has a beneficial interest and each and every account for which an Access Person, an Access Person’s spouse, minor child or other dependent influences or controls investment decisions.

 

How long is approval valid?

The trade must be executed by the following trade date.

 

Who grants the approval?

The Chief Compliance Officer.

 

When should this form be submitted?

Before the trade is placed.

 

What trades do not require approval?

CDs, commercial paper, open-end mutual funds (other than those advised or sub-advised by SGA), banker acceptances and U.S. Government bonds.

 

How is approval granted?

If approved, a copy of this form will be delivered to the Access Person promptly and may be preceded by electronic confirmation and approval.

 

Are contrary positions acceptable?

Contrary positions will not be approved except in special circumstances.

 

The Code of Ethics is designed to avoid the actual or apparent conflicts of interest between the interests of SGA’s Access Persons and the interests of its clients. The guidelines presented above address the most commonly asked questions. Please refer to the Code of Ethics for a complete explanation of these and other issues, or contact the Chief Compliance Officer directly.

 

 

Approval

 

Approval has been granted for the above transaction(s) in accordance with the current Code of Ethics as follows: (1) there are no open orders to buy or sell the above security(ies); (2) all transactions for clients in the above security(ies) have been completed for the day; or (3) all transactions have been aggregated according to a pre-approved schedule.

 

     
Chief Compliance Officer   Date and Time Stamp
     
     

 

 

2 Please add an approximate share count or total amount. If large fluctuations occur in share count or total amount, a new preclearance form must be completed.

 

A- 1

 

Exhibit A

  

[  ]           If you wish to take a position contrary to SGA’s clients (i.e., by requesting approval to sell a security purchased and still held by clients or to purchase a security recently sold by clients), please explain below:

 

A- 2

 

Exhibit A

  

Intention to Participate in a Limited Investment Opportunity

 

Access Person Name:     Account Name:    

 

Estimated Date of Transaction Buy Sell Shares/
Amount 3
Security Name Broker Price
             

 

I confirm that I am not in possession of any Inside Information (as defined in SGA’s Code of Ethics) concerning this security or its issuer.

 

Access Person Signature:    

 

Who should submit this form?
All Access Persons.

 

When should this form be submitted?
Before the trade is placed.

 

Whose trades are covered?
Trades for Personal Accounts, including any account in which an Access Person has a beneficial interest and each and every account for which an Access Person, an Access Person’s spouse, minor child or other dependent influences or controls investment decisions.

 

How long is approval valid?
The trade must be executed by the following trade date.

 

Who grants the approval?
The Chief Compliance Officer.

 

What trades require approval?
Private Placements, IPOs and other Limited Investment Opportunities  

 

Are contrary positions acceptable?
Contrary positions will not be approved except in special circumstances.

 

How is approval granted?
If approved, a copy of this form will be delivered to the Access Person promptly and may be preceded by electronic confirmation and approval.  

 

The Code of Ethics is designed to avoid the actual or apparent conflicts of interest between the interests of SGA’s Access Persons and the interests of its clients. The guidelines presented above address the most commonly asked questions. Please refer to the Code of Ethics for a complete explanation of these and other issues, or contact the Chief Compliance Officer directly.

 

 

Approval

 

Approval has been granted for the above transaction(s) in accordance with the current Code of Ethics as follows: (1) the Limited Investment Opportunity has been brought to the attention of an the Chief Investment Officer, who have determined that the Limited Investment Opportunity is not an appropriate investment for any client of SGA at this time; (2) there are no open orders to buy or sell the above security(ies); (3) all transactions for clients in the above security(ies) have been completed for the day; or (4) all transactions have been aggregated according to a pre-approved schedule.

 

     
Chief Compliance Officer   Date and Time Stamp
     
     

 

 

3 Please add an approximate share count or total amount. If large fluctuations occur in share count or total amount, a new preclearance form must be completed.

 

A- 3

 

Exhibit A

  

[  ] If you wish to take a position contrary to SGA’s clients (i.e., by requesting approval to sell a security purchased and still held by clients or to purchase a security recently sold by clients), please explain below:

 

A- 4

 

Exhibit B

  

Initial Holdings Report

 

(complete within ten days of becoming an Access Person)

 

The report must contain information that is current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date this report is submitted.

 

Access Person Name:     Date:  

 

1. Personal Accounts 1

 

Name of Institution and Account Holders’ Name
(i.e., you, spouse, child)
Account Number Date Account Opened Have you requested duplicate statements?
       
       
       
       
       

 

2. Holdings

 

[  ] YES , I hold Reportable Securities 2 , which are outlined in the document(s) marked below and which include all required information as described in the firm’s code of ethics:

 

[  ] Statements sent directly by my broker-dealer or custodian

[  ] SGA manages my personal securities account(s) and my broker-dealer or custodian provides SGA with statements/transaction data for Reportable Securities holdings for my managed account(s)

[  ] The attached supplemental report

[  ] The attached monthly brokerage statement(s)

 

[  ] NO , I do not hold any Reportable Securities .

 

Signature:    

 

Reviewed by: Chief Compliance Officer

 

Print Name:    
     
Signature:    
     
Date:    

 

1 Personal Account ” means any securities and futures account of an Access Person in which the Access Person has a direct or indirect pecuniary interest and which account holds Reportable Securities. An account established for the benefit of the following will be presumed to be a Personal Account unless the Access Person and the Chief Compliance Officer agree otherwise in writing: (1) an Access Person; (2) the spouse of an Access Person; (3) any child of any Access Person under the age of 21 of an Access Person, whether or not residing with the Access Person; (4) any other family member of the Access Person residing in the same household with the Access Person or to whose financial support the Access Person makes a significant contribution; and (5) any other account in which the Access Person has a direct or indirect beneficial interest (e.g. joint accounts, trustee accounts, partnerships, investment clubs, estates or closely held corporations in which the Access Person has a beneficial interest).

 

2 “Reportable Security ” means a Security, except that it does not include: (1) direct obligations of the Government of the United States; (2) bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments (including repurchase agreements); (3) shares issued by money market funds; (4) shares issued by open-end funds other than exchange-traded funds; and (5) shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end mutual funds other than exchange-traded funds.

 

B- 1

 

Exhibit B

  

Initial Holdings Report - Supplement

 

Access Person Name:     Date:  

 

Name of Reportable Security Type of Security Ticker Symbol or CUSIP Number of Shares or Principal Amount
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       

 

Signature:    

 

Reviewed by: Chief Compliance Officer

 

Print Name:    
     
Signature:    
     
Date:    

 

B- 2

 

Exhibit C

  

Form of Authorization Letter

 

[Date]

 

[Broker name and address]

 

RE: [Access Person]

 

Dear Sir or Madam:

 

Please be advised that the above referenced person is an employee of Strategic Global Advisors, LLC, an investment adviser registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We request that you send duplicate confirmation of this employee’s transactions in securities, as well as duplicate statements to the attention of:

 

Strategic Global Advisors, LLC
Attn: Compliance
100 Bayview Circle, Suite 650
Newport Beach, California 92660

 

This request is made pursuant to the personal trading policies of Strategic Global Advisors, LLC as required under federal and state law.

 

Thank you for your cooperation.

 

Sincerely,

 

Chief Compliance Officer

 

Authorization by Employee:    
  [name of employee]  

 

cc: [Employee]

 

C- 1

 

Exhibit D

  

Quarterly Transaction Report
(complete within 30 days of the ___ quarter of 20__ )

 

Access Person Name:     Date:  

 

1. Personal Accounts Opened During Quarter

 

[  ] YES, I have established a new Personal Account during the preceding calendar quarter and have identified that Personal Account in the table below.

 

[  ] NO, I have not established any new Personal Accounts during the preceding calendar quarter.

 

Name of Institution and Account Holders’ Name
(i.e., you, spouse, child)

Account Number Date Account Opened Have you requested duplicate statements?
       
       
       

 

2. Transactions in Reportable Securities

 

[  ] YES , I have had Reportable Securities transactions during the past quarter , which are outlined in the document(s) marked below and which include all required information as described in the firm’s code of ethics:

 

  [  ] The attached supplemental report and/or transaction confirmations
  [  ] SGA manages my Personal Account(s) and my broker-dealer or custodian provides SGA with statements/transaction data for Reportable Securities transactions for my managed account(s)
  [  ] The attached monthly brokerage statement(s)
  [  ] Confirmations and/or statements that have been sent to the CCO directly by my broker/dealer or custodian

 

[  ] NO , I have not had any Reportable S ecurities transaction(s) (as described above) during the past quarter.

 

Signature:    

 

Reviewed by: Chief Compliance Officer

 

Print Name:    
     
Signature:    
     
Date:    

 

D- 1

 

Exhibit D

  

Quarterly Transaction Report - Supplement

 

Access Person Name:     Date:  

 

Transactions in Reportable Securities

 

Name of Security Ticker Symbol or CUSIP Broker Number of Shares/ Principal Amount Interest Rate & Maturity Date Nature of Transaction
(i.e, buy, sale)
Transaction Price Date of Transaction
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               

 

2. Transactions in Limited Offerings (Includes Private Placements, Hedge Funds, IPOs and Other Offerings Not Publicly Available)

 

Name of Security Ticker Symbol or CUSIP Broker Number of Shares/ Principal Amount Interest Rate & Maturity Date Nature of Transaction
(i.e, buy, sale)
Transaction Price Date of Transaction
               
               
               

 

Signature:    

 

Reviewed by: Chief Compliance Officer

 

Print Name:    
     
Signature:    
     
Date:    

 

D- 2

 

Exhibit E

  

Annual Holdings Report

 

(The report must contain information that is current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date this report is submitted.)

 

Access Person Name:     Date:  

 

1. Personal Accounts (please list all Personal Accounts below)

 

Name of Institution and Account Holders’ Name (i.e., you, spouse, child) Account Number Have you requested duplicate statements?
     
     
     
     
     

 

2. Holdings

 

[  ] I hold Reportable Securities , which are outlined in the document(s) marked below and which include all required information as described in the firm’s code of ethics:

 

[  ] Statements sent directly by my broker-dealer or custodian

 

[  ] SGA manages my Personal Account(s) and my broker-dealer or custodian provides SGA with statements/transaction data for Reportable Securities holdings for my managed account(s)

 

[  ] The attached supplemental report

 

[  ] The attached monthly brokerage statement(s)

 

[  ] I hereby certify that during the calendar year _________ I did not have any Personal Accounts.

 

I hereby certify that during the calendar year ________ I have complied with my obligations under the Code of Ethics as in effect during that period, including the obligations not to purchase or sell Publicly Traded Securities on the basis of “insider information” and to provide Strategic Global Advisors, LLC with duplicate confirmations and quarterly report reflecting all purchases and sales of Publicly Traded Securities for my Personal Accounts.

 

Signature:    

 

Reviewed by: Chief Compliance Officer

 

Print Name:    
     
Signature:    
     
Date:    

 

E- 1

 

Exhibit E

  

Annual Holdings Report - Supplement

 

Access Person Name:     Date:  

 

Name of Reportable Security Type of Security Ticker Symbol or CUSIP Number of Shares or
Principal Amount
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       

 

Signature:    

 

Reviewed by: Chief Compliance Officer

 

Print Name:    
     
Signature:    
     
Date:    

 

E- 2

 

Exhibit F

  

COMPLIANCE MANUAL & CODE OF ETHICS ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

Compliance Manual & Code of Ethics Version Date: _____________________

 

All Supervised Persons are required to read, understand, and verify receipt of the Code of Ethics and Compliance Manual. The Code of Ethics acknowledges our fiduciary duty to clients and sets forth the standard of business conduct we expect of our Supervised Persons. The Compliance Manual prescribes the specific policies and procedures that each Supervised Person agrees to follow in addition to complying with all applicable federal securities laws and regulations.

 

Certification:

 

I acknowledge that I have read and understand all relevant sections, as set forth in the Compliance Manual and all Appendices attached thereto, including the Code of Ethics set out in Appendix K (the “Code”). I certify that I have, to date, complied with and will continue to comply with the Compliance Manual, in particular the Code. I also certify that I have had the opportunity to address any questions with the Chief Compliance Officer concerning the Compliance Manual and Code. Further, I agree to comply with all applicable federal securities laws and regulations. I understand that any violations may lead to sanctions including my dismissal.

 

Name (please print):  
   
Signature:  
   
Date:  

 

F- 1